SER VICE

MANUAL

RT700E
CRANE

Updated: 02-02-2005 Control #006-00

 FOREWORD

This manual has been compiled to assist you in properly operating and maintaining your Grove Crane.

The Grove Crane has been designed for maximum performance with m inimum maintenance. With proper care, years of
trouble-free service can be expected.

Constant improvement and engineering progress makes it necessary that we reserve the right to make specification and
equipment changes without notice.

This manual is divided into three chapters, with Chapter One subdivided into two sections and Chapter Two subdivid ed
into 1 6 sections. The third chapter (Optional Equipment) is subdivided into one or more sections as necessary. Page
numbering is by chapter-section-individual page (i.e. 2- 1 0-5). The example indicates Chapter Two, Section 1 0, and the
fifth page of Section 1 0.

The definitions of DAN G E R, CAUTI O N, and NOTE as used in this service manual apply as fol lows:

DANGER
A DANGER NOTE EMPHASIZ ES AN OPERA­
TION, PROCEDURE, OR PRACTICE THAT
MUST BE FOLLOWED EXACTLY. FAILURE
TO FOLLOW OUTLlNED PROCEDURES MAY
RESULT IN DEATH OR INJURY TO PERSON­
NEL.
CAUTION
A CAUTION NOTE EMPHASIZES AN OPERA­
TION, PROCEDURE, OR PRACTICE THAT
MUST BE FOLLOWED EXACTLY. FAILURE
TO FOLLOW PRESCRIBED GUIDELlNES
MAY RESULT IN EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.
NOTE
A note emphasizes an important procedure
or condition.

jj
 HOW TO USE THIS SERVICE MANUAL

Thi s manual covers basic maintenance and is divided into three chapters. Chapter One covers General Description and
Maintenance and is subdivided into two sections. Chapter Two covers Detailed Description, Operation, and Mainte­
nance and is usually subdivided into 1 6 sections. The third chapter (Optional Equipment) is subdivided into one or more
sections as necessary. Page numbering is by chapter-section-individual page (i.e. 2- 1 0-5). The example indicates Chap­
ter Two, Section 1 0, and the fifth page of Section 1 0 . A Table of Contents in the front of the manual lists all major head­
ings found in all the sections of the three chapters.

iii
 NOTICE TO OWNER/USER

Should t his crane beco me involved in an accident, pl ease

contact your local G rove distributor immediately and relate

details o f the incident so he can notify Grove Worldwide. If

the di stri butor is unknow n and/or cannot be reached,

pl ease co ntact:

G rove Worldwide Product Safety & Reliabi lity

1 5 65 East Buchanan Trail
Shady Grove, PA 1 7 25 6-00 2 1
Telephone : 8 88-7 77 -3 378 (88 8-PSR-DEPf)
Facsimil e: 7 1 7 -5 93 -5 07 4
Email : psafety@groveworldwide.com

iv
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

C HAPTE R O N E
G E N E RAL O E SC R I PT I O N A N O MAI NTENA N C E

SECTION 1 GENERAL OESCRIPTION

-

General Oescription
List Of Specifications
SECTION 2 GENERAL MAINTENANCE
-

General Maintenance
Wire Rope
C HAPT E R TWO
O ETAI LEO O ESC R I PT I O N , O P E RATI O N , ANO MAI NT E NAN C E

SECTION 1 CAB
-

Cab
SECTION 2 ENGINE
-

Engine
Electronic Control System
Fuel System
Air Intake System
Water Cooling System
SECTION 3 ORIVE TRAIN
-

Orive Train
Transmission/Torque Converter
SECTION 4 AXLES
-

Axles
Wheels and Tires
SECTION 5 STEERING SYSTEMS
-

Steering Systems
Hydraulic Pumps
Front Steering Control Valve
Integrated Outrigger/Rear Steer Control Valve
Steer Cylinders
SECTION 6 REAR AXLE OSCILLATION LOCKOUT SYSTEM
-

Rear Axle Oscillation Lockout System

Axle Oscillation Lockout Cylinders
Axle Oscillation Lockout Valve

v
 TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
SECTION 7 BRAKE SYSTEM
-

Brake System
Service Brakes (Early Models)
Service Brakes (Later Models)
Hydraulic Brake Actuation Unit
Parking Brake Actuator
Parking Brake
Park Brake Solenoid Valve
SECTION 8 HYDRAULlC SYSTEM
-

Hydraulic System
Supply Pressure and Return Circuit
Oil Cooler
Hydraulic Pumps
Valves
Directional Control Valves
Hydraulic Remote Control Valve
Outrigger/Rear Steer Valve
Outrigger Control Manifold
Pilot Operated Check Valve
Holding Valve
Swing Power Brake Valve
Tandem Brake Valve W/Treadle Pedal
Dual Accumulator Charge Valve
Hydraulic Accumulator
Swing Brake and Armrest Lockout Valve Manifold
Axle Oscillation Lockout Valve
High Speed Boost Selector Valve
Service Brake and A/C Priority Flow Control Valve
Oil Cooler Fan Motor Priority Flow Control Valve
Cross Axle Differential Lock Valve
Cylinders
Temperature Effects on Hydraulic Cylinders
Lift Cylinder
Lower Telescope Cylinder
Upper Telescope Cylinder
Axle Oscillation Lockout Cylinder
Steer Cylinder
Outrigger Extension Cylind�r
Outrigger Stabilizer Cylinder
Park Brake Cylinder

vi
 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTI N U E D)

SECTION 9 PRESSURE SETTING PROCEDURES

-

Main Hoist
Main Directional Control Valve
Swing Brake Pilot Supply Valve
Service Brake and Front Steer Circuit Relief Pressure
Service Brake Dual Accumulator Charge Valve
Accumulator
Charging Assembly
Swing Steer Directional Control Valve
Service Brake and Front Steer Circuit Relief
Outrigger Rear Steer Relief Valve Pressure
Service Brake Pump Disconnect Circuit
SECTION 10 SWING SYSTEM
-

Swing System
Swing Motor
Swing Gearbox and Brake
Swing Bearing
SECTION 11 BOOM-

Boom
Boom Extension and Retraction Cables
Telescope Circuit
Lift Circuit
Swingaway Boom Extension
Hookblock
SECTION 12 HOISTS
-

Hoists
Hoist to Boom Alignment
Vane Type Motors
Idler Drum and Cable Follower
Hoist Drum Rotation Indicator System
Hoist Control Valves
Counterweight
Third Wrap Counterweight
SECTION 13 OUTRIGGERS
-

Outrigger Circuit
Outrigger Beam
Extension Cylinder
Stabilizer Cylinder
Outrigger Control Valves

vii
 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTI N U ED)

SECTION 1 4 SWIVELS
-

Swivels
Hydraulic Swivel
2 Port Water Swivel
Electrical Swivel
SECTION 15 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
-

Electrical System
SECTION 16 LUBRICATION
-

Lubrication
C HAPTE R TH R E E

O PT I O NAL EQU I P M E NT

SECTION 1 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

-

Optional Equipment

viii
 GENERAL WARNINGS

HYDRAULlC OIL, BRAKE FLUID, MANY KINDS OF 50LVENTS, AND MANY KINDS O F LUBRICANTS
WILL CAUSE EYE DA MAGE. WEAR EYE PROTECTION WHEN PERFORMING MAINTENANCE ON
HYDRAULlC COMPONENTS OR WHEN PERFORMING CLEANING OF PARTS OR WHEN PERFORM­
ING LUBRICATION.

IT 15 MANDATORY THAT ALL HYDRAULlC HOSES AND FITTINGS BE CORRECTLY TAGGEO ANO
IDENTIFIED BEFORE THEY ARE DISCONNECTED TO EF FECT REPAIRS OR SERVICE. FAILURE TO
CORRECTLY TAG AND IDENTIFY H05ES AND FITTINGS CAN CAUSE WRONG RECONNECTION,
WHICH CAN RESULT IN DEATH OR INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
This form is provided for distributors, customers, mechanics, and all other personnel who use this service manual and
recognize beneficial ways to improve it. Send in SMCARs to make suggestions for improvements to thi s service
manual in the areas of safety, operation correctness, and technical content. AH SMCARs will be reviewed by the
responsible department at Grove Worldwide. Approved SMCARs will be immediately distributed in a service buHe­
tin and then incorporated into the next scheduled change to the service manual. Answers to submitted SMCARs­
whether they have been approved or disapproved-will be sent directIy to the person submitting the SMCAR.

Date:

Name:

Address:

Telephone Number:

Service Manual Affected:

Affected Page(s):

Reason for Submitting SMCAR (Use additional paper if more space is needed.):

Signature (Optional):

Send completed SMCARs to:

Grove US LLC
AT TN: Technical Publications Department
1 565 Buchanan Trail East
Shady Grove, PA 1 72 56
This form is provided for distributors, customers, mechanics, and all other personnel who use this service manual and
recognize beneficial ways to improve it. Send in SMCARs to make suggestions for improvements to this service
manual in the areas of safety, operation correctness, and technical content. AH SMCARs will be reviewed by the
responsible department at Grove Worldwide. Approved SMCARs will be immediately d istributed in a service bulle­
tin and then incorporated into the next scheduled change to the service manual. Answers to submitted SMCARs­
whether they have been approved or disapproved-will be sent directly to the person submitting the SMCAR.

Date:

Name:

Address:

Telephone Number:

Service Manual Affected:

Affected Page(s):

Reason for Submitting SMCAR (Use additional paper if more space is needed.):

Signature (Optional):

Send completed SMCARs to:

Grove US LLC
AT TN: Technical Publications Department
1 565 Buchanan Trail East
Shady G rove, PA 1 72 56
This form is provided for distributors, customers, mechanics, and all other personnel who use this service manual and
recognize beneficial ways to improve it. Send in SMCARs to make suggestions for improvements to this service
manual in the areas of safety, operation correctness, and technical content. AH SMCARs will be reviewed by the
responsible department at Grove Worldwide. Approved SMCARs will be immediately distributed in a service buHe­
tin and then incorporated into the next scheduled change to the service manual. Answers to submitted SMCARs­
whether they have been approved or disapproved-will be sent directly to the person submitting the SMCAR.

Date:

Name:

Address:

Telephone Number:

Senrice Manual Affected:

Affected Page(s):

Reason for Submitting SMCAR (Use additional paper if more space is needed.):

Signature (Optional):

Send completed SMCARs to:

Grove US LLC
AT TN: Technical Publications Department
1 565 Buchanan Trail East
Shady Grove, PA 1 72 56
This form is provided for distributors, customers, mechanics, and aH other personnel who use this service m anual and
recognize beneficial ways to improve it. Send in SMCARs to make suggestions for improvements to this service
manual in the areas of safety, operation correctness, and technical content. AH SMCARs wil l be reviewed by the
responsible department at Grove Worldwide. Approved SMCARs will be irnrnediately distributed in a service buHe­
tin and then incorporated into the next scheduled change to the service manual. Answers to submitted SMCARs­
whether they have been approved or disapproved-wil l be sent directly to the person subm itting the SMCAR.

Date:

Name:

Address:

Telephone Number:

Service Manual Affected:

Affected Page(s):

Reason for Submitting SMCAR (Use additional paper if more space is needed.):

Signature (Optional):

Send completed SMCARs to:

Grove US LLC
AT TN: Technical Publications Department
1 565 Buchanan Trail East
Shady Grove, PA 1 72 5 6

xiii
 This form is provided for distributors, customers, mechanics, and aH other personnel who use this service manual and
recognize beneficial ways to improve it. Send in SMCARs to make suggestions for improvements to this service
manual in the areas of safety, operation correctness, and technical content. AH SMCARs will be reviewed by the
responsible department at Grove Worldwide. Approved SMCARs will be immediately distributed in a service buHe­
tin and then incorporated into the next scheduled change to the service manual. Answers to submitted SMCARs­
whether they have be en approved or disapproved-will be sent directIy to the person submitting the SMCAR.

Date:

Name:

Address:

Telephone Number:

Service Manual Affected:

Affected Page(s):

Reason for Submitting SMCAR (Use additional paper if more space is needed.):

Signature (Optional):

Send completed SMCARs to:

Grove US LLC
AT TN: Technical Publications Department
1 565 Buchanan Trail East
Shady Grove, PA 17256

xiv
 CHAPTER ONE

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
ANO
GENERAL MAINTENANCE

1 -0-1
NOTES _______________________________________________

1 -0-2
RT700E G E N E RAL D E S C R I PTION

S E CTI O N 1
G ENE RA L DES C RI PT I O N
TABLE O F CONTENTS

Page
GENERAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
.

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
LIST OF SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
.

Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
.

Torque Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3

Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
Cummins QSB5.9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
Swing Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Swivel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3

.

Hydraulic Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3

Pump #1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
Pump #2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
Pump #3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
.

LIST OF FIGU RES

Title Page
Transportation and Lifting Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-4
Basic Nomenclature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-5
.

LIST O F TABLES

Title Page
Axle Weight Distribution Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-7

GROVE 1 -1 -1
G E N E RAL DESCRIPTION RT700E

NOTES, ______________________________________________

1 - 1 -2 GROYfE
RT700E G EN E RAL D ESCRIPTION

G E N ERA L DESC R I PTION

D E SC R I PT I O N

This Manual provides infonnation for the maintenance of boom. Additional reach is obtained by utilizing one of
the Model RT700E Series Grove Crane. two optional boom extensions; a 9.75 m eter (32 foot)
fixed length offsettable swingaway and a 9.75 to 1 7.07
The l ift capacities are listed on the Load Chart in the cabo meter (32 to 5 6 foot) folding offsettable swingaway.

The crane incorporates an all welded parallel box con­ NOTE

struction steel frame, util izing two drive steer axles. Axle
steering is accomplished utilizing hydraulic steer cyl in­
ders. The engine is mounted at the rear of the crane car­ Throughout this manual, reference is
rier and provides motive power through a six speed made to left, right, front, and rear
forward and reverse transmission. The outriggers are sin­ when describing locations. When
gle stage, double box, telescopic beam type outriggers.
operating the crane, these reference
The superstructure is capable of 360 degree rotation in
locations are to be considered as
either direction. All crane functions are controlled from
those viewed from the operator's seat
the ful ly - enclosed cab mounted on the superstructure. with the superstructure facing for­
One boom is available on the crane; a four section, ful l ward over the front of the carrier
power, synchronized, 1 0.67 to 3 3 . 5 meter (3 5 to 1 1 0 foot) frame.
LlST OF S P EC I F I CATI O N S

GENERAL. Fully Extended . . . . . . . . . 7 1 1 2 m m (280 in)

CAPACITIES.
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RT700E Series
Rated Capacity . . . . . . . . See Load Chart in cab Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 l iters (72 gal)
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4x4x4 Coolant System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Engine
Gross Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Axle Weight Specifications
Distribution Table Engine Lubrication System . . . . . . . See Engine
Specifications
DIMENSIONS. Hydraulic Tank (Reservoir Capacity)
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 60 liters ( 1 48 gal)
at Full Level . . . . . . . . . . 5 07 liters ( 1 34 gal)
NOTE at Add Level . . . . . . . . . 469 liters ( 1 24 gal)
Expansion Space . . . . . . . . 57 l iters ( 1 5 gal)
Dimensions listed are for a crane with Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 .4liters ( 1 2qt)
all components fully retracted in the Swing Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 .3 liters (2 .75 pt)
travel mode with 29.5 x 25 tires. Axle Planetary Ends . . . . . . . . . 3 .9 liters (8.0 pt)
Axle Differentials . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 .9 l iters (40 pt)
Wheelbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4064 mm ( 1 60 in) Transm ission (includes Torque Converter)
Overall Crane Length . . . . 1 3 ,959 mm (549.6 in) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7.9 l iters (40 qt)
Overall Crane Width . . . . . . . . 3327 mm ( 1 3 1 in)
Overall Crane Height . . . . . 3 629 mm ( 1 42.9 in) TORQUE CONVERTER.
Tail-Swing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 66 mm ( 1 64 in)
Outrigger Spread Stall Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 .82 : 1
Retracted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 75 mm ( 1 25 in) Charge Pump Capacity . . . . 75.7 l/min (20 gpm)
Mid Extend . . . . . . . . . . 5283 .2 mm (208 in) @2000 rpm

GROVE 1 -1 -3
G E N E RA L D ESCRIPTION RT700E

TRANSMISSION. BOOM.
Length . . . . . . 1 0. 67 to 3 3 .5 meters (3 5 to 1 1 0 ft)
Gear Ratios
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Section, Full Power
Forward and Reverse Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3 to +78 degrees
1 st . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 .59 Extensions
2nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 .06 Fixed* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 75 meters (32 ft)
3 rd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 .22 Folding* . . 9.75 or 1 7.07 meters (32 or 56 ft)
4th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.33 *Extensions are offsettable at O, 25, or 45
degrees.
5 th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 .08
6th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.76 SWIVEL ASSEMBLY.
ENGINE. Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 S lip Rings
Hydraul ic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 ports
Water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ports
Cummins QSB5.9.
HYORAULlC PUMPS.
Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 02 mm (4. 02 in)
Stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 20 mm (4. 72 in) Pump #1.
Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 .9 liters (359 cu in)
Firing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -5-3 -6-2-4 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear
Lube Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4.2 l iters ( 1 5 qt) Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Coolant System . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7 .9 liters (40 qt) Output - @2696 rpm w/no load
Section 1 . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 9 l/min (5 7.8 gpm)
Section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . 87 l/min (22.9 gpm)
AXLES.
Pump #2.
Total Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 . 8 1 7 : 1
Carrier Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 . 86: 1 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear
Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Planetary Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.23 5 : 1
Output - @2668 rpm w/no load
Section 1 . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 9 l/min (3 1 .4 gpm)
BRAKES.
Pump #3.
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraul ic Disc
S ize . . . . . . . . . . . 470 x 1 6 mm ( 1 8 . 5 x 0.625 in) Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear
Sections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Output - @2696 rpm w/no load
WHEELS ANO TIRES. Section 1 . . . . . . . . . . 1 20 l/min (3 1 .7 gpm)

Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
HOISTS.
Torque . . . . . . . . 5 1 5 to 542 N m (3 80 - 400 ft lb)
Drum Dimensions
Tire S ize Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 8 1 mm ( 1 5 in)
Standard . . . . . . . . . . 29.5 x 25, 28 ply rating Length (Standard) . . . . . . . . 406 mm ( 1 6 in)
Optional . . . . . . . . . . 29.5R25, 28 ply rating Length (Optional) . . . . . . . . 660 mm (26 in)
Cable
For roading and l ifting pressures, refer to the Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 m m (3/4 in)
Load Chart Book in the cabo Length-Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 22 m (400 ft)
Length-Aux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 53 m (500 ft)
SWING GEARBOX. Max. Permissible Line Pull (6x3 6)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74.7 kN ( 1 6,800 lb)
Max. Single Line Speed . 1 80.7 m/min (593 fpm)
Reduction Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6 : 1 . Hoist Motor Displacement
Output Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5 ,000 in lb . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0.5 cm 3 (6.4 in 3) per revolution

1 -1 -4 GROVE
RT700E G E N E RA L D ESCRI PTION

TRANSPORTATION AND L I FTING DATA RT700E SER I ES

I IFc;E
TOTAL CAR- C:/C: T/T BOOM CWT
F I TT II\IG CAPACITY
E ----\, VI 1- (TOI\JS)

I�l
UNIT

s: 1
rF R I ER -J -J
C1z

1
TIE DOW��

t�
:::::�

I-I� I
� 1- o
: ° ::::6
� ": ::::6 : o L!FTLIFTLIFT LIFT ,. 'fT TOW

cm-I
�

�o SIDE DOWN
8383 k a" Z ,AFT
I
---.JI- w

(18480 ) 1-
,n) X X XiX X XI 81 24
5;0.86
A 2 I 4.3 18 49
---.J
Ib
(209.00

BOOM B 2 XXXXXX I 4.3 81 24 18 49

e 2 I x x I 16 I
D :.: I X 8
/�H
I

D�(,tr
G� E !

14
'M
2 X .3.4
F 2 I I I X 3.4 1-
-J �34.29
G 2 I X 1.3 I
H X

N
6','14 kg i 17 . 5 :.: 1.3 1 I
( -
(135 00 ) I X i
cm

J '1 1 / I I I I
cm
( 13.5 in)
COUNTERWEIGHT �CWT2
lb I (67,50 ,n)

1. L IFT 1 NG OF E T I RE CRANE OR MAJOR CRANE ASSEMBL lES MUST BE ACCOMPL I SHED BY

USE OF F I TI INGS FOR
TURNTABLE (T/T)
PURPOSES OTHER THAN THOSE OESIGNi'.TEO ON CHART 15 PROHIBITED, F ITT ING
UTILIZING SPECIF:C FITTINGS INDICATED ON ABOVE CHART.

s:
-.

�
CAPACITIES ARE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LOADS PER INDIVIDUAL FITTING.

RIGG ING PERSONI,EL ShALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPER SELECTION ANO PLACEMEIH

�
OF ALL SLINGS ANO LO/\D HMiDLIHG oEVICES.

3. DIMENSIONS ANO WEIGHTS SHOWH ARE FOR LARGEST CONFIGURATION AVAILABLE.

7 WEIGHTS 00 NOT INCLUDE BOOM EXTENSION AND/OR JIB. UNLESS OTHERWISE
J- I ND I CATED.
(SLINGPOINT)
2,54 cm
(1.00 in)
--.J
I
f-- 4. R IGGING PERSONNEL

I
SHALL VER I FY DIMENSIONS AS REOUI RED FOR CLEARANCE.

(45870 lb)
(53ü.J3
; el � ,
20807 kg 13'7" ,m

�;u-c-(I}Y �.
¡
SUPERSTRUCTURE (S/S)
I

I:P
362.92 in) A� .

'C\
�
cm
¡-B

I
A B ( 142.88

)1S�
+
!
I I
40.3L8 kg
�� ( 8 895 lb ) 0 _-+ (83.40
211.84 in)
( 71 .00 in)
cm

I
17595 .180.34 cm
(39010

CARRIER TOTAL UNIT �W/ BOOM EXTENSION2

íOO970

Transportation and Lifti ng Data Decal

GROVE 1 -1 -5
G E N E RAL D ESC RIPTION RT700E

Boom Nose
Spotlight
Sheaves Cab
Counterweig ht

Work
Light

Valve
Cover

Outrigger Jack
Cylinder
Steps Outrigger Jack
Cylinder
Swingaway
Nose

Air I ntake
Cleaner

6046

Basic Nomenclatu re (Sheet 1 of 2)

1 -1 -6
RT700E G E N ERAL D ESC RI PTIO N

AXLE WEIGHT DISTRIBUTION TABLE

Counterweight

LMI Cable Reel

Auxiliary
Boom Pivot Hoist

L ift Cylinder

Outrigger Jack
Cylinder

6046

Basic Nomenclatu re (Sheet 2 of 2)

GROVE 1 -1 -7
G E N E RAL DESCRIPTION RT700E

I
CG to CL
GROSS FRONT REAR
DESCRIPTION BOGIE
kg (lb) kg (lb) kg (lb)
cm (in)

Maximum Axle Loads Allowed 23 043 (50800) 22680 (50000)

Maximum Tire Loads Allowed 23 043 (50800) 22680 (5 0000)

Carrier 4 x 4; w/O/R Beams; All Fluids 1 80.34 (7 1 .00) 1 7695 (3 90 1 1 ) 7852 ( 1 73 1 1 ) 9843 (2 1 700)

Superstructure; w/main hoist plus 5 00 ft 8 1 .28 (32.00) 4899 ( 1 0 800) 987 (2 1 76) 3 948 (8704)
cable; less counterweight

Pin-on Counterweight - 1 60.02 (-63 .00) 5 5 1 1 ( 1 2 1 5 0) -2 1 70 (-4784) 768 1 ( 1 6934)

Boom Assembly; w/LMI , 2/3 Nose 5 6 1 .34 (22 1 .00) 8233 ( 1 8 1 5 0) 1 1 3 72 (25070) -3 1 3 9 (-6920)
Sheaves, Pivot Pins

IPO Counterweight - 1 49.86 (-59.00) 887 ( 1 956) 327 (-72 1 ) 1 2 1 4 (2677)

RT700E Lift Cylinder & Lower Shaft 292. 1 ( 1 1 5 .00) 791 ( 1 743 ) 568 ( 1 253) 222 (490)

Complete Basic Machine 1 95 .25(76. 87) 3 8053 (83 890) 1 828 1 (403 04) 1 977 1 (435 86)
4 x 4 chassis; Cummins QSB5 .9
engine w/ transmission;
front and rear axles; 29 .5 x 25 tires;
main hoist w/1 52 m (5 00 ft) of 3/4
in. cable, idler and fol lower; ful l
fuel and hydraulic o i l ; LMI; plus all
the aboye.
ADD TO BASIC MACHINE WEIGHT

9.75 to 1 7 .07 m (32 to 56 ft) 640.08 (252 .00) 1 045 (23 04) 1 672 (3 686) -6 1 1 (- 1 346)
Folding Boom Extension

9.75 meter (32 ft) Fixed Boom Extension 7 1 3 .74 (28 1 .00) 744 ( 1 640) 1 3 06 (2 8 80) -562 (- 1 240)

Boom Ext. Carrier Brackets (Bolt On) 5 5 3 .72 (2 1 8.00) 1 5 0 (3 30) 204 (45 0) -54 (- 1 20)

Auxiliary Boom Nose - Installed 1 1 6 8 .40 (460.00) 59 ( 1 3 0) 1 70 (3 74) - 1 1 1 (-244)

45 mt (50 Ton), 4 Sheave Hookblock - 406.4 ( 1 60.00) 454 ( 1 000) 454 ( 1 000) O (O)
Stowed in trough

45 mt (50 Ton), 3 Sheave Hookblock - 406.4 ( 1 60.00) 454 ( 1 000) 454 ( 1 000) O (O)
Stowed in trough

7.5 mt Headache Ball (Swivel)- 66 1 .67 (260.50) 1 68 (3 70) 273 (602) -27 1 (-232)
Attached to O/R Box
ADD TO BASIC MACHINE WEIGHT (continued)
I

1 -1 -8 GROVE
RT700E G E N E RAL D ESC RI PTIO N

C G to C L
GROSS FRONT REAR
DESCRIPTION BOGIE
kg (lb) kg (lb) kg (lb)
cm (in)

60 Ton, 5 Sheave Hookblock - Stowed in 406.4 ( 1 60.00) 567 ( 1 25 0) 5 67 ( 1 250) O (O)

trough

Auxiliary Hoist - Less Cable (IPO cwt) - 1 49.86 (-5 9.00) 1 6 (36) -6 (- 1 3) 22 (49)
Auxiliary Hoist Cable (500 ft) - 1 49.86 (-59.00) 2 84 (625) 1 04 (-23 0) 388 (85 5 )

A i r Conditioning 63 .25 (24.90) 96 (2 1 1 ) 1 5 (3 3 ) 8 1 ( 1 78)

Substitute 29.5R25 Tires 203.20 (80.00) 445 (980) 222 (490) 222 (490)
Driver 208.28 (82.00) 1 1 3 (25 0) 5 8 ( 1 28) 5 5 ( 1 22)
Flat Decking Option 203 .20 (80.00) 75 ( 1 65) 38 (83) 38 (83)
Rear Mounted Pintle Hook - 1 94.3 1 (-76 .50) 5 (1 1) 2 (-5) 7 ( 1 6)
Main Hoist Cable (5 5 0 ft) -66.04 (-26.00) 29 (63) -5 (- 1 0) 33 (73)
7.5 mt Headache Ball (Non-Swivel)- 66 1 .67 (260.50) 1 5 7 (347) 256 (565) -99 (-2 1 8)
Attached to O/R Box

Two Over F our Boom N ose Sheaves 1 1 1 5 .06 (43 9.00) 1 5 (3 3 ) 4 1 (9 1 ) -26 (-5 8)
Two Over Five Boom Nose Sheaves 1 1 1 5 .06 (43 9.00) 23 (50) 62 ( 1 3 7) -3 9 (-87)
Auxiliary Hoist Cable (5 5 0 ft) - 1 49 . 86 (-5 9.00) 29 (63) 1 0 (-23) 3 9 (86)
H03 0G-26 Main Hoist - Less Cable -66.04 (-26.00) 5 7 ( 1 25) -9 (-20) 66 ( 1 45)
Main Hoist Cable (5 5 0 ft) -66.04 (-26.00) 85 ( 1 88) - 1 4 (-3 0) 99 (2 1 8)
20' Boom Ext. Insert w/LMI (Pinned to 1 4 1 9.86 (5 59.00) 406 (895) 1 4 1 9 (3 1 28) - 1 0 1 3 (-2233 )
Boom Nose)

GROVE 1 -1 -9
G E N E RAL DESC R I PTION RT700E

NOTES ____________________________________________ __

1 -1 - 1 0 GROVE
RT700E G EN E RAL MAI NTENA N C E

S ECTI O N 2
G ENE RA L MA I N TE NA N C E
TABLE O F CONTENTS

Page
GENERAL MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . 1-2-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5
. . . . . . . . . . .

Cleanliness . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal and Installation . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6

. . .

Pressing Parts . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2-6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2-6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wires and Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .1-2-6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6
.

Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Antifriction Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6

.

Double Row, Tapered Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2-6

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Heating Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6

InstaIIation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6
.

Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-7
. . . . . . . . . . .

Sleeve Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-7

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Batteries . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-7

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cleanliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Keep the System Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-7

Sealing Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-7
Hydraulic Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fatigue of Welded Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-8

Loctite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-8
.

Application of Medium Strength Loctite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-8

Primer Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-8
. . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Adhesive/Sealant Application . . . . . . . . 1-2-9

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fasteners and Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-9

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

WIRE ROPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-13

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-13
.

Environmental Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-13

Dynamic Shock Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-13
Lubrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-13
.

Precautions and Recommendations During Inspection or Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-14

Wire Rope Inspection (Running Ropes and Pendant Cables) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-14
Frequent Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-15
.

Periodic Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-15
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

GROVE 1 -2-1
G E N ERAL MAI NTENA N C E RT700E

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTI N U ED)

Page
Wire Rope Inspection (Boom Extension and Retraction Cables) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-15
Periodic Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-15
Wire Rope Replacement (AII Wire Rope) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-16
LIST OF F I G U RES

Title Page
Nut Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-10
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bolt Head Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-10

.

Wire Rope Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 1-2-13

LIST OF TABLES

Title Page
Torque Values for Unfinished Fasteners With No Special Lubrication - Coarse Threads . 1-2-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Torque Values for Unfinished Fasteners With No Special Lubrication - Fine Threads . . . . . . . 1-2-11 . . . . . . . . . . .

Torque Values in Newton-Meters (Nm) for Metric Fasteners With No Special Lubrication - Coarse Threads 1-2-12
Torque Values in Foot-Pounds for Metric Fasteners With No Special Lubrication - Coarse Threads . . . . . . 1-2-12

1 -2-2 GROYfE
RT700E G EN E RAL MAINTENA N C E

DAN G E R N OTE S U M MA RY

Page
DANGER
1-2-7
EXERCISE EXTREME CARE AROUND PRES­
SURIZED HYDRAULlC SYSTEMS. DO NOT
WORK ON A HYDRAULlC SYSTEM WHILE IT
IS IN OPERATION OR UNTIL ALL PRESSURE
IS RELEASED.
DANGER
1-2-8
LOCTITE TYPE ADHESIVES CONTAIN CHEM­
ICALS THAT MAY BE HARMFUL IF MISUSED.
READ AND FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS ON
THE CONTAINER.

GROVlE 1 -2-3
G E N E RAL MAINTENANCE RT700E

NOTES ------

1 -2-4 GROYfE
RT700E G E N E RAL MAI NTENAN C E

G E N E RA L MAI NTENANCE

MAI NTENA N C E

These general suggestions should be helpful in following cleaning and covering apply when access covers or
the instructions in this manual. In analyzing a system inspection plates are removed.
m alfunction, use a systematic procedure to locate and
correct the problem . Clean and inspect all parts. Be sure all passages and holes
are open. Cover all parts to keep them clean. Be sure
1. Determine the problem . parts are clean when they are installed. Leave new parts
in their containers until ready for assembly.
2. List possible causes.
Clean the rust preventive compound from all machined
3. Devise checks. surfaces of new parts before install ing them.

4. Conduct checks in a logical order to determine the REMOVAL ANO INSTALLATION.

cause.
5. Consider the remaining service life of components
against the cost of parts and labor necessary to
replace them .
6. Make the necessary repair.
7. Recheck to ensure that nothing has been overlooked.
8. Functional ly test the failed part i n its system.
NOTE
Your safety and that of others is
always the number one consider­
ation when working around
machines. Safety is a matter of thor­
oughly understanding the job to be
done and the application of good
common sense. It is not just a matter
of do's and don'ts. Stay clear of all
moving parts.
CLEANLlNESS.
An important item in preserving the long l ife of the
mach ine is keeping dirt out of working parts. Enclosed
compartments, seals, and filters have be en provided to
keep the supply of air, fuel, and lubricants clean . It is
important that these enclosures be maintained.
Whenever hydraulic, fuel, lubricating oil l ines, or air
l ines are disconnected, clean the adjacent area as well as
the point of disconnect. As soon as the disconnection is
made, cap, plug, or tape each l ine or opening to prevent
entry of foreign material. The same recommendations for
When performing maintenance, d o not attempt to m anu­
ally l ift heavy parts when hoisting equ ipment should be
used. Never locate or leave heavy parts in an unstable
position . When raising a portion of a crane or a complete
crane, ensure the crane is blocked securely and the
weight is supported by blocks rather than by l ifting
equipment.
When using hoisting equipment, follow the hoist m anu­
facturers recommendations and use l ifting devices that
will allow you to achieve the proper balance of the
assemblies being l ifted and to ensure safe handling.
Unless otherwise specified, all removals requiring hoist­
ing equipment should be accomplished using an adj ust­
able l ifting attachment. AH supporting members (chains
and cables) should be parallel to each other and as near
perpendicular as possible to the top of the object being
l ifted .
CAUTION
THE CAPACITY OF AN EYEBOLT
OIMINISHES AS THE ANGLE
BETWEEN THE SUPPORTING MEM­
BERS ANO THE OBJECT BECOMES
LESS THAN 90°. EYEBOLTS ANO
BRACKETS SHOULO NEVER BE
BENT ANO SHOULO ONLY HAVE
STRESS IN TENSION.
Sorne removals require the u s e o f l ifting fixtures to
obtain proper balance. The weights of sorne components
are given in their respective sections of the manual.
If a part resists removal, check to be certain all nuts and
bolts have been removed and that an adj acent part is not
interfering.

GROVE 1 -2-5
G E N E RAL MAI NTENANCE
OISASSEMBLY ANO ASSEMBLY.
When assembling or d isassembling a component or sys­
tem, complete each step in turno Do not partially assem­
ble one part and start assembling sorne other part. Make
all adjustments as recommended. Always check the job
after it i s completed to see that nothing has been over­
looked. Recheck the various adjustments by operating the
machine before returning it to the jobo
PRESSING PARTS.
When pressing one part into another, use an anti-seize
compound or a molybdenum d isulfide base compound to
lubricate the mating surfaces.
Assemble tapered parts dry. Before assembling parts with
tapered splines, be sure the spl ines are clean, dry, and free
from burrs. Position the parts together by hand to mesh
the spl ines before applying pressure.
Parts which are fitted together with tapered splines are
always very tight. If they are not tight, inspect the tapered
spl ines and discard the part if the splines are wom.
LOCKS.
Lockwashers, flat metal locks, o r cotter pins are used to
lock nuts and bolts.
Flat metal locks must be installed properly to be effec­
tive. Bend one end of the lock around the edge of the
part. Bend the other end against one flat surface of the
nut or bolt head.
Always use new locking devices on components which
have moving parts.
When install ing lockwashers on housings made of alumi­
num, use a flat washer between the lockwasher and the
housing.
WIRES ANO CABLES.
Batteries should always be disconnected prior to working
on the electrical system.
When removing or disconnecting a group of wires or
cables, tag each one to ensure proper identification dur­
ing assembly.
1 -2-6
RT700E
SHIMS.
When shims are removed, tie them together and identify
them as to location. Keep shims clean and flat until they
are reinstalled.
BEARINGS.
Antifriction Bearings.
When an antifriction bearing is removed, cover it to keep
out dirt and abrasives. Wash bearings in non-flammable
cleaning solution and allow them to drain dry. The bear­
ing may be dried with compres sed air BUT do not spin
the bearing. Discard the bearings if the races and balls or
rollers are pitted, scored, or bumed. If the bearing is ser­
viceable, coat it with oil and wrap it in clean waxed
papero Do not unwrap new bearings until time of installa­
tion. The l ife of an antifriction bearing will be shortened
if not properly lubricated. Dirt in an antifriction bearing
can cause the bearing to lock resulting in the shaft turning
in the inner race or the outer race turning within the cage.
Oouble Row, Tapered Roller.
Double row, tapered rol ler bearings are precision fit dur­
ing manufacture and components are not interchange­
able. The cups, cones, and spacers are usually etched
with the same serial number and letter designator. If no
letter designators are found, wire the components
together to assure correct instal lation . Reusable bearing
components should be installed in their original posi­
tions.
Heating Bearings.
Bearings which require expansion for installation should
be heated in oil not to exceed 1 2 1 °C (25 0 °F). When
more than one part is heated to aid in assembly, they must
be allowed to cool and then pressed together again. Parts
often separate as they cool and contract.
Installation.
Lubricate new or used bearings before installation. B ear­
ings that are to be preloaded must have a fi lm of oil over
the entire assembly to obtain accurate pre-Ioading. When
install ing a bearing, spacer, or washer against a shoulder
on a shaft, be sure the chamfered side is toward the
shoulder.
When pressing bearings into a retainer or bore, uniformly
apply pressure to the outer race. If the bearing is pressed
on the shaft, unifonnly apply pressure on the inner race.
GROVE
RT700E
Preload.
Preload is an initial load placed on the bearing at the time
of assembly. Whether a tapered roller bearing should
have preload could depend on any of several conditions:
rigidity of the housings and shafi, bearing spread, speed
of operation, etc.
To determ ine whether a bearing requires preload or end
clearance, consult the disassembly and assembly instruc­
tions pertaining to that bearing.
Care should be exercised in applying preload. Misappli­
cation of preload to bearings requiring end clearance can
result in bearing fai lure.
51eeve Bearings.
Do not install sleeve bearings with a hammer. U se a press
and be sure to apply the pressure directIy in line with the
bore. If it is necessary to drive on a bearing, use a bearing
driver or a bar with a smooth flat end. If a sleeve bearing
has an oil hole, align it with the oil hole in the mating
parto
GA5KET5.
Be sure the holes in the gaskets correspond with the
lubricant passages in the mating parts. If it is necessary to
make gaskets, select material of the proper type and
thickness. Be sure to cut holes in the right places. Blank
gaskets can cause serious damage.
When removed, always install new cylinder head and
man ifold gaskets using recommended gasket compound
on head gaskets to allow uniform seal ing.
BATTERIE5.
Clean batteries by scrubbing them with a solution of bak­
ing soda and water. Rinse with clear water. Afier clean­
ing, dry thoroughly and coat term inals and connections
with an anti corrosion compound or grease.
If the machine is to be sto red or not used for an extended
period oftime, the batteries should be removed . Store the
batteries in a warm, dry place, preferably on wooden
shelves. Never store on concrete. A smal l charge should
be introduced periodically to keep the specific gravity
rating at recommended level.
GROVE
G E N E RAL MAI NTENAN C E
HYDRAULlC 5Y5TEM5.
DANGER
EXERCI5E EXTREME CARE AROUND
PRE55URIZ ED HYDRAULlC 5Y5-
TEM5. DO NOT WORK ON A
HYDRAULlC 5Y5TEM WHILE IT 15 IN
OPERATION OR UNTIL ALL PRE5-
5URE 15 RELEA5ED.
Cleanliness.
Contaminants in a hydraul ic system affect operation and
will result in serious damage to the system components.
Dirty hydraul ic systems are a major cause of component
fai lures.
Keep the 5ystem Clean.
When removing components of a hydraulic system, cover
all openings on both the component and the crane.
If evidence of foreign particles is found in the hydraulic
system, flush the system .
Disassemble and assemble hydraulic components on a
clean surface.
Clean all metal parts in a nonflammable cleaning fluid.
Then lubricate al l components to aid in assembly.
5ealing Elements.
Inspect al l seal ing elements (O-ring, gaskets, etc.) when
disassembl ing and assembl ing the hydraulic system com­
ponents. Installation of new elements is always recom­
mended.
Hydraulic Unes.
When installing metal tubes, tighten all bolts finger-tight.
Then, in order, tighten the bolts at the rigid end, the
adjustable end, and the mounting brackets. Afier tubes
are mounted, install the hoses. Connect both ends of the
hose with all bolts finger-tight. Position the hose so it
does not rub the machine or another hose and has a m ini­
mum of bending and twisting. Tighten bolts in both cou­
plings.
Due to manufacturing methods there is a natural curva­
ture to a hydraulic hose. The hose shou ld be instal led so
any bend is with this curvature.
1 -2-7
G E N E RAL MAI NTENANCE RT700E

FATIGUE OF WELDED STRUCTURES. LOCTITE.

Experience has shown that h ighly stressed welded struc­ DANGER
tures when repeatedly subjected to varying stresses
caused by twisting, shock, bending, and intentional and/ LOCTITE TYPE ADHESIVES CONTAIN
or unintentional overloads, ofien become subject to weld CHEMICALS THAT MAY BE HARMFUL
cracking which may be attributed to fatigue ofthe welded
joint. This condition is not uncommon in construction IF MISUSED. READ ANO FOLLOW
equipment. THE INSTRUCTIONS ON THE CON­
TAINER.
Equipment should be periodically inspected for evidence
of weld fatigue. The frequency of these inspections Always follow the directions on the Loctite container as
should be commensurate with the age of the equ ipment, not all Loctite types are suitable for all applications.Vari­
the severity of the appl ication, and the experience of the ous types of Loctite are specified throughout the Service
operators and maintenance personnel.The fol lowing are Manual.The following types of Loctite brand adhesives
known high stress areas appl icable to Grove machines, are available from the Parts Department of the local
and a visual inspection of these areas should be made part Grove Worldwide distributor.
of an owner's planned preventive maintenance program:
Application of Medium Strength Loctite.
1. Power Telescope Boom - wear pad retaining struc­
tures, hydraulic cylinder attaching points, boom
pivot shafi retaining structures.
NOTE
2. Outrigger pads, beams, boxes and attachment struc­ The fastener may be re-used; the
tures. adhesive may be re-applied over
cured adhesive residue.
3. Main frames - general ly in the area of doubler plates
and crossmembers; at the junction of front and rear The following procedure covers the proper application
frame members on truck cranes. and curing method for medium strength Loctite adhesive/
sealant (Loctite #242) and primer (Locquic Primer
4. Turntable bearing connection (where bearing is T747 1 ).
welded to the crane superstructure or chassis).
PRIMER APPLlCATION.
5. Counterweight support structures.
NOTE
6. Chassis axle and suspension mounting structures.
It is not necessary to bathe the
7. Hydraul ic cyl inder end connections. threads in primer.
The aboye is provided on ly as a guide, and your inspec­ 1. Ensure the threaded surface, both male and female,
tion plan should not be lim ited to the areas listed. A thor­ is clean and free of dirt and oil . Apply a l ight spray
ough visual inspection of al l weldments is good practice. coating of primer to both male and female parts to
be joined to clean and accelerate the curing process.
Anyone requ iring more detailed inspection instructions
and/or repair procedures may request same by contacting 2. Al Iow the part to dry prior to adhesive/sealant appli­
the local Grove Worldwide distributor. cation.

1 -2-8 GRO"E
RT700E
A D H ESIVE/SEALAN T APPLlCATION.
BEAD APPLlCATI O N ----..
4203
1. Apply a bead perpendicular to the thread, several
threads wide, in the approximate area of threaded
engagement.
2. In a blind hole application, a bead o f several drops
of adhesive should be applied into the bottom of the
hole to be hydraulicalIy forced up during engage­
ment.
3. After application and engagement of mated threads,
fixturing will occur within five (5) m inutes if
primed prior to engagement. Fixturing may take up
to 30 minutes on unprimed parts.
4. Time required to achieve ful l strength is 24 hours.
Maximum ultimate strength is achieved using no
primer with this specific threadlocking adhesive.
FASTENERS ANO TORQUE VALUES.
Use bolts of the correct length. A bolt which is too long
may botlom before the head is tight against the part it is
to hold. If a bolt is too short, there may not be enough
threads engaged to hold the part securely. Threads can be
damaged. Inspect them and replace fasteners, as neces­
sary.
Torque values should correspond to the type bolts, studs,
and nuts being used .
The torque tables are provided by Grove Worldwide for
reference when performing maintenance.
Use of proper torque values is extremely important.
Improper torquing can seriously affect performance and
rel iability.
Identification of fastener grade is always necessary
(grade 5, 8, etc.). The mechanic must be aware that he is
working with a highly stressed component and the fas­
tener should be torqued accordingly.
GROVE
G E N E RAL MAI NTENAN C E
NOTE
Sorne special applications require
variation from standard torque val­
ues. Reference should always be
made to component overhaul proce­
dures for recommendations.
Special attention should be given to the existence of
lubricant, plating, or other factors that might require vari­
ation from standard torque values.
When maximum recommended torque values have been
exceeded, the fastener should be replaced.
When referring to the appl icable torque charts, use values
as close as possible to the torque values shown to allow
for wrench calibration tolerance. An erratic or jerking
motion of the wrench can easi ly result in excessive
torque. ALWAYS use a slow wrench movement and
STOP when the predeterm ined value has been reached.
Torque wrenches are precision instruments and are to be
handled with care to ensure cal ibrated accuracy. Calibra­
tion checks should be made on a scheduled basis. When­
ever the wrench might be either over stressed or
damaged, it should immediately be removed from service
until recalibrated.
KNOW YOUR TORQUE WRENCH ! Flexible beam
type wrenches, even though they might have a preset fea­
ture, must be pulled at right angles and the force must be
applied at the exact center of the handle. Force value
readings must be made whi le the tool is in motion.
Rigid handle type torque wrenches are available with
torque limiting devices that can be preset to required val­
ues and which eliminate d ial readings.
NOTE
To convert pounds-foot of torque to
newton meters (N-m), multiply the
pounds-foot quantity by 1.3558.
NOTE
To convert pounds-inch of torque to
newton meters (N-m), multiply the
pounds-inch quantity by 0.11298.
1 -2-9
G E N E RA L MAI NTENANCE RT700E

NOTE
When multipliers and/or special tools
are used to reach hard to get at spots,
ensure torque readings are precisely
calculated.
Grade 5

No 3 Lines 1 Line 3 Dots 3 Radial 1 Radial 1 Row

Markings Spaced 1 Dot Spaced Lines Line Notched
Heat 1 Dot Corners
Treated
120· 120·

Grade 8

6 Lines 1 Line 6 Radial 6 Dots 1 Radial 2 Rows

Spaced 1 Dot Lines Spaced Line Notched
60· 60· 1 Dot Corners

Nut Identification

o
SA E Grade 1 SAE G rade 5
¡(lA
\Q/
SAE Grade 7
(0
SAE G rade 8
and Grade 2

Socket Socket Serrated

Capscrew Shoulder Flange Head
Screw

Bolt Head Identification

1 -2-1 0 GROVE
RT700E G EN E RAL MAI NTENAN C E

Torque Values For Unfinished Fasteners With No Special Lubrication - Coarse Threads
Bolt Diameter - l oches

TORQUE VALUES (Pouod s-Foot)

Coa rse Thread 1/4 5/1 6 3/8 7/1 6 1 /2 9/1 6 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 -1 /8 1 -1 /4 1 -3/8 1 -1 /2
Capscrew

SAE Grade 1 5.5 11 20 31 47 69 97 1 56 210 3 12 493 685 919 1 1 00

a n d Grade 2 5.0 9 18 29 43 63 89 1 44 1 94 288 455 633 849 1015

SAE Grade 5 9.0 19 32 52 78 1 14 1 56 2 70 416 606 813 1 14 1 1519 2028

7.7 17 30 48 72 1 06 1 44 249 3 84 560 75 1 1 053 1 403 1 865

SAE Grade 8 1 2.5 26 48 73 1 20 161 234 385 615 929 1 342 2043 2496 3276
1 1 .5 24 44 67 1 10 1 43 216 3 55 567 857 1 234 1 885 2296 3024

Socket 1 2.5 26 48 73 120 161 234 385 615 929 1 342 2043 2496 3276
Capscrew 1 1 .5 24 44 67 110 1 43 216 355 567 857 1 234 1 885 2296 3 024

Socket 5 12 23 42 42 -
1 00 1 74 -
3 46 - - - -

Shou lder Screw 3 9 21 38 38 92 1 60 320

SAE 5.2 Serrated 12 25 45 72 1 10 -

220 - - - - - - -

Flange Head 9 19 34 54 83 1 66

NOTES: l. Studs shall be torqued using capscrew figures when grade is known.
2. Torque values for zinc plated fasteners are the same as for unfinished fasteners.

Torque Values For Unfinished Fasteners With No Special Lubrication - Fine Threads
Bolt Diameter - loch es

TORQUE VALUES (Pouods - Foot)

Fine Thread 1 /4 5/1 6 3/8 7/16 1 /2 9/1 6 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 -1/8 1 - 1 /4 1 -3/8 1 - 1 /2
Capscrew

SAE Grade 1 6.3 12 22 34 52 76 1 08 1 72 230 340 535 75 1 1 032 1 22 1

a n d G rade 2 5.8 10 20 32 48 70 1 00 1 58 212 314 493 693 952 1 1 27

SAE Grade 5 10 21 36 57 88 1 26 1 82 312 458 658 882 1251 1 704 2288

9 19 34 53 81 1 16 1 67 287 42 1 606 814 1 1 55 1 572 2 1 05

SAE Grade 8 1 4. 5 26 53 85 1 25 1 77 250 425 672 1 009 1 500 2092 2833 3640
1 3 .5 24 49 79 1 15 1 63 230 393 620 93 1 1 380 1 925 2605 3360

Socket 1 4.5 26 53 85 1 25 1 77 250 425 672 1 009 1 500 2092 2833 3640
Capscrew 1 3.5 24 49 79 115 1 63 230 393 620 93 1 1 3 80 1 925 2605 3360

SAE 5.2 Serrated 15 28 52 81 1 25 -

25 1 - - - - - - -

Flange Head 11 21 39 61 94 1 89

NOTES: l . Studs shall be torqued using capscrew figures when grade i s known.
2. Torque values for zinc plated fasteners are the same as for unfinished fasteners.

GROVE 1 -2-1 1
G E N E RA L MAINTENANCE RT700E

Torque Values For Metric Fasteners With No Special Lubrication - Coarse Threads
Bolt Diameter - Metric

TORQUE VALUES (N m)

Grade M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 MIO M12 M14 M16 M18 M20 M22 M24 M27 M30
0. 1 57 0. 1 97 0.236 0.276 0.3 1 5 0.394 0.472 0.55 1 0.630 0.709 0.787 0.866 0.945 1 .06 1.18

8.8 3.1 6.5 11 19 27 53 93 1 48 230 391 447 608 774 1 1 34 1 53 8

2.8 5.9 10 17 25 49 85 1 36 212 294 413 562 714 1 046 1 420

1 0.9 4.5 9.2 16 26 38 75 1 30 212 322 455 629 856 1 089 1 59 1 2 1 63

4. l 8.5 14 24 35 69 1 20 1 95 298 418 581 790 1 005 1 469 1 997

1 2.9 5.4 11 19 31 45 89 1 56 248 3 87 532 756 1 029 1 306 1910 2595

4.9 10 17 28 42 83 1 44 228 357 490 698 949 1 206 1 763 2395

NOTE: 1. Torque values for fine threads are 8% higher.

Torque Values For Metric Fasteners With No Special Lubrication - Coarse Threads
BoIt Diameter - Metric

TORQUE VALUES (Pounds - Foot)

Grade M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 MIO M 12 M14 M16 M18 M20 M22 M24 M27 M3(
0 . 1 57 0. 1 97 0.236 0.276 0.3 1 5 0.394 0.472 0.551 0.630 0.709 0.787 0.866 0.945 1 .06 1.18

8.8 2.3 4.8 8. 1 1 4.0 20 39 69 1 09 1 70 235 329 448 548 836 1 1 34

2. 1 4.3 7.4 1 2.5 18 36 63 1 00 1 56 217 3 04 414 526 77 1 1 047

1 0.9 3.3 6.8 1 1 .8 1 9.0 29 55 96 1 56 237 335 464 63 1 803 1 1 73 1 594

3.0 6.3 1 0. 3 1 7. 6 26 51 88 1 44 220 308 428 582 74 1 1 083 1 472

1 2.9 4.0 8. 1 1 4.0 23 . 0 33 66 1 15 1 83 285 392 557 758 963 1 408 1913
3.6 7.4 1 2.5 20.6 31 61 1 06 1 68 263 361 514 699 889 1 299 1 765

NOTE: 1. Torque values for fine threads are 8% higher.

/1�'
Solt Head Top Solt Head Side Solt Head Top Solt Head Side Solt Head T op Solt Head Side

/T"
v/I'� a.al !-+� --
[]1 0 .9J ] r\, �1¡ ;)-
t-�
\,

!� 1d 9 ,J
r
"��/ �
Metric G rade
Metric Grade

f+r
/��".
Identification
Identification

// + . " ,
\:�+nv
�

rí a ] l r I 10] I h��'
' + '�\1 l 1 1 2 jJ
\1
: +
\
\,

",,,� \, 1'2 /?
"-,-y7

N ut Top N ut Side N ut Top N ut Side N ut Top Nut Side

Metric Solt and Nut Grade Identification

1 -2-1 2 GROVE
RT700E
W I R E ROPE
GENERAL.
The following information is a compendium of informa­
tion from various wire rope manufacturers and includes
inspection, replacement, and maintenance guidelines for
wire rop e as estabJished by ANSI/ASME B3 0 . 5 , federal
regulatlOns, and Grove Worldwide. The inspection inter­
val shall be determined by a qualified person and shall be
based on such factors as expected rope J ife as determined
by experience on the particular installation or similar
installations, severity of environment, percentage of
capacity l ifts, frequency rates of operation, and exposure
to shock loads. Periodic Inspections need not be at equal
calendar intervals and should be performed at shorter
time intervals as the wire rope approaches the end of its
useful life. A periodic inspection shall be performed at
least once a year. The followin g provides inspection and
maintenance procedures for Wlre ropes used on Grove
products (e.g. wire rope used as load Jines [hoisting
cables] , boom extension and retraction cables, pendant
cab les, tow winch cables, and hook block tie down
cables).
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS.
The J ife expectancy of wire rope may val)' due to the
degree of environmental hosti lity and other conditions to
which these mechanical devices are subjected. Variation
in temperature, continuous excessive moisture levels,
exposure to corrosive chemicals or vapors or subjecting
the wire rope to abrasive material may shorten normal
wire rope l ife. Frequentlperiodic inspections and mainte­
nance of your wire rope is recommended for preventing
premature wear and to insure long-term satisfactory per­
formance.
GROYE
G E N ERAL MAINTENAN C E
DYNAMIC SHOCK LOADS.
Subjecting wire rope to abnormal l oads beyond the
endurance limit will shorten the wire ropes, l ife expect­
ancy. Examples of this type of loading are listed below.
1. High velocity movement e.g.; hoisting or swinging
of a load fol lowed by abrupt stops.
2. Suspending loads whi le traveJing over irregular sur­
faces such as rai lroad tracks, potholes, and rough
terrain.
3. Moving a load that i s beyond the rated capacity of
the l ifting mechanism, i.e.; overloading.
LUBRICATION.
A wire rope cannot be lubricated sufficiently during man­
ufacture to last its' entire l ife. Therefore, new lubricant
must be added throughout the Jife of a rope to replace
factory lubricant which is used or lost. It is important that
lubricant appl ied as part of a maintenance program shall
be compatible with the original lubricant, and to this end,
the rope manufacturer should be consuIted. Lubricant
applied shall be of the type which does not hinder visual
inspection . Those sections of rope which are located over
sheaves or otherwise hidden during inspection and main­
tenance procedures require special attention when lubri­
cating rope. The object of rope lubrication is to reduce
internal friction and to prevent corrosion .
1 -2-1 3
G E N E RA L MAINTENANCE
During fabrication, ropes receive lubrication; the kind
and amount depends on the rope's size, type, and antici­
pated use. This in-process treatment will provide the fin­
ished rope with ample protection for a reasonable time if
it is stored under proper conditions. But, when the rope is
put into service, the initial lubrication may be less than
needed for the ful l useful life of the rope. Because of this
possibility, periodic applications of a suitable rope lubri­
cant are necessary.
The following are important characteristics of a good
wire rope lubricant:
1. It should be free from acids and alkalis.
2. I t should have sufficient adhesive strength t o remain
on the ropes.
3. It should be of a viscosity capable of penetrating the
interstices between wires and strands.
4. It should not be soluble in the medium surrounding
it under the actual operating conditions (i.e. water).
5. I t should have a high fi lm strength.
6. It should resist oxidation.
Before applying lubrication, accumulations of dirt or
other abrasive material should be removed from the rope.
C leaning can be accomplished by using a stiff wire brush
and solvent, compressed air, or l ive steam. Immediately
after the wire rope is cleaned, it should be lubricated.
Many techniques may be used; these include bath, drip­
ping, pouring, swabbing, painting or pressure spray
methods. Whenever possible, the lubricant should be
appl ied at the top of a bend in the rope, because at that
point the strands are spread by bending and are more eas­
i ly penetrated. There should be no load on the rope while
it is being lubricated . It should be noted, the service life
of wire rope will be directIy proportional to the effective­
ness of the method used and amount of lubricant reaching
the working parts of the rope.
PRECAUTIONS ANO RECOMMENOATIONS OURING
INSPECTION OR REPLACEMENT.
1. Always lock out equipment power when removing
or install ing wire rope assembl ies.
2. Always use safety glasses for eye protection.
3. Wear protective clothing, gloves, and safety shoes as
appropriate.
1 -2-1 4
RT700E
4. U se supports and clamps to prevent uncontrolled
movement of wire rope, parts, and equipment.
5. When replacing fixed length cable assemblies (e.g.
pendants) having permanently attached end fittings
use only pre-assembled lengths of wire rope as sup­
plied from Grove Customer Support. Do not build
lengths from individual components.
6. Replace an entire wire rope assembly. Do not
attempt to rework damaged wire rope or wire rope
ends.
7. Never electroplate wire rope assembl ies.
8. Do not weld any wire rope assembly or component
unless welding is recommended by the wire rope
manufacturero Welding spatter shall never be
allowed to come in contact with the wire rope or
wire rope ends. In addition, be sure that the wire
rope is not an electrical path during other welding
operations.
9. Wire ropes are manufactured from special steels. If
heating a wire rope assembly is absolutely necessary
for removal, the entire wire rope assembly shall be
d iscarded .
1 0. On systems equipped with two or more wire rope
assembl ies operating as a matched set, they shall be
replaced as an entire seto
1 1 . Do not paint or coat wire ropes with any substance
except approved lubricants.
WIRE ROPE INSPECTION. (RUNNING ROPES ANO
PENOANT CABLES)
Wire rope should be inspected frequentIy/dally and peri­
odically/yearly in accordance with the following infor­
mation excerpted from a National Consensus Standard as
referenced by Federal Government Agencies. Recom­
mended inspection intervals may vary from machine to
machine and may vary based on environmental condi­
tions, frequency of l ifts, and exposure to shock loads.
The inspection time intervals may also be predetermined
by state and local regulatory agencies.
Any deterioration observed in the wire rope should be
noted in the equipment inspection log and an assessment
concerning wire rope replacement should be made by a
qualified persono
GROYfE
RT700E
Frequent Inspection.
A frequent daily visual inspection is recommended for aH
runn ing ropes in service. This inspection should be made
on aH wire rope which can be expected to be in use dur­
ing the day's operation. This inspection should be used to
monitor progressive degradation and to discover severe
damages necessitating wire rope replacement such as:
a. Distortion, Kinking, Crushing, Un-stranding,
B ird caging, Reduction of d iameter, etc.
b. General corrosion.
c. Broken or cut strands.
d. Number, distribution and type of broken wires.
e. Evidence of core failure.
f. End fitting wear/abrasion .
Periodic Inspection.
Wire rope should be inspected periodically/annual ly or at
a shorter time interval if necessitated by environmental or
other adverse conditions, and shaH cover the entire length
of the wire rope. Only the outer surface of the wire rope
need be inspected, and no attempt should be made to
open the rope. Periodic inspection should include all
items listed under frequent inspection plus the following:
a. Inspect for reduction of rope diameter below
nominal diameter.
b. Inspect for severely corroded or broken wires at
end connections.
c. Inspect for severely corroded, cracked, bent,
worn, or improperly appl ied end connections.
d . Inspect wire rope in areas subjected to rapid
deterioration such as:
1. Sections in contact with saddles, equal izer
sheaves, or other sheaves where wire rope
travel is limited .
2. Sections of wire rope at or near term inal
ends where corroded or broken wires may
protrude.
e. Inspect boom nose sheaves, hook block sheaves,
boom extension/j ib sheaves, auxi liary boom
GROVE
G E N ERA L MAINTENAN C E
nose sheaves, and hoist drums for wear. Dam­
aged sheaves or hoist drums can accelerate wear
and cause rapid deterioration of the wire rope.
WIRE ROPE INSPECTION. (BOOM EXTENSION ANO
RETRACTION CABLES)
Periodic Inspection.
It is recommended that a periodic inspection o f all boom
extension and retraction cables be performed using the
fol lowing guidelines. This inspection shaH cover the
entire length of the extension and retraction cables. This
inspection should be used to monitor progressive degra­
dation and to discover severe damages necessitating wire
rope replacement or equipment repair. Inspection criteria
are as fol lows:
a. Inspect for reduction of rope diameter below
nominal diameter.
b . Inspect for severely corroded o r broken wires at
end connections.
c. Inspect for severely corroded, cracked, bent,
wom, or improperly appl ied end connections.
d. Inspect wire rope in areas subj ected to rapid
deterioration such as:
1. Sections in contact with saddles, equalizer
sheaves, or other sheaves where wire rope
travel is l imited.
2. Sections of wire rope at or near terminal
ends where corroded or broken wires may
protrude.
3. Sections of wire rope in contact with sta­
tionary surfaces where abrasion or chafing
may take place as a result of equipment
vibration.
e. Inspect for damaged or wobbly boom extension
and retraction sheaves that may cause rapid
deterioration of the wire rope.
f. Inspect for unusual cable sag/stretch and be sure
cables used in sets alI have an equal tension
applied. Repeated need for adjustment of an
individual cable is evidence of cable stretch and
indicates the need for additional and more thor­
ough inspection in order to determine and cor­
rect the cause.
1 -2-1 5
G E N ERA L MAINTENANCE
WIRE ROPE REPLACEMENT. (ALL WIRE ROPE)
No precise rules can be given for determination of the
exact time for replacement of wire rope since many vari­
able factors are involved. Determination regarding con­
tinued use or replacement of wire rope depends largely
upon the good judgement of an appointed and qualified
person who evaluates the remaining strength in a used
rope after allowance for any deterioration disclosed by
inspection .
Wire rope replacement should be determined by the fol­
lowing information excerpted from a National Consensus
Standard as referenced by Federal Government Agencies
and as recommended by Grove Worldwide. AlI wire rope
wil l eventually deteriorate to a point where it is no longer
usable. Wire rope shal l be taken out of service when any
of the following conditions exist:
a. In running ropes, six random ly distributed bro­
ken wires in one lay or three broken wires in one
strand in one layo
b. Wear of one-third the original diameter of out­
side individual wires. Kinking, crushing, bird
caging, or any other damage resuIting in distor­
tion of the rope structure.
c. Evidence of any heat damage from any cause.
d. Reductions from nominal diameter of more
than :
1 /64 inch for diameters up to and including 5/1 6
inch .
1 /32 inch for diameters 3/8 and 1 /2 inch inclu­
sIve.
3/64 inch for diameters 9/ 1 6 to 3/4 inch inclu­
sIve.
1 / 1 6 inch for diameters 7/8 to 1 1 /8 inches inclu­
sIve.
3/32 inch for diameters 1 / 1 4 to 1 1 /2 inches
inclusive.
e. In standing ropes, more than two broken wires
in one lay in sections beyond end connections or
more than one broken wire at an end connec­
tion.
1 -2-1 6
RT700E
f. Grove Worldwide recommends that for cable
extended boom s, a single damaged wire rope
assembly shall require replacement of the entire
set of extension cables.
g. Grove Worldwide recommends for cable
extended boom s, that boom extension cables be
replaced every seven (7) years.
SEIZING WIRE ROPE.
lt is important to seize the ends of rotation resistant wire
ropes to prevent the displacement and unraveling of the
individual wires and strands at the ends. AlI preformed
and non-preformed styles of wire rope should be seized
prior to cutting. Seizings must be placed on both sides of
the point where the wire rope is to be cut.
The two preferred methods for seizing wire ropes are:
M ETHOD 1
Using a length of soft annealed wire, place one end in the
groove between two strands of the wire rope. Turn the
long end of the annnealed wire at right angles to the wire
and wrap it tight1y over the portion in the groove.
The two ends of the annealed wire should be twisted
together tight1y. Cut off the excess wire and pound the
twist flat against the wire rope.
M ETHOD 2
Wind a length of soft annealed wire around the wire rope
at least seven times. The two ends should be twisted
together in the center of the seizing. Tighten the seizing
by aIternately prying and twisting. Cut off both ends of
the wire and pound the twist flat against the rope.
GRO\YE
RT700E G E N ERA L MAI NTENAN C E

NOTE
Non-preformed wire rope should have
two seizings located on each side of
the cut
NON PREFORMED

�II I I I I�
PREFORMED

BEFORE CUTTING

A FTER CUTTING

GROVE 1 -2-1 7
G E N E RAL MAI NTENAN C E RT700E

NOTES ___________________________________________________

1 -2-1 8 GROYlE
 CHAPTER TWO

DETAILED DESCRIPTION, OPERATION

ANO
MAINTENANCE

2-0-1
 NOTES ----

2-0-2
RT700E CAB

S E CTI O N 1

CA B
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CONTROLS AND INDICATORS . . . . . .. . . 2-1-5

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Defroster Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5

.

Hand ThroUle Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5

Ignition Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6
Voltmeter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6
.

Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge . . 2-1-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Heat Control Knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6

.

Fan Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Park Brake Control Switch . . . . . . 2-1-6

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Air Conditioner Control Switch (Optional) . 2-1-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Swing Brake Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6

.

Differential Lock Control Switch (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6 .

Wait-To-Start Indicator . . . . . . . .. . . . 2-1-6

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transmission Range Selector Switch . . . . 2-1-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Water-In-Fuel Indicator . . . . . . . . . 2-1-9

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outrigger Selector Panel . . . . . . . 2-1-9

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Work Light Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-9

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Headlights Switch . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 2-1-9

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Boom Lights Switch (Optional) . . 2-1-9

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hazard Lights Switch . . . . . . .. . . . 2-1-9

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Low Steer Pressure Indicator (CE Units) . . 2-1-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel Gauge . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-9

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Diagnostics Switches . . . . 2-1-9

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Test Mode Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-9

.

Idle Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-1-9

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . 2-1-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 2-1-10
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Crane Function Power Switch . . . . . 2-1-10

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outriggers Extend/Retract Switch 2-1-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Load Moment Indicating (LMI) and Work Area Definition System Control Panel . 2-1-10 . . . . . . . .

Transmission Service Indicator . 2-1-10

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Low Brake Pressure . . .. . . . . . .. . . . 2-1-10

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear Steer Control Switch . . .. . . . . 2-1-10

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Auxiliary Hoist Switch (Optional) . 2-1-10

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Swing Control Lever .. . . . . . . . . .. 2-1-10

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Swing and Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist Control Lever (Dual Axis Controller) (CE Units) 2-1-11 . .

GROVE 2-1 -1
CAB RT700E

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTI N U ED)

Page
Turn Signal Lever and Windshield Wiper/Washer Controls . 2-1-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bubble Level Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-11

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cab Circulating Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 2-1-11

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Swing Brake Pedal . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . .. . 2-1-11
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Telescope Control Foot Pedal (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-11

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Windshield Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-11

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Defroster Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-11

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Brake Foot Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . 2-1-11
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Spotlight (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-11

.

Foot Throttle Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-11

Transmission Shift Lever . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .2-1-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Circuit Breaker Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-12

Pin Swing Lock Control (Pin Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-12
Hoist Rotation Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-12
Main Hoist Control Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-12
Boom Lift and Main Hoist Control Lever (Dual Axis Controller) (CE Units) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-12
360 Degree Swing Lock Control (Positive Lock Type) (Optional) . . 2-1-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Main Hoist Speed Selector Switch .. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . .2-1-12
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic Boost Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1-12

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cab Dome Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1-12
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fire Extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-13

Boom Lift Control Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-13
12 VDC Accessory Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-13
Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist Control Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-13
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-13
.

Right Turn Signal Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-13

Left Turn Signal Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-13
Rear Wheels Not Centered Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-13
Hoist Third Wrap Indicator (Optional) (CE Units) . . . . 2-1-13
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Stop Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-13

Engine Warning Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-13
Engine Service Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-13
Throttle Mode Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-13
Hourmeter (Not Shown) . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . 2-1-13
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Skylight Wiper (Not Shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-14

Backup Alarm (Not Shown) . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1-14
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

System Diagnostic (Diagn) Indicator . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .2-1-14
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1 -2 GROVE
RT700E CAB

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTI N U ED)

Page
Drivetrain Distress Indicator (CE Units) (Not Shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-14
Anemometer (CE Units) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-14

LIST O F F I G U RES

Title Page
Cab Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-7

GROVE 2-1 -3
CAB RT700E

NOTES __________________________________________________

2-1 -4 GROVE
RT700E
CAB
D E S C R I PT I O N
The cab is galvannealed steel, acoustically treated, ful Iy
enclosed with tinted safety glass windows throughout.
The cab contains all controls and indicators for roading
and crane operations. Access to the cab is provided by a
slid ing door which contains a tinted safety glass window.
The latch handle on the door must be actuated to both
open or close the door. A lock is incorporated in the latch
handle to allow locking of the cab door. Grab handrails
are provided on either side of the door opening and steps
are included to aid the operator in getting in and out of
the cabo The side and rear windows are sliding windows.
The cab has a tinted safety glass skylight which can be
opened. A retractable sunscreen is provided to shield the
operator's eyes from direct sunlight when looking
through the skylight during operation . An electric motor
driven skylight wiper is available to remove moisture
from the skylight. It is controlIed by a switch located on
the motor. The cab seat is mounted on a track assembly,
allowing it to be adjusted to a comfortable distance from
the steering wheel and front console. The seat back is
adj ustable.
The cab skylight for the CE Units is a 1 6 mm (0.63 in)
reinforced window and cannot be opened. The wind­
shield is considered an emergency exit. In an emergency,
push out on the windshield and escape through the open­
ing.
An armrest on each side of the seat houses the hydraul ic
remote control s used for the control of crane functions.
The arrnrests pivot at the rear to l ift up from the front and
have a magnet to latch them in place, making it easier for
travel or for the operator to enter or exit the cabo Loosen­
ing the knob on the lower corner of the left arm rest
allows the arm rest to be ti lted for operator comfort.
Incorporated within the arrnrests is a switch to deactivate
the controllers whi le the arrnrests are up in the rear mag­
netic latched position. In addition to the switch in the
arrnrests, a switch is incorporated in the cab seat. This
switch deactivates the control lers when the operator
leaves the seat.
A l -A, 1 0-BC rated, 1 . 1 kg (2 .5 lb) dry type fire extin­
guisher is mounted in the cab on the left side of the oper­
ator's seat.
A single blade windshield wiper is installed to remove
moisture from the windshield. The wiper arrn is driven
by an electric motor which is controlIed by a two speed
switch located on the turn signal lever. A windshield
washer system is also instal led to spray a cleaning solu-
GROVE
CAB
tion onto the windshield. It consists of a nozzle, a washer
solvent container and a pump assembly which is located
on the outside back of the cabo
NOTE
The following paragraphs describe all
the available (standard and optional;
some machines may not be equipped
with the optional controls shown)
controls and indicators located in the
cabo The numbers in ( ) represent the
index number from the figure titled
Cab Controls and Indicators.
NOTE
AII rocker switches contain one or
two LEO lighted slots in the switch for
iIIumination. In addition, all but the
outrigger and rear steer switches
contain a LEO lighted square to indi­
cate when the switch/function is acti­
vated.
CONTROLS ANO I N OICATORS
Oefroster Switch
The DEFROSTER switch ( 1 ) is located on the right side
of the front console, next to the HEATER control switch.
The switch is a three-position rocker switch (HIGH, OFF,
LOW) that controls operation of the defroster fan, which
is located on top of the front console. When the switch is
in the HIGH or LOW position, the square amber LED on
the switch is illuminated.
Hand Throttle Control Knob
The (HAND THROTTLE) control knob (2) is located
right of the ignition switch . It control s engine RPM
which increases or decreases proportionately with the
direction it is turned. An increase in engine rpm when the
hand throttle is turned clockwise. A decrease in engine
rpm when the hand throttle is turned counterclockwise.
The hand throttle control knob is electricalIy connected
to the superstructure control module which sends the sig­
nal to the engine ECM via the 1 1 93 9 data l ink.
2-1 -5
CAB
Ignition Switch
The (IGNITION) switch (3 ) is located at the bottom of
the front console, to the right of the steering column. The
switch is key-operated and has four positions: ACC [3 ],
OFF [O], RUN [ 1 ] , and START [2] . In the OFF position,
all electrical power is off except for the lights controlled
by the HEADLIGHTS switch, boom flood lights, spot­
l ights, tum/hazard/stop l ights, dome light, hom, and work
light. Positioning the switch to ACC energizes all electri­
cal components except for the start solenoid. Positioning
the switch to RUN is the same as ACC. Positioning the
switch to START energizes the start relay, which in turn
energizes the cranking motor solenoid and cranks the
engine for starting. The switch is spring retumed from
START to RUN. To shut down the engine, position the
switch to OFF.
Voltmeter
The voltmeter (BATTERY) gauge (4) is located in the
center of the front console. The voltmeter indicates the
voltage being suppl ied to or from the battery and has a
scale of l O to 1 6 volts.
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge
The transmission oil temperature (TRANS TEMP) gauge
(5) is located in the center of the front console to the left
of the steering column. The gauge indicates the transmis­
sion oil temperature on a dual scale calibrated from 60 to
1 60 oC and 1 40 to 320 °F. The gauge receives a signal
from a temperature sending unit in the oil l ine at the
torque converter.
Heat Control Knob
The HEAT control knob (6) is located on the left side of
front console. The knob is a push-pul l control that posi­
tions a flow diverter valve in the hot water heater supply
lineo Pull out on the knob (PULL ON) to allow hot water
to flow through the heater coil and push in on the knob
(PUSH OFF) to shut off the flow of hot water to the coi l .
Fan Control Switch
The FAN control switch (7) is located on the left side of
the front console. The switch is a four-position rotary
switch (OFF, LOW, MED, HIGH) that controls operation
of the heater or air conditioning blower to circulate
heated or cool air throughout the cabo
2-1 -6
RT700E
Park Brake Control Switch
The PARK BRAKE control switch (8) is located on the
left side of the front console. This two-position rocker
switch (ON/OFF) is used to apply and release the parking
brake on the transmission. The red square LED on the
switch is illuminated when the pressure switch in the
brake release system is activated. The switch is guarded
to prevent accidental activation .
Air Conditioner Control Switch (Optional)
The air conditioner (AIR COND) control switch (9) is
located on the left side of the front console. The switch is
a two-position rocker switch (OFF, ON) that controls the
operation of the optional air conditioning system in con­
junction with the FAN switch. When the switch is in the
ON position, the square amber LED on the switch is i llu­
m inated.
Swing Brake Control Switch
The SWING BRAKE control switch ( 1 0) is located on
the left side of the front console. This two-position rocker
switch (ON/OFF) is used to control a hydraulic valve that
directs a regulated flow of pressure to and from the swing
brake. Positioning the switch to ON will apply the swing
brake and positioning the switch to OFF will release the
swing brake. When the switch is in the ON position, the
square red LED in the switch is i llum inated. The switch
is guarded to prevent accidental activation.
Differential Lock Control Switch (Optional)
N O TE
The differential lock wi l l only work when
the crane is in the 4WD m ode.
The differential lock (AXLE DIFF) control switch ( 1 1 ) is
located on the left side of the front console. It is a two
position, momentary rocker switch placarded LOCK and
UNLOCK. When positioned to LOCK, the spl ines on the
shift collar are engaged with the splines on the differen­
tial case and the axle shafts and the differential assembly
are locked together and there is no differential action
between the wheels. When positioned to UNLOCK, there
is normal differential action between the wheels all the
time. The square amber LED on the switch is illuminated
when the switch in each axle is activated.
Wait-To-Start Indicator
The WAIT-TO-START indicator ( 1 2) is located at the
center of the console on the indicator l ight display. It illu­
minates amber for a period of time when the IGNITION­
switch is in the ON position. The engine should not be
cranked until the Wait-To- Start lamp turns off.
GROVE
RT700E CAB

40

42
44
45
36
46
47
48
49
56
50
33
58 51
52
31
32
53
+---+---- 54
55

6074

Cab Controls and I ndicators (Sheet 1 of 2 )

GROVE 2-1 -7
CAB RT700E

15

O ,
0 1
O : : O
0 1 l O
0 1 ¡ O
15 O :
L
__

_
_

_
:
�
O

l_JOoo

63 64 65 12
13 11 9 10 7 6
66 2
1. Defroster Switch
2. Hand Throttle Lock Control
3. I gnition Switch 14 61
4. Voltmeter
5. Transmission Oil Tem perature Gauge
LOW REAR
BRAKE WHE E L S
6. Heat Control Knob 29 PRESS NOT eNTRO

-
7. Fan Control Switch

O
8. Park Brake Control Switch
9. Air Conditioner Control Switch (Optional) 60_
1 0. Swing Bra ke Control Switch EL e
s s
D I GN
11. Differential Lock Control Switch (Optional)
1 2. Wait-To-Start I ndicator
1 3. Transmission Range Selector Switch
1 4. Water- I n-Fuel l ndicator 41 . Defroster Fan
42. Brake Foot Pedal
1 5.
1 6.
O utrigger Selector Panel
Work Light Switch 43. Spotlight 67 62 20 60
1 7. H eadl ights Switch 44. Foot Throttle Pedal
1 8. Boom Lights Switch 45. Transmission Shift Lever
1 9. Hazard Lig hts Switch 46. Circuit Breaker Panel
20. Low Steer Pressure I ndicator (CE Units) 47. Pin Swing Lock Control (Pin Type)
21 . Fuel Gauge 48. H oist Rotation Ind icator
22. E ngine D iagnostics On/Off Switch 49. Main Hoist Control Lever
23. Engine Diagnostics Idle Switch 50. 360 Degree Swing Lock Control (Positive Lock Type)
24 . Tem perature Gauge 51 . Main Hoist Speed Selector Switch
25. Tachometer 52. Hydraulic Boost Switch
26. C rane Function Switch 53. Seat Belt
27. O utrigger Extension/Retraction Switch 54. Cab Dome Lig ht
28. Load Moment I ndicating Control Panel 55. Fire Extingu isher
29. Transmission Service Indicator 56. Boom Lift Control Lever
30. Low Brake Pressure I ndicator 57. 1 2 VDC Accessory O utlet
31 . Rear Steer Switch 58. Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist Control Lever
32. Auxiliary Hoist Switch (Optional) 59. H orn
33. Swing Control Lever 60. Turn Signal I ndicators
33. Tu rn Signal Lever a nd Windsh ield Wiper/Washer 61 . Rear Wheels Not Centered I ndicator
35. B u bble Level Indicator 62. Hoist Third Wrap I ndicator (Optional CE Units)
36 . Cab Circulating Fan 63. E ngine Stop I ndicator
37. Work Light 64. E ngine Warning I ndicator
38 . Swing Brake Pedal 65. Engine Service Indicator
39. Telescope Control Foot Pedal (O ptional) 66. Throttle Mode Switch
40. Windsh ield Wiper 67. System Diagnostic (Diagn) I ndicator 6047

Cab Controls and I ndicators (Sheet 2 of 2)

2-1 -8 GRO"E
RT700E
Transmission Range Selector Switch
The transmission range selector (DRIVE AXLE) switch
( 1 3 ) is located on the left side of the front console. This
two-position rocker switch is placarded 2WD HI (high
range) and 4WD LO (low range). The switch controls a
solenoid valve that operates the speed range and axle dis­
connect cylinders on the transmission. When the switch
is in the 4 WD LO position, the square LED on the switch
is illuminated.
Water-In-Fuel lndicator
The WATER-IN-FUEL indicator ( 1 4) is located at the
center ofthe console on the indicator light display. It illu­
minates amber when the engine Water In Fuel separator
needs maintenance. Maintenance should be performed as
soon as possible whenever th is lamp is illuminated.
Outrigger Selector Panel
N O TE
The hyd raulic boost switch m ust be posi­
tioned to LOW to function the outriggers
The outrigger selector panel ( 1 5) is located on the left
side of the front console. There are four three-position,
spring centered to off rocker switches on the panel. These
switches, in conjunction with the OUTRIGGER Exten­
sion/Retraction switch, provide control of all four outrig­
ger extension and stabil izer cylinders. Positioning any
one of the EXTENSIONS or STABI LIZERS switches so
that the desired component is selected, energizes the sole­
noid valve for the selected component. When the OUT­
RI GGER Extension/Retraction switch is positioned to
EXTEND or RETRACT, the selected component moves
in the selected direction.
Work Light Switch
The WORK light switch ( 1 6) is a two-position rocker
switch (ON/OFF), located on the left side of the front
console. The switch controls the operation of the crane's
work light (37). When the switch is in the ON position,
the square amber LED on the switch is il lum inated.
Headlights Switch
The HEADLIGHTS switch ( 1 7) is located on the left side
of the front console. This two-position rocker switch
(ON/OFF) controls operation of the instrument lights,
switch LED's, and the marker l ights on the front, rear,
and side of the crane. When the switch is in the ON posi­
tion, the square amber LED on the switch is il luminated.
GROVE
CAB
Boom Lights Switch (Optional)
The BOOM LIGHTS switch (optional) ( 1 8) is located on
the left side of the front console. This two-position rocker
switch (ON/OFF) controls operation of the boom flood
lights. When the switch is in the ON position, the square
amber LED on the switch is il luminated.
Hazard Lights Switch
The HAZARD l ights switch ( 1 9) is located on the left
side of the front console. The switch is a two-position
rocker switch (ON/OFF) that causes the four tum signal
lights to flash at the same time when the switch is posi­
tioned to ON. When the switch is positioned to ON, the
square amber LED on the switch is also i lluminated.
Low Steer Pressure Indicator (CE Units)
The LOW STEER PRESSURE indicator (20) is located
at the botlom of the front console on the indicator light
display. It illuminates red when the hydraul ic pressure is
low.
Fuel Gauge
The fuel (FUEL) gauge (2 1 ) is located in the center of the
front console. The gauge indicates the quantity of fue l in
the fuel tank and has a scale cal ibrated from zero [O] to 4/
4. The fu el gauge receives a signal from a sending unit in
the fuel tank.
Engine Diagnostics Switches
Two ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC S switches are located in
the center of the front console.
Test M ode Switch
The TEST MODE switch (22) is used when servicing the
engines electronic control system. It is a two position on/
off rocker switch used to activate the testing mode (error
codes). When the test mode switch is on, the idle switch
will toggle up and down through the fauIt codeso
Idle Switch
The IDLE switch (23 ) is used when servicing the engines
electronic control system . It is a two position (+/-)
momentary rocker switch that provides id le-control
inputs or diagnostic mode inputs, depending upon operat­
ing conditions at the time it is activated. When the test
mode switch is off, it increases and decreases the engine
id le. When the test mode switch is on, the idle switch will
toggle up and down through the fault codeso
2-1 -9
CAB
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
The engine coolant temperature (WATER TEMP) gauge
(24) is l ocated in the center of the front console. The
gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature on a dual
scale calibrated from 38 to 1 3 8 oC and 1 00 to 280 °F, The
gauge receives a signal from a temperature sending unit
in the engine cooling system .
Tachometer
The tachometer (25) is located in the center of the front
console. The tachometer registers engine rpm and is cali­
brated in rpm x 1 00 with a range of zero [O] to 3 0 . The
tachometer receives a signal from a sending unit on the
engine and does not util ize the machine's 1 2 volt electri­
cal system.
Crane Function Power Switch
The CRANE FUNCTION power switch (26) is located
on the right side of the front console. This two-position
(ON/OFF) rocker switch permits the operator to discon­
nect power from the crane functions controlled by the
hydraulic remote controllers on the armrests. Positioning
the switch to OFF prevents inadvertent operation of func­
tions due to bumping the controllers whi le roading or any
other operation. With the switch in the OFF position,
operation of hydraulic boost and high speed hoist is also
prevented. When the switch is in the ON position, the red
LED square in the switch will be illuminated.
Outriggers Extend/Retract Switch
The OUTRIGGERS EXTEND/RETRACT switch (27) is
located on the top right of the front console. The switch is
a three-position, spring centered to off rocker switch. It has
two placarded positions, EXTEND and RETRACT, and
is used in conjunction with the switches on the outrigger
selector panel to control the operation of the stabilizer
and extension cyl inders. After positioning the switch on
the outrigger selector panel, positioning the OUTRIG­
GER Extend/Retract switch to EXTEND or RETRACT
energizes the control solenoid to allow hydraul ic fluid to
flow through the control solenoid valve and the individ­
ual solenoid valve to move the selected component in the
selected direction.
Load Moment Indicating (LMI) and Work Area Defini­
tion System Control Panel
The LMI and Work Area Definition System control panel
(28) is located on the right side of the front console. It
2-1 -1 0
RT700E
maintains the controls and indicators for the crane's Load,
Moment Indicating (LMI) System and Work Area Defini­
tion System . Refer to the LMI Manual for detailed infor­
mation.
Transmission Service Indicator
The TRANSMIS SION SERVICE indicator (29) is
located at the center of the console on the indicator l ight
display. It i lluminates red and a warning buzzer is acti­
vated during low transmission oil pressure or h igh trans­
mission oil temperature conditions.
Low Brake Pressure
The LOW BRAKE PRESSURE indicator (30) is located
at the center of the console on the indicator l ight display.
It i llum inates red and a warning buzzer is activated when
the pressure in the dual accumulator charge valve fal ls
below normal operating requirements.
Rear Steer Control Switch
The REAR STEER control switch (3 1 ) is a three-posi­
tion, spring centered to off, rocker switch, located on the
left arm rest. Positioning the switch to the right (R) actu­
ates a control valve to tum the rear wheels to the left,
causing the crane to tum to the right. Positioning the
switch to the left (L) actuates a control valve to turn the
rear wheels to the right, causing the crane to tum to the
left. Releasing the switch allows it to spring retum to the
center off position.
Auxiliary Hoist Switch (Optional)
The auxiliary hoist (AUX HOI ST) rocker switch (32) is
located on the left armrest. The auxiliary hoist switch
must be in the ON position before the auxiliary hoist can
be operated. Positioning this switch to OFF prevents the
operator from accidentally activating the auxiliary hoist.
With the switch in the ON position, the amber LED
square in the switch will be i llum inated.
Swing Control Lever
The SWING control lever (33 ), located on the left arm­
rest, controls the swing function. The lever, when posi­
tioned forward (rotates the turntable clockwise) or back
(rotates the tumtable counterclockwise), actuates a con­
trol valve through hydraulic pilot pressure to provide 3 60
degree continuous rotation in the desired d irection.
RT700E
Swing And Telescope Or Auxiliary Hoist Control
Lever (Dual Axis Controller) (CE Units)
The SWING and TELESCOPE or AUXILIARY HOI ST
(SWING/TELE or SWING/AUX) control lever is
located on the end of the left armrest. The lever controls
the swing and telescope functions when the crane is not
equipped with an auxil iary hoist. When equipped with an
auxiliary hoist, the lever controls swing and auxiliary
hoist functions and telescope functions are controlled
through a foot pedal. The lever, when positioned to the
left or right actuates a control val ve through hydraulic
pilot pressure to provide 3 60 degree continuous rotation
in the desired direction. Position ing the lever forward
actuates the control valve to telescope the boom out and
pull ing the lever back actuates the boom to telescope in.
If equipped with an auxiliary hoist, positioning the lever
forward actuates the control valve to let out hoist cable
and pulling the lever back reels the cable in . Moving the
lever in a diagonal direction actuates the two functions
simultaneously.
Turn Signal Lever and Windshield Wiper/Washer
Controls
The tum signal lever and windshield wiper/washer con­
trols (34) are located on the left side of the steering col­
umn. Push ing the tum signal lever down causes the left
front and left rear turn signals to flash . Pushing the turn
signal lever up causes the right front and right rear turn
signals to flash . The windshield wiper switch is incorpo­
rated in the tum signal lever. The knob of the lever has
three positions: O, I, and Il . Pushing the burton in the end
of the knob energizes the windshield washer pump to
spray washer fluid on the windshield. Positioning the
knob to I operates the wiper at low speed and positioning
the knob to II operates the wiper at high speed. Position­
ing the knob to O turns the wiper motor off and automati­
cal ly returns the wiper to the parked position.
Bubble Level lndicator
The bubble level indicator (3 5) is located on the left side
of the cab by the door latch plateo The indicator provides
the operator with a visual aid in determ ining the levelness
of the crane.
Cab Circulating Fan
The cab circulating fan (36) is located on a mounting
bracket on the left front side of the cab, aboye the win­
dow frame. A swivel allows the fan to be rotated and a
switch on the fan base controls the fan.
Swing Brake Pedal
The swing brake pedal (3 8) is located on the left side of
the cab floor. The swing brake pedal is used to actuate the
swing brake to slow or stop swing motion. Braking is
GROVE
CAB
proportional to pedal depression. With the pedal not
depressed and the swing brake control valve disengaged,
hydraul ic pressure is applied to the brake, overcom ing
spring pressure and releasing the brake. Depressing the
pedal actuates a swing power brake valve to apply pres­
sure to the brake assembly. This pressure aids the spring
pressure to overcome the hydraulic pressure being
applied to the brake release circuit and applies the spring
brake according to the pressure from the swing power
brake valve.
Telescope Control Foot Pedal (Optional)
The telescope control foot pedal (3 9), supplied when the
crane is equipped with an auxiliary hoist, is located on
the left side of the cab floor. Pushing forward on the top
of the pedal will extend the boom and push ing down on
the bottom of the pedal will retract the boom .
Windshield Wiper
A windsh ield wiper (40) is installed on the front of the
cabo The wiper is control led by the knob on the turn sig­
nal lever, and is used to remove moisture from the wind­
shield.
Defroster Fan
A defroster fan (4 1 ) is located at the front of the dash­
board. The fan is control1ed by a switch on the front con­
sole, and is used to circulate air to remove moisture and
fog from the inside of the windshield.
Brake Foot Pedal
The brake foot pedal (42) is the second pedal from the
right on the cab floor. Depressing the pedal controls the
appl ication of the service brakes.
Spotlight (Optional)
The spotl ight (43) is mounted on the outside of the cab
roof in the right front comer. The light can be ti lted 1 80
degrees and rotated 3 60 degrees from inside the cabo The
switch that activates the spotlight is located on the end of
the spotlight arm o
Foot Throttle Pedal
The foot throttle pedal (44) is located directly under the
LMI display module, on the floor. It is used to control
engine RPM which increases or decreases proportion­
ately with the amount of foot pressure applied to the
pedal. The pedal is electrical1y connected to the super­
structure control module which sends the signal to the
engine ECM via the J l 93 9 data link.
2-1 - 1 1
CAB
Transmission Shift Lever
The transmission shift lever (45) is located on the right
side of the steering column. The control lever operates
. the transmission selector valve electrically. Positioning
the lever up actuates forward and positioning the lever
down actuates reverse. When the lever is in neutral, it
rests in a detente. To move the lever up or down, pul l
back o n the lever first. To shift the transmission to first,
second, or third gear, rotate the knob to 1 , 2, or 3 .
Circuit Breaker Panel
The circuit breaker panel (46) is located on the right side
of the cab in front of the pin house lock control . It con­
tains 24 circuit breakers that protect the various electrical
components of the crane.
Pin Swing Lock Control (Pin Type)
The pin swing lock control handle (47) is located beside
the front console on the right side of the cabo The purpose
of the pin swing lock is to lock the superstructure in posi­
tion directly over the front for pick and carry loads.
When the control handle is pushed down and the super­
structure is directIy over the front, the swing lock pin
drops into the socket on the carrier frame, locking the
superstructure in place. When the control handle is pulled
up, the pin is pulled out of the socket, unlocking the
superstructure.
Hoist Rotation Indicators
The hoist rotation indicators (48) are located on top of
each hoist control lever. The indicators are electronically
driven by a signal from an electronic transmitter and sen­
sor attached to each hoist. A pulsating signal is sen sed by
the operator's thumb during hoist operation.
Main Hoist Control Lever
The MAIN HOIST control lever (49) is located on the
right armrest. The lever, when positioned forward (low­
ers the cable) or back (raises the cable), actuates the con­
trol valve through hydraulic pilot pressure to raise or
lower the main hoist cable.
Boom Lift and Main Hoist Control Lever (Dual Axis
Controller) (CE Units)
The boom LIFT and MAIN HOIST (LIFT/MAIN) con­
trol lever is located on the right armrest. The lever, when
positioned to the left, actuates the control valve through
hydraul ic pilot pressure to raise the boom . Positioning
2-1 -1 2
RT700E
the lever to the right lowers the boom. Pushing the lever
forward will let out the hoist cable and pulling the lever
back reels the cable in. Moving the lever in a diagonal
d irection actuates the two functions simultaneously.
360 Degree Swing Lock Control (Positive Lock Type)
(Optional)
The 360 degree swing lock control lever (optional) (50)
is located on the right side of the operator's seat next to
the control armrest. The purpose of the swing lock is to
secure the superstructure in position at any point in its
3 60 degree of rotation . The lock is engaged when the
control lever is pushed down and disengaged when the
control lever is pulled up. The control lever is adjusted to
require approximately 2004 kg (45 lbs) of force to move
the lever into the engaged position.
Main Hoist Speed Selector Switch
The MAIN HOI ST SPEED selector rocker switch (5 1 ) is
located on the right armrest. It is a two position switch
placarded HIGH and LOW. Positioning the switch to
HIGH energizes a solenoid controlled valve on the main
hoist to direct the flow of hydraulic oil to the hoist
motors. When the switch is in the HIGH position, the
amber LED square in the switch will be i lluminated.
Hydraulic Boost Switch
N O TE
The hy d raulic boost switch m ust be posi­
tioned to LOW to fu nction the rear steer or
the outrigger circuits
The hydraul ic boost control switch (52) is located on the
right arm rest. This two position switch is used to control
the high speed boost selector valve. With the switch in
the HI position, the solenoi d valve is energized. The sole­
noid valve stops flow of oil from pump # 1 section #2 to
the rear steer/outrigger valve. The poppet check valve
opens to combine this flow of oil with the output from
pump # 1 section # 1 . Hydraul ic boost will not function
unless the transmission is in neutral and the CRANE
FUNCTION switch is in the ON position. With the
switch in the HI position, the amber LED square in the
switch will be i lluminated.
Cab Dome Light
The cab dome l ight (54) is located on the right rear comer
of the cab roof and provides illumination in the cabo The
dome light is controlled by a switch on the l ight.
GROVE
RT700E
Fire Extinguisher
The tire extinguisher (55) is located on the left side of the
cab behind the operator's seat. The tire extinguisher is a
BC rated dry type tire extinguisher for emergency use.
Boom Lift Control Lever
The boom LIFT control lever (56) is located on the right
arrnrest. The lever, when positioned forward (lowers the
boom) or back (raises the boom), actuates the control
valve through hydraulic pilot pressure to raise or lower
the boom.
12 VDC Accessory Outlet
The 1 2 vdc accessory outlet (5 7) is located in the side of
the pin swing lock control mounting bracket. It provides
an outlet for the operator to plug in a 12 vdc accessory. It
is protected by a 10 amp circuit breaker.
Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist Control Lever
The telescope or auxiliary hoist (TELE or AUX) control
lever (58) is located on the left armrest. The lever con­
trols the telescope functions when the crane is not
equipped with an auxiliary hoist. Positioning the lever
forward actuates the control valve to telescope the boom
out and pulling the lever back actuates the boom to tele­
scope in. When equipped with an auxil iary hoist, the
lever controls auxiliary hoist functions and telescope
functions are controlled through a foot pedal ( 1 9). Posi­
tioning the lever forward actuates the control valve to let
out the hoist cable and pul ling the lever back reels the
cable in.
Horn
The hom button (59) is a push-button type switch located
in the center of the steering wheel . Depressing the horn
button energizes a relay that sounds the hom on the cab
exterior.
Right Turn Signal lndicator
The right tum signal ind icator (60) is located at the center
of the front console on the indicator light alert display. It
is a green arrow l ight that flashes when the turn signal
lever is pushed up or the HAZARD l ight switch is posi­
tioned to ON .Left
Left Turn Signal Indicator
The left turn signal indicator (60) is located at the center
of the front console on the indicator l ight alert display. It
GROVE
CAB
is a green arrow l ight that flashes when the turn signal
lever is pushed down or the HAZARD l ight switch i s
positioned t o ON.
Rear Wheels Not Centered Indicator
The REAR WHEELS NOT CENTERED indicator (6 1 )
is located at the top of the front console on the indicator
light alert d isplay. The indicator is an amber I ight that
will illum inate any time the rear wheels are not centered.
Hoist 3rd Wrap Indicator (Optional CE Units)
The HOIST 3 RD WRAP indicator (62) (optional w/CE)
is located in the center of the front console on the indica­
tor l ight alert d isplay. The indicator is a amber l ight that
will illuminate when three wraps or les s of cable remains
on either hoist.
Engine Stop Indicator
The ENGINE STOP indicator (63) is located at the center
of the console on the indicator light alert display. It illu­
m inates red when energized by a signal from the engine
ECM. In addition, a warning buzzer wil l also sound.
Engine Warning Indicator
The ENGINE WARNING indicator (64) is located at the
center of the console on the indicator light alert display. It
i llum inates amber when energized by a signal from the
engine ECM.
Engine Service Indicator
The ENGINE SERVICE indicator (65) is located in the
center of the console on the indicator l ight alert display. It
illuminates amber when energized by a signal from the
engine ECM.
Throttle Mode Switch
The THROTTLE MODE switch (66) is located on the
front console next to the hand throttle control. The switch
is a two position switch labeled HAND, FOOT and is
used to specify which throttle controls the engine. The
HAND position is for selection the hand throttle control
on the front console. The FOOT position is for selecting
the foot throttle pedal on the cab floor.
Hourmeter (Not Shown)
The hourmeter is located on the right side of the engine
hood, below the air intake tilter. The hourmeter is used to
register hours of engine operation.
2-1 -1 3
CAB
Skylight Wiper (Not Shown)
The electrically-operated skylight wiper is installed to
remove moisture from the skylight. The single-speed
wiper is located on the left side ofthe skylight frame. The
skylight wiper is controlled by a switch on the wiper
motor.
Backup Alarm (Not Shown)
The backup alarm is an audio system used to warn per­
sonnel outsi de the crane when the crane is backing up.
The alarm system is electrical and consists of the backup
alarm and its associated wiring. The alarm is connected
to the electrical wiring for the transm ission reverse sole­
noids. It i s activated when the transmission shifter is in
the reverse position. The backup alarm is installed in the
rear outrigger box behind the gril l plateo
System Diagnostic (DIAGN) Indicator
The SYSTEM DIAGNOSTIC indicator (67) is located in
the center of the front console on the indicator l ight alert
display. The indicator is an amber light that is used for
troubleshooting the can buss system . Refer to Section 1 5
- Electrical System for more detai led information.
2-1 -1 4
RT700E
NOTE
A laptop com puter with appropriate cable
and engine or electrical system software
a re req uired.
Drivetrain Distress Indicator (CE Units) (Not Shown)
The DRIVETRAIN DI STRESS indicator is located at the
top of the front console on the indicator light alert d is­
play. The indicator is a red light that will i lluminate if the
engine oil pressure, coolant temperature, or transmission
oil temperature becomes abnormal . If there is a front
steering system failure, the indicator will also i lluminate.
To determine which system is abnormal, observe the
appropriate gauges (if gauges are normal, suspect front
steering system). In add ition to the indicator, a warn ing
buzzer is also energized.
Anemometer (CE Units )
A hand he Id anemometer is provided in the cabo It is a
wind speed indicator with a compass located on the topo
It measures wind speed on a scale from 1 5 to 70 mph.
GROVE
RT700E ENGI N E

S E CTI O N 2
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Oescription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 2-2-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-5

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-6

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Orive Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-7

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Control System Switches and Indicator Lights 2-2-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Oiagnostic Test Mode Switch . . .. 2-2-8

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Oiagnostic Idle Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Service Light . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2-2-8

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Stop Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fault Code Flashing Sequence . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-9

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FUEL SYSTEM ..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . .2-2-10
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Oescription . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-2-10
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. 2-2-10

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Injection Fuel Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .2-2-10

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel Filter-Water Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-10

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Electric Lift Pump . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .2-2-10
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2-10
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .2-2-10
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-10
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2-11
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel Filter - Water Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2-11

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Draining . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2-11
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .2-2-13

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2-13
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2-13

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Air Cleaner Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2-13

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Check tor Filter Restriction . . . . . . .

. . . .2-2-13
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Filter Element Replacement. . . . . . . . . . 2-2-14

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Element Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-15

Cleaning With Compressed Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-16
Cleaning With Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-16
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-17
Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-17
Air Cleaner Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-17
GROVE 2-2-1
E NG I N E RT700E

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTI N U ED)

Page
Vacuator Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-17
.

Duct Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-17

.

WATER COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-18

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-18
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-18
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-18
Effects of Cooling System Neglect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-18
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-18
Overcooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-18
Rust Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-19
Engine Antifreeze/Coolant Fill Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-19
Cooling/SCA Maintenance Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-19
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-19
Pressure Flushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-20
Component Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-20
RadiatorlSurge Tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-20
Engine Water Jacket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-21
Water Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-21
Fans and Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-21
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-21
Hoses and Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-21
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-21
Antifreeze/Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-21
Radiator Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-23
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-23
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-23
LIST OF FIG U RES

Title Page
V-Ribbed Belt Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-7
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2-11
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Air Cleaner Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-14

Radiator Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-22
2-2-2
RT700E E N G I NE

DAN G E R NOTE S U M MA RY

Page
DANGER
2-2-5
DO NOT SPRAY STARTING FLUID INTO THE
AIR IN LET. THE SPRAY WILL CONTACT THE
HEATER ELEMENTS ANO COULD EXPLODE
CAUSING PERSONAL INJURY.
DANGER
2-2-6
THE LlFTING DEVICE MUST BE ABLE TO
SUPPORT THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF THE
ENGINE ANO TRANSMISSION.
DANGER
2-2-6
THE LlFTING DEVICE MUST BE ABLE TO
SUPPORT THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF THE
ENGINE ANO TRANSMISSION.
DANGER
2-2-19
THE COOLlNG SYSTEM 15 PRESSURIZED
ANO INJURY CAN RESULT WHEN REMOV­
ING THE RADIATOR CAP AT OPERATING
TEMPERATURE. USE PROPER PROTEC­
TION TO REMOVE THE RADIATOR CAP.
DANGER
2-2-21
LOOSEN CAP SLOWLY ANO PAUSE A
MOMENT TO AVOID POSSIBLE BURNING BY
HOT WATER OR STEAM. CONTINUE TO
TURN THE CAP TO THE LEFT UNTIL IT CAN
BE REMOVED.
GROVE 2-2-3
ENGINE RT700E

NOTES ___________________________________________________

2-2-4 GROYE
RT700E
E NG I N E
D ES C R I PT I O N
The engine is a Cummins QSB5.9 diesel engine. This
Service Manual does not include detailed information on
the engine itself. A separate manual as prepared in detail
by the engine manufacturer, is supplied with this Service
Manual. However, a short description and maintenance
of certain components of the fuel system, air intake sys­
tem, and water cooling system is provided in this section.
The engine is electronically controlled by the Electronic
Control Module (ECM), it is the control center of the sys­
tem o It processes all of the inputs and sends commands to
the fuel systems as wel l as vehicle and engine control
devices.
Engine speed is controlled by the foot throttle pedal in
the cabo It controls engine RPM which increases or
decreases proportionately with the amount of foot pres­
sure appl ied to the pedal . Engine speed is also controlled
by a hand controlled knob located to the right of the igni­
tion switch. A rocker switch located beside the ignition
switch is used to choose between HAND or FOOT con­
trol. An in crease in engine rpm occurs when the hand
throttle is tumed clockwise. A decrease in engine rpm
occurs when the hand throttle is turned counter clock­
wise. The foot throttle pedal and hand throttle control
knob are electrically connected to the superstructure con­
trol module which sends the signal to the engine ECM
via the 1 1 939 data l ink.
The engine and its components are enclosed in a hood
assembly with a grilI in the rear of the hood for adequate
MAI NTENAN C E
ENGINE REMOVAL.
l. Set the outriggers and position the boom to over the
side.
2. Open and remove the hood top door assembly.
3. Disconnect the air fi lter tubing at the engine and air
cleaner. Remove and lay aside.
4. Tag and disconnect the hourmeter wiring, the engine
electrical harness connector from the carrier harness
connector and battery cables.
GROVE
ENGINE
air circulation. Access to the engine is gained through a
door assembly in the top of the hood that opens from both
sides.
The air intake fi lter is mounted on the right rear hood
assembly. The muffler is mounted on the left side on the
rear outrigger box.
DANGER
DO NOT SPRAY STARTING FLUID
INTO THE AIR INLET. THE SPRAY
WILL CONTACT THE HEATER ELE­
MENTS AND COULD EXPLODE
CAUSING PERSONAL INJURY.
To aid in starting the engine in cold weather, the engine is
equipped with electric air heating elements that are
located in the engine's intake air stream to aid in cold
starting and reduce white smoke at start-up. In the pre­
heat mode, the engine should not be cranked unti l the
WAIT-TO-START lamp tums off. The WAIT-TO-START
lamp is il Iuminated during the preheat time that takes
place when the ignition switch is in the ON position dur­
ing cold weather starting. The ECM checks intake mani­
fold temperature to determine how long to energize the
air heater before extinguish ing the WAIT-TO-START
lampo Once the engine is started, the electric air heating
element will be energized again for a time period deter­
mined by intake air temperature.
5. Remove the bolts, washers, lockwashers, and nuts
securing the start and grid heater relay panel to the
side of the frame . Lay the relay panel with the h ar­
ness on the engine. If a remote crank option is
present, disconnect the remote crank hamess con­
nector from the engine harness and tie up excess
hamess so it is out of the way.
6 Drain the engine coolant system .
7. Drain the engine lubrication system.
8. Drain the transmission/torque converter oil system.
9. Tag and disconnect the oil l ines from the transmis­
sion oil filter on the left side of the engine hood.
2-2-5
ENGINE
1 0. Remove the engine hood assembly and pump cover ENGINE INSTALLATION.
from the machine.
1 1 . Disconnect the muffler exhaust piping at the engine.
1 2. Disconnect and remove the drive shaft(s) between
the transmission/torque converter and the axle(s).
Refer to DRIVE LINES in Section 3 DRIVE-
TRAIN.
1 3 . Tag and disconnect all l ines from the radiator. Dis­
connect the coolant level sensor harness from the
engine harness and tie up excess harness so it is out
of the way. Remove the radiator. Refer to RADIA­
TOR - Removal in this Section.
1 4. Tag and disconnect all l ines and tubing from the
engine, transmission/torque converter, and all other 1.
components.
DANGER 2.
THE LlFTING DEVICE MUST BE ABLE
TO SUPPORT THE COMBINEO
WEIGHT OF THE ENGINE ANO
TRANSMISSION.
NOTE
3.
The engine and transmission/torque
converter assembly weighs approxi­ 4.
mately 1087 kg (2397 lb).
1 5 . Attach to the engine a l ifting device capable of sup­
porting the weight of the engine and transmission/
torque converter.
1 6. With the l ifting device supporting the weight of the
engine, remove the two bolts, hardened washers,
center bonded mounts, and nuts securing the front of
the engine to the frame. Remove the two bolts, nuts,
hardened washers, shock mounts, and four dock
washers (one set on each side) securing the trans­ 5.
m ission/torque con verter to the frame.
1 7 . Using the l ifting device, l ift the engine and transmis­
sion/torque converter as an assembly from the crane.
1 8 . If a new engine is to be installed, remove all compo­
nents, fittings, etc., from the old engine and install
them on the new engine in the same locations. 6.
Ensure that the same grade hardware, torque values, and
loctite as were installed by the factory are used.
2-2-6
RT700E
NOTE
Use the same grade Hardware, torque
values, and Loctite that were used by
the factory.
OANGER
THE LlFTING OEVICE MUST BE ABLE
TO SUPPORT THE COMBINEO
WEIGHT OF THE ENGINE ANO
TRANSMISSION.
With all components and fittings instal led on the
new engine, lift the engine into the crane.
With the engine in position, secure each side of the
transmission/torque converter with two bolts, nuts,
hardened washers, shock mounts, and four dock
washers (one set on each side). At the front of the
engine secure the engine mount to the frame with
the two bolts, hardened washers, center bonded
mounts, and nuts.
Remove the l ifting device.
Connect all l ines and tubing to the engine, torque
converter, and all other components in accordance
with the identification marks made during
REMOVAL.
CAUTION
00 NOT APPLY SEALANT TO THE
INSIOE OF THE HYORAULlC SUC­
TION HOSES.
Apply a moderate coat of Permatex® Type No. 2 to
the male hose adapter and install the hydraul ic
hoses. Do not apply sealant to the inside of the
hydraul ic hose and push it onto the male adapter.
This can result in excess sealant being pushed ahead
of the male adapter and being exposed to the
hydraul ic oil.
Install the radiator. Refer to RADIATOR - Installa­
tion in this Section. Connect all hoses and electrical
harnesses to the radiator as tagged during
REMOVAL.
GROYlE
RT700E
7. Connect the drive shafts between the transmission/
torque converter and the axles. Refer to DRIVE
LINES in Section 3 -DRIVE TRAIN.
8. Connect the muffler exhaust piping to the engine.
9. Install the hood assembly. Install the pump cover.
1 0. Connect the oil l ines to the transmission fiIter as
tagged during REMOVAL.
1 1 . Position the start and grid heater relay panel on the
right side on the frame and secure with the boIts,
washers, lockwashers, and nuts. If equipped with a
remote eran k option, reconnect to the engine hamess
1 2. Connect the battery cables and engine electrical har­
ness connector in accordance with the identification
marks made during REMOVAL.
1 3 . Connect the electrical wiring to the hourmeter as
tagged during REMOVAL.
1 4 . Connect the air filter tubing at the engine and the air
fiIter.
1 5 . Install the hood top door assembly.
1 6 . Service the transmission, engine lubrication system,
and engine cooling system.
M issing Material Traverse Cracks
V-Ribbed Belt I nspection
GROVE
ENGINE
1 7. Start the engine. Check all hoses and fittings for
leaks. Recheck all fluid levels.
ENGINE ORIVE BELTS.
The proper operation of engine belt-driven components
such as the alternator, fan, and water pump depend on the
proper condition and tension of the engine drive belt.
NOTE
Belt tension is maintained with an
automatic belt tension device.
The engine drive beIt should be inspected visually on a
daily basis. The drive beIt should be inspected for cracks,
frayed areas, and glazed or shiny surfaces. A drive belt
that is glazed or shiny indicates beIt slippage.
Engine drive beIt damage can be caused by various fac­
tors such as incorrect tension, incorrect beIt size, m is­
aligned engine pul leys, incorrectIy installed beIt, or by
oil, grease, or hydraul ic fluid on the belt.
Refer to the engine manufacturer's manual for any spe­
cial tools or beIt tension specifications.
Longitudinal Cracks I ntersecting
with Transverse Cracks must be Replaced
2-2-7
ENGINE
ELECTRO N IC CONTROL SYSTEM
The engine control system is an electronically operated
fuel control system that also provides many operator and
vehicle features as wel l as reducing exhaust emissions
while optimizing engine performance.
The ECM performs diagnostic tests on most of its circuits
and will activate a fault code if a problem is detected in
one of these circuits. Along with the fau lt code identify­
ing the problem, a snapshot of engine operating parame­
ters at the time of fau lt activation is also stored in
memory. Sorne fault codes will cause a diagnostic lamp
to activate to signal the driver. The fau lt codes can be
read using the fault lamps in the cab panel or with the
correct service tools. The ECM communicates with ser­
vice tools supplied by Cummins through a SAE 1 1 93 9
datalink.
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SWITCHES AND INDI­
CATOR LlGHTS.
Engine Diagnostic Test Mode Switch.
The ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE switch is
located at the center of the front console panel . The
switch is to be used when servicing the engine's elec­
tronic control system . It is a two position (ON-OFF)
switch used to activate the testing mode.
Engine Diagnostic Idle Switch.
The ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC IDLE switch is located at
the center of the front console panel . The switch is to be
used when servicing the engine's electronic control sys­
tem o It is a two position momentary switch that provides
idle-control inputs or diagnostic-mode inputs, depending
upon operating conditions at the time it is activated.
Engine Service Light.
The ENGINE SERVICE light is located at the center of
the front console panel. It is an amber indicator light that
is a part of the engine's electronic control system and will
il luminate when an engine protection fault code is active.
When i llum inated, there is a engine fluid (coolant or
lubricant) level problem which must be corrected.
Engine Stop Light.
The ENGINE STOP l ight is located at the center of the
front console panel. It is a red indicator light that i llumi­
nates to signify a serious engine problem that requires the
2-2-8
RT700E
vehicle and the engine to be stopped as soon as safely
possible. The engine should remain shut down until the
fault can be repaired.
In addition to alerting the operator of system faults, the
ENGINE STOP light, in conj unction with the ENGINE
WARNING l ight, is used in the diagnostic operation of
the engine control system .
NOTE
When not using the diagnostic sys­
tem, turn the ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC
TEST MODE switch to the OFF posi­
tion.
To check for active fau lt codes, turn the keyswitch to the
OFF position, and move the ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC
TEST MODE switch to the ON position . Turn the vehicle
keyswitch to the ON position. If no active fault codes are
recorded, both lamps stay off. If active fau lt codes are
recorded, both lamps will come on momentarily, then
begin to flash one code of the recorded faults.
Engine Warning Light.
The ENGINE WARNING l ight is located at the top ofthe
front console. It is an yellow indicator l ight that is a part
of the engine's electronic control system and when i llu­
m inated, gives the operator a signal that there is a engine
problem which must be corrected.
In addition to alerting the operator of system faults, the
ENGINE WARNING light, in conjunction with the
ENGINE STOP l ight, is used in the diagnostic operation
of the engine control system.
NOTE
When not using the diagnostic sys­
tem, turn the ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC
TEST MODE switch to the OFF posi­
tion.
To check for active fau lt codes, the keyswitch must be in
the OFF position, and move the ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC
TEST MODE switch to the ON position . Turn the vehicle
keyswitch to the ON position. If no active fault codes are
recorded, both lamps stay off. If active fault codes are
recorded, both lamps will come on momentarily, then
begin to flash one code of the recorded faults.
GROVE
RT700E
Fault Code Flashing Sequence
The ENGINE WARNING light (yel low) flash es at the
beginning of a fauIt code sequence. There will be a short
1 - or 2-second pause after w hich the number of the
recorded fault code will flash in the ENGINE STOP l ight
(red). To interpret the flash code, count the first sequen ce
of red flashes for the first digit and after a two second
delay, count the second sequence of red flashes for the
second digit. When the number has finished flashing in
GROVE
E NG I N E
red, the ENGINE WARNING l ight (yellow) flashes
again. The lamps flash each fault code 3 times before
advancing to the next codeo To skip to the next fauIt code,
move the ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC IDLE switch in either
position (+/-) to see other fauIt codeso If only one active
fauIt is recorded, the control system will continuously
d isplay the same fau lt code when pressing the ENGINE
DIAGNOSTIC IDLE switch. Reference the engine m an­
ufacturers service manual for explanation and correction
of the fauIt codeso
2-2-9
E NG I N E
FU EL SYSTEM
DESC R I PT I O N
The fuel system consists of the fuel tank, strainer, lift
pump, injection fuel pump, fuel-water separator fi lter and
the fuel injectors. All components except the fuel tank are
installed on the engine or supplied with the engine for
remote mounting.
FUEL TANK.
The fuel tank is a steel cyl inder-type tank located on the
left side of the machine. The fuel tank has a draw capac­
ity of 273 l iters (72 gallons). A connection on the bottom
of the tank provides for fuel supply to the engine. Surplus
fuel from the engine is provided to the bottom of the fuel
tank below the fuel level . The tank is equipped with a
non-vented filler cap, chain-attached to the tank, and a
fuel quantity sender unit which provides a signal to a fuel
quantity gauge on the instrument panel in the cabo The
fuel tank for the CE units has a lockable filler cap.
INJECTION FUEL PUMP.
The fuel oil is finely atomized as it is injected into the
cylinder and ignited by the heat of the compression. It is
metered also, before injection, to meet the load require­
ments imposed upon the engine. Surplus fuel, returning
from the injectors, is bypassed back to the fuel tank or to
the inlet side of the pump. The continuous flow of fuel
through the injectors helps to cool the injectors and to
purge air from the system .
MA I NTENAN C E
NOTE
The entire fuel system must be main­
tained air tight to prevent 1055 of
prime.
FUEL TANK.
The fuel tank should be kept fi lled, especially overnight,
to reduce condensation to a minimum . Refer to the appli­
cable engine manual for the recommended schedule for
draining any water or sediment from the tank.
2-2- 1 0
RT700E
FU EL FILTER-WATER SEPARATOR.
The fuel fi lter-water separator removes impurities from
the fuel and also removes water from the fuel before it
reaches the engine. The fi lter is mounted on the right side
of the engine.
The fuel m ixture passes through the outer wrap of the
first stage of the fi lter paper, where large droplets of
water are formed as it is stripped from the fuel. The water
falls out into the void between the two paper elements
and goes to a reservoir in the bottom of the housing,
where it can be drained through a drain plug at the bot­
tom of the housing.
The water in fuel sensor is located in the fuel fi lter hous­
ing on the right side of the engine. Once the storage space
in the bottom of the fi lter housing fills with a certain
amount of water, the sensor will signal the ECM. The
WATER IN FUEL lamp will illum inate at the operator
controls, indicating that the water should be drained from
the fuel filter assembly.
ELECTRIC LlFT PUMP
The ECM controls the electric l ift pump located between
the fuel tank and the injection pump. Whenever the key­
switch is tumed to the ON position, the l ift pump will be
energized for a few seconds to make sure the low pres­
sure fuel lines are fully primed. The electric l ift pump
shuts off after the engine is started.
. ' .
Removal.
1. Position a suitable container under the fuel tank and
drain al l fuel from the tank.
2. Tag and disconnect the two l ines from the bottom of
the tank.
3. Disconnect the electrical lead from the fuel quantity
sender unit.
4. Support the weight of the tank, loosen and remove
the two nuts and washers securing the straps to the
mounting brackets. Remove the tank and steps.
GRO'UE
RT700E ENGINE

5. I f a new tank i s to be installed, remove the two fit­ 4. Service the tank.
tings, the fuel quantity sender, and steps from the
tank and instal l them in the new tank. FUEL FILTER-WATER SEPARATOR.
Installation. Draining.
1. Position the new tank on the mounting brackets and
install the nuts and washers on the two straps. The sump o f the fuel fi lter-water separator should be
drained daily, 30 minutes after the engine is shut down, to
remove any water and sediment. Adhere to the following
2. Connect the electrical lead to the fuel quantity procedure.
sender unit.
1. Open the drain plug.
3. Connect the two lines to the fittings on the bottom of
the tank in accordance with the identification marks
made during removal. 2. Drain until fuel appears.

.... FRONT
Fuel Quantity
Sendi ng Unit

Filler Cap

Steps

6049

Fuel System (Sheet 1 of 2)

GROVE 2-2-1 1
ENGINE RT700E

FRONT Fuel Fi lterl Water Separator

,
' '''' , Fuel Strainer

' '''' ,

<-L-.-ñl--�� O

: :

����_-_- ---=���-_-_-� __ ========J

_ _ Sensor I

/> Fuel l njector Pump

_ _ � _ �

Engine

/:;>
�//
/ /

Radiator Assem bly

/ /
/ /

6050

Fuel System (Sheet 2 of 2)

2-2- 1 2 GROVE
RT700E
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
D E SC R I PT I O N
The engine air intake system consists of an air cleaner
and associated piping for channeling the air from the
atmosphere to the engine turbocharger intake.
The air cleaner is the dry-type with a replaceable element
and is located on the right rear hood assembly. A service
indicator, designed to indicate red when servicing is
required, is instaIled at the air cIeaner outIet.
MAI NTENAN C E
AIR CLEANER CHECKS.
Dust passing the air cIeaner can cause rapid engine wear.
AII connections between the air cleaner and the engine
must be tight and sealed. If these connections are weI l
sealed, and there is stiIl evidence o f dust leakage, check
the foIlowing places for possible trouble.
NOTE
Dust that gets by the air cleaner sys­
tem can often be detected by looking
for dust streaks on the air transfer
tubing or just inside the intake mani­
fold inlet.
1. Inspect the air cIeaner outIet tu be for damage.
2. Ensure the element gasket washer i s not damaged
and the washer's rubber face seals against the ele­
ment.
3. Inspect the element gasket for damage.
4. Check for structural fai lures and replace damaged
parts.
5. Inspect the restriction indicator tap for leaks.
Check For Filter Restriction.
As a dry cIeaner element becomes loaded with dust, the
vacuum on the engine side of the air cleaner (at the air
cleaner outlet) increases.
GROVE
ENGINE
On the Cummins OSB 5 .9 engine there are electric air
heating elements that are located in the engine's intake
air stream . These elements heat the intake air when start­
ing the engine in cold ambient conditions. Startabi l ity
and white smoke control are enhanced by the use of an
intake air heater. A WAIT-TO-START l amp is located on
the center front console to indicate when to crank the
engine.
The vacuum is generaIly measured as restriction in kilo­
pascal s or inches of water. The engine manufacturer
places a recommended l im it on the amount of restriction
the engine wilI stand without loss in performance before
the element must be cIeaned or replaced . Cum mins
aIlows a vacuum of 6.2 kPa (25 inches of water) maxi­
mum with a dirty air cleaner at maximum governed
RPM .
A service indicator on the air cleaner housing wilI indi­
cate when the filter needs to be cleaned or replaced. Reset
the indicator each time the air cleaner is serviced. If the
indicator 's accuracy is suspect, a water manometer is the
most accurate and dependable method of measuring vac­
uum .
To use the manometer, hold it verticaI ly and fiIl both legs
approximately half fuIl with water. One of the upper ends
is connected to the restriction tap on the outlet side of the
air cleaner by means of a flexible hose. The other end is
left open to the atmosphere.
Maximum restriction in the air cleaner occurs at maxi­
mum air flow. On this turbocharged d iesel engine, the
maximum air flow occurs only at maximum engine
power.
With the manometer held verticaIly and the engine draw­
ing maximum air, the difference in the height of the water
columns in the two legs, measured in inches or centime­
ters, is the air cleaner restriction. Restriction indicators
are generaI ly marked with the restriction at which the red
signal flag locks up.
If the initial restriction on a new or clean fi lter reads
aboye the maximum aIlowed for the engine, check the
foIlowing items.
2-2- 1 3
E NG I N E RT700E

1. A i r Cleaner
2. Mounting Bands
3. Air I n let Hood
4. Service I ndicator
5. C lamp
6. Ru bber El bow
7. Vacuator Valve
8. Adapter 9
9. I ntake Tu be
1 0. M uffler Clamp
11. Mou nti ng Bracket
2 10

*=�L-_-- 1 1

6050

Engine Air Cleaner I nstallation

1. Ensure the air cleaner inlet is not plugged. FILTER ELEMENT REPLACEMENT.
2. Inspect the air cleaner outIet t o b e sure i t is not CAUTION
plugged by paper, rags, etc.

3. Ensure the correct size connections are used NEVER 5ERVICE THE AIR CLEANER
between the air cleaner and the engine. WHILE THE ENGINE 15 RUNNING.
4. Ensure a l l inlet accessories are the correct size and 1. Unlatch the latches, open the air cleaner body and
are not plugged by any foreign object. withdraw the element as fol lows:

2-2-1 4 GROVE
RT700E
a. RELEASE THE SEAL GENTLY. The fi lter ele­
ment fits tightly over the outlet tube, creating
the critical se al on the inside diameter of the fil­
ter endcap. The filter should be removed gently
to reduce the amount of dust dislodged. There
will be sorne initial resistance, similar to break­
ing the seal on a jar. Gently move the end of the
fi lter up and down and side to side or twist to
break the seal .
b. AVOID DISLODGING DUST FROM THE
FILTER. Gently pull the fiIter off the outlet tube
and out of the housing. Avoid knocking the fi l­
ter against the housing.
..
2. Clean the element as outl ined in ELEMENT
CLEANING. Replace the element after six clean­
ings or annually, whichever comes first.
3. Inspect all parts of the intake system and air cleaner.
Be sure to clean the sealing surface of the outlet tube
and the inside of the outlet tube.
4. Install the cleaned or new element into the air
cleaner body as follows:
a. INSPECT THE FILTER FOR DAMAGE.
Always look for fiIter damage, even if a new fil­
ter element is being instal led. Pay special atten­
tion to the inside of the open end (seal ing area).
Do not instal l a damaged fi Iter.
GROVE
ENG I N E
b . INSERT THE FILTER PROPERLY. The seal
area is on the inside of the open end of the pri­
mary fiIter. A new fi lter has a dry lubricant to
aid install ation. The critical sealing area will
stretch slightly, adjust itself and distribute the
sealing pressure evenly. To complete a tight
seal, apply pressure at the outer rim of the fi lter,
not the flexible center. No cover pressure is
required to hold the seal .
VES
.... NO
-- VES
5. Install the cover o n the air cleaner body with the two
arrows pointing up. Secure the cover with the
latches.
6. Check all connections and ducts for an air tight fit.
Make sure that all clamps, boIts, and connections
are tight. Check for holes in piping. Leaks in the air
intake system may send dust directIy to the engine .
ELEMENT CLEANING.
Washing in a water-detergent solution or blowing out
with compressed air are two accepted m ethods for clean­
ing the element of the air cleaners. If the element con­
tains substantial amounts of soot or oil fumes, washing in
water works better than compressed airo If the contami­
nant is found to be mostly loose dust, either method
works equally well.
Elements that are cleaned with compres sed air can be put
back into service immediately. Elements cleaned by
washing must be dried before returning them to service.
NOTE
Some elements are partially covered
by a plastic sleeve with fins. The cov­
ered portion can be cleaned with
water or air without removing the
sleeve. Use a stiff fiber (not wire)
brush to remove oil and grease
deposits from the sleeve and fins.
2-2-1 5
E NG I N E RT700E

Never remove the sleeve and fins CAUTION

from the element.
NEVER USE GASOLlNE OR SOL­
Cleaning With Compressed Air. VENTS TO CLEAN THE ELEMENTS.
2. Dissolve the detergent in a smaIl amount of cool
water.

3. Add warm water (approximately 3 8°C [ 1 00°F]) to

get the proper proportions of detergent and water
(about one cup of detergent to five gaIlons of water).

4. Soak the element for at least 1 5 m inutes.

5. Agitate the element for about two m inutes to loosen

the dirt.

CAUTION CAUTION
PRESSURE AT THE AIR NOZZLE WATER PRESSURE FROM A HOSE
MUST NOT EXCEED 690 KPA OR TAP SHOULD NOT EXCEED
(100 PSI). 276 kPa (40 PSI).
1. Direct a jet of clean, dry air from the inside of the 6. Rinse the element with clean water until the water
fi lter element, perpendicular to the pleats. coming through the element is clean. Air-dry the
element thoroughly before using.

slowly rotating the element, until no more � ust is

2. Move the air jet up and down along the pleats,

being removed . Do not rupture the element wlth the

nozzle or the air jet.

Cleaning With Water.

0252-3

0252-2
CAUTION
HEATED AIR (MAXIMUM TEMPERA­
1. The elements can be cleaned by washing with water
TURE 71°C [160°F]) MUST HAVE CIR­
and a good non-sudsing detergent. Direct a jet of
CULATION. DO NOT USE LlGHT
clean, dry air from the inside of the filter element.
BULBS FOR DRYING ELEMENTS.
Wash the element after the loose dust and soot are
removed. 7. Mechanized drying methods can be used.

2-2-1 6 GROVE
RT700E
INSPECTION.
Element.
CAUTION
DO NOT TOUCH THE INSIDE OF THE
FILTER WITH A BARE LlGHT BULB.
After c1eaning the filter element, inspect the element for
damage. Look for dust on the clean air side, the slightest
rupture, or damaged gaskets. A good method to use to
detect ruptures in the element is to place a light inside the
element and look toward the l ight from the outside. Any
hole in the element will pass dust to the engine and cause
unnecessary engine wear. Replace the element if holes
are evident.
Air Cleaner Body.
Before installing the filter element, remove foreign mate­
rial (leaves, lint or other foreign matter) that may have
col lected inside the air cleaner body. Inspect the inside of
the body for dents or other damage that would interfere
with air flow or with the fins on the element or inside the
body. Repair any body dents, being careful not to damage
the sealing surfaces. Be sure to clean the seal ing surface
of the outlet tube and the inside of the outlet tube, taking
care not to damage the seal ing area on the tube.
Vacuator Valve.
Vacuator valves are designed to expel loose dust and dirt
from the air cleaner body automatically, thus lengthening
GROVE
ENGINE
the element service life. The valve l ips must point
straight down and be kept free from debris to operate
effectively. Mud and chaff can lodge in these l ips period­
ically and hold them open during engine operation.
Check the condition of the valve and lips frequently and
keep them clean. The valve l ips should be open only
when the engine is shut down, or running at low idle
speed. I f the valve is turned inside out, check for a
clogged air cleaner inlet. Malfunction of this valve does
not reduce the air cleaner effectiveness, but does allow
the element to get dirty faster and reduces serviceable
life. If a valve is lost or damaged, replace it with a new
valve of the same part number.
Duct Work.
1. Check the intake pipe cap and screen for accumula­
tion of leaves, trash, and other debris that could
restrict air flow. Repair the screen or replace the cap
if any large holes are found in the screen.
2. Check all mounting hardware for security to elimi­
nate possible vibration of intake piping. Such vibra­
tion leads to early failure of hoses, c1amps, and
mounting parts, and can cause hoses to slip off the
connecting pipes, allowing un-filtered air into the
engine air intake.
3. Check hoses for cracks, chafing, or deterioration,
and replace at the first sign of probable fai lure.
2-2-1 7
E NG I N E RT700E

WATER COOLlNG SYSTEM

D E SC R I PT I O N

The cool ing system consists of a radiator, surge tank,
engine cooling circuit, charge air cooler circuit, the con­
necting hoses and connecting tubes. Cool ing system
capacity is approximately 3 7 .9 l iters (40 quarts). The
radiator consists of two sections; the top section is the
charge air cooler, the botlom section is the engine water
cooler. The temperature is controlIed by a 83 oC ( 1 8 1 °F)
thermostat located between the top of the engine and the
top of the radiator. At alI times, the antifreeze/coolant
should be properIy inhibited against corrosion . It is rec­
ommended that a mixture of AFC-5 0/5 0 blended ethyl­
ene-glycol, low silicate, fulIy formulated, engine
antifreeze/coolant concentrate and water which does not
require a pre-charge of supplemental coolant additives
(SCA) for use in initial fi l l of heavy duty liquid cooled
internal combustion engines be used at alI times.
The crane is equipped with a cab hot water heater. Hot
water is supplied by the engine coolant system through a
strainer and two port water swivel to the cab heater. The
strainer is a cleanable type and is located on the lefi side
of the transmission by the rear engine/transmission
mount. Refer to Section 1 6 - LUBRICATION for service
of the strainer.

MAI NTENAN C E

GENERAL. Overheating.
The cool ing system includes the radiator, surge tank, An engine that is overheating may lead to troubles such
thermostat, the fan, and water pump. Radiator hose s are as the fol lowing:
also included in this group.
1. Burned valves.
The cool ing system is ofien neglected because the effects
or damage that result from an improperIy maintained sys­ 2. Pinging or knocking.
tem usual ly occur gradually. The cooling system needs to
be maintained with the same atlention as other systems.
3. Excessive fuel consumption.
The circulation of water through the cooling system
reJ ies entirely upon the water pump. The water pump 4. Poor lubrication - increased engine wear.
draws water from the radiator and forces it through the
water jacket and cyl inder head . There it accumulates heat 5. Sticking valves.
and flows to the right radiator tank. Then the water flows
across through the radiator core and is cooled by air from
6. Short injector J ife.
the fan . This process of removing heat from water as it
circulates holds the engine to its efficient operating tem­
perature. 7. Engine hot spots.

The following paragraphs point out several facts about 8. Need for higher grade fuel .
cooling system components, the effects of cooling system
neglect, and procedures to be followed for cool ing sys­ Overcooling.
tem maintenance.

EFFECTS OF COOLlNG SYSTEM NEGLECT. The fol lowing engine troubles result when an engine is
overcooled:

Whenever an engine does not perform at top efficiency, a 1. Excessive fuel consumption.
neglected cool ing system may be at fault even though the
part directly responsible is not a part of the cooling sys­
tem o Most of these problems can be traced to overheat­ 2. Sludge formation in crankcase.
ing; however, an engine that is running too cold can be
just as troublesome. 3. Corrosive acids formed in crankcase.

2-2-1 8 GROVE
RT700E ENGINE

4. Excessive fuel deposits in the exhaust system . Sulfate level greater than o r equal to 1 5 00 ppm.

RUST PREVENTION. Chloride level greater than or equal to 200 ppm.

To keep engines operating at newness efficiency, all The ph level is less than 6.5
forms of rust formation must be prevented. The forma­
tion of rust in the cooling system is a result of the interac­ Oil or fuel contamination can be identified by odor or
tion of water, iron, and oxygen, and can only be color.
prevented by maintaining fuI l strength corrosion protec­
tion at all times.
If condemned, flush the system using a mixture of
sodium carbonate and water or an equivalent commer­
For maximum rust, freeze, and boiling point protection, cial ly available flushing agent. Refil l system with fuIly
an AFC-5 0/5 0 blended, fully formulated extended l ife formulated extended l ife coolant. Refer to Section 1 6 -
antifreeze/coolant should be maintained at all times. LUBRICATION.
ENGINE ANTIFREEZE/COOLANT FILL PROCEOURE. NOTE
1. Fill the system with an AFC-5 0/50 blended, ful ly Remove the radiator cap when drain­
formulated extended l ife antifreeze/coolant. Fill to ing the system to ensure proper
the bottom of the surge tank filler neck. Fill slowly. draining.
Flow exceeding 1 9 l/min (5 gpm) can give a false
reading.
CLEANING.
2. Wait one minute and recheck the antifreeze/coolant
level. Refil l as necessary repeating step 1 . OANGER
3. Run the engine through two (2) thermal cycles and THE COOLlNG SYSTEM IS PRESSUR­
recheck the antifreeze/coolant level . Refil l as neces­ IZEO ANO INJURY CAN RESULT
sary repeating step 1 . WHEN REMOVING THE RAOIATOR
CAP AT OPERATING TEMPERA­
COOLlNG/SCA MAINTENANCE SUMMARY. TURE. USE PROPER PROTECTION
TO REMOVE THE RAOIATOR CAP.
The cooling system level should be checked every 1 0
hours of operation or daily, whichever comes first. 1. Coolant shut-off valves to heaters and other accesso­
ries should be open to aIlow complete circulation
during cleaning, flushing, and draining. Run the
6 MON THS OR 500 H O U RS
engine with radiator covered if necessary until tem­
perature is up to operating range 7 1 to 82 oC ( 1 60 to
Change coolant fi lter (replace with Fleetguard 1 80 °F). Stop the engine, remove the radiator cap,
part # WF2 1 2 l ). and drain the system by opening the drain cocks on
the radiator and engine block.
Check SCA (Supplemental Coolant Additives)
Levels (use Fleetguard kit # CC2626).
2. AIlow the engine t o cool, close the drain cocks, and
pour the cleaning compound into the surge tank
If SCA levels are less than 1 .2 Units/Gal, add cummins according to the directions. FiIl the system with
DCA-4 to maintain desired level . water.

1 YEAR OR 1 000 H O U RS 3. Place a c1ean drain pan to catch the overflow, and
use it to maintain the level in the radiator. Do not
Change coolant filter (replace with Fleetguard spill the solution on the vehicle paint.
part # WF2 1 2 1 ).
4. Replace the radiator cap and run the engine at mod­
Test coolant for contamination condemning. erate speed, covering the radiator if necessary, so the
system reaches a temperature of 82 oC ( 1 80 °F) or
Condemning limits are: aboye, but does not reach the boil ing point. Allow

GROVE 2-2-1 9
ENGINE
the engine to run at least two hours, o r according to
recommendations of the manufacturer of the clean­
ing compound, at 82 oC ( 1 80 °F) so the cleaning
solution may take effect. Do not drive the vehicle or
allow the l iquid level in the radiator to drop low
enough to reduce circulation.
5. Stop the engine as often as necessary to prevent
boiling.
6. With the engine stopped, feel the radiator core with
bare hands to check for cold spots, and then observe
the temperature gauge reading. When there is no
change in temperature for sorne time, drain the
cleaning solution.
7. If clogging of the core is relieved but not fully cor­
rected, allow the engine to cool, pressure-flush the
system (see Pressure Flushing) and repeat the clean­
ing operation .
8. If clogging ofthe core, indicated by low temperature
spots on core, is not relieved, the radiator core must
be removed for mechanical cleaning. Mechanical
cleaning requires removal of the upper and lower
tanks, and rodding out the accumulated rust and
scale from the water passages of the coreo
PRESSURE FLUSHING.
1. Disconnect both radiator hoses that connect the radi­
ator to the engine.
2. Clamp a convenient length of hose to the radiator
core outlet opening, and attach another suitable
length of hose to the radiator inlet opening to carry
away the flushing stream.
3. Connect the flushing gun to compressed air and
water pressure, and clamp the gun nozzle to the hose
attached to the radiator outlet opening.
4. Fill the core with water. Tum on air pressure in short
blasts to prevent core damage.
5. Continue fil ling the radiator with water and apply­
ing air pressure as aboye until the water comes out
clear.
6. Clamp the flushing gun nozzle firmly to a hose
attached securely to the engine water outlet opening.
Fill the engine block with water, partly covering the
water inlet opening to permit complete filling.
2-2-20
RT700E
7. Tum on compressed air to blow out water and loose
sediment. Continue fi ll ing with water and blowing
out with air until flushing stream comes out clear.
8. For badly clogged water jackets that do not respond
to regular pressure flushing, remove the engine cyl­
inder head and core hole plugs, and with a suitable
length of small copper tubing attached to the flush­
ing gun nozzle, flush the water jackets through the
openings.
9. When the vehicle is equipped with a water heater
connected to the cooling system, flush the heater,
following the same procedure as for the radiator
coreo
1 0. After completing the flushing operation, clean out
the surge tank overflow pipe; inspect the water
pump; clean the thermostat and the radiator cap con­
trol valves. Check the thermostat for proper opera­
tion before installation.
1 1 . Blow insects and d irt from the radiator core air pas­
sages, using water, if necessary, to soften obstruc­
tions.
COMPONENT INSPECTION.
RadiatorlSurge Tank.
1. Side Tanks - Look for leaks, particularly where the
tan k is soldered to the coreo Vibration and pulsation
from pressure can fatigue soldered seams .
2. Filler Neck - The sealing seat must b e smooth and
clean. Cams on fil ler neck must not be bent or worn
so as to allow a loose fitting cap. Ensure the over­
flow tube is not plugged .
3. Radiator Cap - This i s the pressure-setting type. Its
purpose is to hold the cool ing system under a slight
pressure, increasing the boil ing point of the cooling
solution and preventing loss of solution due to evap­
oration and overflow.
The cap has a spring-loaded valve, the seat of which is
below the overflow pipe in the fi l ler neck. This prevents
the escape of air or l iquid while the cap is in position.
When the cooling system pressure reaches a predeter­
mined point, the cap valve opens and will again close
when the pressure falls below the predetermined point.
When removing the pressure type cap, perform the opera­
tion in two steps. Loosening the cap to its first notch
raises the valve from the gasket and releases the pressure
GROVE
RT700E
through the overflow pipe. In the first stage position of
the cap, it should be possible to depress the cap approxi­
mately 3 mm (0. 1 3 in). The prongs on the cap can be bent
to adj ust this condition. Care must be taken that the cap is
not too loose as this would prevent proper sealing.
DANGER
LOOSEN CAP SLOWLY ANO PAUSE
A MOMENT TO AVOID POSSIBLE
BURNING BY HOT WATER OR
STEAM. CONTINUE TO TURN THE
CAP TO THE LEFT UNTIL IT CAN BE
REMOVED.
4. Tubes are very small and can become easily clogged
by rust and scale. The general condition of the cool­
ing system and operating temperature are indica­
tions as to whether or not tubes are clean. Another
good test is to feel the core for cold spots.
5. Fins are thin metal sheets that dissipate heat picked
up by the tubes. They should be kept free of bugs,
leaves, straw etc., so as to allow the free passage of
airo Bent fins should be straightened.
Engine Water Jacket.
The water jacket permits coolant to be circulated around
the cylinder walls, combustion chamber, and valve
assemblies. Sorne of these coolant passages are small and
can easily become clogged, if the cooling system does
not receive the proper maintenance.
1. Core Plugs - These are sometimes mi stakenly called
freeze plugs. They do not provide protection against
freezing expansion, but are only present because of
engine block casting methods. Remove and replace
eore plugs that show signs of leaking or rusting
through. Use an installation tool for core plug
replacement.
2. Drain Plugs - The water jacket o f each engine has
one or more drain plugs. These should receive sea­
sonal care and be kept free of rust and scale.
3. Gaskets - Gaskets must be i n good condition to pre­
vent both internal and external leaks. If there are
external leaks around gaskets, there may also be
internal leaks into the engine. Proper tightening of
the head boIts with a torque wrench is essential for
preventing leaks around the head gasket.
GROVE
ENGINE
Water Pump.
The pump should be checked carefu l ly for leaks and
proper lubrication. Replace or rebuild if leaking, cracked,
or worn.
Fans and Belts.
The fan should be checked for cracked or broken blades.
Refer to ENGINE DRIVE BELTS in thi s Section.
Thermostat.
The thermostat is of the nonadjustable type and is incor­
porated in the cool ing system for the purpose of retarding
or restricting the circulation of coolant during engine
warm up. Engine overheating and l oss of coolant is
sometimes due to an inoperative thermostat. To check for
this condition, remove the thermostat and test by sub­
merging it in hot water and noting the temperature at
which the thermostat opens and closes. Use an accurate
h igh temperature thermometer for making this test.
Hoses and Clamps.
Hoses and their connections must be checked regul arly
because they are ofien the source of hidden trouble.
Hoses may ofien times appear in good condition on the
outside while the inside will be partially deteriorated . If
there are any doubts about a hose doing its job, replace­
ment should be made. The clamps should be inspected to
make sure they are strong enough to hold a tight connec­
tion.
TEST EQUIPMENT.
The antifreeze/coolant concentration must be checked
using a refractometer. "Floating bal l" type density testers
or hydrometers are not accurate enough for use with
heavy duty diesel cooling systems.
ANTIFREEZE/COOLANT.
Heavy duty diesel engines require a balanced mixture of
water and antifreeze/coolant. Fill the system with a AFC-
5 0/5 0 blended, ful ly formulated extended life antifreeze/
coolant at all times. Refer to Section 1 6 - LUBRICA­
TION. Do not use more than 50 percent antifreeze/cool­
ant in the m ixture unless additional freeze protection is
requ ired. Never use more than 68 percent antifreeze/cool­
ant under any condition. Antifreeze/cool ant at 68 percent
provides the maximum freeze protection; antifreeze/cool­
ant protection decreases aboye 68 percent.
2-2-2 1
ENGINE RT700E

18 14 9
2

.,...-..;0---- 1
8
15
.... FRONT
16 3 20 22
23
2
1. Rad iator
2. S u rge Tan k 4
3. Rad iator Cap
4. 19 /
/ :
Wi ndow Gauge
I
I

5. Mounting Bracket 1'/ :

I
1 ,

II
,

' 1
I

1' :
6. Overflow H ose
7. E n g i n e Block Vent Hose Connection � I I
8. S h roud - - IT \ l

[--J !�:
1I
I

9. Hose Clamps 1 I \ I

1 0. Vent Hose
" 1I 1"
1I
11. Coolant Fill Hose 21 I I

1 2. Rad iator Out "

1 3. Rad iator I n 5
i ¡
1 4. Bel lows
5 "

I
1 5. Radiator Hose
--:..j-----I-I++-

-�'0(;=:::: =-=------�')� - W-==l

1 6. Drain Cock 12

16 -+-r1 b==1:"]
1 7. M uffler Clamp , /-
1 8. ; "-- ---- ---"/;/ I I
-
Charge Air Cooler Tube
i
I 1,

t-, - - '�--------'�----¡
, , I \

1 9. Plate \ / \ I "

20.
: I
Rad iator Coolant Level Switch
21 . Mou nting Bushings : I

22. Rubber Mold ing I

I I � R EAR I
2 3. Charge Air Cooler I n
24 . Charg e Air Cooler Out
6052

Radiator I nstallation

2-2-22 GROt1E
RT700E
RAOIATOR REMOVAL ANO INSTALLATION.
Removal.
1. Set the outriggers and position the boom to over the
side.
2. Open the drain cock at the bottom of the radiator
and drain the coolant into a suitable container. Dis­
pose of the coolant in accordance with local and
EPA regulations.
NOTE
Remove the radiator cap when drain­
ing the system to ensure proper
draining.
3. Open and remove the hood top door assembly.
4. Disconnect the air filter tubing at the engine and air
c1eaner. Remove and lay aside.
5. Tag and disconnect the hourmeter wiring.
6. Remove the nine bolts and nuts holding the rear
engine hood panel to the engine hood. This will gain
access to the rear of the radiator and the surge tank
mounting hardware.
7. Tag and disconnect the hoses from the surge tank to
the engine and from the surge tank to the radiator.
8. Remove the four bolts, washers, lockwashers and
nuts holding the surge tank to the si de of the engine
hood.
9. Remove the three bolts and washers holding the
transmission fi lter to the to the mounting bracket on
the left side of the engine hood.
1 0. Remove the engine hood assembly.
1 1 . Remove the nuts, washers and muffler clamps
securing the two charge air cooler tubes to the left
and right sides of the fan shroud.
1 2. Remove the hose clamps and bellows connecting
the radiator to the charge air cooler tubes.
1 3 . Remove the nuts, washers and muffler clamp secur­
ing the radiator return tube.
1 4 . Remove the hose clamps and radiator hose connect­
ing the radiator to the radiator tubes.
GROVE
ENGINE
1 5 . Disconnect the coolant level h amess from the
engine hamess.
1 6. Remove the bolts and washers attaching the fan
guard to the shroud ringo Remove the fan guardo
1 7. Remove the six bolts, washers, lockwashers and
four spacer plates securing the shroud ring to the
radiator and slide the shroud ring back onto the
engine fan.
1 8 . Remove the bolts, washers and lockwashers that
connect the plates to the top of the radiator and the
top of the frame rail.
NOTE
The radiator assembly weighs
approximately 103 kg (211 lb).
1 9. Attach an adequate l ifting device to the radiator
assembly.
20. Remove the two bolts, washers, lockwashers, nuts
and mounting bushings securing the radiator flange
to the frame mounting brackets. Remove the radia­
tor assembly from the carrier.
2 1 . If a new radiator is to be installed, remove all fit­
tings and hoses from the old one and install them in
the same locations on the new one.
Installation.
1. Ensure all fittings and hoses are installed on the
radiator.
2. Position the radiator assembly i n the carrier using a
lifting device. Take caution not to tear or misplace
the rubber molding around the radiator assembly.
Secure the radiator flange to the frame mounting
brackets using two bolts, washers, lockwashers, nuts
and mounting bushings.
5. Reconnect the two plates between the top of the
radiator and the top of the frame rail using bolts,
washers, lockwashers and nuts.
6. Connect the shroud ring to the radiator using the six
bolts, washers, lockwashers and four spacers taken
off during removal.
7. Position the fan guard on the shroud ring and secure
with bolts and washers.
2-2-23
ENGINE
8. Reconnect the coolant level harness to the engine
harness.
9. Connect the two radiator tubes to the radiator with
hose clamps and the radiator hose.
1 0. Secure the radiator return tube to the top of the
engine using nuts, washers and a muffler clamp.
1 1 . Reconnect the charge air cooler tubes to the radiator
using hose clamps and bellows. The recommended
installation torque of the spring loaded hose clamp
is 3 .95 Nm (3 5 lb-in). Do not compress spring com­
pletely, clamp may be damaged from thermal expan­
sion of CAC tube.
1 2. Secure the charge air cooler tubes with nuts, wash­
ers and muffler clamps to the left and right side of
the fan shroud.
1 3 . Tighten the drain cock at the botlom of the radiator.
1 4. Install the hood assembly.
2-2-24
RT700E
1 5 . Mount the surge tank to the side of the engine hood
using the four bolts, washers, lockwashers and nuts.
1 6. Connect the hoses between the surge tank and
engine and the surge tank and the radiator.
1 7. Install the nine bolts and nuts holding the rear
engine hood panel to the engine hood.
1 8 . Instal l the transmission fi lter to the mounting
bracket on the left side of the engine hood.
1 9. Connect the air fi lter tubing at the engine and air
cleaner.
20. Connect the hourmeter wiring.
2 1 . Instal l the hood top door assembly.
22. Service the engine coolant system, as necessary.
Refer to Section 1 6 - Lubrication. Start the engine,
operate all systems and check for leaks.
GROVE
RT700E O R IVE TRA I N

S E CTI O N 3
O RIVE T RA I N
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
ORIVE TRAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Oescription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . 2-3-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Orive Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-3

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TRANSMISSION/TORQUE CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-4

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Oescription . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-4

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General lnformation .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-5

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-5

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-6

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . ..
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Servicing the Crane After Transmission/Torque Converter Overhaul . 2-3-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lu brication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-9
Type of Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-9
Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-9
Check Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-9
Normal Orain Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-10
.

LIST OF F I G U RES

Title Page
Transmission/Torque Converter Installation (Typical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-8
LIST OF TABLES

Title Page
Troubleshooting Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-6
GROVE 2-3- 1
ORIVE TRA I N RT700E

NOTES ___________________________________________________

2-3-2 GROVE
RT700E O RIVE T RA I N

ORIVE TRA I N

DESC R I PT I O N

The drive train consists of the transmission/torque con­
verter assembly and two drive lines.
The transmission/torque converter is a Spicer HR3200
Series assembly, mounted on and driven by the engine.
The torque converter assembly provides for mounting
and driving the two section main and single section
hydraulic pumps. The transmission is a powershift with
six forward speeds and six reverse speeds. The transmis­
sion is control led electrically by a shift lever/knob
located on the right side of the steering column and an
axle drive mode selector rocker switch located on the left
side of the front console.
The transmission/torque converter oil is cooled by pass­
ing the oil through an externally mounted transmission
cooler. The cooler is located beside the fuel tank. An oil
fi lter is located on the left side of the engine hood.
Access to the filter is gained by opening the top left side
hood door.
Three drive l ines are used. Two drive lines are connected
between the transmission/torque converter and the front
axle and the other drive l ine is connected between the
transmission/torque converter and the rear axle.

MAI NTENAN C E

ORIVE UNES. 2. Remove the bolts from the bearing cap o n each end
of the drive l ine.
CAUTION 3. Remove the drive l ineo
00 NOT OISASSEMBLE ORIV E UNES
WHEN REMOVING THEM FROM THE Installation.
CRANE. OIRT CAN ENTER THE
SPLINE ANO CANNOT BE PURGEO. 1. Position the drive l ine, install the bearing cap bolts
IN AOOITION, THE ORIVE LlNES ARE and tighten bolts securely.
ASSEMBLEO IN A SPECIFIC ORIEN­
TATION WHEN MANUFACTUREO 2. Torque the inboard bearing cap bolts o n the drive
ANO CAN EASILy BE INCORRECTLy line to 85 to 1 1 2 N-m (63 to 83 ft-Ib) and outboard
REASSEMBLEO. bearing caps to 1 22 to 1 49 N -m (90 to 1 1 0 ft-lb).

Removal. Lu brication.
1. Support the drive l ine being removed so it does not The drive l ine slip joints require lubrication. Refer to
fall when disconnected. Section 1 6 - LUBRICATION .

GROVE 2-3-3
ORIVE TRA I N
TRANSMISSION/TORQU E CONVERTER
D E SC R I PT I O N
The transmission/torque converter assembly is mounted
to the engine and is connected to the front and rear axles
by three drive shafts. The main hydraulic pump and
TH EORY OF O P E RATI O N
The transmission and torque converter funetion together
and operate through a eommon hydraulie system. There­
fore, it is necessary to consider both units in discussing
operation.
With the engine running, the eonverter charging pump
draws oil from the transmission pump through the
removable oil suction screen and directs it through the
pressure regulating valve and oil filter.
The pressure regulating valve maintains pressure to the
transmission control for actuating the direction and speed
clutches. This requires a small portion of the total volume
of oil used in this system. The remaining volume of oil is
directed through the torque converter circuit to the oil
cooler and returns to the transmission for positive lubri­
cation. This regulator valve consists of a hardened valve
spool operating in a elosely fitted bore. The valve spool
is spring loaded to hold the valve in a elosed position.
When a specific pressure is achieved, the valve spool
works against the spring until a port is exposed along the
side of the bore. This sequence of events provides the
proper system pressure.
After entering the converter housing, the oil is directed
through the reaction member sUPPort to the converter
b lade cavity and exits in the passage between the turbine
shaft and reaction member support. The oil then flows
out of the converter to the oil cooler. After leaving the
cooler, the oil is directed to a fitting on the transmission .
Then, through a series of tubes and passages, lubricates
the transmission bearings and clutches. The oil then grav­
ity drains to the transmission sump.
The torque converter consists basically of three elements
and their related parts to multiply engine torque. The
engine power is transmitted from the engine flywheel to
the impeller element through the impel ler cover. This ele­
ment is the pump portion of the hydraulie torque con­
verter and is the primary component which starts the oil
flowing to the other components which results in torque
multipl ication. This element can be compared to a cen­
trifugal pump, in that it picks up fluid at its center and
d ischarges at its outer diameter.
2-3-4
RT700E
hydraul ic pump number three are mounted on the torque
converter.
The torque converter turbine is mounted opposite the
impeller and is connected to the output shaft of the torque
converter. This element receives fluid at its outer diame­
ter and discharges at its center. Fluid directed by the
impeller out into the particular design of blad ing in the
turbine and reaction member is the means by which the
hydraulie torque converter multiplies torque.
The reaction member of the torque converter is located
between and at the center of the inner diameters of the
impeller and turbine elements. Its function is to take the
fluid which is exhausting from the inner portion of the
turbine and change its direction to allow correct entry for
recirculation into the impeller element.
The torque converter will multiply engine torque to its
designed maximum multiplication ratio when the output
shaft is at zero rpm. Therefore, as the output shaft is
decreasing in speed, the torque multiplication is increas­
ing.
The shift control valve assembly consists of a valve body
with selector valve spools. A detent ball and spring in the
selector spool provides one position for each speed range.
A detent ball and spring in the direction spool provides
three positions, one each for forward, neutral, and
reverse.
With the engine running and the directional control lever
in the neutral position, oil pressure from the regulating
valve is blocked at the control valve, and the transmis­
sion is in neutral. Movement of the forward and reverse
spool will direct oil, under pressure, to either the forward
or reverse direction clutch, as desired. When either direc­
tional clutch is selected, the opposite clutch is relieved of
pressure and vents back through the direction selector
spool. The same procedure is used in the speed selector.
The direction or speed clutch assembly consists of a
drum with internal splines and a bore to receive a hydrau­
lically actuated piston. The piston is oil tight by the use
of sealing rings. A steel disc with external splines is
inserted into the drum and rests against the piston. Next,
a friction disc with splines at the inner diameter is
inserted . Discs are alternated until the required total is
GROVE
RT700E O RIVE TRA I N

achieved. A heavy back-up plate i s then inserted and
secured with a snap ringo A hub with OD spl ines is
inserted into the splines of discs with teeth on the inner
diameter. The discs and hub are free to increase in speed
or rotate in the opposite direction as long as no pressure
is present in that specific clutch.
To engage the clutch, the control valve is placed in the
desired position. This allows oil under pressure to flow
from the control valve, through a tube, to a chosen clutch
shaft. This shaft has a dril led passageway for oil under
pressure to enter the shaft. Oil pressure sealing rings are
located o n the clutch shaft. These rings direct o i l under
pressure to the desired clutch. Pressure of the oil forces
the piston and discs against the heavy back-up plateo The
discs, with teeth on the outer diameter, clamping against
discs with teeth on the inner diameter, enables the hub
and clutch shaft to be locked together and allows them to
drive as a unit.
There are bleed balls in the clutch piston which allow
quick escape for oil when the pressure to the piston is
released.

MAI NTE NAN C E

GENERAL INFORMATION. 2. To bring the oil temperature to thi s level, it is neces­

sary to either work the machine or stall out the con­
verter. When it is impractical to work the machine,
1. A lways check the oil level with the engine idling, stall out the converter as follows.
and the transmission in neutral and at normal operat­
ing temperature (82 to 93 oC [ 1 80 to 200 °F]).
a. Apply the parking brake and service brakes.
2. Change the o i l filter element every 500 hours. Drain
and refill the system every 1 000 hours or 6 months.
b. Position the shift lever to forward and h igh
speed .
TROUBLESHOOTING.
The following data is presented as an aid to locating the c. Accelerate the engine to between half and three­
source of difficulty in a malfunctioning unit. It is neces­ quarter throttle.
sary to consider the torque con verter charging pump,
transmission, oil cooler, and connecting l ines as a com­ CAUTION
plete system when checking for the source of trouble,
since the proper operation of any unit therein depends
greatly on the condition and operation of the others. By FULL THROTTLE STALL SPEEDS
studying the principIes of operation together with the FOR AN EXCESSIVE LENGTH OF
data in this section, it may be possible to correct any mal­ TIME WILL OVERHEAT THE TORQUE
function which may occur in the system. Troubleshooting CONVERTER.
procedures basically consist of hydraulic checks.

Hydraulic Checks. d. Hold converter stalled until desired temperature

is reached.
Before checking the transmission/torque converter and
associated hydraulic system for pressures and rate of oil NOTE
flow, it is essential that the fol lowing preliminary checks
be made.
Always make all troubleshooting
1. Check oil level in transmission. This should be done checks with the converter outlet tem­
with oil temperature at 82 to 93 oC ( 1 80 to 200 °F). perature at least 82.3 to 93.3 oC (180
Do not attempt these checks with cold oil . to 200 °F).

GROVE 2-3-5
ORIVE TRA I N RT700E

Troubleshooting Procedures.
SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY

1. Low clutch pressure. a. Low oil level. a. Fill to proper level .

b. Clutch pressure regulating b. Clean valve spool and housing.

valve spool stuck open.

C. Faulty charging pump. C. Replace pump.

d. Broken or worn clutch shaft or d. Replace clutch shaft or sealing

piston sealing rings. rings, as applicable.

e. Clutch piston bleed valve stuck e. Clean bleed valves thoroughly.

open.

2. Low converter charging pump a. Low oil level. a. Fill to proper level.
pressure.

b. Suction screen plugged. b. Clean suction screen.

C. Defective oil pump. C. Replace pump.

3. Overheating. a. Worn oil seal ing rings. a. Remove, d isassemble, and

rebuild converter assembly.

b. Worn oil pump. b. Replace pump.

C. Low oil level . C. F i l l to proper level .

4. N oisy converter. a. Worn oil pump. a. Replace pump.

b. Worn or damaged bearings. b. A complete disassembly will be

necessary to determine what
bearing is faulty.

5. Lack of power. a. Low engine RPM at converter a. Tune engine and check
stall . governor.

b. See "Overheating" and make b. Make corrections as explained

same checks. in "Overheating."

2-3-6 GROVE
RT700E
REMOVAL.
1. Extend and set the outriggers just enough to take up
the slack in the outrigger pads. Chock the wheels.
2. Position the boom over the side and stop the engine.
3. Remove the engine and transmission/torque con­
verter from the crane as an assembly. Refer to Sec­
tion 2 - ENGINE.
Remove the two-section and single section hydrau­
4.
l ic pumps from the transmission/torque converter.
Cover all openings. Refer to Hydraulic Pumps in
Section 8 for removal of the pump.
NOTE
The transmission/torque converter
weighs approximately 438 kg (966 lb)
dry.
5. Attach an adequate lifting device to the transmis­
sion/torque converter and take up any slack.
6. Remove the screws and lockwashers securing the
drive plate assembly to the flywheel.
7. Remove the nuts and washers securing the transmis­
sion/torque con verter housing to the engine fly­
wheel housing.
INSTALLATION.
NOTE
The transmission/torque converter
assembly weighs approximately
438 kg (966 lb) dry.
1. If a new transmission/torque converter is to be
installed, remove all fittings and brackets from the
old one and install them in the same locations on the
new transmission/torque converter.
2. Install the two-section and single section hydraulic
pumps on the transmission/torque converter. Refer
to Hydraulic Pumps in Section 8 for installation of
the hydraulic pump.
GROVE
O RIVE TRA I N
3. Position the transmission/torque con verter to the
engine with the l ifting device.
4. Remove all burrs from the flywheel mounting face
and nose pilot bore. Clean the drive plate surface
with solvent.
NOTE
Refer to figure titled Transmissionl
Torque Converter Installation - Fig­
ures 1 thru 3.
5. Check the engine flywheel and housing for con­
formance to standard S .A .E. No. 3-S .A.E. 1-927 tol­
erance specifications for bore size, pilot bore runout
and mounting face flatness. Measure and record
engine crankshaft end play.
6. Install the 12 studs in the engine flywheel housing.
Rotate the engine flywheel to align a drive plate
mounting screw hole with the flywheel housing
front access hole.
7. Instal l a 1 0 1 .6 mm (4 .00 inch) long drive plate
locating stud 0.3750-24 fine thread in a drive plate
nut.
8. Rotate the transmission/torque converter to align the
locating stud in the drive plate with the flywheel
drive plate mounting screw hole positioned in step
6. Locate the transmission on the flywheel housing,
aligning the drive plate to the flywheel and the
transmission on the flywheel housing mounting
studs. Install the transm ission to flywheel housing
nuts and washers. Tighten the nuts to 49 to 53 N-m
(3 6 to 39 ft-Ib).
9. Remove the drive plate locating stud. Install one
drive plate attaching screw and lockwasher. Snug
the screw but do not tighten . NO T E: Sorne engine
flywheel housings have a hole located on the fly­
wheel housing circumference in line with the drive
plate screw access hole. A screwdriver or pry bar
used to hold the drive plate against the flywheel will
faci litate installation of the drive plate screws.
Rotate the engine flywheel and install the remaining
seven flywheel to drive plate attach ing screws and
lockwashers. Snug the screws but do not tighten .
After all eight screws and lockwashers have be en
installed, torque the screws to 46 to 49 N-m (34 to
3 6 ft-Ib). This will require torquing each screw, then
rotating the engine flywheel until all eight screws
have been torqued.
2-3-7
ORIVE TRA I N RT700E

FLYWH EEL
HOUSING

ENGINE

FLYWHEEL
PI LOT
BORE

FI G URE 1
�
CONVERTER
� HOUSING

Fl YWH E El \ 'l;!

6.4 cm
1
)
(2-1 /2 i n .)
ALlG N I NG
STU D S

FIGURE 2
FLYWH EEL
HOUSING SPECIAL STU O, WASH E R ANO
S ELF-LOCK NUT FURNISHEO

"lF/]r-{7
BY E N G I N E MAN U FACTU RER

I ��YU�NEci l

r. .�i1; 1 i(
1: : I¡
1)
I ,1
\

.
l'
IMPELLER �
COVER ¡

j
ORIVE PLATES

FZ:Z:IGaUJ-RL--- E-I3 -n '�

�IG�RE 4té§] mi
'

'<Z:zz �

Transmission/Torque Converter I nstal lation (Typical)

2-3-8 GROVE
RT700E
1 0. Measure the engine crankshaft end play after the
transmission/torque converter has been completely
installed on the engine flywheel . Thi s value must be
within 0.025 mm (0 .00 1 inch) of the end play
recorded in step 5 .
1 1 . Install the engine and transmission/torque converter
in the crane as an assembly. Refer to Section 2 -
ENGINE.
1 2 . Service the crane as required in the SERVICING
THE CRANE AFTER TRANSMI SSION/TORQUE
CONVERTER OVERHAUL in this section.
1 3 . Cycle all functions and observe for proper opera­
tion.
SERVICING THE CRANE AFTER TRANSMISSIONI
TORQUE CONVERTER OVERHAUL.
The transmission/torque converter and its all ied hydrau­
lic system are important links in the drive l ine between
the engine and the wheels. The proper operation of either
the unit or the system depends greatly on the condition
and operation of the other; therefore, whenever repair or
overhaul of the transmission/torque converter is per­
formed, the balance of the system must be considered
before the job can be considered completed.
After the overhauled or repaired transmission/torque con­
verter has been installed in the crane, the oil cooler and
connecting hydraulic system must be thoroughly cleaned.
This can be accomplished in several ways, and a degree
of good judgement must be exercised as to the method
employed.
The following are considered the m inimum steps to be
taken :
l. Drain the entire system thoroughly.
2. Disconnect and clean all hydraulic lines. Where fea­
sible, hydraulic l ines should be removed from the
machine for cleaning.
3. Replace oil filter elements, cleaning out the filter
cases thoroughly.
4. The oil cooler must be thoroughly cleaned. The
cooler should be back flushed with oil and com­
pressed air until all foreign material has been
removed. Flushing in the direction of normal oil
flow will not adequately clean the cooler. If neces­
sary, the cooler assembly should be removed for
GROVE
O RIVE TRA I N
cleaning, using oil, compressed m r and a steam
cleaner for that purpose.
CAUTION
DO NOT USE FLUSHING COM­
POUNDS FOR CLEANING PUR-
POSES.
5. Remove the drain plug from the transmission/torque
converter and inspect the interior of the unit hous­
ing, gears, etc. If the presence of considerable for­
eign material is noted, it will be necessary for the
unit to be removed, disassembled, and cleaned thor­
oughly. It is real ized this entails extra labor, how­
ever, su eh labor is a m inor cost compared to the cost
of difficulties which can result from the presence of
such foreign material in the system.
6. Assemble all components and use only the type oil
recommended. Fill the transmission through the fill
pipe unti l fluid is at the top of the fill range on the
dipstick. Run the engine for two minutes at idle (95 0
rpm) t o prime the torque converter and hydraul ic
lines. Recheck the level of oil in the transmission
with the engine running at idle (95 0 rpm). Add oil as
necessary to bring the level to the LOW mark on the
dipstick. After the oil temperature reaches 82 to 93
oc ( 1 80 to 200 °F), add oil to bring the level to the
FULL mark on the dipstick.
7. Recheck all drain plugs, l ines, connections, etc., for
leaks and tighten where necessary.
LUBRICATION.
Type Of Oil.
Hydraul ic Oil (HYDO) or equivalent. Refer to Section 2-
1 6, LUBRICATION.
Capacity.
System Capacity (includes torque converter, lines, and
transmission) - Approximately 3 7.9 liters (40 quarts).
Check Periodo
Check oil level every 1 0 hours or DAILY with engine
running at 950 RPM and oil at 83 to 94 oC ( 1 80 to 200
°F). Maintain oil level to FULL mark.
2-3-9
ORIVE TRAIN
Normal Drain Periodo
NOTE
Normal drain periods and filter
change intervals are for average envi­
ronmental and duty-cycle conditions.
Severe or sustained high operating
temperatures or very dusty atmo­
spheric conditions will cause acceler­
ated deterioration and contam­
ination. For extreme conditions, judg­
ment must be used to determine the
required change intervals.
Every 500 hours, change oil filter element. Every 1 000
hours or 6 months, drain and refil l system as fol lows:
Drain with oil at 66 to 93 oC ( 1 50 to 200 °F).
NOTE
It is recommended that filter elements
be changed after 50 and 100 hours of
2-3-1 0
RT700E
operation on new and rebuilt or
repaired units, then at normal inter­
vals thereafter.
a. Drain transmission and remove pump screen. Clean
screen thoroughly and replace, using a new gasket.
b. Remove and discard oil filter. Clean fi lter housing
and install new fi lter.
c. Refil l transmission to LOW mark.
d. Run engine at 950 RPM to prime converter and
l ines.
e. Recheck level with engine running at 950 RPM and
add oil to bring level to LOW mark. When oil tem­
perature is hot (83 to 94 oC [ 1 80 to 200 °F]), make
final oil level check. BRING OIL LEVEL TO
FULL MARK.
GROVE
RT700E AXLES

S E CTI O N 4
AXL ES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
AXLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-3
.

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . 2-4-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . 2-4-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . 2-4-4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wheel Alignment Check Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-4

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear Wheels Not Centered Switch Adjustment Procedure . 2-4-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

WHEELS ANO TIRES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-6

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . 2-4-6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Mounting Wheel Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-6

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIST OF F I G U RES

Title Page
Rear Wheels Not Centered Switch Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-5
Lug Nut Torquing Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-6
DAN G E R NOTE S U M MA RY

Page
OANGER
2-4-6
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO OEMOUNT OR MOUNT
TIRES WITHOUT PROPER TRAINING. THE
HIGH PRESSURES INVOLVEO CAN CAUSE
TIRE ANO RIM PARTS ANO TOOLS TO FLY
WITH EXPLOSIVE FORCE, IF PROPER PRO­
CEOURES ARE NOT USEO, CAUSING
SEVERE INJURY OR OEATH TO PERSONNEL
ANO OAMAGE TO THE CRANE ANO SUR­
ROUNDING AREA.
GROVE 2-4-1
AXLES RT700 E

NOTES ___________________________________________________

2-4-2 GROVE
RT700E
AXLES
D E S C R I PTION
To provide maximum maneuverabi lity, both the front and
rear axles are steerable. The rear axle is mounted on a
pivoting cradle (fifth wheel) which allows the axle to
oscillate while traversing uneven terrain . The front axle is
bolted directly to the frame. All four wheels uti l ize a
hydraulic braking system. Early model cranes are
equipped with wedge type drum brakes. Later model
cranes are equipped with disc type brakes. A disc-type
parking brake is mounted of the front axle input shaft.
Each axle incorporates a single reduction carrier with
hypoid gearing mounted in the axle center. The final
reduction is of planetary design spur gearing bui lt into
the wheel hubs.
The design of these axles permits the hypoid gearing of
the differential carrier and the axle shafts to carry only a
nominal torsional load while at the same time providing
the highest practical numerical gear reduction at the
wheels.
The hypoid pinion and differential assembly of the first
reduction are supported by tapered roller bearings. The
MAI NTENAN C E
NOTE
The axles do not have to be removed
from the crane to remove the plane­
ta ry wheel ends or the drive units.
REMOVAL.
1. U sing the outriggers, raise the wheels off the
ground.
2. Install blocking under the frame at the outboard
ends of the four outrigger boxes.
CAUTION
0 0 NOT OISASSEMBLE ORIVE LlNES
WHEN REMOVING THEM FROM THE
CRANE. OIRT CAN ENTER THE
SPLINE ANO CANNOT BE PURGEO.
IN AOOITION, THE ORIVE UNES ARE
GROVE
AXLES
pinion bearing preload is adj usted and maintained by a
hardened precision spacer between the inner and outer
bearing. The differential tapered bearing preload is
adjusted and maintained by the positioning of the
threaded adjusting rings in the carrier leg and cap bores.
In the planetary wheel ends, the spur teeth of the sun gear
mesh with teeth of the planet spur gears. The planet spur
gears rotate on planet pins which are mounted in a spider.
The planet spur gear teeth in turn mesh with teeth of the
floating ring gear.
Power is transmitted by the hypoid gear set in the d iffer­
ential carrier to the axle shafts and the sun gear of the
final reduction, through the revolving planet gears, and
into the planetary spider which drives the wheel hubo
As an option, the front axle and rear axle may be pro­
vided with a differential lock. When in the locked mode,
the axle shafts and the differential are locked together
and there is no differential action between the wheels.
ASSEMBLEO IN A SPECIFIC ORIEN­
TATION WHEN MANUFACTUREO
ANO CAN EASILy BE INCORRECTLy
REASSEMBLEO.
3. Disconnect and remove the drive l ine from the
applicable axle. Do not disassemble the drive l ines.
Refer to DRIVE LINES in Section 2-3 - DRIVE
TRAIN.
4. Tag, disconnect, and cap the hydraul ic brake l ine at
each wheel.
5. Tag, disconnect, and cap the hydraulic l ines to the
steer cyl inders.
6. On the front axle only, tag and disconnect the
hydraulic l ine from the park brake actuator.
7. On the left side of the rear axle only, tag and discon­
nect the electrical wires from the rear wheels not
centered switch.
2-4-3
AXLES
NOTE
Each tire and wheel assembly weighs
approximately 860 kg (1896 lb).
8. Remove the wheels from the axle.
NOTE
Each axle weighs approximately 1400
kg (3086 lb).
9. Position jacks, which are capable of handling the
weight of the axle, under the axle for support.
1 0 . Remove the eight nuts, washers, and bolts securing
the axle to the frame/cradle.
1 1 . Lower the axle to the ground and remove it to a
clean working area.
1 2 . If a new axle is to be installed, remove the fol lowing
from the old axle and install them on the new one.
a. The steer cyl inders.
b. The rear wheels not centered switch actuator
bracket (rear axle only).
c. The parking brake actuator (front axle only).
Refer to Section 2-7 - BRAKE SYSTEM.
CLEANING.
Completely assembled axles may be steam cleaned on
the outside only, to faci litate initiaI removaI and d isas­
sembly, providing all openings are closed. Breathers,
vented shift units, and al l other openings should be
tightly covered or closed to prevent the possibil ity of
water entering the assembly.
INSTALLATION.
1. If a new axle is to be installed, remove the fol lowing
from the old axle and install them on the new one.
a. The steer cylinders.
b. The rear wheeIs not centered switch actuator
bracket (rear axle only).
c. The parking brake actuator (front axle only).
Refer to Section 2-7 - BRAKE SYSTEM.
2-4-4
RT700E
2. Position the axle under the crane on j acks which are
capable of handling the weight of the axle.
3. Raise the axle into place and secure with the eight
attaching bolts, washers, and nuts. Torque the bolts
to 608 to 658 N-m (448 to 485 foot-pounds).
4. Install the wheeIs onto the axle. Refer to WHEELS
AND TIRES in this section.
5. Connect the hydraulic l ines to the steer cyl inder as
tagged during REMOVAL.
6. Connect the hydraul ic brake l ine to each wheel as
marked during removal.
7. On the front axle only, connect the hydraul ic l ine to
the parking brake actuator.
8. O n the l e ft side o f the rear axle only, connect the
electricaI wires to the rear wheels not centered
switch. Adjust the switch in accordance with REAR
WHEELS NOT CENTERED SWITCH ADJUST­
MENT PROCEDURE.
9. Connect the drive l ine t o the appl icable axle. Refer
to DRIVE LINES in Section 2-3 - DRIVE TRAIN.
1 0. Refer to Section 2-7 - BRAKE SYSTEM and bleed
the hydraul ic brake system .
1 1 . Remove the blocking under the outrigger beams and
retract the outriggers to Iower the wheels to the
ground.
WHEEL ALlGNMENT CHECK PROCEDURE.
1. Check the axle for wheeI al ignment. The wheeIs are
to be straight ahead with no toe-in or toe-out. Adjust
if necessary by tum ing the tie rod ends in the direc­
tion necessary.
2. Turn the wheels to the extreme left. Check the clear­
ance between the inside of the tire and the nearest
object. If the clearance is Iess than 25.4 (±3 .0) mm
( 1 .0 [±0. 1 2] inch), adjust the axle stop to provide
clearance. With the axles set at a 2 5 .4 mm ( 1 .0 inch)
clearance, check the steer cylinders to see that they
are not bottomed out. To check the steer cylinders,
remove the pin at the rod end and apply pressure to
move the cyl inder rod. The cylinder rod should
travel a m inimum of 3 .0 mm (0. 1 2 inch).
3. Tum the wheeIs to the extreme right and repeat step
2 for the right side.
GROVE
RT700E AXLES

REAR WHEELS NOT CENTERED SWITCH ADJUST­ trunnion cap. Adjust by moving the sensor mounting
MENT PROCEDURE. bracket.

1. Ensure the wheels are straight ahead.
NOTE
Refer to figure titled Rear Wheels Not
Centered Switch Adjustment when
peñorming these adjustments.
2. Ensure proximity sensor switch is centered in the
slot of the sensor plate bolted to the top of the axle
3. Ensure a maximum gap of 4.8 m m (0. 1 9 in) exists
between the sensor switch and the sensor plateo
Adjust by loosening switch mounting bolts and
moving switch up or down on the mounting bracket.
Tighten the mounting bolts.
4. Tum the rear wheels to verifY proper operation.
REAR WHEELS NOT CENTERED light in cab
should be out when rear wheels are centered and the
sensor switch is centered in the slot of the sensor
plateo

M O U NTING BRACKET

SENSOR PLATE

S E NSOR SWITCH

Rear Wheels Not Centered Switch Adj ustment

GROVE 2-4-5
AXLES RT700E

WHEELS ANO TIRES

DESC R I PTI ON

The standard tire size for this unit is 29.5 x 25; also avail­
able as an option, is a 29.5R25 tire.
CAUTION
DO NOT MIX TIRES ANO RIMS OF
OIFFERENT MANUFACTURERS.
Each wheel assembly (tire and rim) is mounted on the
planetary hub with 23 grade 8 lug nuts.
Off-highway tires are designed to operate with a certain
sidewal l deflection or bulge. Correct air pressure ensures
prior deflection which, in tum, ensures proper traction,
flotation, support of load, and prevents excessive flexing
of the tire. Over inflation increases rim stresses, which
results in lowered rim l ife.
Refer to and adhere to the inflation pressures in the Load
Chart Book in the crane cabo

NOTE
The tire diameters, widths, and
weights may vary slightly depending
on the tire manufacturero
MAI NTENAN C E

OANGER 2. Ensure the wheel assembly is positioned properly on

the hubo
00 NOT ATTEMPT TO OEMOUNT OR 3. Torque the lug nuts 5 1 5 to 542 N-m (3 80 to 400
MOUNT TIRES WITHOUT PROPER foot-pounds) in the sequence shown in the Lug Nut
TRAINING. THE HIGH PRESSURES Torquing Sequence figure.
INVOLVEO CAN CAUSE TIRE ANO
RIM PARTS ANO TOOLS TO FLY WITH
EXPLOSIVE FORCE, IF PROPER
PROCEOURES ARE NOT USEO,
CAUSING SEVERE INJURY OR
OEATH TO PERSONNEL ANO OAM­
AGE TO THE CRANE ANO SUR­
ROUNOING AREA.
MOUNTING WHEEL ASSEMBLlES.
NOTE
00 not lubricate the wheel studs or
lug nuts.
1. Position the wheel assembly on the mounting studs.
Install the lug nuts and tighten them to 68 N-m (50
ft-Ib) in the sequence shown in the Lug Nut Torqu­
ing Sequence figure. Lug Nut Torqu ing Sequence

2-4-6 GROVE
RT700E STE E R I NG SYSTEM

S ECTI O N 5
STE E R I N G SYSTE M S
TABLE O F CONTENTS

Page
STEERING SYSTEMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-3
.

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-3

Rear Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-3
Secondary Steering System (CE Units) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-3
Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-3
Front Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-3
Rear Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-3
Secondary Steering System (CE Units) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-3
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-5
Front Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-5
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-5
Functional Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-6
Secondary Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-6
Rear Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-7
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-7
HYDRAULIC PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-8
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-8
Front Steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-8
Rear Steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-8
FRONT STEERING CONTROL VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-9
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-9
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-9
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-9
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-9
INTEGRATED OUTRIGGER/REAR STEER CONTROL VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-10
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-10
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-10
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-10
.

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-10
Functional Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-10
STEER CYLINDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-11
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-11
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-11
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-11
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-11
GROVE 2-5-1
STEERI NG SYSTEM RT700E

NOTES ___________________________________________________

2-5-2 GROVE
RT700E
STEERING SYSTEMS
D ESC R I PTION
To maximize maneuverabi lity, the crane can be steered
by the front axle, the rear axle, or by the front and rear
axles simultaneously. The crane utilizes two separate
steering systems, one to control front axle steering and
one for rear axle steering.
FRONT STEERING SYSTEM.
The front steering system consists of a hydraul ic pump,
load sense steer priority flow d ivider valve (part of the
swing directional control valve), load sense steering con­
trol valve, and two steer cyl inders. The hydraulic pump is
driven by the engine and supplies a hydraul ic flow of 1 1 4
l/min (3 0.2 gpm) to the load sen se steering priority flow
d ivider valve. The load sense steer priority flow divider
valve provides 34. 1 l/min (9 gpm) to the load sense steer­
ing control valve and 80.2 to 1 1 4.3 l/min (2 1 .2 to 3 0.2
gpm) to the swing system . When the steering wheel is
tumed, the load sense steering control valve sends a load
sense signal to the load sense steer priority flow divider.
As the load sense pressure increases, the priority flow
divider spool shifts to direct oil from the hydraulic pump
to the steering control valve, and to direct oil from the L
port and R port of the steering control valve to the steer
cylinders.
TH EORY OF O P E RATI O N
FRONT STEERING SYSTEM.
A hydraulic oil flow from the pump number 2 flows
through port 5 of the hydraulic swivel to the steer/swing
d irectional control valve. Regulated flow from the steer
priority flow divider valve is routed to the steering con­
trol valve upon turning of the steering wheel and pressur­
izing of the load sense lineo The steering control valve
routes the oil to the appropriate ends of the front steer
cylinders to turn the wheels in the desired direction .
REAR STEERING SYSTEM.
Hydraul ic flow from the second section of pump number
1 is directed through the boost selector valve to the inte­
grated outrigger/rear steer valve. When the REAR
STEER control switch in the cab is positioned to left (L)
or right (R), a signal is sent to the rear steer solenoid,
shifting the control valve spool, routing the supply pres­
sure to the appropriate ends of the rear steer cyl inders to
turn the wheels in the desired direction.
GROYfE
STE E R I N G SYSTEM
REAR STEERING SYSTEM.
The rear steering system is controlled through a section
of the integrated outrigger/rear steer valve and consists of
the control valve and two steer cylinders. A rear steer
indicator system is provided to indicate when the rear
wheels are not centered. This system consists of an indi­
cator light located on the front console in the cab and a
switch located on the left side of the rear axle. When the
rear wheels are turned to the left or right, the amber indi­
cator l ight wil l i lluminate.
SECON DARY S TE E R I N G SYS TEM (CE U N ITS).
The secondary steering system is provi ded to backup the
normal front steering system if loss of hydraulic flow
occurs. The system consists of a 88 1 cm3 ( 1 04 L) [347 in3
( 1 .5 gal)] hydraul ic accumulator, two check valves, a
pressure switch, and a pilot operated, 2 position 3 -way
valve used in conj unction with the service brake dual
accumulator charge valve and the load sen se steering
control valve.
SECON DARY S TEERING SYS TEM (CE U N ITS)
When the engine is running, the load sen se steering prior­
ity flow divider valve maintains a constant 862 kPa ( 1 25
psi) standby pressure in the steering load sense l ineo
When a minimum 862 kPa ( 1 25 psi) load sen se pressure
is maintained in the pilot circuit, the pi lot operated, 2
position, 3 -way valve ports are aligned to charge the sec­
ondary steering hydraulic accumulator. The hydraulic
accumulator is charged from the switch (SW) port on the
service brake dual accumulator charge val ve when the
engine is running, A check valve is installed in the pres­
sure l ine to prevent back flow from the secondary steer­
ing hydraulic accumulator to the service brake dual
accumulator charge valve nd the service brake pressure
switch .
When flow from the steer pump stops for any reason, the
load sense pressure will drop to zero. When the load
sen se pressure drops below 862 kPa ( 1 25 psi), the pilot
ports so hydraulic fluid sto red in the secondary steering
hydraulic accumu lator will flow to the load sense steer­
ing control valve. The secondary steering hydraulic accu-
2-5-3
STE E R I N G SYSTEM RT700E

mulator charge will allow the operator to safely steer the switch will close its contacts and energize the red
crane to a safe stop. When the load sense pressure drops ENGINE DI STRESS indicator and sound the warning
below 689 kPa ( 1 00 psi), the secondary steer pressure buzzer.

2-5-4 GROVE
RT700E STE E R I N G SYSTEM

MAI NTE NAN C E

FRONT STEERING SYSTEM.

Troubleshooting.
SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION
1. Hard to steer left and right. a. Hydraulic oil low. a. Refil l hydraulic reservoir.

b. Clogged or loose hydraulic b. Clean or tighten l ines or

lines or fittings. fittings.

c. Defective flow divider valve(s). c. Repair or replace valve(s).

d. Defective steering control d. Repair or replace valve.

valve.

e. Defective hydraulic pump. e. Repair or replace pump.

2. Hard t o steer either l e ft o r right. a. Clogged or loose hydraulic a. Clean or tighten l ines or
l ines or fittings. fittings.

b. Defective steer cyl inder. b. Repair or replace cyl inder.

3. Steering is erratic left and right. a. Hydraulic oil low. a. Refil l hydraulic reservo ir.
b. Clogged or loose hydraulic b. Clean or tighten l ines or
l ines or fittings. fittings.
c. Defective steering control c. Repair or replace valve.
valve.

d. Defective hydraul ic pump. d. Repair or replace pump.

4. Noisy hydraulic pump caused a. Hydraulic oil low. a. Refil l hydraulic reservoir.
by cavitation.

b. Suction l ine plugged or too b. Clean l ine and check for size.
small .

GROVE 2-5-5
STE E R I N G SYSTEM RT700E

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION

5. Hydraulic pump shaft seal a. Wom shaft seal. a. Replace shaft seal.
leakage.
NOTE
If replacing the
shaft seal does not
stop leakage, the
pump should be
disassembled and
checked for the
following:
b. Broken diaphragm seal or b. Replace seal or gasket.
backup gasket.

c. Bearing out of position. c. Replace bearing.

d. Excessive internal wear. d. Replace pump.

Functional Check.
A normal periodic functional check of the entire steering
system will generally be adequate to ensure satisfactory
service.
1. Check all fittings for leakage. An accumulation of
moist, black dirt is a good indication of leakage.
2. With the engine running at idle and at full throttle,
and with the machine standing stil l and moving, tum
the steering wheel through the full range of travel.
Note any speed irregularities and sticky sensation .
This may indicate dirt in the fluid. If the steering
wheel continues to rotate when started and released,
a condition known as Motoring exists. This may
also indicate dirty fluid in the system .
the ful 1 travel of the cyl inder with the steered axle
unloaded and loaded. If there is a great difference at
low engine speed and slight difference at high
engine speeds this may indicate a defective pump
drive. Adequate oil pressure can only be determined
by connecting a pressure gauge (24 MPal240 bar
[3 500 psi] ful l scale recommended) at the swing
control valve bank pressure gauge test port. With the
engine running at a medium speed, tum the steering
wheel to one end of the travel and hold the cyl inders
at the travel limit briefly, just long enough to read
the pressure gauge. Never hold the system at rel ief
pressure for more than a few seconds at a time. The
pressure gauge should indicate 20 MPal207 bar
(3 000 psi).
SECON DARY S TEERING SYS TEM.

3. Ensure the system has adequate power. If there is an

indication of hard steering, this can be caused by Refer to Section 8 - HYDRAULIC S - Hydraulic Pressure
either a reduced oil flow to the control valve or a Adjustment for checking accumulator pre-charge pres­
reduced system rel ief pressure. Adequate oil flow sure and for pre-charging accumulator using the steering
under al1 conditions can best be checked by timing control valve to discharge the accumulator pressure.

2-5-6 GROVE
RT700E STE E RI N G SYSTEM

REAR STEERING SYSTEM.

Troubleshooting.
SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION

1. Rear steering inoperative. a. Hydraul ic oil low. a. Refil l hydraulic reservoir.

b. Clogged, broken, or loose b. Clean, tighten, or replace l ines

hydraul ic lines or fittings. or fittings .

c. Steer cyl inder locked. c. Repair or replace cylinders.

d. Defective control valve. d. Repair or replace valve.

e. Defective steer cylinder(s). e. Repair or replace cyl inder(s).

2. Hard to steer left and right. a. Hydraul ic oil low. a. Refil l hydraulic reservo ir.

b. Clogged or loose hydraulic b. Clean or tighten l ines or

lines or fittings. fittings.

c. Defective steering control c. Repair or replace valve.

valve.

d. Defective hydraulic pump. d. Repair or replace pump.

3. Hard to steer either left or right. a. Clogged or loose hydraul ic a. Clean or tighten lines or
lines or fittings. fittings.

b. Defective steer cylinder. b. Repair or replace cyl inder.

4. Steering is erratic left and right. a. Hydraulic oil low. a. Refil l hydraulic reservo ir.

b. Clogged or loose hydraul ic b. Clean or tighten l ines or

l ines or fittings. fittings.

c. Defective steering control c. Repair or replace valve.

valve .

d. Defective hydraul ic pump. d. Repair or replace pump.

GROVE 2-5-7
STE E R I N G SYSTEM RT700E

HYDRAULIC P U M PS

D E SC R I PTI ON

FRONT STEER. REAR STEER.

The hydraul ic pump is mounted on and driven by the
engine. Pump number 2 provides the hydraulic flow nec­
essary to power the front steer cyl inders and the swing
drive system. The pump is a gear type pump that pro­
vides a flow of approximately 1 1 4.3 l/min (3 0.2 gpm).
The hydraul ic pump is mounted on and driven by the
torque converter. Section 2 of pump number 1 provides
the hydraulic flow necessary to power the rear steer cyl­
inders, the outrigger circuit, and the rear axle oscillation
lockout system . The pump is a gear type pump that pro­
vides a flow of approximately 83 .6 l/min (22 . 1 gpm).

NOTE
For more detailed information, refer to
HYDRAULlC PUMPS in Section 8 -

HYDRAULlC SYSTEM.

2-5-8 GROVE
RT700E STE E R I N G SYSTEM

F RONT STE E R I N G CONTROL VALVE

D E SC R I PT I O N

The steering control valve is located under the dash and cise steering is accomplished by a metering system
is actuated by a conventional steering wheel and steering within the valve that is directly connected to the steering
column, providing precise, fuIl hydraulic steering. Pre- column and wheel.

MAI NTE NAN C E

REMOVAL. INSTALLATION.
1. Thoroughly clean the steering control valve and the
surrounding area before removing the hydraul ic 1. Position the control valve to the bracket and steering
hoses from the valve. column and instal l the four flat washers, lockwash­
ers, and bolts. Torque the bolts to 4 1 to 43 N-m (3 0
to 32 foot-pounds).
2. Tag and disconnect the five hydraulic hoses from
the steering control valve. Cap or plug each hose
and the five ports of the valve. 2. Connect the five hydraulic hoses to the control valve
as tagged during removal .
3. Remove the four bolts, lockwashers, and flat wash­
ers securing the valve to the bracket and the steering
column. Remove the control valve, leaving the 3. Start the engine and check for proper operation and
steering column in the cabo any leakage.

GROVE 2-5-9
STE E R I N G SYSTEM RT700E

INTEG RATED OUTRIGGER/REAR STEER CONTROL VALVE

D E SC R I PT I O N

The integrated outrigger/rear steer valve directionally manifold that contains work port double pilot operated
controls the outrigger circuit and the rear steer circuit. check valves. The solenoid valve is controlled by the
The val ve is mounted on the front of the carrier frame Rear Steer switch in the operator's cabo
front cross member.
The end section is the outrigger section and contains a
The valve is made up of three sections. The inlet section
three position four-way solenoid valve with a bolt on
contains a solenoid valve and a 1 7 MPal 1 70 bar (25 00
manifold that contains work port double pilot operated
psi) rel ief valve. The relief valve is the main rel ief for
check valves with integraI 2 . 1 MPa/2 1 .0 bar (3 00 psi) rod
both systems. The solenoid valve is normally open,
side and 2 1 MPa/2 1 0 bar (3 000 psi) piston side thermal
bypassing oil to the reservoir. Operation of either system
rel ief valves. The solenoid valve is control led by the
energizes the solenoid valve to close it and route oil to
Extend/Retract switch in the operator 's cabo
the applicable circuit.

The center section is the rear steer section and contains a The center and end sections both contain a double pilot
three position four-way solenoid valve with a bolt on operated check valve.

MAI NTENAN C E

REMOVAL. 3. Connect the electrical connectors to the integrated

outrigger/rear steer valve as tagged during removal.
1. Tag and disconnect the electrical connectors to the
integral outrigger/rear steer val ve.
FUNCTIONAL CHECK.
2. Tag and d isconnect the hydraul ic lines to the inte­ 1. Cycle each outrigger cyl inder several times. Verify
grated outrigger/rear steer valve. Cap or plug the each cylinder extends and retracts properly.
l ines and ports.
2. Rear steer the crane to the left and to the right sev­
eral times. Verify the crane steers properly in both
3. Remove the four bolts and nuts securing the inte­
directions.
grated outrigger/ rear steer valve to the crane.
Remove the valve as a complete assembly.
3. Check the valve and lines for leakage. Make repairs
as needed.
INSTALLATION.
NOTE
1. Position the integrated outriggerlrear steer valve on
its mount. Secure the valve with the four nuts and For further information on the inte­
bolts. grated outrigger/rear steer valve, refer
to OUTRIGGERlREAR STEER CON­
2. Connect the hydraul ic l ines to the integrated outrig­ TROL VALVE in Section 8 HYDRAU­
-

gerlrear steer valve as tagged during removal. LlC SYSTEM.

2-5-1 0 GROVE
RT700E STE E R I N G SYSTEM

STEER CYL I N D E RS

DESC R I PT I O N

The steer cylinders are mounted on the axles, two cyl in­ is attached to the steering lug on the axle end. The cyl in­
ders on each axle. The barre l end of each cyl inder is ders are controlled hydraulically by the steering control
attached to a bracket on the axle housing and the rod end valve.

MA I NTE NAN C E

NOTE 3. Remove both pin welds and two thrust washers (rod
end only), and remove the cylinder from the axle.
For Disassembly and Assembly pro­ INSTALLATION.
cedures, refer to STEER CYLlNDERS
in Section 8 HYDRAULlC SYSTEM.
-
1. Position the cylinder onto the attachment fittings on
the axle and install both pin wel ds. On the rod end,
REMOVAL. install a thrust washer top an bottom of lug.

2. Secure each pin weld with the boIt, washer, and

1. Tag and disconnect the hydraul ic lines going into lockwasher.
the steer cyl inder. Cap or plug all openings.
3. Connect the hydraulic l ines to the cylinder as tagged
during removal .
2. Remove the boIt, washer, and lockwasher securing
each pin weld in the rod end and barrel end of the 4. Operate the steering system and check the cyl inder
cylinder. for proper operation and any leakage.

GROVE 2-5- 1 1
STE E R I NG SYSTEM RT700E

NOTES ______________________________________________

2-5- 1 2 GROVE
RT700E REA R AXLE OSC ILLATION LOCKOUT SYSTEM

S E CTI O N 6
R EA R AX L E OSC I L LATI O N LO C KO U T SYSTE M
TABLE O F CONTENTS

Page
REAR AXLE OSCILLATION LOCKOUT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-3

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

AXLE OSCILLATION LOCKOUT CYLlNDERS . . . . . . . . . 2-6-5

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-5
.

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

AXLE OSCILLATION LOCKOUT VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-6

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIST OF F I G U RES

Title Page
Rear Axle Oscillation Lockout Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-3
Rear Axle Oscillation Lockout Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-4

GROVE 2-6-1
REA R AXLE OSC I L LATION LOCKOUT SYSTE M RT700E

NOTES __________________________________________________

2-6-2 GROVE
RT700E REAR AXLE OSC I LLATION LOC KOUT SYSTEM

REAR AXLE OSC I LLATION LOCKOUT SYSTE M

D E SC R I PTI ON

The rear axle oscillation system consists of two lockout
cylinders, a lockout valve, an axle oscillation re 1 ay, and
an area definition potentiometer. The lockout cyl inders
are mounted between a cradle (fifth wheel) and the car­
rier frame. The lockout valve is mounted on the left inner
center frame rail and hydraulically controls the oscillat­
ing abilities of the lockout cylinders. The axle oscillation
relay is located on the relay panel under the front console
cover in the cab and the area definition potentiometer is
located in the electrical swivel assembly.

TH EORY OF O P E RATI O N

The rear axle is mounted on a cradle (fifth wheel) allow­
ing maximum oscillation of 1 5 cm (5 .9 inches) total
while travel ing over uneven terrain. Oscillation is pro­
vided only when the superstructure is within 2 degrees
left or right of directIy over the front. When the super­
structure is within 2 degrees left or right of directIy over
the front, the area definition potentiometer energizes the
axle oscillation relay which in turn energizes the sole­
noids on the lockout valve. When the solenoids are ener­
gized, the valve spools are shifted to al low hydraul ic
transfer between the two lockout cylinders. As one side
of the axle is forced up by travel ing over uneven terrain,
the hydraulic oil flows from the rod end of cylinder A to
the barrel end of cylinder B and from the rod end of cyl-
inder B to the barrel end of cyl inder A. The system is not
pressurized and oil is moved from one cyl inder to the
other by the action of the axle moving the cylinder.
When the superstructure is more than 2 degrees left or
right of directIy over the front, the area definition potenti­
ometer deenergizes the axle oscillation relay. This deen­
ergizes the solenoids on the lockout val ve and allows the
springs in the valve to shift the valve spools to the closed
position to prevent hydraulic oil flow between the cyl in­
ders. By stopping the flow of oil, a hydraul ic lock is cre­
ated and the axle is held rigid in that position.

OSCI LLAT I O N
CAR R I E R F RAME LOC KO UT CYLlNDER

F I FTH WH E E L P IVOT PO I NT

Rear Axle Oscillation Lockout I nstal lation

GROVE 2-6-3
REAR AXLE OSC I LLATION LOC KOUT SYSTEM RT700E

SU P P LY FROM P U M P ------,

LOC KOU T
CYLl ND ER LOCKO UT
CYLl NDER

AXLE LOCKO UT AXLE LOCKOU T

VA LV E S VALV E S

LH RH

REAR AXLE

Rear Axle Oscillation Lockout Circuit

2-6-4 GROVE
RT700E
AXLE OSCILLATION LOCKOUT CYLlNDERS
D E SC R I PT I O N
Two 1 2.7 cm (5 .0 inch) hydraulic 10ckout cyl inders are
installed on the rear axle, one left side and one right side.
The base end of each cylinder is attached to each side of
the carrier frame and the rod ends are attached to each
side of the cradle (fifth wheel). The 10ckout cylinders are
connected hydraulically so that hydraul ic oil flows from
MAI NTENA N C E
NOTE
For disassembly and assembly proce­
dures, refer to AXLE OSCILLATlON
LOCKOUT CYLlNDER in Section 8 -
HYDRAULlC SYSTEM.
REMOVAL.
1. Raise the crane up on outriggers.
2. Rotate the turntable more than 2 degrees in either
direction from directly over the front to lock out the
oscillation cylinders.
3. Remove the wheel and tire assembly from the axle.
4. Tag and disconnect both hydraul ic hoses from the
ports on the cylinder. Cap or plug both hoses and the
ports on the cylinder.
5. At the rod end of the cylinder, remove one of the
cotter pins securing the retaining pin to the cradle
attach fitting.
6. Tap out the retaining pin, freeing the rod end from
the cradle.
7. At the barrel end of the cylinder, remove one of the
cotter pins securing the retaining pin to the frame
attach fitting.
GROVE
REAR AXLE OSCI L LATION LOC KOUT SYSTEM
the rod side of the left cyl inder to the barrel side of the
right cyl inder and from the rod side of the right cyl inder
to the barrel side of the left cyl inder.
Each cyl inder weighs approximately 40 kg (88 lb).
8. Tap out the retaining pin and remove the cylinder.
INSTALLATION.
1. Position the barrel end of the cyl inder in the frame
attach fitting and tap in the retaining pino
2. Secure the retaining pin with the cotter pino
3. Align the rod end of the cyl inder i n the cradle attach
fitting and tap in the retaining pino
4. Secure the retaining pin with the cotter pino
5. Remove the caps or plugs from the two hydraulic
hoses and the cylinder ports and connect the hoses
to the appropriate cyl inder ports as tagged during
removal .
6. Install the wheel and tire assembly on the axle.
Tighten the lug nuts in accordance with the proce­
dure in WHEEL AND TIRE A SSEMBLIES in Sec­
tion 4 AXLES.
-
7. Lubricate both ends of the cyl inder using the fittings
provided.
8. Function test the axle oscillation system in accor­
dance with the Operator's and Safety Handbook to
ensure proper operation .
2-6-5
REAR AXLE OSCI LLATION LOCKOUT SYSTEM RT700E

AXLE OSCILLATION LOCKOUT VALVE

D E S C R I PT I O N

The axle oscillation lockout valve, also called the double
solenoid valve, is used in the rear axle osci llation lockout
circuit. The valve consists of a valve body and two sole­
noid valves, which keep the lockout cyl inders from oscil­
lating unless the superstructure is within 2 degrees left or
right of directIy over the front. The lockout valve is
located on the left rear side of the rear center frame cross
member.
When the superstructure is within 2 degrees left or right
of d irectIy over the front, the area definition potentiome-
ter energizes the axle oscil lation relay which energizes
the solenoids on the axle oscillation lockout valve. This
allows hydraulic oil to flow in and out of the lockout cyl­
inders, allowing the axle to oscillate.
When the superstructure is more than 2 degrees left or
right of directIy over the front, the area definition potenti­
ometer deenergizes the axle oscillation relay which deen­
ergizes the solenoids on the axle osci llation lockout
valve. This keeps the axle from oscillating because
hydraulic oil cannot leave the cyl inders.

MAI NTENAN C E

REMOVAL. INSTALLATION.
1. Tag and disconnect the electrical connector to the 1. Secure the valve to the carrier frame using two
valve. screws and nuts.

2. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the 2. Connect the hydraul ic hoses to the applicable valve
valve. Cap or plug the l ines and ports. ports as tagged during removal.

3. Remove the two screws and nuts securing the valve 3. Connect the electrical connector to the valve as
to the carrier frame. tagged during removal .

4. Function test the axle oscil lation system in accor­

dance with the Operator 's and Safety Handbook to
ensure proper operation .

5. Check the valve and hoses for signs of leakage.

Tighten fittings as required.

2-6-6 GROVE
RT700E B RAKE SYSTEM

S E CTI O N 7
B RA K E SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
BRAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . 2-7-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Service Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .2-7-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-5

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .2-7-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Service Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7-5

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parking Brake . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7-6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . ..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7-6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7-6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bleeding the Brake System . .

. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 2-7-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pressure Bleeding the Brake System . . . . . .2-7-7

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Manually Bleeding the Brake System . . . . . 2-7-7

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SERVICE BRAKES (EARLY MODELS) . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7-8

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-8
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Actuating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 2-7-8

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Adjusting System . . . . . . .. ..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7-8
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7-9
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Preventive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-9

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Every Two Months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7-9

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Every 12 months or When Brakes Are Relined 2-7-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Power Unit . . .. . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 2-7-11

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . .. . . . . .. . .
. . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . 2-7-11
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-11
.

Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-12
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-12
Wedge Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-12
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-12
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-13
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-14
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-14
Brake Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-14
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-14
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-15
Plungers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-15
Removal and Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-15
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-16
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-16
GRO"E 2-7-1
B RAKE SYSTEM RT700E

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTI N U ED)

Page
Adjusting Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-17
SERVICE BRAKES (LATER MODELS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-19
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-19
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-19
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-19
Linings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-19
Caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-19
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-19
Caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-19
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-21
Periodic On-Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-21
Shoes, Linings, and End Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-21
Caliper For Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-21
Dust Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-22
Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-22
Caliper Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-22
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-23
Corrosion Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-23
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-23
Caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-23
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-24
Linings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-24
Caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-25
PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-26
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-26
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-26
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-26
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-26
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-26
PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-27
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-27
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-27
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-27
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-27
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-28
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-28
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-28
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-28
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-28
2-7-2 GROVE
RT700E B RAKE SYSTEM

LIST OF FIGU RES

Title Page
Actuating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-8
.

Adjusting Plunger System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-8

Automatic Adjusting Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-9
Brake Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-10
.

Power Unit Assembly . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . 2-7-11
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removing Wedge Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-13

Wedge Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-13
Removing Rollers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-13
.

Plunger Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-16

Seal Driver Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-17
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Correctly Installed Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . 2-7-17
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Adjusting Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-18

Jam Nut Installation . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . . . . . . 2-7-27
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIST OF TABLES

Title Page
Brake System Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-6
DAN G E R NOTE S U M MA RY

Page
DANGER
2-7-20
DO NOT PLACE HAND IN FRONT OF PIS­
TONS WHEN FORCING THEM OUT. SERIOUS
PERSONAL INJURY MAy OCCUR.
DANGER
2-7-23
USE OF CLEANING SOLVENTS, HOT SOLU­
TION TANKS, OR ALKAUNE SOLUTIONS
INCORRECTLY, CAN CAUSE SERIOUS PER­
SONAL INJURY. TO PREVENT SERIOUS PER­
SONAL INJUR� FOLLOW THE
INSTRUCTIONS SUPPUED BY THE MANU­
FACTURER OF THESE PRODUCTS. DO NOT
USE GASOUNE TO CLEAN PARTS. GASO­
UNE CAN EXPLODE ANO CAUSE SERIOUS
PERSONAL INJURY.
GROVE 2-7-3
BRAKE SYSTEM RT700E

DANGER N OT E S U M MA RY (CONTI N U ED)

Page
OANGER
2-7-11
WEAR EYE PROTECTION ANO DO NOT PUT
HAND NEAR PISTON WHEN FORCING PIS­
TON FROM THE UNIT. SERIOUS INJURY
COULO RESULT.
OANGER
2-7-13
THE WEOGE RETURN SPRING IS UNOER
PRESSURE. QUICK RELEASE OF THE
SPRING PRESSURE CAN CAUSE INJURY.
OANGER
2-7-14
THE WEOGE RETURN SPRING IS UNOER
PRESSURE. QUICK RELEASE OF THE
SPRING PRESSURE CAN CAUSE INJURY.

2-7-4 GROVE
RT700E
B RAKE SYSTEM
D E SC R I PT I O N
The brake system includes all the components necessary
for the application of the service brakes and the parking
brake.
SERVICE BRAKES.
The service brakes are ful l power hydraulic brakes which
are hydraul ical ly controlled and are used to apply the
brake assemblies on all four wheels. The system consists
of the tandem brake valve with treadle pedal, the dual
accumulator charge valve, two hydraul ic accumu lators,
the brake assemblies, and all the associated hoses and
tubing. The operator depresses the pedal on the tandem
brake valve, located on the cab floor, and the valve mod­
u lates the brake l ine pressure to the brake assemblies at
each wheel . The ful l powered brake system supplies a
high brake system pressure with relatively low reactive
pedal forces, while controlling the maximum brake l ine
pressure. The service brake dual accumulator charge
valve regulates flow to the hydraulic accumulators to
provide ful ly powered independently separate, primary
(front) and secondary (rear), service brake circuits.
Hydraulic pressure is constantly maintained in the brake
circuits by the accumulators and the charging valve. The
TH E O RY OF O P E RATI O N
SERVICE BRAKES.
Braking begins when the operator depresses the brake
pedal in the cabo Mechanical l inkage transfers the force
created by the lever action of the brake pedal to the
hydraulic brake valve which modulates the brake line
pressure to the brake assemblies at each wheel .
Hydraulic oil from hydraul ic pump number 3 flows to a
3 7 .85 l/min ( l O gpm) priority flow control valve then
through swivel port 8 to the dual accumulator charge
valve. The dual accumulator charge valve charges the
accumulators from the open center circuit upon demand
and within its present operating charge rate and the high
limit pressure setting. However, when the open center
circuit pressure reaches the brake relief setting, which is
h igher than the high accumulator charge limit, then the
accumulators will be charged to the rel ief valve setting.
The dual accumulator charge valve regulates flow to the
hydraulic accumulators to provide ful ly powered inde­
pendently separate, primary (front) and secondary (rear),
service brake circuits. Hydraul ic pressure is constantly
maintained in the brake circuits by the accumulators and
the charging valve. The charged accumulators supply
pressurized fluid to the closed tandem brake valve.
GROVE
B RAKE SYSTEM
brake assemblies on early models are drum type brakes
and on later models are disc type brakes.
PARKING BRAKE.
The parking brake is a hydraul ically-controlled, disc-type
brake, located on the front axle. It is spring applied and
hydrau lically released. The system consists of a two­
position switch, a three-way solenoi d valve, actuator,
brake assembly, and all the associated h ardware and tub­
ing. The selector switch, located on the front console in
the cab, is used to activate the solenoid valve which con­
trols the park brake actuator, which appl ies and releases
the park brake.
NOTE
For Description and Maintenance of
the tandem brake valve with treadle
pedal, the accumulators, and the dual
accumulator charge 8valve, refer to
VALVES in Section HYDRAULlC
-
SYSTEM.
After the accumulators are fully charged, the high limit
check opens and all of the pump flow is directed to the
excess flow port and on to the cab air conditioning cir­
cuit.
Once the operator depresses the brake pedal, the tandem
brake valve modulates fluid out to the brakes to provide
the means of braking. The tandem brake valve will mod­
ulate the pressure in the brake system by increasing or
decreasing pressure as required in proportion to the input
force from the operator via the brake pedal . The hydrau­
lic force acts within the brake assemblies to force the
brake pads against the brake discs, acting to slow wheel
rotation . Fully powered separate primary (front) and sec­
ondary (rear) braking circuits are provided with indepen­
dent accumulators. A low pressure warning switch is
used to sense the accumulator pressures and warn the
operator through visual brake warning indicator l ight on
the cab console in the event the pressure in the accumu la­
tors drops to an unsafe operating level. In the event of
engine failure, the accumulators are pre-charged with dry
nitrogen gas and properly sized to provide power-off
stopping capacity for secondary braking.
2-7-5
BRAKE SYSTEM RT700E

PARKING BRAKE.
Hydraul ic flow from the transmission charge pump is
routed to the parking brake control valve. When the
PARK BRAKE switch is in the ON position, the parking
brake solenoid valve shifts to route flow from the hydrau­
lic parking brake actuator back to the transmission sump.
The actuator spring pulls on the lever on the brake assem­
bly, applying the parking brake.

MAI NTE NAN C E

TROUBLESHOOTING.
SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION

1. Brakes are poor. a. Lining thickness less than 3mm a. Replace lining.
(0. 1 25 in).

b. Brake pedal operation. b. Free mechanical linkage.

c. Restriction or leaks in l ines. c. Check all l ines for leaks and

restrictions.

d. Low hydraulic oil flow. d. Check the hydraulic oil level in res-
ervoir and check flow from the tan-
dem brake valve.

e. A ir in brake l ines. e. Bleed the brakes.

f. Brake pads/linings are grease- f. Replace pads/linings.

soaked.

g. Engine not running. g. Start engine. Due to the operation,

the engine must be running to pro-
vide full brake power.

h. Brake relief valve stuck open. h. Replace the relief val ve.

l. Dual accumulator charge valve not l. Check valve operation and repair or
charging replace valve.

j. Accumulators not pre-charged. j. Check accumulator pre-charge.

2. Hard brake pedal with engine a. Pedal travel being interfered with. a. Check all pedal l inkage and ensure it
running. is free and adjusted properIy.

3. Brakes lock up. a. Too much hydraulic flow. a. Check the flow from the flow
divider. Too much flow will cause
the brakes to be applied by the oil
trapped in the power boost chamber.

b. Brake pedal push rod improperly b. Adjust the push rod l inkage so
adjusted, causing brakes to be the brake pedal and push rod
always appl ied. ful ly return .
4. Uneven braking o r pad wear. a. Lining thickness less than 3 mm a. Replace the l ining.
(0. 1 25 in).

2-7-6 GROVE
RT700E BRA KE SYSTEM

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION

b. Grease on the pads/linings. b. Replace the pads/lin ings.

GENERAL. bleeder hose to the adapter and open the bleeder

A schedule for the periodic adjustment, cleaning, inspec­
tion, and lubrication of brake equipment should be estab­
lished by the operator on the basis of past experience and
severity of operation.
valve.
5. Connect the end o f the bleeder hose t o the bleeder
screw on the cal iper/actuator. Submerge the other
end in a glass jar partially filled with the proper type
of clean hydraulic oil.

The d isc brakes are not adjustable. Brakes should be
cleaned, inspected, and linkage lubricated periodicalIy to
assure maximum performance.
BLEEDING THE BRAKE SYSTEM.
The brake system should b e bled whenever a i r becomes
entrapped within the brake system (usualIy characterized
by a spongy feeling during brake pedal application),
whenever any brake system line has be en opened, or
whenever any brake component has been replaced.
Always start at the point in the system that is furthest
from the tandem brake valve and work back toward the
tandem brake valve. Bleed every bleeder screw on every
caliper/actuator on every wheel. When you complete a
bleeder screw, go to the next closest bleeder screw on the
same caliper/actuator. When you complete a wheel, go to
the furthest bleeder screw on the next closest wheel .
6. Open the bleeder screw and allow fluid to flow into
the j ar until it is a solid stream free of air bubbles.
Close the bleeder screw and torque to 1 1 .3 to 1 3 .6
Nm ( l OO to 1 20 in-lb).
7. Repeat steps 5 and 6 for the remaining wheel cali­
pers/actuators.
8. Remove the a i r supply from the bleeder tank.
9. Close the bleeder tank valve and disconnect the hose
and the bleeder adapter.
1 0. Remove the bleeder tank and hose.
1 1 . Remove the bleeder adapter.
Manually Bleeding the Brake System.

Pressure Bleeding the Brake System. NOTE

NOTE Before bleeding the brake system,
ensure the hydraulic accumulators
Before bleeding the brake system, are fully charged.
ensure the hydraulic accumulators 1. Connect the end of the bleeder hose to the bleed
are fully charged. screw on the cal iper. Submerge the other end in a jar
partially filled with clean hydraulic oil.
1. InstaIl the bleeding adapter.
2. Open the bleed screw on the caliper/actuator and
Using a clean bleeding tank, fi I l the tank at least half al low fluid to flow into the jar, whi le depressing the
2.
fuIl with hydraulic oil. Position the tank so it will brake pedal . Depress the brake pedal and close the
bleeder screw, then release the brake pedal. Torque
not have to be moved again until all bleeding is fin­
the bleeder screw to 1 1 .3 to 1 3 .6 Nm ( 1 00 to 1 20 in­
ished.
lb).

3. Connect a 240 kPal2 .4 bar (3 5 psi) air source to the 3. Repeat step 2 until a sol id stream free of air bubbles
bleeder tank. is obtained.

4. Open the bleeder tank valve and bleed alI air out of 4. Repeat steps 1 thru 3 for the remaining wheel cali­
the hose to be connected to the adapter. Connect the pers/actuators.

GROVE 2-7-7
BRAKE SYSTEM
SERVICE BRAKES (EARLy MODELS)
D E SC R I PT I O N
The brakes utilized on the early model axles are hydrau­
lic wedge actuated drum brakes. One brake assembly is
used at the end of each axle. The action of the brake
shoes riding against the brake drum acts to slow the rota­
tion of the wheeIs.
ACTUATING SYSTEM.
The actuating system is a wedge that forces apart the
plungers and brake shoes and forces the l inings against
the drums. The hydraul ic power unit is installed in the
plunger housing. The wedge assembly, located inside the
power unit, contains a pair of rol lers which are held in
place against the head ofthe wedge by a rol ler cage. Each
rol ler is engaged with a slot in the inner end of the
plunger. The outer ends of the plungers are engaged with
and support the brake shoes.
ADJ UST I N G
PLUN G E R
ACTUATOR
lBitt���I�
LWft-- (ADJ U ST I N G
S LEEVE)
H Y DRAULlC U N IT
POW E R CYLl N DE R
Actuating System
When the brake pedal is depressed, hydraulic pressure in
the power unit moves the piston inside the power unit.
The piston pushes the wedge deeper between the rollers.
The wedge forces the rollers and plungers apart which
forces the shoe and lining assemblies out against the
brake drum .
When the brake pedal is released, the return spring on the
wedge returns the wedge and the piston to its starting
position. At the same time, the shoe return springs pull
the brake shoes back to their starting positions which
forces the plungers back to their starting positions.
2-7-8
RT700E
ADJUSTING SYSTEM.
Adjusting plunger assemblies are used to adjust the
brakes, and are part of the actuating system. The plunger
assemblies are the automatic adjusting type and consists
of an adjusting plunger, an adjusting sIeeve (actuator), an
adj usting bolt assembly, and an adjusting pawl assembly.
=-
O N E· P I EC E
/
A DJ . BO LT ASS E M B Ly
Y
/ A DJ . S LEEVE
(CA N N OT BE D I SASS E M B L E D)
(ACTUATOR)
PLU N G E R
�
�::
ADJ UST I N G
PAWL ASS E M B LY
�
CAPSCREW
SPRING
PAWL
Adjusting Plu nger Assembly
NOTE
The views mentioned in the following
paragraphs are referring to the figure
titled Automatic Adjusting Functions.
The adjusting bolt is threaded into the actuator. The actu­
ator fits freely into the adjusting plunger, which fits
freely into the plunger housing. The pawl extends
through the slot in the plunger to prevent the plunger
from twisting in the plunger housing. Teeth on the end of
the pawl engage the teeth on the actuator. (View A).
When the brake is actuated, the wedge forces out the
plunger, actuator, and adjusting bolt. The sloped face of
the actuator teeth l ift and push against the sloped face of
the pawI teeth and force the pawl back against the spring
(View B). When the brake is released, al l the parts return
to their starting positions (View C). When the l ining
wears, the plunger stroke increases and the pawl is l ifted
fu rther. When the actuator moves enough so that the teeth
completely disengage, the pawl drops into the next tooth
space on the actuator (View D). This time when the brake
is released and the parts return, the flat face of the pawl
RT700E B RAKE SYSTEM

teeth cause the actuator to rotate and extend the adjusting between the drum and the linings.
bolt (View E). This action decreases the lining to drum This clearance is necessary for the
clearance and the cycle begins again. pawl and the actuator to operate cor­
rectly. Refer to ADJUSTING BRAKES
NOTE in this Sub-Section.
If new or relined linings are installed,
the specified clearance must exist

I N IT I A L B RAKE A DJ US T M E N T M AY ADJ U STM ENT MAY AS B RA K E

POSI T I O N APPLlCATION N OT OCCU R OCC U R ADJ U S TS
(NO A PPLlCATI O N ) (0.0 1 0 / f TO 0.0601/ (MORE THAN 0.060 "
L l N I N G TRAV E L) Ll N I N G T RAVEL)

E ETH ENGAG ED
PAWL D ROPS TO
N EXT TOOTH S PAC

A B : e o E

Automatic Adj usti ng Functions

MAI N TE NANCE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE.
The lubrication and maintenance schedules l isted are for
normal operating conditions. The lubrication and mainte­
nance schedules can be shorter under severe operating
conditions. For severe conditions, base your inspections
on lining wear and inspect when the linings have wom
25%, 50%, and 75%. For new machines, inspect the
lubricant and the internal components more frequently
during the first year to establish a schedule.
When the brakes are rel ined or replaced, the lubrication
and maintenance schedule must be changed to begin at
the time the l inings are replaced. Each brake must be
inspected according to procedures in the paragraph titIed
Every 12 Months or When Brakes Are Relined.
2. Check the clearance between the l inings and the
drum . Check the clearance at the center of the l in­
ings, NOT at the ends of the l inings. I f the clearance
is less than 2 .03 mm (0.080 in), the adjusters are
operating correctly. If the clearance is more than
2.03 mm (0.080 in), inspect the operation of the
adjusters. Correct the problem and adjust the brakes.
3. Inspect for any leaks and correct the cause of the
leak. If lubricant is leaking, disassemble the brake
assembly and correct the cause. Remove the grease
from all components and use new grease (EPMPG)
during assembly.
4. Check the operation of the service brakes. Ensure all
brakes are operating correctly.

Every 12 Months or When Brakes Are Relined.

Every Two Months.
1. Remove the ti re and wheel assembly. Refer to Sec­
1. Check the condition and the thickness of the l inings tion 4 AXLES .
-

to determine if the brake lining must be replaced.

Ensure the l ining is thick enough to last until the 2. Remove the brake shoes. Refer t o BRAKE SHOE -
next inspection. Removal in this Sub-Section.

GROVE 2-7-9
BRAKE SYSTEM RT700E

H YDRAU LlC CYLl N DER

WEDGE
ASSEMBLY
y
SET SCREW
A N D LOCK P I N

R ETU RN
SPRING � �---- S PI D ER

BAC K I N G
PLATE

SHOE A N D
L l N I NG
ASS E M B LY

Brake Assembly

3. Remove the plunger assemblies from the housing.
Refer to PLUNGER ASSEMBLY - Removal in this
Sub-Section. Inspect the seals, housing, and the
plunger assemblies for damage. Inspect the grease,
If the grease is hard or contaminated, the complete
brake assembly must be disassembled. Remove all
of the grease and inspect all of the components.
Inspect the o-rings and seals for cuts and damage.
Assemble the brake assembly and use new grease
(EPMPG).
4. Remove the wedge assemblies. Refer to WEDGE
A S SEMBLY - Removal in this Sub-Section.
Inspect the grease, If the grease is hard or contami­
nated, the complete brake assembly must be d isas­
sembled. Remove all ofthe grease and inspect all of
the components. Assemble the wedge assembly and
use new grease (EPMPG).
5. Assemble and instal l all components of the brake.
Refer to applicable paragraphs of this Sub- Section.

2-7- 1 0 GROVE
RT700E B RAKE SYSTEM

6. Adj ust the brakes. Refer t o BRAKE ADJUSMENT OANGER

in this Sub-Section.
WEAR EYE PROTECTION ANO 00
7. Check the operation of the service brake system . NOT PUT HANO NEAR PISTON WHEN
Ensure that all brakes are operating correctly. FORCING PISTON FROM THE UNIT.
SERIOUS INJURY COULO RESULT.
POWER UNIT.
2. Place a rag over the end of the power unit. Carefully
Removal. apply air pressure to the brake l ine port and force the
piston and seals from the unit.

1. Tag and disconnect the brake 1 ine from the power
unit. Cap or plug all openings.
2. Remove the set screw that secures the power unit i n
the plunger housing.
3. I f necessary, use a strap wrench and unscrew the
power unit from the plunger housing.
4. There is a nylon lock plug under the setscrew to pre­
vent damage to the threads of the power unit. If the
plug fal ls out, keep the plug and install it with the
unit.
Oisassembly.
1. Remove the bleeder screw from the power unit.
Drain all brake fluid from the unit.
3. Remove the o-ring from the piston .
4. Inspect parts as fol lows:
a. Inspect all parts of the hydraul ic cyl inder before
assembly. Inspect all arts for any signs of wear or
damage. Replace any part that shows signs of wear.
b. Pol ish the piston and bore of the cylinder with
crocus cloth. If the piston or bore has nicks,
scratches or corrosion, replace the components.
c. Inspect the bleeder screw for any damage that
can keep it from sealing.
d. Inspect the seals and the o-rings for any cuts,
tears, or other damage that could keep them from
sealing.

O- R I N G S
DR
U - PA C K E RS P R ESSU R E
S EA L

WI PER

C y L l N D E R __....... P I STO N
BODY

Power U n it Assembly

GROVE 2-7-1 1
BRA K E SYSTEM RT700E

5. Clean all the parts with clean hydraulic fluid. 2. Install the power unit into the plunger housing. If
necessary, use a strap wrench to tighten the unit until
Assembly. the bottom of the power unit touches the botlom of
the bore in the plunger housing. When correctIy
installed, the power unit will not rotate in the direc­
CAUTION tion that it is tightened.

BESURE TO USE SEALS THAT ARE CAUTION

COMPATIBLE WITH HYDRAULlC
FLUID. IF THE WRONG SEALS ARE IF YOU BACK OUT THE POWER UNIT,
USED, THE FLUID WILL DAMAGE DO NOT BACK OUT MORE THAN
THE SEALS AND CAUSE THEM TO ONE COMPLETE TURN. IF BACKED
LEAK. OUT TOO MUCH, THERE WILL BE
TOO MUCH LOST MOVEMENT WHEN
1. Lubricate the cylinder bore with clean hydraulic THE BRAKE IS APPLlED.
fluid.
3. Connect the brake l ine to the port. I f necessary, back
2. Install the o-rings on the piston. out the unit no more than one complete turn to align
the port and the brake l ineo Ensure the bleeder screw
3. Instal l the piston, flat end first, into the cyl inder. is at the top of the unit so that you can completely
Push the piston to the botlom of the cylinder. bleed air from the system .

4. Install the bleeder screw.

CAUTION
Installation. TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE
POWER UNIT, DO NOT OVER­
TIGHTEN THE SET SCREW.
Before the power unit is instal led onto the plunger hos­
ing, remove and inspect the wedge assembly. If neces­ 4. If removed, install a new nylon lock plug and set
sary, service the wedge assembly. Lubricate the wedge screw to hold the power unit in the plunger housing.
�ssembly with EPMPG before instal ling it into the hous­ Tighten the set screw using the fol lowing sequence.
mg .
a. Tighten the set screw 1 9 to 22 Nm ( 1 75 to 200
The power unit must be installed so that when the piston in-lb).
moves, the wedge immediately moves and lifts the plung­
ers. This arrangement gives the least amount of lost
movement and makes the maximum use of the stroke of b. Loosen the set screw until all torque is removed.
the power unit. To install the power unit correctIy, follow
the following instructions. c. Tighten the set screw to 6 Nm (5 0 in-lb).

1. Ensure the rollers of the wedge assembly are 5. Check for leaks at all connections.
engaged with the slots in the plungers. Push the end
of the wedge rod to be sure the wedge l ifts the 6. B leed the brake system . Refer to BLEEDING THE
plungers and the brake shoes. If the plungers and BRAKE SYSTEM in this Section .
shoes do not move, remove the wedge assembly and
install it correctIy.
WEDGE ASSEMBLY.
NOTE Removal.
Ensure the power unit is installed so
that the blee(ier screw is toward the 1. Remove the power unit. Refer to POWER UNIT -
highest possible position. Removal in this Sub-Section.

2-7- 1 2 GROVE
RT700E B RAKE SYSTEM

2. Pul l the wedge assembly straight out from its bore in CAUTION
the plunger housing.
DO NOT FORCE OPEN THE ROLLER
CAGE MORE THAN NEEDED TO
REMOVE THE ROLLERS. DO NOT
FORCE THE ROLLERS THROUGH
THE SLOTS IN THE CAGE. DO NOT
FORCE THE WEDGE THROUGH THE
ROLLERS. DAMAGE TO THE CAGE
WILL OCCUR.
2. Place a thin screwdriver between the wedge and the
roller cage and force the cage open just enough to
remove the rollers.

Removing Wedge Assembly

Disassembly.
DANGER
THE WEDGE RETURN SPRING IS
UNDER PRESSURE. QUICK
RELEASE OF THE SPRING PRES­
SURE CAN CAUSE INJURY. Removi ng Rollers

1. Compress and hold the return spring wh ile remov­ 3. S lide the rol ler cage off the shaft of the wedge.
ing the E-washer from the wedge shaft. Carefully
release the spring and remove the washer, spring,
and retainer from the wedge. 4. Inspect parts a s follows:

a. Inspect all parts of the wedge assembly before

assembly. Inspect all parts for signs of wear or dam­
age. Replace any part that shows signs of wear or
damage.

b. Ensure the wedge, rol ler, and slots in the

plunger are free of nicks, pits, scratches, or corro­
sion . If these parts are damaged, replace them .

c. Ensure all springs extend and retract quickly

and completely. Ensure the springs are free of any
damage.
WAS H E R

" E" WAS H E R

d. Ensure the groove in the wedge shaft for the E­
washer is clean and sharp.

e. Ensure the rol ler cage holds the rol lers in correct
Wedge Assembly al ignment.

GROVE 2-7-1 3
B RAKE SYSTEM RT700E

Assembly. 2. Install the wedge straight into its bore in the plunger
housing.
CAUTION 3. Ensure the rol lers of the wedge assembly are
engaged with the slots in the p lungers. Push the end
DO NOT MIX COMPONENTS OF OIF­ of the wedge rod to be sure the wedge l ifts the
FERENT WEDGE ASSEMBLlES. THE plungers and the brake shoes. If the plungers and
WEOGE WILL NOT WORK COR­ shoes do not move, remove the wedge assembly and
RECTLy IF COMPONENTS ARE install it correctly.
MIXEO.
4. Instal l the power unit. Refer to POWER UNIT -
1. Slide the wedge into the rol ler cage so that the Installation in this Sub-Section .
angled faces of the wedge are visible.
BRAKE SHOES.
CAUTION
Removal.
DO NOT FORCE OPEN THE ROLLER
CAGE MORE THAN NEEOEO TO CAUTION
INSTALL THE ROLLERS. 00 NOT
FORCE THE ROLLERS THROUGH USE ONLY BRAKE LlNINGS CALLEO
THE SLOTS IN THE CAGE. 00 NOT OUT IN THE PARTS MANUAL. REUNE
FORCE THE WEDGE THROUGH THE BOTH BRAKES ON AN AXLE AT THE
ROLLERS. DAMAGE TO THE CAGE SAME TIME. USE OF WRONG MATE­
WILL OCCUR. RIAL OR ONLY REUNING ONE
2. Place a thin screwdriver between the wedge and the
BRAKE WILL CAUSE POOR BRAKE
roller cage and force the cage open just enough to
PERFORMANCE.
install the rol lers.
l. Raise the crane on outriggers. Place blocking under
outrigger boxes.
3. Install the wedge retainer on the rol ler cage with the
tabs toward the spring and away from the rol ler
cage. CAUTION
00 NOT USE A POWER WRENCH TO
spring is larger at one en � than the o!her, the large
4. Instal l the spring on the shaft of the wedge. If the
REMOVE THE PAWL ASSEMBLlES. A
end of the spring goes agamst the retamero POWER WRENCH CAN OAMAGE THE
SPRING OF THE PAWL.
DANGER 2. Retract the brake shoes s o that there is clearance
THE WEOGE RETURN SPRING IS between the l inings and the drum. Tum the star
wheel of the adjusting bolt assembly in the direction
UNDER PRESSURE. QUICK shown to move the linings away from the drum.
RELEASE OF THE SPRING PRES­
SURE CAN CAUSE INJURY.
T U R N STAR W H E E L IN T H I S
D I RECTION T O MOVE L l N I NGS
5. Install the spring washer. Compress and hold the AWAY FROM DRUM

spring and install the E-washer.

6. Apply grease (EPMPG) to the wedge assembly.

Installation.
1. Ensure the wedge assembly and the plungers are
TOP V I EW O F STAR W H E E L
lubricated.

2-7- 1 4 GROVE
RT700E
3. Remove the wheel, hub, and drum from the axle
end.
4. Remove the retum springs from the brake shoes.
5. Remove the brake shoes from the brake shoe anchor
pIn .
6. Inspect the brake shoe and l ining assemblies for bro­
ken l inings, broken welds, worn contact areas
between the brake shoe and the adj usting bolt,
cracks, contamination, and an out-of-alignment con­
dition. Replace damaged or contaminated shoe and
l ining assembl ies.
Installation.
NOTE
If installing linings with grooves, be
sure the grooves are clean of dirt,
dust, or other contamination. If neces­
sary, use a screwdriver or other tool
to clean the grooves.
1. Install the adjusting pawl assembly in the plunger
housing. Besure that the teeth of the pawI engage the
teeth of the actuator. Tighten the hollow capscrews
that hold the pawI assembly in the housing 20 to 34
Nm ( 1 5 to 25 ft-Ib).
2. Apply grease (EPMPG) to the following areas:
a. The tops of the plungers.
b . The inside o f the guide plates.
c. The base of the shoe where it contacts the
plungers and the guide plates.
3. Install the brake shoes on the brake shoe anchor pino
4. It is recommended that retum springs be replaced
when they are removed. If the springs are not to be
replaced, be sure that the coiIs, body, or ends of the
spring are not damaged. Compare the spring with a
new spring to be sure that the spring is not stretched
or damaged. Replace damaged springs.
5. Install the return springs on the brake shoes.
GROVE
B RA KE SYSTEM
6. Instal l the hubs, drums, and wheels.
PLUNGERS.
Removal and Disassembly.
1. Remove the hub, drum, wheel, and brake shoes.
Refer to BRAKE SHOE - Removal in this Sub-Sec­
tion.
2. Remove the Iock plates and p lunger guides.
3. Carefully pry the seals out of the plunger housing
and then remove the adjusting pawI assemblies,
plungers, actuators, and adjusting bolts from the
housing.
4. Disassemble the plunger assemblies.
5. Inspect parts as follows:
a. Inspect all ofthe parts on the plungers and hous­
ing before assembly. Inspect all parts for signs of
wear or damage. Replace any part that shows signs
of wear or damage.
b. Inspect the seaIs for cuts and wear. Replace any
damaged seaIs.
c. Inspect the threads in the plunger or actuator
and the adjusting bolt for wear and damage. The bolt
must move freely in and out of the plunger or actua­
toro Clean the threads or replace the parts, if neces­
sary.
d. Inspect the teeth of the pawI and the actuator.
Replace the parts that are wom or damaged.
e . Inspect the sIot in the plunger that touches the
wedge assembly. Ensure the area is free of nicks,
pits, scratches, or corrosion. If damaged, replace the
plunger.
f. Polish the bore of the plunger housing with cro­
cus cloth. If the bore has nicks, scratches, or corro­
sion, replace the plunger housing.
6. Clean all parts with clean hydraulic fluid.
2-7-1 5
B RA KE SYSTEM RT700E

Assembly. Installation.
CAUTION 1. Apply a thin layer of grease (EPMPG) to the fol low­
ing areas:
INSTALL THE SEALS ON THE a. Inside and outside of the plunger and on the
PLUNGERS FIRST, THEN INSTALL ramp of the plunger.
THE PLUNGERS IN THE PLUNGER
HOUSINGS. IF THE SEALS ARE b. Inside of the plunger housing.
INSTALLED IN THE HOUSING FIRST,
THEY WILL BE DAMAGED WHEN
INSTALLlNG THE PLUNGERS. c. The teeth of actuator.

d . The pawl and the bore for the pawl in the

plunger housing.

T
__
2. Put the plunger into the housing s o the slot i n the
plunger is al igned with the hole for the adjusting
A DJ USrl N G
B O Lr
pawl in the housing. Push the plunger to the bottom
of its bore.

� SEAL 3. Assemble the adjusting pawl, spring, gasket, cap­

screw, and automatic adjustment tag.

Plunger Assembly
1. Apply a thin coat of grease (EPMPG) to the fol low­
ing areas.
a. Inside surface of the seal.
b. Threads inside the actuator.
c. Threads on the adjusting bolt.
2. Carefully slide the seal over the threads o f the
adjusting bolt and into the groove in the bore.
Ensure the threads do not damage the seal.
3. Carefully put the bolt through the seal and turn the
bolt into the actuator. Do not let the threads of the
bolt damage the seal. Stop turning the bolts j ust
before the head of the bolt touches the seal. To pre­
vent damage to the seal, Do Not tighten the bolt
against the seal . Ensure the bolt turns freely in the
actuator.
CAUTION
THE PAWL MUST BE INSTALLED
CORRECTLY, SO THAT ITS TEETH
ENGAGE THE TEETH ON THE ACTU­
ATOR, OR THE AUTOMATIC
ADJUSTER WILL NOT WORK COR­
RECTLY. PAWLS WITH A 45 DEGREE
CHAMFER MUST BE INSTALLED
WITH THE CHAMFER TOWARD THE
HEAD OF THE ADJUSTING BOLT.
PAWLS WITH A BUILT IN KEY CAN
ONLY BE INSTALLED IN PLUNGER
HOUSINGS THAT HAVE HOLES WITH
MATCHING SLOTS FOR THE KEYS.
4. Install the pawl assembly and tighten the capscrew
by hand. Put a finger inside the p lunger to be sure
the pawl fits freely through the slot in the side of the
plunger. Ensure the plunger can freely move up and
down whi le the pawl extends through the slot.
Loosen the capscrew until the teeth of the pawl are
level with the inside diameter of the plunger and
there is room to instal l the actuator.
5. Install the actuator, bolt, and seal assembly into the
plunger. Push the assembly to the bottom of the
plunger.

2-7- 1 6 GROVE
RT700E B RAKE SYSTEM

S.A.E. 1 1 37 MAT E R I A L FOR DRIVER

P R ESS FIT 0.020 TAP E R ON S I DES

,A.r-,.-.,..-....� . 1'-T
25 R
...
�
___....--,,
.. ___

.1 25 R
t--'-':..;....;;.;;--t- H A R D E N T H I S AREA
6.000

Seal Driver Tool

6. Tighten the pawl capscrew to a torque of 20 to 34 ADJUSTING BRAKES.

Nm ( 1 5 to 25 ft-Ib). Bend the tabs of the identifica­
tion tag to lock the capscrew in place.
The brakes must be adjusted anytime any of the follow­
ing has occurred.
7. Locally manufacture a seal driver tool. Refer to fig­
ure titled Seal Driver Tool.
Rel ine the brakes.
8. Using the seal driver tool manufactured in step 7, Service a plunger assembly.
instal l the seal into the housing.
Retract the plungers to remove the drum, or for
any other reason.
PLU N G E R
S EAL The automatic adjusting system will adjust the brake
automatically after the clearance has been set the first
time.

CAUTION
THE AUTOMATIC ADJUSTMENT MAY
NOT ADJUST CORRECTLy ANO
STOP THE CRANE SAFI;Ly UNLESS
THE CORRECT CLEARANCE IS
FIRST SET. NEVER PUT THE CRANE
IN SERVICE UNLESS THE BRAKES
HAVE BEEN ADJUSTED.
Correctly I nstalled Seal
To correctly adj ust the brakes, the correct clearance must
9. Install other plungers as necessary. Instal l the brake be set between the l inings and the drum . Use to following
shoe, hub, drum, and wheel . Adjust the brakes. procedure to check and adjust this clearance.
Refer to ADJUSTING BRAKES in this Sub-Sec­
tion. 1. Raise the crane on outriggers and place blocking
under the frame.

2. Using a feeler gauge, check the clearance between

the center of the linings and the drum . The clearance

GROVE 2-7- 1 7
B RAKE SYSTEM RT700E

must be 0.5 to 1 .0 mm (0.020 to 0.040 in). Do Not
check the clearance at the ends of the l inings .
3. If necessary, remove the dust shields to adjust the
brakes.
6. Use a feeler gauge to check the clearance between
the center of the l ining and the drum. The clearance
must be 0.5 to 1 .0 mm (0.020 to 0 . 040 in). Continue
adjusting until the clearance is correct.

CAUTION
TURN STAR WH E E L IN THIS
D I R ECTION TO MOVE lINI NGS
AGAINST TH E D R U M
DO NOT DAMAGE THE SEALS WHEN
ADJUSTING THE BRAKES. IF A SEAL
BECOMES DAMAGED, REPLACE IT
WITH A NEW ONE.
NOTE
Adjust one brake shoe at a time.
4. Using an adjusting spoon or a screwdriver, turn the T O P V I EW OF STAR WH EEL

star wheel on the adjuster in the direction shown in

the figure titled Adj usting Brakes to move the l in­
ings against the drum. Turn the adjuster until a
heavy drag is felt on the drum when rotating the TURN STAR WHEEL I N THIS
D I R ECTION TO MOVE lINI NGS
wheel . AWAY FROM DRUM

NOTE
If the wheels cannot be raised from
the ground, or the wheel can not be
turned, turn the adjuster until linings
are against the drum. Do Not force the
adjuster after the linings touch the
drums. TOP VIEW OF STAR W H E E L

5. Turn the star wheel in the opposite direction as

shown in the figure titled Adj usting Brakes until a
very l ight drag is felt on the drum as the wheel is
being turned. Turning the star wheel in this direction
moves the l inings away from the drum. 7.
NOTE
If the wheels cannot be raised from 8.
the ground, or the wheel can not be
turned, turn the adjuster eight
notches in the opposite direction or
eight clicks of the detento 9,
Adjusti ng Brakes
After adjusting for the correct clearance, install the
pawl assembly. Tighten the capscrew to a torque of
20 to 34 Nm ( 1 5 to 25 ft-Ib). Ensure the teeth of the
pawl engage the teeth of the actuator.
Repeat the adjusting procedure for each brake shoe
on the brake.
Install the dust shield.

2-7- 1 8 GROVE
RT700E BRAKE SYSTEM

SERVICE BRAKES (LATER MODELS)

D E S C R I PTI O N

The brakes utilized on the later model axles are hydraul ic of each axle. The action of the brake pads riding against
d isc-type brakes. One brake assembly is used at the end the brake d iscs acts to slow the rotation of the wheels.

MAI NTENAN C E

NOTE 4. Remove the l inings from the cal iper housing. If nec­
essary, d iscard the l inings.
To perform maintenance on the brake Caliper.
caliper, remove the tire and wheel
assembly. Refer to Section 4 AXLES. -

1. Disconnect the hydraulic brake l ine from the inlet

REMOVAL. fitting on the caliper. Cap or plug all openings.

2. Remove the l inings a s described previously.

Linings.
3. Remove the bolts securing the caliper housing to the
1. Remove the bolts securing the end plates to one side mounting bracket. Remove the caliper housing from
of the caliper housing. Remove the end plates. the mounting bracket. If shims are used mark the
position of the sh ims.

2. Loosen the bleeder screws to release hydraulic pres­ DISASSEMBLY.

sure in the caliper.

Caliper.
1. Remove the inlet fitting and o-ring from the cyl inder
cap.
LOOSEN
BLE EDER 2. Drain and d iscard the brake fluid.
SCR EWS

3. Clean the outside of the housing with isopropyl

alcohol . Dry the housing with a clean cloth.

4. If installed, remove the bolts that secure the end

plates to the housing. Remove the end plates and l in­
ings.
PUSH WOO D
B LOCK AGA I N ST
/"!P''''''�R\lU 5. Remove the pistons from the side of the housing
LlN INGS TO PUSH
PISTO NS I NTO opposite the mounting plate according to the follow­
BORES ing procedure.

a. Use a C-clamp to hold a 1 2 .7 m m (0.5 in) block

of wood against two pistons on the mounting side of
3. Use a piece of wood against the linings as a pry bar the housing. Ensure the C-clamp is not in the area in
to push the pistons completely into the housing. front of the piston bore. Refer to the following fig­
Tighten the bleeder screws. ure .

GROVE 2-7-1 9
B RA K E SYSTEM RT700E

6. Remove the cyl inder caps from the housing using an

open end wrench. Remove and d iscard the o-rings.
Refer to the fol lowing figure.

DANGER
DO NOT PLACE HAND IN FRONT OF
PISTONS WHEN FORCING THEM
OUT. SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY
MAY OCCUR.
b. Apply compressed air to the inlet fitting to force 7. Remove the pistons from the mounting plate side of
the pistons out of the other housing. If one piston the housing. Push on the ends of the pistons to force
comes out before the other piston, put a piece of them out of the disc side of the housing. Refer to the
wood in front of the piston that comes out first.
Apply compressed air to force the other piston out following figure.
of the housmg. Refer to the following figure.

WOO D
BLOCK

/ C-C LAM P
-----
- ----�....:
- :....

AI R G U N WOO D
BLOCK P I STO N

c. Remove the wood block and the e-clamp from

the housing. 8. Remove the dust seals from the housing.

d. Remove the pistons from the bores that are 9. Remove and discard the o-ring and the backup rings.
opposite from the mounting plateo Refer to the fol lowing figure.

2-7-20 GRO\YE
RT700E B RAKE SYSTE M

M I N I M U M L l N I N G TH I C KN ES S
3 . 2 M M (0. 1 25 I N ) F ROM
BAC K I N G P LATE

1 0. Inspect the ring grooves in the housing for scratches

and rust. Remove smalI scratches and rust with
emery cloth. Replace the housing if there are large
scratches or large amounts of rust. Refer to
INSPECTION - Caliper Parts.

1 1 . Inspect the pistons and the bores for scratches and • Oil or Grease on Linings. Replace the linings.
rust. Remove smalI scratches and rust with emery
•
cloth. Replace the components if they are wom or if
Cracks on Linings. Replace l inings that have
there are large scratches or large amounts of rust.
large or deep cracks.
Refer to INSPECTION - Caliper Parts.

INSPECTION. NOTE
Small, tight cracks on the surface of
Periodic On-Vehicle. the lining are normal when the caliper
is used under high temperature con­
Inspect the caliper, linings, and disc for any damage.
ditions.
Shoes, Linings, and End Plates. Caliper for Leaks.
Inspect the following areas for fluid leaks. Refer to the
Remove the shoes and linings. To help prevent abnormal following figure.
lining wear, replace wom, bent, or cracked end plates and

-;;;'
distorted backing plates. Inspect end plate bolts for wear.
Replace the bolts if worn. Inspect the l in ings for:

...
B LEEDER SCREW
• ,-___-�--....,.__.
.. _ FLU I D LEAKS
Lining Wear. Replace the l inings when the
thickness of the l ining is less than 3 .2 mm (0. l 25
in) from the back plate o Refer to folIowing fig­
I N LET CYL l N D E R
ure. �
, F ITTI N

�W&1�
CAP
/ FLU I D
•
FLU I D
Lining Wear Not Even. Replace the l inings if \ LEAKS LEAKS
the thickness of the two l inings is significantIy

v�
different. Check the pistons for correct operation.
Replace the piston and/or housing if a piston is
cocked in the bore. Check that the disc surface is P I STON FLU I D
flat and parallel to the l inings. Refer to the fol­ LEAKS
lowing figure.

GROVE 2-7-2 1
B RAKE SYSTEM RT700E

Pistons. If fluidleaks at a piston, disassemble the Caliper Parts.

caliper. Inspect the piston, the bore, the o-rings,
and back-up rings. Service as necessary.
1.
•
Cylinder Cap. If fluid leaks at a cylinder cap,
tighten the cylinder cap, the inlet fitting, and the
plug. If the leak continues, disassemble the cali­
pero Inspect the cylinder cap threads, the housing
threads, and the o-ringo Service as necessary.
Inspect the pistons, housing bores, and o-ring
grooves for scratches or corros ion. Remove small
scratches or corrosion with fi ne emery cloth.
Replace the components if they are wom beyond
wear limits or if there are large scratches or large
amount of corrosion .

Bleeder Screw. If fluid leaks at the bleeder

2. Measure the diameter o f the piston. Replace the pis­
screw, tighten the bleeder screw. If the leak con­
ton if the outer diameter is wom less than 76.073
tinued, replace the bleeder screw.
mm (2.995 in). Refer to the fol lowing figure.
lolet Fitting. If fluid leaks at the inlet fitting,
tighten the fitting. If the leak continues, replace
the o-ringo

Dust Seals.
Ensure the dust seals are soft and flexible. Disassemble
the caliper and replace dust seals that are hard or dam­
aged.

Disc.
R E P LACE P I STON IF OUTER
If the disc is worn beyond the wear l imits, replace the DIA M ETER I S WO R N TO LESS THAN
disco Refer to the following figure. 76 .073 MM (2 .995 I N)

V
M I NIMUM DISC 3. Measure the diameter of the housing bore. Replace
TH I CKNESS the housing if the diameter is worn to more than
76 .276 mm (3 .003 in). Refer to the following figure.

!.-/ MAXIMUM D I S C

I
WEAR EAC H S I D E

- O R I G I NAL
//1411__ D I S C TH ICKN ESS REPLACE HOUS I N G I F BORE
1 5. 875 M M (0.625 I N) I S WOR N TO MORE THAN
76.276 MM (3 .003 I N)
TYP I CAL SECTION THROUGH D I SC SHOWI NG
RECOM M E N D E D MAX I M U M WEAR LlMITS

Lining Backing Maximum Disc Minimum Disc

Plate Thickness Wear Each Side Thickness

7. 1 mm (0.28 in) 1 . 5 mm (0.06 in) 1 2. 7 mm (0.50 in)

8.6 mm (0.34 in) 2.3 mm (0.09 in) 1 1 .2 mm (0.44 in)

4. Inspect the lin ings as described previously.

2-7-22 GROVE
RT700E BRAKE SYSTE M

5. Inspec� the threads of the caliper, cyl inder caps, and CORROSION PROTECTION.
all fittmgs. Replace any component that has thread
damage that cannot be repaired.
Apply brake system fluid to the cleaned and dried parts
that are not damaged and are to be immediately assem­
6. Discard all back-up rings, o-rings, and dust seals.
bled. Do Not apply fluid to the brake l inings or the disco
Use new ones when assembling the caliper.

CLEANING. If parts are t? be stored, apply a special material that pre­

vents corrOSlOn to all surfaces. Do Not apply the material
t� the brake l in ings or th � disco Store the parts inside spe­
DANGER clal paper or other matenal that prevents corrosion.

USE OF CLEANING SOLVENTS, HOT ASSEMBLY.

SOLUTION TANKS, OR ALKALlNE
SOLUTIONS INCORRECTLY, CAN Caliper.
CAUSE SERIOUS PERSONAL
INJURY. TO PREVENT SERIOUS PER­
SONAL INJURY, FOLLOW THE CAUTION
INSTRUCTIONS SUPPLlED BY THE
MANUFACTURER OF THESE PROD­ USE ONLY SPECIFIED COMPONENTS
UCTS. DO NOT USE GASOLlNE TO WHEN ASSEMBLlNG THE CALI­
CLEAN PARTS. GASOLlNE CAN PERS. DO NOT MIX COMPONENTS
EXPLODE ANO CAUSE SERIOUS FROM OTHER CALlPERS. INSTALL­
PERSONAL INJURY. ING THE WRONG COMPONENTS
CAUTION MAY CAUSE THE CALlPER NOT TO
OPERATE CORRECTLY ANO MAY
USE ONLY SOLVENT CLEANERS TO CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
CLEAN GROUND OR POLlSHED USE OF NON MANUFACTURER'S
METAL PARTS. HOT SOLUTION PARTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE, LOSS
TANKS OR WATER ANO ALKALlNE OF BRAKING, ANO SERIOUS PER­
SOLUTIONS WILL DAMAGE THESE SONAL INJURY.
PARTS. ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL, KER­ NOTE
OSENE, OR DIESEL FU EL CAN BE
USED FOR THIS PURPOSE.
The o-rings, back-up rings, pistons,
Use solvent cleaners to clean all metal parts that and bores must be lubricated before
have ground or pol ished surfaces. Examples of installing the pistons.
ground or polished parts are the piston and the
piston bore in the caliper.
l. �ubrica!e al.l . pistons, bores, o.- �ings, and back-up
Metal parts with rough surfaces can be cleaned rmgs wlth slhcone grease. If slhcone grease is not
with solvent cleaners or with alkaline solutions. available, use the same type of fluid that is used i n
the brake system .
Use a wire brush to clean the threads of fasteners
and fittings. 2. I nstall new o-ring and a new back-up ring in the
groove in the middle of the bore. The o-ring is
Use soap and water to clean parts that are not installed toward the outboard end of the bore. The
made of metal . back-up ring is installed toward the lining side of the
bore. Refer to the following figure.
Scrape away build-ups of mud and dirt on the
linings. Replace all linings contaminated with oil
or grease.
CAUTION
Immediately after cleaning, dry all parts with DO NOT USE SILlCONE GREASE ON
clean paper or rags. THE DUST SEAL.
GROVE 2-7-23
BRA K E SYSTEM RT700E

3. Install a new dust seal i n the top groove of the bore. 5. Instal l a new o-ring i n the groove o f the cyl inder
Refer to the fol lowing figure. cap. Ensure the o-ring is not cut by the threads on
the cyl inder cap.

NOTE
BACK-UPRlNG -- sfu
O-R I N G -- I N L
Apply extra grease on o-ring before
installing cylinder caps. this will keep
I N STALL TOWARD TOWARD OUTBOARD
L1 N I N G S I DE OF BORE E N D O F BORE o-ring from catching on threads as
cylinder cap is threaded into housing.
6. Instal l the cylinder caps in the caliper housing.
Tighten the cylinder caps to 1 00 Nm (75 ft-Ib) m in i­
mum as shown in the following figure.

BAC K-U P R I NG DUST SEAL

AN D O-R I N G G ROOVE
D U ST SEAL GROOVE 1 .25 1 N C H
CYL l N DER C A P - ­

T I G HTEN TO 1 00 N m C ROWS
( 7 5 FT-LB) M I N I M U M FOOT
WRENCH
4. Install the pistons in the housing. Push the pistons in
from the lining side of the housing. Ensure the pis­
tons are straight in the bores. Push each piston into
the bore until the top of the piston is even with the
top of the dust seal. Refer to the following figure.

7. Instal l the bleeder screws in the housing. Tighten to

1 1 .3 to 1 3 .6 Nm ( 1 00 to 1 20 in-lb).

8. Instal l the o-ring and the inlet fitting in the cylinder

cap.
JII-----r- I STON - - USE
EQ UAL PRESSURE
INSTALLATION.
TO PUSH P I STON
I NTO BORE Linings.
CAUTION
ALWAYS REPLACE BOTH LlNINGS.
IF ONLY ONE LlNING IS REPLACED,
POSSIBLE DISC DAMAGE CAN
OCCUR.
WH EN CORRECTLy 1. Install the linings in the caliper housing.
I N STALLED THE E N D O
THE P I STON IS EVEN WITH
2. Position the end plates on the housing and secure
THE TOP OF THE DUST SEAL
with boIts. Apply Loctite 27 1 or equivalent to the

2-7-24 GROVE
RT700E B RA KE SYSTE M

bolt threads. Tighten the bolts to 224 to 285 Nm b . The shims must b e steel, ground flat, and paral­
( 1 65 to 2 1 0 ft-lb). lel and must cover the entire mounting surface ofthe
hub or housing. The linings must move freely i n the
3. Ensure the linings move freely i n the housing. housing and between the end plates. Refer to the fol­
lowing figure.
4. B leed the brake system.

5. Apply and release the brakes three times to ensure

the caliper operates correctIy. Check for fluid leaks.
Ensure the linings move freely.

Caliper.
1. Position the caliper housing on the mounting
bracket. If shims where used, place them as marker
during removal.

2. Secure the caliper housing with the bolts and tighten D I S C C ENTERED
them to 678 to 8 1 3 Nm (5 00 to 600 ft-lb). B ETWEEN L l N I NGS

3. � nstall the linings. Refer INSTALLATION - Lin­

mgs.

4. Ensure the housing i s installed correctly o n the

mounting bracket. The disc must be within ± 1 .5 5. Connect the hydraulic brake line to the inlet fitting.
mm (± 0.06 in) of being centered between the lining
end plates. 6. Bleed the brake system .

a. To increase outboard clearance and decrease

inboard clearance, install a shim either between the 7. Apply and release the brakes three times to ensure
housing and mounting bracket or between the hub the caliper operates correctIy. Check for fluid leaks.
and disco Ensure the linings move freely.

GROVE 2-7-25
B RAKE SYSTEM RT700E

PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR

D E S C R I PT I O N

The spring-applied, hydraulically-released parking brake on the crane model there will be either one or two park­
actuator is located on the front axle or transmission and is ing brakes per crane.
used to apply and release the parking brake. Depending

MAI NTE NAN C E

REMOVAL. ( 1 8.6 bar) (270 psi) may be used to pressurize the

1. Chock the wheels to prevent crane movement.
2. Start the engine, ensure the transmission is in neu­
tral, and position the PARK BRAKE switch to OFF.
This will pressurize the brake actuator to release the
tension on the brake linkage. Engine must remain
running. Air pressure of 1 862 kPa ( 1 8.6 bar) (270
psi) may be used to pressurize the actuator.
3. Remove the capscrews holding actuator to the brake
caliper, and slide the actuator off the actuator rod.
4. Position the PARK BRAKE switch to ON and shut
down the engine.
5.
Disconnect the hydraulic l ine from the brake actua­
tor, then cap or plug all openings.
INSTALLATION.
1. Connect the hydraulic line to the brake actuator.
actuator.
3. S l ide the actuator over the actuator rod and install
the capscrews to atlach the actuator to the caliper.
4. Position the PARK BRAKE switch to ON and shut
down the engine.
ADJUSTMENT.
1. Chock the wheels to prevent crane movement.
2. Start the engine, ensure the transmission i s in neu­
tral, and position the PARK BRAKE switch to OFF.
This will pressurize the brake actuator to release the
tension on the brake linkage. Air pressure of 1 862
kPa ( 1 8.6 bar) (270 psi) may be used to pressurize
the actuator. Screw the caging nut up under the actu­
ator cham ber.
3. Install the rod ball joint until the ball joint will just
connect to the brake l inkage with the brake lever in
a horizontal position.

2. Start the engine, ensure the transmission is in neu­ 4. Lock the rod ball j oint with the jam nut and back off
tral, and position the PARK BRAKE switch to OFF. the caging nut.
This will pressurize brake the brake actuator to
release the tension on the brake linkage. Engine 5. Position the PARK BRAKE switch to ON and shut
must remain running. Air pressure of 1 862 kPa down the engine.

2-7-26 GROVE
RT700E B RAKE SYSTEM

PARKING BRAKE

D E SC R I PT I O N

The parking brake is mounted on the front axle input transmission. The brake is a disc-type brake that is con­
shaft, or transm ission output (depending on crane model) trolled by a switch on the front console in the cab and is
in line between the front axle and the driveline from the spring-applied and hydraulically released by an actuator.

MAI NTE NAN C E

REMOVAL. Mounting
Bracket Sleeve
\
�-
\ ---- Assembly
1. Chock the wheels to prevent crane movement. Brake

2. Start the engine, ensure the transmission is in neu­

tral, and position the PARK BRAKE switch to OFF.
This will pressurize the brake actuator to release the
tension on the brake linkage. Air pressure of 1 862

r\
kPa ( 1 8.6 bar) (270 psi) may be used to pressurize
the actuator. Screw the caging nut up under the actu­
ator chamber.
- \� \
Jam Nut
3. Position the PARK BRAKE switch to ON and shut
down the engine.
Jam Nut I nsta llation
4. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hose from the
actuator. Cap or plug all openings.
3. Torque the jam nuts to 1 3 6 to 1 63 N-m ( 1 00 to 1 20
foot-pounds) against the mounting bracket.
5. Unthread the two mounting bolts securing the brake
assembly to the mounting bracket, then carefully
remove the brake assembly from the mounting 4. Connect the hydraulic hose to the actuator.
bracket and the brake disco
5. Start the engine, ensure the transmission i s in neu­
INSTALLATION. tral, and position the PARK BRAKE switch to OFF.
This will pressurize the brake actuator to release the
spring tension . Air pressure of 1 862 kPa ( 1 8.6 bar)
1. Position the brake over the disc and align mounting (270 psi) may be used to pressurize the actuator.
bracket holes. U nscrew the caging nut from under the actuator
chamber.
2. Thread the mounting bolts into the mounting
bracket until the caliper is centered over the brake 6. Position the PARK BRAKE switch to ON and shut
disco down the engine.

GROVE 2-7-27
B RAKE SYSTEM RT700E

PARK BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE

D E SC R I PT I O N

The park brake solenoid valve is located on the front side
of the carrier aft center frame cross member. The valve is
a three-way two position solenoid valve. The park brake
valve is used to control the application of the crane's
spring-applied, hydraulically-released parking brake.
can drain from the actu ato r. The parking brake actuator's
rod retracts, forcing hydraulic oil through the valve and
the case drain manifold back to the transmission reser­
voir. As the actuator retracts, it applies the parking brake.

Positioning the PARK BRAKE switch to OFF sh ifts the
three-way, two-position solenoid valve so hydraulic oil
can flow to the parking brake actuator, extending it.
When the actuator extends, it releases the park brake.
Positioning the PARK BRAKE switch to ON shifts the
three-way, two-position solenoid valve so hydraulic oil
A pressure switch is instal led in the l ine to the actuator.
When the park brake is appl ied, a lack of hydraul ic oil
pressure keeps the pressure switch closed, which tums on
the red LED indicator on the switch .When the park brake
is released, pressure buildup opens the switch, which
turns off the indicator.

MA I NTENAN C E

REMOVAL. 2. Connect the electrical connector to the valve as

tagged during removal.
l. Tag and disconnect the electrical connector from the
valve. 3. Apply and release the park brake several times. Ver­
ify the park brake holds the crane when applied.
Verify the park brake doesn 't drag when released.
2. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic l ines atlached to
the valve. Cap or plug l ines and ports. Remove the
valve. 4. Check for leaks. Make repairs as needed.

INSTALLATION.
1. Position the valve and connect the hydraulic lines to
the valve as tagged during removal .

Port (2) Port (3)

'�� : ¡
1
I
�
Port (1
Park Brake Solenoid Valve

2-7-28 GROVE
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTE M

S ECTI O N 8
HYDRA U LI C SYSTE M
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-9
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-12
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-12
Hydraulic Oil Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-12
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Draining and Flushing . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. .. . . . . .2-8-12

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removing Air From the Hydraulic System . . . . . . 2-8-13

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parts Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-14

Directional Control Valves . . . . . . . ..
. . . . . . . . 2-8-14
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . .. . . . 2-8-14
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Valve Leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-14

Binding Spools . . .. . . . . . . ..
. . . . .. . . . .. . .
. . . . .2-8-14
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SUPPLY PRESSURE AND RETURN CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-15
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic Reservoir and Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-15

Pump Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-15
No. 1 Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-15
No. 2 Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-16
NO. 3 Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-16
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-17
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-17
Return Hydraulic Filter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-18
Element Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-18
Element Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-18
OIL COOLER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-20
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-20
HYDRAULIC PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-21
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-21
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-21
No. 1 Pump Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-21
No. 1 Pump Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-21
No. 2 Pump Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-22
NO. 2 Pump Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-22
No. 3 Pump Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-22
No. 3 Pump Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-23
Testing After Rebuild or Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-23
VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8-25
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-25
GROVE 2-8-1
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTI N U ED)

Page
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-28
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-28
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-28
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Swing/Steer Valve Bank Removal . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-28

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Swing/Steer Valve Bank Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-28

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

HoistlLiftlTelescope Valve Bank Removal . . . . . . . 2-8-28

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

HoistlLiftlTelescope Valve Bank Installation . . . . . . 2-8-28

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Functional Check (80th Valve Banks) . . .

. . . . . . . . 2-8-28
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

HYDRAULlC REMOTE CONTROL VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-30

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-30
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dual Axis Controllers (CE Units) . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-30
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance .. . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . ..
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . 2-8-30
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Armrest Control Valve Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-30

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Armrest Control Valve Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-30

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Armrest Control Valve Functional Check . . . . . . . . 2-8-30

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Telescope Pedal Control Valve Removal (With Auxiliary Hoist Option) . 2-8-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Telescope Pedal Control Valve Installation (With Auxiliary Hoist Option) . 2-8-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Telescope Pedal Control Valve Functional Check (With Auxiliary Hoist Option) 2-8-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OUTRIGGER/REAR STEER VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-33

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . 2-8-33
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-33
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
. . . . . . 2-8-33
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-33

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Functional Check . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-33

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OUTRIGGER CONTROL MANIFOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-35

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .. . . . . . . . .
. . . . 2-8-35
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . .. .. . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-35
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-35
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inspection . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-35
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . ..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-35
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Functional Check . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-35

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PILOT OPERATED CHECK VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-36

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . ..
. . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . 2-8-36
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-36
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-36
.

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-36
HOLDING VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-37
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-37
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-37
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-37
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-37
2-8-2 GROVE
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTI N U E D)

Page
SWING POWER BRAKE VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-38
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-38
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-38
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-38
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-38
Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-38
TANDEM BRAKE VALVE W/TREADLE PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-39
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-39
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-39
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-39
.

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-39
DUAL ACCUMULATOR CHARGE VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-40
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-40
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-40
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-40
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-40
HYDRAULlC ACCUMULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-41
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-41
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-41
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-41
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-41
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-41
SWING BRAKE AND ARMREST LOCKOUT VALVE MANIFOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-42
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-42
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-42
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-42
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-42
Function Check - Swing Brake Release Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-42
Function Check - Crane Function Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-42
Inlet Filter Screen Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-43
AXLE OSCILLATION LOCKOUT VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-44
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-44
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-44
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-44
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-44
GROVE 2-8-3
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

TABLE O F CONTEN TS (CONTI N U ED)

Page
HIGH SPEED 800ST SELECTOR VALVE . . .. . . ... . . . . . 2-8-46
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . .. .. . . . . . ... .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-46
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . 2-8-46
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-46
.

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-46
SERVICE 8RAKE AND A/C PRIORITY FLOW CONTROL VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-47
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-47
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-47
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-47
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-47
Oil Cooler Fan Motor Priority Flow Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-48
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-48
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-48
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-48
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-48
CROSS AXLE DIFFERENTIA L LOCK VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-49
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-49
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-49
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-49
.

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-49
CYLINDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-50
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-50
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-50
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-50
Leakage Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-50
.

Temperature Effects on Hydraulic Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-51

LIFT CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-52
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-52
Maintenance . . .... .
. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-52
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-52
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-53
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-54
LOWER TELESCOPE CYLlNDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-56
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-56
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-56
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-56
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-56
Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-56
.

UPPER TELESCOPE CYLlNDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-60

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-60
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-60
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-61
.

Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-61

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-61
2 - 8-4 GROYE
RT700E HYDRAU LIC SYSTEM

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTI N U ED)

Page
AXLE OSCILLATION LOCKOUT CYLlNDER . . . . . .. 2-8-63
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . ... . . . ... . . . 2-8-63

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-63
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . .. . 2-8-63

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inspection . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 2-8-63
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-64
.

STEER CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-66

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-66
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-66
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-66
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-66
Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-67
.

OUTRIGGER EXTENSION CYLlNDER . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-69
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-69
Maintenance . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-69
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-69
.

Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-69
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Assembly . . .. . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 2-8-70
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OUTRIGGER STABILlZER CYLlNDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-72

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-72
Maintenance . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-72
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Disassembly . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-72
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inspection .. .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-73
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-74
PARK BRAKE CYLINDER . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-76
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 2-8-76
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIST OF F I G U RES

Title Page
A.N.S.I. Graphical Symbols . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-10
. . . . .

Hydraulic Reservoir . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-16
. . . . .

Hydraulic Return Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-19

. . . . .

Hydraulic/Transmission Cooler . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-20

. . . . .

Hydraulic Pumps . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-24
. . . . .

Valve Locations . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-8-27
. . . . .

Directional Control Valves . . . . . .

. . .
. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-29
. . . . .

Hydraulic Remote Control Valve Ports (Dual Axis Controllers) (CE Units) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-31
. . . . .

Hydraulic Remote Control Valve Ports .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-32

. . . . .

Outrigger/Rear Steer Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-34

. . . . .

Outrigger Control Manifold . .. . . . .. . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-35
. . . . .

Pilot Operated Check Valve . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-8-36
. . . .

Holding Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-37

. . . . .

Swing Power Brake Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-38

. . . . .

Tandem Brake Valve W/Treadle . . . . .. . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-39
. . . . .

Dual Accumulator Charge Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-40

. . . . .

Hydraulic Accumulator . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-41

. . . . .

GROVE 2-8-5
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

LIST OF F I G U RES (CONTI N U ED)

Swing Brake and Armrest Lockout Valve Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-43

Axle Oscillation Lockout Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-45
High Speed Boost Selector Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-46
Service Brake and A/C Priority Flow Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-47
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Motor Priority Flow Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-48
Cross Axle Differential Lock Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-49
Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-53
Lower Telescope Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-57
Upper Telescope Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-60
Axle Oscillation Lockout Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-64
Steer Cylinder . . .. .. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-67
Outrigger Extension Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-70
Outrigger Stabilizer Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-73
LIST OF TABLES

Title Page
Valve Usage Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-25
.

Wear Ring Gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . 2-8-50
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Boom Drift Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-51

.

DAN G E R NOTE S U M MA RY

OANGER
2-8-13
LOCATE THE MACHINE ON A FIRM
SUPPORTING SURFACE ANO POSITION THE
BOOM OVER THE FRONT ON OUTRIGGERS
WHEN EXTENDING THE BOOM AT LOW
ANGLES.
DANGER
2-8-14
EXTREME CARE MUST BE USED WHEN
REMOVING ANY PLUGS OR RESTRICTIONS
FROM A HYDRAUUC SYSTEM SUSPECTED
TO HAVE ENTRAPPED AIR THAT MAY BE
PRESSURIZ ED.
DANGER
2-8-14
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO LOOSEN FITTINGS IN
PRESSURIZ ED UNES OR WHILE THE
HYORAUUC PUMPS ARE IN OPERATION.
2-8-6 GROYlE
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM

DANGER NOTE S U MMARY (CONTI N U E D)

DANGER
2-8-18
ENSURE THAT ALL HYDRAULlC SYSTEMS
ARE SHUT DOWN AND THE PRESSURE IS
RELlEVED.
DANGER
2-8-38
ENGAGE THE SWING LOCK BEFORE
INSTALLlNG THE SWING BRAKE VALVE.
DANGER
2-8-38
ENGAGE THE SWING LOCK BEFORE
ADJUSTING THE SWING BRAKE VALVE.
DANGER
2-8-50
ENSURE PRESSURE IS APPLlED TO THE
PISTON SIDE OF THE CYLlNDER ONLy AND
THE RETRACT HOSE IS CAPPED.
DANGER
2-8-50
ENSURE PRESSURE IS APPLlED TO THE
RETRACT (ROD) SIDE OF THE CYLlNDER
ONLy AND THAT THE EXTEND HOSE IS
CAPPED.
DANGER
2-8-52
DO NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO REMOVE
THE ROD. USE ONLY A CONTROLLED
SOURCE OF HYDRAULlC OIL PRESSURE IF
THE ROO IS HARD TO MOVE.
DANGER
2-8-56
DO NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO REMOVE
THE CYLlNDER ROD. USE ONLY CON­
TROLLED HYDRAULlC PRESSURE.
DANGER
2-8-59
DO NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO CYCLE THE
CYLlNDER. USE ONLY CONTROLLED
HYDRAULlC PRESSURE.

GROVE 2-8-7
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

DAN G ER N OTE S U MMARY (CONTI N U ED)

OANGER
2-8-61
00 NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO REMOVE
THE CYLlNOER ROO. USE ONLY CON­
TROLLEO HYORAULlC PRESSURE.
OANGER
2-8-62
00 NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO CYCLE THE
CYLlNOER ROO. USE ONLY CONTROLLEO
HYORAULlC PRESSURE.
OANGER
2-8-63
00 NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO REMOVE
THE ROO. USE ONLY A SOURCE OF CON­
TROLLEO HYORAULlC OIL PRESSURE IF
THE ROO IS HARO TO MOVE.
OANGER
2-8-66
00 NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO REMOVE
THE ROO. USE ONLY A SOURCE OF CON­
TROLLEO HYORAULlC OIL PRESSURE IF
THE ROO IS HARO TO MOVE.
OANGER
2-8-69
00 NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO REMOVE
THE ROO. USE ONLY A SOURCE OF CON­
TROLLEO HYORAULlC OIL PRESSURE IF
THE ROO IS HARO TO MOVE.
OANGER
2-8-72
00 NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO REMOVE
THE ROO. USE ONLY A SOURCE CON­
TROLLEO HYORAULlC OIL PRESSURE IF
THE ROO IS HARO TO MOVE.

2-8-8 GROVlE
RT700E
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
DESC R I PT I O N
This section describes the hydraulic system, the compo­
nents which make up the hydraulic system, and the com­
ponents dependent upon the hydraulic system for their
operation. This includes descriptions of the supply pres­
sure and retum hydraulic circuit, hydraulic pumps, all
hydraulic valves, and all hydraulic cylinders. Detailed
GROVE
HYDRA U LIC SYSTE M
descriptions and operation of individual hydraulic cir­
cuits are discussed within their individual sections as
appl icable. A complete hydraulic system schematic
showing all options is at the back of this manual and a
figure titled A.N . S.l. Graphical Symbols provi des
hydraulic symbol information for this section.
2-8-9
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700 E

11
LINES A N O LI N E F U NCTIONS CYU N D E R-S I N G LE
ACTI N G
U N E , WO R K I N G

... ,... - - - 1I I
CYU N D E R -DOU BLE
U N E , P I LOT - ACT I N G

fE-
D I F F E R E NT IAL
U N E , DRAI N ... _ .... � - - - -

NON-D I F F E RE NTIAL
CON N ECTO R •

�
VA LVES
U N E , FLEXI BLE
--<>-
•
CHECK
U N E , J O I N I NG

-4-
�
U N E S , PAS S I N G ON-OFF (MANUAL
SH UT-OF F)
�

41
D I R ECTION O F F LOW
...

�
U N E TO R E S E RVO I R P R ESSU R E R E U E F
ABOVE FLU I D LEVE L

LL
J!1b
B E LOW FLU I D LEVE L P RE S S U R E
R E D UC I N G

i *
U N E TO VENTE D FLOW CONTROL
MAN I FOLD ADJ U STABLE
NON-COM P E NSAT E D

�
F LOW CONTROL

�
PLUG O R P LUG G E D
CONNECTION )( ADJ USTABLE
TE M P E RAT U R E
RESTRICTION , F IX E D "--..-/ N D P R ESS U RE
COM P E N SATE D)
�
REST R I CT I O N ,
VAR IABLE *
TWO POSITION
TWO CONN ECTION
QIJ
m
P U M PS

o
TWO POSITION
S I N G LE , F IX E D TH R E E CON N E CTION

rtIIX1
D I S P LAC E M ENT

�
TWO POSITION
S I N G LE , VAR IABLE

IHI: :IXI
FO U R CONN ECTION
D I S P LAC E M E NT
TH R E E POSITION

o
ACTUATO RS

IHIt HZI
FO U R CONN ECTION
MOTO R , F IX E D
D I S P LAC E M E NT
TWO POSITION

o
REVE RSI BLE
I N T RAN S ITION
MOTO R , FIXED
DIS PLAC E M E NT VALVES CAPABLE

D
NON-R EVE RSI BLE OF I N F I N ITE

�
POSITION I N G
MOTO R , VA R IABLE (HOR IZO NTAL BARS
D I S P LACE M E NT, I N D I CATE I N F I N ITE
REVE RS I BLE
POS ITI O N I N G ABI UTY
1951-1

A. N . S . 1 . Graph ical Symbols (Page 1 of 2)

2-8-1 0 GRO"E
RT700E HYDRA U L IC SYSTEM

METHOD OF OPERATION MISCELLANEOUS

SPRI NG VV\ ROTATI N G SHAFT

+-
MAN UA L
c:[ E N C LOSU R E
r- - ---,
I
L- _ ---1
I

CJ::::C
I I
PUSH SUTTON R ESE RVOI R

VENTEO

P USH - P U LL LEVER
lL PRESS U RIZE D
I I
P EDAL OR TREADLE
l:L P RESS U RE GAU G E
®
MECHA N I CA L
O=C ELECTRIC MOTOR
®
DETE N T
� ACC U M U LA TOR,
SPRI N G LOAD E D

�
u=( e
PR ESSU RE AC C U MU LA TOR,
COM P E NSATED GAS CHARGED

SOL E NOI D , S I N G LE
WIN D I N G cz:t=Jn H EATE R
*
REVE RSI NG MOTOR
(f3)-f-[ COOLER

$
- -L *
P I LOT PR ESSURE
REMOTE S U P P Ly T E M P E RATURE
CONTROLLE R

I N TE RNAL S U P P Ly
IT FI LTER, STRA I N E R
+
A. N . S . I . Graphical Symbols ( Page 2 of 2)

GROVE 2-8-1 1
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM
MAI NTENAN C E
HYDRAUUC OIL RECOMMENDATIONS.
For the hydraulic oil specifications, refer to Section 1 6
LUBRICATION.
DRAINING AND FLUSHING.
If a component has been changed because of a failure that
might allow metal or abrasive particles to enter the sys­
tem, all systems must be thoroughly checked, drained,
and flushed.
1. Remove the reservoir drain plug. Allow about three
m inutes after hydraulic oil stops tlowing from the
drain port for the side walls to drain .
2. Clean and install the reservoir plug and fi l l the re ser­
voir with a 50/5 0 mixture of fuel oil and clean
hydraulic oil.
3. Cycle the crane through all functions several times.
Then return the crane to its stowed position and turn
the front and rear wheels to the extreme left. Shut
down the engine.
4. Remove the reservoir drain plug and drain the reser­
voir. Clean and instal l the drain plug and fill the res­
ervoir with clean hydraulic oil.
CAUTION
HYDRAUUC OIL SUPPLY UNES
MUST BE CONNECTED TO THE CYL­
INDERS WHEN FLUSHING THE SYS­
TEM.
NOTE
Draining the various components will
be aided by connecting a drain line in
place of the disconnected return line.
5. Disconnect the retum line from the lift cylinder and
raise the boom to maximum elevation.
6. Connect the cylinder retum line and lower the boom
to its stowed position. Replenish the reservoir
hydraulic oil level as required.
7. Disconnect the retum line from an outrigger exten­
sion cylinder and fully extend the outrigger.
2-8-1 2
RT700E
8. Connect the outrigger return line and retract the out­
rigger. Replen ish the reservoir hydraulic oil level as
necessary.
-
9. Repeat Steps 7 and 8 for the remaining outriggers.
CAUTION
WHEN DRAINING THE OUTRIGGER
CYLlNDERS, A LWAYS OPERATE
EITHER 80TH FRONT OR 80TH
REAR CYLlNDERS TOGETHER TO
PREVENT TWISTING THE CRANE.
1 0 . Disconnect the return lines from a pair of outrigger
stabilizer cylinders and activate the cyl inders to
their maximum down positions.
1 1 . Connect the return lines and raise the outrigger sta­
bilizer cyl inders to the stowed position. Replenish
the reservoir hydraulic oil level as necessary.
1 2 . Repeat Steps 1 0 and 1 1 for the remain ing two out­
rigger cylinders.
1 3 . Disconnect the retum line from the telescope cylin­
der and fully extend the boom.
1 4. Connect the retum line and retract the boom.
Replenish the reservoir hydraulic oil level as neces­
sary.
1 5 . Disconnect the return lines from both front steer cyl­
inders and turn the front wheels to the extreme right.
1 6 . Connect the return lines and tum the front wheels to
the extreme left and then back to center. Replenish
the reservoir hydraulic oil level as necessary.
1 7. Repeat Steps 1 5 and 1 6 for the rear steering cy lin­
ders.
1 8 . Raise the crane on outriggers.
1 9. Disconnect the line from port A of the axle lockout
valve.
20. Using a jack under the rear wheel on one side of the
crane, jack up the wheel to maximum travel.
GROVE
RT700E
2 1 . Connect the line to port A of the axle lockout valve
and disconnect the l ine from Port B .
2 2 . Repeat step 1 9 using the other rear wheel.
23 . Connect the line to port B of the axle lockout valve.
Energize the axle lockout valve. Replenish the reser­
voir hydraulic oil level as necessary.
24. D isconnect the return line from the main hoist motor
and fully hoist up the hoist.
2 5 . Connect the return l ine to the main hoist motor and
fully hoist down the hoist, then hoist up again.
Replenish the reservo ir hydraulic oil level as neces­
sary.
2 6 . Repeat Steps 24 and 25 for the auxiliary hoist as
necessary.
27. Disconnect one of the lines from the swing motor
and drive the motor in the direction it wil l go.
2 8 . Connect the line to the swing motor, then drive the
swing motor in the opposite direction until the boom
is centered and forward. Replenish the reservoir
hydraulic oil level as necessary.
CAUTION
WHEN HYDRAULlC OILS ARE
CHANGED OR ADDED, ENSURE
THAT HYDRAULlC OILS OF DIFFER­
ENT MANUFACTURERS ARE OF THE
SAME SPECIFICATIONS. HOWEVER,
DISCOLORATION MAY OCCUR.
When hydraulic oils are changed, recheck the reservoir
hydraulic oil level after brief system operation and add
hydraulic oil as required. Working reservoir capacity
(capacity to full mark) is 5 03 liters ( 1 33 U.S. gallons).
Ensure the crane is level and in the travel mode of opera­
tion when the hydraulic system is being filled. The sys­
tem must be filled with all cylinders retracted. Fill the
reservoir to the full mark on the reservoir sight gauge.
After the reservoir is filled, operate all circuits and
recheck the reservoir sight gauge. Add hydraul ic oil as
required.
REMOVING AIR FROM THE HYDRAULlC SYSTEM.
Air entering the hydraulic oil will normally be removed
automatically by passage of the hydraulic oil over the
baftles in the hydraulic reservo ir. If a component has
GROVE
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM
been replaced, the reservoir level is too low, or a leak
develops in the suction lines to the pumps, air can enter
the system . If air becomes entrapped in the hydraul ic oil,
it may be detectable in pumps and motor operated com­
ponents such as the swing mechani sm and hoist(s),
because it can cause these units to become noisy during
operation. If noisy operation occurs, first check the level
of the hydraulic reservo ir and replenish as necessary.
Then inspect for leaks in the suction l ines leading to the
pumps.
Minute leaks may be hard to locate. If a leak is not
readily detectable, use the following way to check for it:
Seal all normal openings in the hydraulic system
and the reservo ir. Using a positive means to control
the pressure (like a regulator), pressurize the
hydraulic system to 1 3 .8 to 27.6 kPa (0 . 1 4 to 0.28
bar) (2 to 4 psi) and inspect all joints and fittings for
evidence of leaks. A soap solution applied to the fit­
tings and joints may also prove helpful in detecting
m inute leaks while the system is pressurized.
Remove the pressure, repair any leaks found, and
reopen any openings (such as a vent) closed for
inspection. Refill the reservoir after completing any
repairs or service. Operate all hydraulic circuits sev­
eral times in both directions.
This action should return any entrapped air to the
reservoir where it can be removed from the hydrau­
l ic oil by the baffles.
DANGER
LOCATE THE MACHINE ON A FIRM
SUPPORTING SURFACE AND POSI­
TION THE BOOM OVER THE FRONT
ON OUTRIGGERS WHEN EXTENDING
THE BOOM AT LOW ANGLES.
To remove entrapped air from telescope cylinders,
lower the boom to below horizontal and fully tele­
scope the boom in and out several times.
If the air is not readily removed, lower the boom to
below horizontal, extend the telescope cylinders as
far as practicable, and allow the boom to remain in
this position ovemight. This should allow entrapped
air to find its way to the holding valve so that tele­
scoping the boom IN the next moming should force
the air back to the reservoir. Ensure the boom is first
telescoped IN (not OUT) in the morning. Telescop­
ing OUT may cause air to be forced back into a cyl­
inder.
2-8-1 3
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM
DANGER
EXTREME CARE MUST BE USED
WHEN REMOVING ANY PLUGS OR
RESTRICTIONS FROM A HYDRAULlC
SYSTEM SUSPECTED TO HAVE
ENTRAPPED AIR THAT MAY BE
PRESSURIZED.
Entrapped air may be removed from cylinders hav­
ing wet rods by cycling. On certain cylinders, a
plugged port is provided on the rod end to bleed off
entrapped airo
DANGER
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO LOOSEN FIT­
TINGS IN PRESSURIZED UNES OR
WHILE THE HYDRAUUC PUMPS ARE
IN OPERATION.
In the event that air entrapment should persist,
bleeding of air by loosening various clamp and
screw type fittings may become necessary.
If the aboye procedures fail to eliminate air entrap­
ment, contact your authorized Grove Distributor.
PARTS REPLACEMENT.
Parts found damaged or out of tolerance when mainte­
nance is being performed should be replaced. Refer to the
Grove Parts Catalog for proper replacement parts.
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES.
The control valves that control the crane functions are
installed on the right si de of the turntable.
Inspection.
Inspect the control valves for visible damage, binding
spools, and evidence of leakage. If excessive internal
leakage is suspected during operation with a spool in its
center position, it is possible that the area between the
spool and working section bore of the valve body is worn
beyond serviceable limits. If this condition exists, the
spool and body must be replaced as an assembly.
2-8-1 4
RT700E
Valve Leakage.
Dripping hydraulic oil indicates sorne type of external
leakage. The machine should be removed from service
for immediate repairs. External leaks sometimes develop
at fittings and seals. Spool seals are susceptible since
they are subj ect to wear. Seals may be damaged by tem­
peratures that are too high, or by dirt or paint accumula­
tion on the spool. Damaged or torn seals must be
replaced.
A component functioning at reduced efficiency may indi­
cate that the control valve for that component is leaking
internally. If preliminary check-out reveals that adequate
rel ief valves are properly adjusted, and the component i �
volume is being supplied to the affected valve bank
not at fault, check the valve for scored or worn parts.
Scoring is a sign of the number one problem in hydrau­
l ics - contam ination (external contamination by dust or
internal contam ination by debris from deteriorating com­
ponents or oxidized hydraulic oil). Scored or severely
worn valve components must be replaced.
Check valves in the control valves are designed to permit
a flow of hydraulic oil in one direction only. If a piece of
d irt or rust has worked its way into the check valve and
lodges between the poppet and seat, it will keep the valve
open and allow a return flow of hydraulic oil. The rem­
edy is to clean the valve, but it is also a good idea to fol­
low through and ensure the hydraulic system filter is still
serviceable.
Binding Spools.
Sorne of the most common causes for stiff spool move­
ment or jammed spool action are system overheating,
excessive pressure, contaminated or deteriorated hydrau­
lic oil, or warped mountings. When scorched, deterio­
rated hydraulic oil or contamination is the cause, flushing
the system and replenishing with clean hydraul ic oil may
solve the problem. If the spool bores are badly scored or
galled, the valve must be removed for servicing.
Warping occurs when mounting plates are not level or
they become distorted from machine damage. As men­
tioned previously, the val ve can be shimmed level.
Also, check the valve for rust. Rust or dirt collecting on
the valves can prevent free movement of the spool, and
keep it from the true center position. Excessive system
pressure can create both internal and external leaks in
valves that are otherwise sound. Only qualified techni­
cians using the correct equipment should make pressure
adjustments when pressure adjustments are needed.
GRO'VE
RT700E
SUPPLY PRESSURE ANO RETURN CIRCUIT
DESC R I PT I O N
The supply pressure and retum circuit is made up of sev­
eral circuits which route hydraulic oil from the three
hydraulic pumps to the directional control valves for the
individual operating circuits. The supply pressure and
retum circu it consists of the reservoir and integral fi lter,
two hydraulic pumps, a hydraulic oil cooler, and a 1 0-
port hydraulic swivel. Refer to HYDRAULIC PUMPS in
this section for descriptions and maintenance instructions
for each hydraulic pump. Refer to Section 1 4 - SWIV­
ELS for description and maintenance instructions for the
1 O-port hydraulic swivel.
The supply pressure and return circuit uses Ports 5, 6 and
8 for pump supply and the dual Port 4 for retum. Each
operating circuit's description and components begin
with the circuit's directional control valve.
HYORAULlC RESERVOIR ANO FILTER.
The reservoir, attached to the right side of the carrier
frame, has a capacity of 5 60 liters ( 1 4 8 gallons) total, 5 03
liters ( 1 33 gallons) to the full mark. The all-steel reser­
voir has an intemally mounted full-flow filter and inte­
gral baffles that help cool the hydraulic oil and prevent
hydraulic oil foaming. Refer to the figure titled Hydraulic
Reservoir.
Hydraulic oil flows through two tubes at the lower rear of
the reservoir to the two hydraulic pumps. Almost all of
the return flow goes through the filter at the top of the
reservoir. The return line that goes directly ¡nto the reser­
voir (instead of through the filter) is from the No. 1 0 port
(drain) of the 1 0-port swivel.
A magnetized drain plug in the bottom of the reservoir
collects metal particles from the hydraulic oil if it
becomes contaminated.
A sight gauge is located on the front end of the reservoir
to indicate hydraulic oil level .
A filler neck and breather on the top of the reservoir are
for filling the reservoir and for venting it. The filler neck
includes a strainer for catching contami nants and gaskets
to prevent leaking. The breather -- which screws onto the
fi ller neck -- allows air to enter or exhaust from the reser­
voir. It is most important that the breather be kept clean
to prevent damage to the reservo ir. A breather guard pro­
tects the breather and filler neck.
GROVE
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM
A large round access cover on the top of the reservoir
provides access for cleaning. The cover is bolted to the
top of the reservoir and has a gasket to prevent leaking.
The access hole can also be used to fill the reservoir after
it has been completely drained.
The hydraulic oil filter is located in the reservoir. It bolts
to the top of the reservoir, and its bypass outlet fits into a
tube welded in the reservoir. The filter housing contains
two replaceable filter elements. Returning hydraul ic oil
flows through the filter head, through the filter element,
and into the reservoir.
A gauge on the filter head indicates how restricted
(clogged) the filter element is. When back pressure
caused by a dirty filter element exceeds 1 70 kPa ( 1 .7 bar)
(25 psi), the filter head 's bypass feature functions to
allow the hydraulic oil to bypass the fi lter element and
flow into the reservoir through the bypass outlet instead.
(Filter changing instructions are in MAINTENANCE.)
PUMP DISTRIBUTION.
No. 1 Pump.
The torque converter drives the No. 1 pump.
Section One of the No. 1 hydraul ic pump supplies the
hoist, l ift, and telescope directional control valve. The
valve sections control the following functions: main
hoist, boom lift, boom telescope, and, when equipped,
auxiliary hoist. Hydraulic oil flowing from this valve
bank returns to the reservoir filter.
Section One also supplies the swing brake and arrnrest
lockout manifold. The manifold contains the swing brake
release valve and the controller armrest lockout valve.
Hydraulic oil flowing through the manifold supplies the
swing power brake val ve, the throttle foot valve, and the
hoist, swing, telescope, and lift hydraul ic remote control
valves.
Section Two of the No. 1 hydraulic pump supplies the
rear axle oscil lation lockout valve and the integrated out­
rigger/rear steer valve.
Output from pump number 1 , section 2 passes through a
priority flow control valve for the hydraulic oil cooler
motor and the high speed boost selector valve. When the
boost valve is de-energized, the oil flows to the normal
delivery. When the valve is energized, the oil is com-
2-8-1 5
HYDRA ULIC SYSTEM RT700E

bined w ith the output of pump number 1 , section 1 to priority flow upon demand and the swing directional con­
provide additional oil capacity to the section 1 functions. trol valve gets any excess flow.

NO. 2 Pump. NO. 3 Pump.

The engine drives the No. 2 pump.
The No. 2 hydraulic pump supplies the dual accumulator
charge valve, the front steer/swing directional control
valve. A load sen se flow d ivider located in the swing
directional control valve ensures the front steer valve gets
The torque converter drives the No. 3 pump.
The No. 3 hydraulic pump supplies the service brake dual
accumulator charge valve and the air conditioning circuit.
The pump delivers its flow via a 3 7 .85 1/min ( l O gpm)
priority flow divider to the dual accum ulator charge
valve and then to the air conditioning circuit.

Suction Return
Unes Une

/" \ '"
\,
" \
:
(
\\
\

)
/
L- --
----- --
--
\�
- - \l,,
-- -

Sight
Gauge

Fi lter Hydraulic
Access Filter
Mounting Step Cover Indicator
Strap Assem bly
Filler Neck
and Breather

Hydraulic Reservoir

2-8- 1 6
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTE M

MAI NTENAN C E

TROUBLESHOOTING.
SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION

l . No hydraulic oil flows in systems. a. Low hydraulic oil level. a. Fill reservoir.

b. Reservoir-to-pump suction l ines b. Clean, repair, o r replace l ines as

broken or restricted . Air entering necessary. Check l ines for secu-
at suction lines. Pump not prim- rity, absence of cracks, and proper
mg. attachment. Tighten, repair, or
replace parts as necessary.

c. Pump shaft sheared or disen- c. If drive shaft is damaged or

gaged. sheared, remove and repair or
replace as necessary

d. Internal contam ination. d. Drain, flush with recommended

oil m ixture, then drain and refi l l
system with recommended
hydraulic oil.

2. S low response. a. Low hydraulic oil level . a. Fill reservoir.

b. Hydraulic oil temperature too b. If too low, warm up system . As

high (watery thin oil) or too low
(thick sluggish oil).
needed, troubleshoot cooler cir-
cuit. I f too high, troubleshoot
cooler circuit. Likely suspects are
in-line check valve and related
hydraulic circuits.

c. Faulty pump section(s). c. Repair or replace pump sec-

tions(s) or entire pump.

3 . Pump noise accompanied by a. Low hydraulic oil level. a. Fill reservo ir.
hydraulic oil foaming in reservoir.

b. Excessive engine speed. b. Regulate engine speed.

c. Air entering at suction l ines. c. Check all l ines for security and
proper repair. Tighten, repair, or
replace as needed.

GROVE 2-8- 1 7
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION

4. Excessive pressure buildup. a. System relief valve set too high . a. U sing adequate pressure gauge,
adjust system relief valve as nec-
essary.

b. Restricted pump-to-control b. Clean, repair, or replace line as

valve supply lineo necessary.

5. Specific hydraul ic system (lift, a. Leak in system . a. Repair leak.

hoist, telescope, swing) not work-
ing.

b. Faulty or poorly adjusted remote b. Adjust or replace valve.

control valve.

C. Faulty directional control valve. C. Replace valve.

d. Poorly adjusted control in circuit. d. Troubleshoot circuit with sche-

matico Adjust hydraul ic compo-
nent per schematic.

e. Faulty hydraulic cylinder, motor, e. Replace faulty component.

or valve.

4. Remove the filter element from the filter bowl

RETURN HYDRAULlC FILTER ASSEMBLY. (housing).

Element Removal. 5. Ensure the new filter element i s correct by compar­

ing their part numbers with the part numbers of the
used filter element.
OANGER
6. Discard the used filter element.
ENSURE THAT ALL HYORAULlC SYS­
TEMS ARE SHUT OOWN ANO THE Element Installation.
PRESSURE IS RELlEVEO.
1. I nstall the new element into the filter bowl (hous­
1. Shut down all hydraulic systems. ing).

2. 2. I nstall new o-ring in the cap assembly.

Wipe any dirt from the filter head and cap assembly.

3. Install the cap assembly on the filter head and secure

3. Remove the four bolts securing the cap assembly to the cap assembly to the filter head with four bolts.
the filter head and remove the cap assembly.
4. Activate the hydraulic system and check for leaks.
Make repairs as needed.

2-8- 1 8 GROYlE
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM

1. Filter Head
2. C a p Assembly
3. Bowl Assembly
4. Filter Restriction Gauge
5. Square O-ring
00 o
00 0
6. Gasket
0
7. Element 00
8. Cap Assembly 80lts
9. By-Pass Valve Assembly
1 0. Bolt and Spacer

I I 7

Hyd raulic Return Filter

GROVE 2-8-1 9
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

Oil Cooler

D E SC R I PTI ON

An air cooled hydraulic/transmission cooler is located
behind the fuel tank. The front section is the hydraulic oil
cooler and the rear section is the transmission oil cooler.
The hydraulic driven fan pulls cool air through the cool­
ing fins on the cooler. Normally most hydraulic oil from
components is routed through the oil cooler by way of a
retum line, and on to the filter in the reservoir. When sev­
eral hydraulic functions are being used at one time (Le.,
hoisting, lifting, and telescoping), more oil has to flow
through this return line, causing a pressure buildup.
When this pressure reaches 1 00 kPa ( 1 . O bar) ( 1 5 psi), the
normally closed check val ve in the return line (in parallel
with the return line through the hydraulic oil cooler) will
open, letting sorne hydraulic oil bypass the hydraul ic oil
cooler and flow directly into the reservoir filter.
When fewer functions are being used, the pressure in the
system will decrease below 1 00 kPa ( 1 .0 bar) ( 1 5 psi)
and the check valve will close again .

Outlet

Hydraulic Driven
Fan Motor

O utlet

�1f-----a - -- --i:r
:: :: '" ::

1 11 e 1
§

!I
� ____
�
u
§
____
§
ll

Hydra u l ic Oil Cooler Tra nsm ission O i l Cooler

Inlet I nlet
6060

Hyd raulic/Transm ission Cooler

2-8-20 GROYlE
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM

H y d ra u l i c P u m ps

D E SC R I PT I O N

The No. 1 and No. 3 hydraulic pumps are mounted on a
drive pad of the torque converter. The No. 2 hydraulic
pump is mounted on a drive pad of the engine. The
torque converter drives the No. 1 and No. 2 pumps. The
engine directly drives the No. 2 pump.
The purpose of these pumps is to convert the mechanical
energy of the engine and the torque converter into fluid
energy for the operation of the crane's hydraulic compo­
nents.
with an output of 2 1 O l/min (5 5 . 5 gpm) at 2696 rpm . The
second section is a 32.3 cm3 ( 1 .97 cubic inch) section
with an output of 84.0 l/min (22. 1 gpm) at 2696 rpm .
The No. 2 hydraulic pump is also a positive displace­
ment, gear-type pump.
The first section is a 45 .0 cm3 (2 .72 cubic inch) section
with an output of 1 1 4.3 l/min (3 0.2 gpm) at 2668 rpm .

The No. 1 hydraulic pump is a positive displacement, The No. 3 hydraulic pump is also a positive displace­
gear-type pump that has two separate sections. ment, gear-type pump.

The first section of the pump, the one closest to the The first section is a 45 .0 cm3 (2 .72 cubic inch) section
mounting face, is a 74.7 cm3 (4 .56 cubic inch) section with an output of 1 1 5 .4 l/min (3 0.5 gpm) at 2696rpm .

MAI NTENAN C E

NO. 1 PUMP REMOVAL. 4. Remove the four bolts and washers attaching the
No. 1 pump to the drive pad on the torque converter.
Remove the pump.
CAUTION
5. Clean the gasket material from the drive pad o n the
ABSOLUTE CLEANLlNESS IS ESSEN­ torque converter and the pump.
TIA L WHEN WORKING ON THE
HYDRAULlC PUMPS. ALWAYS WORK 6. Cover the drive pad 's opening to prevent dirt from
IN A CLEAN AREA. THE PRESENCE entering.
OF DIRT ANO FOREIGN MATERIALS
IN THE SYSTEM CAN RESULT IN NO. 1 PUMP INSTALLATION.
SERIOUS DAMAGE OR INAOE­
QUATE OPERATION. 1. Instal l new gasket material to the pump mounting
flange as fol lows.
1. Remove the pump cover to gain access to the pump.
It is bolted to the engine's torque converter. a. Clean the drive pad and the pump with Loctite
cleaning solvent 7070 or similar non chlorinated
2. Tag and disconnect the supply l ine from the pump. solvent.
Cap or plug the line and port.
b. Apply a light coating of Loctite primer N7649
3. Tag and disconnect the pump distribution lines from to both surfaces. Allow primer to dry for one to two
the pump. Cap or plug the lines and ports. m inutes. Primer must be dry. Mating of parts should
occur within five minutes.
CAUTION c. Apply gasket material Loctite Master Gasket
5 1 8 to one surface. Partial cure is obtained in four
WHEN REMOVING THE PUMP, KEEP hours, with fuIl cure in 48 hours.
THE PUMP AS LEVEL AS POSSIBLE
TO AVOIO DAMAGING THE INPUT 2. InstaIl pump on torque converter drive pad with
SPLINE. bolts and washers. Make sure the splines mesh prop-

GROVE 2-8-2 1
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

erly. Torque bolts to 98 to 1 06 N-m (72 to 78 foot­ NO. 2 PUMP INSTALLATION.

pounds).
1. Ensure the mating surfaces of the pump shaft and
3. Connect the distribution and supply lines as tagged gear are clean and dry. Install gear on pump's
during removal. tapered shaft. Secure gear with key and nut. Torque
nut to 1 63 N-m ( 1 20 foot-pounds). Remove the n ut
and apply Loctite 242 to the threads . Instal l the n ut
NO. 2 PUMP REMOVAL. and retorque.

2. Remove the cover from the drive pad. Assemble

CAUTION items as fol lows from drive pad to pump.

ABSOLUTE CLEANLlNESS IS ESSEN­ a. Gasket.

TIAL WHEN WORKING ON THE b. Shim.
HYORAULlC PUMPS. ALWAYS WORK
IN A CLEAN AREA. THE PRESENCE c. Gasket material per instructions in step 3.
OF OIRT ANO FOREIGN MATERIALS
IN THE SYSTEM CAN RESULT IN d. Gasket.
SERIOUS OAMAGE OR INAOE­
QUATE OPERATION.
e. Gasket material per instructions in step 3 .

1. Remove the right side engine access panel to gain 3. Install new gasket material to the pump mounting
access to the pump. It is bolted to the engine. flange as follows.

2. Tag and d isconnect the supply line from the pump. a. Clean the drive pad and the pump with Loctite
Cap or plug the line and port. cleaning solvent 7070 or similar non-chlorinated
solvent.

3. Tag and disconnect the pump distribution linees)
from the pump. Cap or plug the linees) and port.
CAUTION
WHEN REMOVING THE PUMP, KEEP
THE PUMP AS LEVEL AS POSSIBLE
TO AVOIO OAMAGING THE INPUT
SPLINE.
4. Remove the two bolts and washers attaching the No.
2 pump to the drive pad on the engine. Remove the
pump.
5. Remove and discard the gaskets, gasket material,
and shim from the drive pad and the pump.
6. Cover the drive pad 's opening to prevent dirt from
entering.
7. Remove the nut, key, and gear from the pump.
b. Apply a light coating of Loctite primer N7649
to both surfaces. Allow primer to dry for one to two
minutes. Primer must be dry. Mating of parts should
occur within five m inutes.
c. Apply gasket material Loctite Master Gasket
5 1 8 to one surface. Partial cure is obtained in four
hours, with full cure in 48 hours.
4. Instal l pump and components o f step 2 on engine
drive pad with two bolts and washers. Make sure
gear teeth mesh properly. Torque bolts to 95 to 1 1 4
N-m (70 to 84 foot-pounds).
5. Connect the distribution and supply lines as tagged
during removal .
NO. 3 PUMP REMOVAL.
CAUTION
ABSOLUTE CLEANLlNESS IS ESSEN­
TIAL WHEN WORKING ON THE
HYORAULlC PUMPS. ALWAYS WORK

2-8-22 GRO'lE
RT700E
IN A CLEAN AREA. THE PRESENCE
OF OIRT ANO FOREIGN MATERIALS
IN THE SYSTEM CAN RESULT IN
SERIOUS OAMAGE OR INAOE­
QUATE OPERATION.
1. Remove the pump cover to gain access to the pump.
It is bolted to the engine's torque converter.
2. Tag and d isconnect the supply line from the pump.
Cap or plug the line and port.
3. Tag and disconnect the pump distribution lines from
the pump. Cap or plug the l ines and ports.
CAUTION
WHEN REMOVING THE PUMP, KEEP
THE PUMP AS LEVEL AS POSSIBLE
TO AVOIO OAMAGING THE INPUT
SPLINE.
4. Remove the four bolts and washers attaching the
No. 1 pump to the drive pad on the torque converter.
Remove the pump.
5. Clean the gasket material from the drive pad o n the
torque converter and the pump.
6. Cover the drive pad 's opening to prevent dirt from
entering.
NO. 3 PUMP INSTALLATION.
1. Install new gasket material to the pump mounting
flange as follows.
a. Clean the drive pad and the pump with Loctite
cleaning solvent 7070 or similar non chlorinated
solvent.
b. Apply a l ight coating of Loctite primer N7649
to both surfaces. Allow primer to dry for one to two
minutes. Primer must be dry. Mating of parts should
occur within five minutes.
GROVE
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM
c. Apply gasket material Loctite Master Gasket
5 1 8 to one surface. Partial cure is obtained in four
hours, with ful l cure in 48 hours.
2. Install pump o n torque con verter drive pad with
bolts and washers. Make sure the splines mesh prop­
erly. Torque bolts to 98 to 1 06 N-m (72 to 78 foot­
pounds).
3. Connect the distribution and supply lines as tagged
during removal .
TESTING AFTER REBUlLO OR REPLACEMENT.
CAUTION
00 NOT FEEO HOT HYDRAULlC OIL
INTO A COLO PUMP. THIS MAY
CAUSE THE PUMP TO SEIZ E.
1. Operate the pump for at least two m inutes at zero
pressure and moderate speed (not over 1 5 00 rpm).
CAUTION
IF THE PUMP BECO MES HOT TO THE
TOUCH, IT IS BINDING ANO MAY
SEIZ E. STOP ENGINE, OISASSEMBLE
PUMP, ANO REPAIR IT SO IT WILL
NOT BINO.
2. Touch pump to verifY i t has not become hot from
binding. Listen for abnormal noises indicating low
hydraulic oil level or internal pump problems. If the
pump appears to be operating satisfactorily, increase
the rpm by steps, until reaching governed rpm .
Operate pump about five minutes whi le checking
for proper operation and leakage. Fix leaks; make
repairs as needed.
3. Cycle the components the pump powers to verify
the pump drives them all properly.
2-8-23
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM RT700E

Torque Converter
Hydraulic Pump No. 3

Engine
Section No. 1
Hydraulic Pump No. 1

Hydraulic Pump No. 1

Section NO.1

Hydraulic Pump No. 2

Hydra u l ic P umps

2-8-24
 RT700E HYORA ULIC SYSTE M

VALVES

G E N E RAL

This subsection provides descriptive information for all
the hydraulic valves used on this crane. For a listing of all
valves, the circuit they are used in, and their physical
location, refer to the Valve Usage Table. Refer to the fig­
ure titled Valve Locations for valve locations. The
description of each valve given here is for the valve
itself. For information on how each valve functions in the
individual circuits, refer to the description and operation
procedures of that circu it.

VALVE USAGE TABLE

Valve Name Circuit U sed In Physical Location

Directional Control Valves Main Hoist Superstructure (right side)

Auxiliary Hoist (optional) Superstructure (right side)
Swing Superstructure (right side)
Lift Superstructure (right side)
Telescope Superstructure (right side)

Hydraulic Remote Controllers Main Hoist Armrest

(J oysticks) Auxiliary Hoist (optional) Armrest
Swing Armrest
Lift Armrest
Telescope Armrest (normal)
Cab fioor (if crane has auxiliary
hoist)

Check Valves (2) Return One downstream from swing

directional control valve; one in
parallel with oil cooler in dual
return line

Pilot Operated Check Valves (4) Outrigger Port block of each stabilizer
cyl inder

Holding Valves Lift Lift cylinder (Bolt On)

Telescope Telescope cylinder port blocks

Integrated Outrigger/ Outrigger and Rear Steer On front face of carrier frame
Rear Steer Valve front cross member

Swing Brake/Armrest Lockout

Manifold
Swing Brake Release Swing Superstructure (right side)
Crane Function each hoist, swing, lift, and Superstructure (right side)
telescope controller circuit

GROVE 2-8-25
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

VALVE U SAG E TABLE (CONTI N U E D)

Valve Name Circuit U sed In Physical Location

Hoist Motor Control Valve ( 1 or 2) Each Hoist On hoist

Swing Power Brake Valve Swing Cab floor

Throttle Foot Valve Throttle Control Cab floor

Tandem Brake Valve w/Treadle Brake Cab floor

Pedal

Front Steer Valve Front Steer Steering column

Park Brake Solenoid Valve Park Brake On carrier front side rear center
frame cross member

Dual Accumulator Charge Valve Service Brakes Superstructure (inside left side)

Axle Lockout Valve Rear Axle Lockout On carrier left side rear center
(Double Solenoid Valve) frame cross member

High Speed Boost Selector Valve Hoist and Telescope On swivel port #6

Brake and Steer Relief Valve Brake, Front Steer, and Swing On swivel port #5

Accumulators Service Brakes Superstructure (inside left side

under main hoist)

Cross Axle Differential Lock Optional Axle Differential Lock On carrier front side rear center
Solenoid Valve frame cross member

Axle Disconnect Solenoid Valve Two/F our Wheel Drive On carrier front side rear center
frame cross member

Priority Flow Control Valves Hydraulic Oil Cooler, Transmis- On carrier, RH frame rail
sion Oil Cooler, Fan Motor

Priority Flow Control Valves Service Brake and A ir Condi- On carrier, RH frame rail
tioner Circuit

2-8-26
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM

Integrated Outriggerl
Park B ra ke Valve
Rear Steer Valve

Front Outrigger Axle Disconnect Valve Axle Osci llation Rea r Outrigger
C ontrol Manifold Lockout Valve Control Manifold
CARRI E R 6059

Dual Accumu lator

Accum ulators C harge Valve

------l �------- n
1,
I I I
I

e e
________.-J U ____._.___ .u

Telescope/LifUHoist
Directional Control
Valve
&
Swi ng Bra ke Lockout Man ifold Swi ng D i rectional
Control Valve
Flow Divider Valve
S U PE RSTRUCTURE

Valve Locations

GROVE 2-8-27
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM
D i rectiona l C on tro l Va lves
D E SC R I PT I O N
The directional control valves direct and control hydrau­
lic oil flow from the pumps to the lift and telescope cylin­
ders, each hoist, the swing motor, and the front steering
orbital motor. The swing and front steer directional con­
trol valve and the hoist/liftltelescope directional control
valve are outside on the right superstructure side plateo
Each valve bank is removed and installed as an assembly.
The lift, telescope, and hoist(s) valves are three position
normally closed valves. The swing valve is a three posi­
tion normal ly open valve. Hydraulic oil pressure applied
by the remote control valves through the pilot circuits
shift the directional control valves so they can drive their
MAI NTE NAN C E
SWING/STEER VALVE BANK REMOVAL.
1. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the
valves. Cap or plug the lines and ports.
2. Remove the three bolts, flat washers, and lockwash­
ers securing the valve bank and remove the val ve
bank.
SWING/STEER VALVE BANK INSTALLATION.
1. Place the val ve bank on the turntable upright and
secure it with the bolts, flat washers, and lockwash­
ers.
2. Connect the hydraulic l ines to the valves as tagged
during removal.
HOIST/LlFT/TELESCOPE VALVE BANK REMOVAL.
1. Tag and d isconnect the hydraulic lines from the
valves. Cap or plug the lines and ports.
2. Tag and disconnect electrical connectors from the
valve.
2-8-28
RT700E
respective cylinders and motors. LMI lockout valve(s)
for hoist up, lift down, and telescope out functions are
located in each directional control valve. These valves
are in series in the pilot lines between the remote control
valve and the directional control valve. When energized,
they allow operation of that function.
A load sen se rel ief valve in the hoistllift/telescope direc­
tional control valve controls the main system pressure at
27600 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi). The unloading valve
maintains a 2070 kPa (20.7 bar) (300 psi) standby pres­
sure and a constant 2070 kPa (20.7 bar) (3 00 psi) pres­
sure differential between the inlet and work port.
3. Remove the three bolts, flat washers, and lockwash­
ers securing the valve bank and remove the valve
bank.
HOIST/LlFT/TELESCOPE VALVE BANK
INSTALLATION.
1. Place the valve bank on the turntable upright and
fasten it with the bolts, flat washers, and lockwash­
ers.
2. Connect the electrical connectors to the valve as
tagged during removal .
3. Connect the hydraulic lines to the val ves as tagged
during removal.
FUNCTIONAL CHECK (BOTH VALVE BANKS).
1. Start the engine and run it at normal speed.
2. Operate the control levers of the valve bank(s).
Check for smooth operation of cylinders and
motors.
3. Check the valve bank(s) and lines for leakage. Make
repairs as needed.
GROYfE
RT700E HYDRAU LIC SYSTEM

Hoist Down Rel iefs

S hut-Off Plug

Load Sense/Main Rel ief

Pilot Generator
Metering Capsule

Inlet Gauge Port --�

Outlet Port

Lift Down Thermal Rel ief

Hoist Up Reliefs
Telescope Retract Relief

MAI N HOIST/AUX HOIST/LIFT/TELESCOPE VAL VE ASSEMBLy

Port Relief/Anti -Void Assem bly

Load Sense Port

Outlet Port

Inlet Port

Priority Flow Port

Port Rel ief/Anti-Void Assembly

SWING/STEE R VALVE ASSEMBLy

Directional Control Valves

GROVE 2-8-29
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM
Hyd ra u l i c Rem ote C o ntro l Valve
D E SC R I PTI ON
The crane has four single axis hydraulic remote control
valves. Each valve has a control lever for the operator 's
use.
The four hydraulic remote control valves are single func­
tion type valves. Moving the control lever forward or
back operates the selected function. Two valves are
located in each armrest. The valves in the right armrest
control the main hoist and boom lift. The valves in the
left armrest control swing and telescope.
If the crane has an optional auxiliary hoist, the auxiliary
hoist function replaces the telescope function on the con­
trol lever on the left armrest. The telescope function is
controIled by a pedal operated single function control
valve. The pedal is on the cab floor. The control valve is
mounted on the left rear underside of the cab and is con­
nected to the pedal by linkage.
When the annrests are up, the crane function switch is
off, or the operator leaves his seat, the controIler lockout
valve is de-energized and the functions are disabled.
MAI NTENANC E
ARMREST CONTROL VALVE REMOVAL.
l. Gain access to the base of the control valve by rais­
ing the armrest and removing the plastic cover
screwed onto the bottom of the annrest.
2. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines to the control
valve. Cap or plug the lines and ports.
3. Remove the bolts securing the control valve to the
annrest. Remove the control valve.
ARMREST CONTROL VALVE INSTALLATION.
l. Place the valve on the armrest. Secure the valve to
the armrest with the attaching boIts.
2. Connect the hydraulic lines to the valve as tagged
during removaI .
3. InstaIl the plastic cover on the bottom ofthe armrest.
Secure it with screws, washers and nuts.
2-8-30
RT700E
DUAL AXIS C ONTROLLERS (CE U N ITS).
The two hydraulic remote control valves are dual func­
tion j oystick type valves. One valve is located in each
armrest. The valve in the right annrest controls the main
hoist and boom lift. Moving the control lever straight for­
ward or back operates the main hoist function. Pushing
the control lever to either side operates boom l ift. Posi­
tioning the lever in a diagonal direction operates both
functions simuItaneously. The valve in the left armrest
controls swing and telescope. Pushing the control lever
straight forward or back controls the telescope function.
Pushing the control lever to either side operates swing.
Positioning the lever diagonaIly operates both functions
sim uItaneously.
If the crane is equipped with an optional auxiliary hoist,
the auxiliary hoist function replaces the telescope func­
tion on the control lever of the left armrest and the tele­
scope function is controIled by a pedal operated single
function control valve. The pedal is located on the left
side of the cab floor. The control valve is mounted
beneath the cab and is connected to the pedal by linkage.
ARMREST CONTROL VALVE FUNCTIONAL CHECK.
l. Start the engine and run it at normal speed.
2. Move each control lever to operate the function con­
troIled by the corresponding control valve. Verify
proper operation ofthe hoist motor, swing motor, lift
cylinder, and telescope cylinder.
3. Check val ve and lines for leakage. Make repairs as
needed.
TELESCOPE PEDAL CONTROL VALVE REMOVAL.
(WITH AUXILlARY HOIST OPTION)
l. Disconnect the pedal linkage from the control valve
by removing the pin and cotter pino
2. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the con­
trol valve. Cap or plug the lines and ports.
3. Remove the four boIts and washers securing the
control valve to the mounting bracket. Remove the
valve.
GRO"E
RT700E HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

TELESCOPE PEDAL CONTROL VALVE INSTALLA­ 2. Connect the hydraulic lines to the valve as tagged
TION. (WITH AUXILlARY HOIST OPTION) during removal .

1. Place the valve on the mounting bracket and secure 3. Connect the pedal linkage to the control valve with
in place with the bolts and washers. the pin and cotter pino

�-- TEL E O UT

R ETU R N

PR ESS URE
RE TU R N - - ,I
I

B OOM U P SW ING L EFT

B OOM DOWN P R ES SU RE
S WI N G RI GHT

TELE IN
L l FT & MA IN HOIST HOIST RAIS E TE LE & S WIN G
R . H . CO NTROL LER L. H . CO NTROLLER

VI EW O F CON TRO LLE RS W I TH MAI N HOIST O N LY

PR ES SU R E RETU R N H OIST LOWE R

R ETU R N - - ,I
PR ESS UR E
BOOM U P

SW I N G R IGHT
BO OM DOW N SW I N G L EFT

LI FT & MAIN HOI ST HOIST RAIS E

R . H . CONTRO LLE R

/ TELE CONTROLL ER

R ETU RN
V IEW OF CO N TROLLERS WI TH MAI N & AUX H OI S T 3 612

Hydraulic Remote Control Valve Ports (Dual Axis Control lers) (CE U n its)

GROVE 2-8-3 1
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

TELESCOPE PEDAL CONTROL VALVE FUNCTIONAL 2. Telescope the boom the whole way out and then the
CHECK. (WITH AUXILlARY HOIST OPTION) whole way back in. Verify proper telescoping.

1. Start the engine and run it at normal speed. 3. Check valve and lines for leakage. Make repairs as
needed.

Hoist Boom

,I1 r� I I1
Lower I
Down
r\P111 1I
:1 I --4 =
� I
pressure --+-1f'-' �I �I
I
-

I Pressure
_ B I¡I B _ I
I¡I

Hoist -- -- Boom Up
I I
Raise Swing Left
1
I I Tele In
LlFT & MAIN HOIST
Return
R.H. CONTROLLER TELE & SWING
L . H . CONTROLLER

NOTE: R.H. and L.H. controllers oriented from seated operator.

Ports of control lever seen facing aft looking at seat with armrest in up position.

Tele In Tele Out

Return (Port On Back

Side Of Valve)

T EL E FOOT CONTROLLER

Hydra ulic Remote Control Valve Ports

2-8-32 GRO"E
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM

Outrigger/Rear Steer Va lve

D E SC R I PT I O N

The outrigger/rear steer valve controls the outrigger cir­
cuit and the rear steer circuit. The valve is mounted on
the front face of the carrier frame front cross member for­
ward of the swivel.
The valve is made up of three sections; an inlet section
and two working sections.
The inlet section contains a 1 7,200 kPa ( 1 72) bar (2500
psi) relief valve and a solenoid valve. The solenoid valve
is normally open bypassing oil from the inlet port to the
tank port. Activation of either the outriggers or the rear
steer energizes the solenoid valve to close and allow oil
to flow to the selected circuit.
The rear steer section contains a three position four-way
solenoid controlled directional valve.
The outrigger section contains a three position four-way
solenoid controlled directional valve and two thermal
relief valves. The thermal relief valve for the outrigger
extend circuit, opens aboye 20,700 kPa (207 bar) (3 000
psi). The thermal relief valve for the outrigger retract cir­
cuit, opens aboye 2070 kPa (20.7 bar) (3 00 psi).
Both four-way solenoid valves contain manual override
actuators which allow the valves to be shifted if electrical
power is lost.

MAI NT E NANCE

REMOVAL. 2. Connect the hydraulic lines to the integrated outrig­

ger/rear steer valve as tagged during removal.
1. Tag and disconnect the electrical connectors to the
integrated outrigger/rear steer valve. Tape the lead 3. Connect the electrical connectors to the integrated
ends. outrigger/rear steer valve as tagged during removal.

2. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines to the inte­ FUNCTIONAL CHECK.
grated outrigger/rear steer valve. Cap or plug the
l ines and ports. 1. Cycle an outrigger cylinder several times. Verify the
cylinder extends and retracts properly.
3. Remove the four bolts and nuts securing the inte­
grated outrigger/rear steer valve to the crane . 2. Rear steer the crane to the left and t o the right sev­
Remove the valve as a complete assembly. eral times. Verify the crane steers properly in both
directions.
INSTALLATION.
1. Put the integrated outrigger/rear steer valve on its
mount. Secure the valve with the attaching nuts and
bolts.

GROVE 2-8-33
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

(PR) Port
(T) Port 15 Plugged
Plugged
(P) Port (EX) Port

A B A B

P �-----r�----��---+---'+---� PR ( GP )

T �----�--r-----�--�

I
I I

L_ OUTR I GGE R

Valve Hydraulic Schematic

Outrigger/Rear Steer Valve

2-8-34 GROYlE
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM

O utrigger C on trol M a n ifold

D E SC R I PT I O N

There are two outrigger control manifolds util ized on the one for each cylinder. They are mounted inside the frame
crane, one for the front outriggers and one for the rear on their respective outrigger box. Each solenoid valve
outriggers. Each manifold consists of four normalIy contains a manual override actuator which alIows the
closed two position two way solenoid valve assemblies, valve to be opened if there is a loss of electrical power.

MAI NTENANCE

REMOVAL. INSTALLATION.
1. Tag and d isconnect the hydraulic lines to the sole­ 1. Position the manifold on the mounting; secure with
noid valves; cap alI lines and openings. the nuts and bolts.

2. Tag and disconnect the electrical connectors. 2. Connect the electrical connectors to the solenoids as
marked during removal.

3. Remove the bolts and nuts securing the manifold to 3. Connect the hydraulic l ines to the valves as marked
the outrigger box; remove the man ifold. during removal .

INSPECTION. FUNCTIONAL CHECK.

VisualIy inspect the valves and hydrau l ic connections for Activate the hydraulic system and cycle the affected cyl­
any evidence of leaks or other damage. Check security of inder( s) several times. Observe for proper functioning of
the electrical connections. Inspect the wiring for any evi­ the affected cylinder(s). Ensure the solenoid valve
dence of crack s or breaks. hydraulic connections are secure.

I N
2 ,3 4

Valve Hydraulic Schematic

Outrigger Control Manifold

GROVE 2-8-35
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

Pi lot O pe rated C he c k Va lve

DES C R I PT I O N

A pilot operated check valve is located in each outrigger

stabilizer cylinder port block. The check valve functions
as a holding valve for the stabilizer cylinder.

MAI NTENA N C E

REMOVAL. CHECK VALVE. IF THE CHECK VALVE

TURNS FREELY THEN GETS HARO
1. Unscrew the check valve from the stabilizer cylin­
TO TURN, THEN EASY TO TURN,
der port block. REMOVE THE CHECK VALVE ANO
CHECK THE O-RINGS. THEY HAVE
INSTALLATIO N. PROBABLY BEEN OAMAGEO BY A
SHARP EOGE OF A PORT.
1. Check the inside of the port block for any sharp NOTE
edges or burrs and remove as necessary with emery
cloth.
The check valve should turn by hand
2. Install new O-rings onto the check valve.
until compression of the O-rings
begins.
3. Lubricate the check valve and O-rings with clean 4. Carefully install the check valve into the port block
hydraulic oil . until fully seated.

CAUTION 5. Test the check valve and port block by operating the
affected outrigger's stabil izer cylinder. VerifY it
DO NOT DAMAGE THE O-RINGS extends and retracts without problems; verifY there
OURING INSTALLATION OF THE is no leaking. Make repairs as needed.

Cylinder (C)
(V) Port (j (C) Port r

1-
I
-1 I
I Il
I '
I
I
(P) Port
Pilot (P) I

L_
Valve (V)
-�
(VI Port ' (el po J U
Valve Hydraulic Schematic
P i lot Operated C heck Valve

2-8-36 GROVE
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTE M

H o l d i n g Va lve

DESC R I PTI ON

A bolt - on externally piloted manifold style holding holding valve is installed into each telescope cyl inder
valve is installed on the lift cylinder and a cartridge style port block.

MAI NTENAN C E

REMOVAL. VALVE TURNS FREELY THEN GETS

HARD TO TURN, THEN EASY TO
1. Unscrew holding val ve from its port block or mani­
TURN, REMOVE THE HOLDING
fold. VALVE ANO CHECK THE O-RINGS.
THEY HAVE PROBABLY BEEN DAM­
INSTALLATION. AGED BY A SHARP EDGE OF A
PORT.
1. Check the inside of the port block or manifold for NOTE
any sharp edges or burrs and remove as necessary
with emery cloth .
Tht. holding valve should turn by
2. Install new O-rings onto the holding valve.
hanL until compression of the O-rings
begin� .
3. Lubricate the holding valve and O-rings with clean
4. Carefully instal 1 the holding valve into the port
hydraulic oil.
block or manifold until ful1y seated.
CAUTION 5. Test the holding valve and port block or manifold by
operating the lift cylinder and/or the telescope cylin­
DO NOT DAMAGE THE O-RINGS der, as applicable. Verify lift cylinder and/or tele­
DURING INSTALLATION OF THE scope cyl inder works without problems; verify there
HOLDING VALVE. IF THE HOLDING is no leaking. Make repairs as needed.

CYL G
1 : CYL Port
Valve Port
o

Drain Port o

ORA l N VAL VE

Valve Hydraulic Schematic Pilot Port � (G) Ports

Hold i ng Valve

GROVE 2-8-37
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

Swi n g Powe r B ra ke Va lve

DES C R I PT I O N

The swing power brake valve is used to provide hydrau­
l ic pressure to the piston of the swing brake to apply the
brake. The valve receives its supply of oil through the
swing brake and armrest lockout valve manifold.
Depressi ng the brake pedal causes hydraulic oil to flow
to the top of the brake piston where, combined with
spring tension, the total force overcomes the brake
release pressure and applies the brake. When the valve is
released, excess hydraulic oil flows from the valve to the
case drain manifold and back to the reservoir.

MAI NTENAN C E

REMOVAL. FUNCTION CHECK.

l. Tag and d isconnect hydraul ic l ines attached to the l. Start the engine and let it idle.
brake valve. Cap or plug the l ines and ports.

2. Remove the four bolts, lockwashers, flat washers, 2. Disengage the swing lock.
and nuts which secure the brake valve to the cab
floor. Remove the brake valve. 3. Slowly swing the turntable.

INSTALLATION. DANGER
DANGER ENGAGE THE SWING LOCK BEFORE
ENGAGE THE SWING LOCK BEFORE ADJUSTING THE SWING BRAKE
INSTALLlNG THE SWING BRAKE VALVE.
VALVE.
4. Test the valve by engaging the swing brake control
l. Engage the swing lock. valve and operating the swing brake. Verify the
swing brake works when the pedal is pressed. Verify
2. Install the brake valve and secure in place with the the brake is off when the pedal is not pressed.
four bolts, flat washers, lockwashers, and nuts. Engage the swing lock and make adjustments to the
pedal as needed.
3. Attach the hydraulic lines to the brake valve as
tagged during removal . 5. Check for leaks. Make repairs as needed.

o
e
I

p
I
I
I
I I

L _______ �

Valve Hydraulic Schematic (P) Port

Swing Power B rake Valve

2-8-38 GROVE
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM

Ta ndem B ra ke Va lve wl Tread le Ped a l

DESC R I PT I O N

The tandem brake valve with treadle pedal is located on
the floor of the cabo The tandem brake valve provides
split system braking for the primary (front) brakes and
the secondary (rear) brakes. The valve is a closed center
spool design which modulates the output pressure
[ 1 4,824 ± 1 034 kPa ( 1 48.2 ± 1 0.3 bar) (2 1 50 ± 1 50 psi)]
to the brake actuators. The valve is mechan ical ly actuated
by a treadle pedal. The direct acting spool provides a
pedal feel which accurately represents the brake pressure,
similar to automotive style pedal feedback as the brake
pedal pressure in creases, the pedal effort increases pro­
portionally. As the pedal is initially actuated, the tank
ports are closed off from the brake ports. When applying
the pedal more, the pressure ports are opened to the brake
ports until the pedal actuation force and the hydraulic
pressure force are balanced. AIso when the pedal i s actu­
ated, the integral proximity switch is engaged to provide
an electrical signal for brake l ights. When the pedal is
released, the valve and the pedal return to the non-applied
position. In normal operation, the secondary system is
piloted from the primary section providing pressure to
both systems.
The tandem brake valve consists of a tandem valve body,
a closed center spool, a treadle pedal, an integral proxim­
ity switch and a mechanical spring assembly to limit the
output pressure to the brake actuators to [ 1 4,824 ± 1 03 4
kPa ( 1 48.2 ± 1 0 .3 bar) (2 1 5 0 ± 1 5 0 psi)] .

MAI NTE NAN C E

REMOVAL. INSTALLATION.
1. Tag and disconnect the electrical connector to the 1. Secure the valve to the cab floor with the nuts and
valve. bolts.

2. Tag and disconnect the hydraul ic hoses from the 2. Connect the hydraulic hoses to the ports o n the
valve. Cap or plug the lines and ports. valve as tagged during removal .

3. Remove the nuts and bolts securing the valve to the 3. Connect the electrical connector to the valve as
cab floor. Remove the valve. tagged during removal .

4. Start the engine and check valve and hoses for leaks.
Make repairs as needed.

n fl ' (� -
''-, "�

'
I "<"
P1

Il it ' /
r-
1
'tY� Pressure Port (P1)
P2 82
�
(81) Port ---f> r Jl
�
' 1(
�
Tank (T)
-

..,......-r �J 1.. \ Pressure Port (P2)

(82) POr! [� A
Tank (T)
-

«f;:/

Tandem Brake Va lve W/Tread le Pedal

GROVE 2-8-39
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM
Dual A cc u m u lato r C ha rg e Va lve
D E S C R I PTI ON
The dual accumulator charge valve is located on the tum­
table left side, inside the superstructure. The purpose of
the valve is to provide a priority regulated flow depen­
dent on the maximum pressure required to the service
brake circuit and a secondary source of flow for the front
steer and swing circuits. The dual accumulator charge
valve regulates flow to the hydraulic accumulators at a
rate of 8 .3 to 1 2. 1 l/min (2 .2 to 3 .2 gpm) to provide stored
energy for the primary (front) and the secondary (rear)
service brake circuits.
The dual accumulator charge valve consists of a charging
section with a proportional flow d ivided spool and a main
check valve, a control section with a pilot spool with a
low l imit check ball and a high limit check ball, and an
inverted shuttle cartridge.
When the valve is charging the accumulators, the propor-
tional flow divider spool, in the charging section, is in
neutral to allow the charging flow to pass through the
main check valve and on to the pilot control section and
the inverted shuttle cartridge. The pilot control section
controls the opening and closing ofthe low and high limit
MAI NTENAN C E
REMOVAL.
1. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the
valve. Cap or plug the lines and ports.
2. Remove the two bolts, washers, and lockwashers
securing the valve to the turntable. Remove the
valve.
INSTALLATION.
1. Position the valve on the turntable and secure with
two bolts, washers, and lockwashers.
T
¡- - - --
I
I
A1
6436
Valve Hydraulic Schematic
Dual Accumulator Charge Valve
2-8-40
RT700E
check balIs. The pilot spool permits only one of these
balls to be open at any one time. When the low limit
check ball is open, the pressure from the accumulators is
appl ied to shift the charging section flow divider spool
and allow pump flow to the inverted shuttle cartridge
which is normalIy open to charge the accumulators.
When the accumulators are charged to the high l imit
pressure of 1 8,96 1 kPa ( 1 90 Bar) (2750 psi), p ilot pres­
sure will open the high limit check ball and close the low
limit check ball . The inverted shuttle sen ses the pressure
in the accumulators and the brake circuits to pilot close
the cartridge when the maximum pressure is reached.
After the accumulators are ful ly charged, the high limit
check ball opens and the proportional flow divider spool
is ful Iy opened to direct all of the pump flow to the
excess flow port and on to the front steer and swing cir-
cuits. When pressure to the steering or swing circuit
becomes greater than the accumulator pressure, the main
check valve opens and charges the accumulator without
the aid of the charging valve. In this condition, the maxi-
mum accumulator pressure is the brake circu it relief set-
ting of 20,689 kPa (207 bar) (3000 psi).
2. Connect the hydraulic hoses to the valve ports as
tagged during removal .
3. Start the engine and check for leaks. Make repairs as
needed.
4. Depress the brake pedal several times, make several
tums with the steering wheel, and swing the super­
structure left and right. VerifY the brakes, swing, and
front steering work properly.
GROVE
RT700E
Hyd ra u l i c A c c u m u lator
D E SC R I PT I O N
The hydraulic accumulators are located inside the super­
structure on the left side under the main hoist. The pur­
pose of each accumulator is to provide stored energy, an
oil volume of 1 .9 l iters ( 1 1 6 cu in) at a maximum pres­
sure of 1 3 ,800 kPa ( 1 3 8 bar) (2000 psi), to actuate the
service brake circuits. The dual accumulator charge valve
regulates flow to the hydraulic accumulators to provide
ful ly powered independently separate, primary (front)
and secondary (rear), service brake circuits.
MAI NTE NAN C E
REMOVAL.
1. With the engine shutdown, deplete the hydraulic
pressure in the accumulators by depressing the ser­
vice brake pedal several times.
2. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hose from the
accumulator. Cap or plug the l ine and port.
3. Remove the two nuts securing each clamp half.
Remove the each clamp half and accumulator from
the turntable.
INSTALLATION.
1. Position the accumulator in the clamps and secure
with the removable clamp halves and nuts.
2. Connect the hydraulic hose to the port on the accu­
mulator as tagged during removal.
Hydraulic Accumu lator
GROVE
HYDRAU LIC SYSTEM
Each accumulator has two chambers divided by a piston.
One side is pre-charged to 6206 kPa (62.06 bar) (900 psi)
with high purity nitrogen. This mai ntains a constant pres­
sure in the other chamber which is connected to the mod­
ulating brake valve. After the accumulators are ful ly
charged, they will provide the necessary brake system
flow and pressure to actuate the brakes.
The accumulator consists of a piston, seals, gas valve,
and a gas valve guardo
3. Pre-charge the accumulator. Refer to paragraph
titled Pre-Charging Accumulator in Sub-Section
titled Hydraulic Pressure Adjustment.
4. Start the engine and check accumulator and hoses
for leaks. Make repairs as needed.
5. Depress the brake pedal several times, make several
tums with the steering wheel, and swing the super­
structure left and right. Verify the brakes, swing, and
front steering work properly.
SERVICING.
The pre-charge nitrogen pressure should be checked
every 200 hours or once a month, whichever comes first.
Refer to paragraph titled Checking Accumulator Pre­
Charge Pressure in Sub-Section titled Hydraul ic Pressure
Adjustment.
/Gas Valve Guard
-�.' -�I
lL
D =='J
15
Gas Valve
2-8-4 1
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Swi n g B ra ke a n d A rm rest Lockout Va lve M a n ifo l d
D E S C R I PT I O N
The swing brake and armrest lockout valve manifold is
located on the right side of the turntable. The man ifold
contains a pressure reducing valve, a 1 00 mesh filter
screen in the inlet port, and two three-way, two position
solenoid valves.
The pressure reducing valve provides 1 720 kPa ( 1 7.2
bar) (25 0 psi) for operation of the swing brake and the
foot throttle.
Each solenoid valve is he Id in its normalIy open to tank
position by a spring. When the solenoid is energized, the
plunger assembly forces the spool to shift, causing the
valve to shift. Deenergizing the solenoid causes spring
pressure to shift the spool to its normalIy closed position.
One solenoid valve serves as the swing brake release
valve. This normally open to tank valve, when de-ener-
MAI NTE NAN C E
REMOVAL.
l. Tag and disconnect the electrical connectors to the
swing brake and armrest lockout valve manifold.
2. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the
manifold. Cap or plug the lines and ports.
3. Remove the two bolts, lockwashers, and washers
securing the manifold. Remove the manifold and
two spacer bushings.
INSTALLATION.
l. Position the manifold and spacer bushings on turnta­
ble and secure it with two bolts, washers, and lock­
washers.
2. Connect the hydraulic l ines to the manifold as
tagged during removal.
3. Connect the electrical connectors to the manifold as
tagged during removal.
2-8-42
RT700E
gized, prevents hydraulic oil pressure from releasing the
swing brake. When the SWING BRAKE switch is in
OFF, this valve opens to allow hydraulic oil pressure to
release the swing brake.
The other three-way, two-position solenoid valve serves
as the controller armrest lockout valve. This normally
open to tank valve is de-energized when the CRANE
FUNCTION switch is in OFF, the armrest is raised, or
the operator is not in the seat. When de-energized, the
valve prevents hydraul ic oil pressure from reaching the
pilot circuits (the circuits the swing, lift, telescope, and
each hoist remote control valve use to control the direc­
tional control valves). When the CRANE FUNCTION
switch is on, this valve opens to allow hydraulic oil pres­
sure to all of the pilot circuits, remote control valves, and
directional control valves. This valve, when closed, pre­
vents accidental tumtable, hoist, or boom movement.
FUNCTION CHECK - SWING BRAKE RELEASE
VALVE.
l. Position the SWING BRAKE switch to OFF. Verify
the LED in the switch goes out.
2. Swing the turntable to verify the swing brake has
released. Step on the power brake val ve to stop the
tumtable.
3. Position the SWING BRAKE switch to ON. Verify
the LED in the switch comes on.
4. Activate swing and ensure the tumtable will not
rotate, indicating the swing brake is on.
5. Check for leaks. Make repairs as needed.
FUNCTION CHECK - CRANE FUNCTION VALVE.
l. Turn off the CRANE FUCTION switch.
2. Start the engine.
3. Try to telescope the boom i n and out, lower and
raise the boom, hoist each hoist up and down, and
GRO'VE
RT700E HYDRAU LIC SYSTE M

swing the turntable left and right. Verify none of INLET FILTER SCREEN REPLACEMENT.
these functions work.

4. Tum on the CRANE FUNCTION switch, put the

NOTE
armrest down, and set in the seat.
The filter screen should be replaced
5. Telescope the boom i n and out, lower and raise the every 2000 hours or if crane functions
boom, hoist each hoist up and down, and swing the slow down.
tumtable left and right. Verify all of these functions
work.
1. Disconnect the inlet l ine from the P port on the
6. Check for leaks. Make repairs as needed. valve and remove the fitting from the port.

2. Remove hollow lock screw, spacer, and filter screen.

3. Install new filter screen, spacer, and hollow lock

screw.

4. Instal l fitting in the P port and connect the inlet lineo

B REG 1 R E G2

G [gJ [[
1 1 J l 1 1 J

O O
/
250 REG 2 (G) Port
PS I

@) @REG 1
. --- - _J
DR
1 00 I

M��
- - - -

P
__

�
@
(DR) Port �
Valve Hydraulic Schematic (P) Port

Swing Brake and Armrest Lockout Valve Man ifold

GROVE 2-8-43
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM
Axle Osc i l lation Lockout Va lve
D E S C R I PT I O N
The axle oscillation lockout valve (also called the double
solenoid valve) is used in the rear axle oscillation lockout
circuit. The valve is mounted on the left rear face of the
carrier frame rear cross member forward of the rear axle.
It consists of a valve body and two normal ly-closed, two­
way, two-position solenoid valves. It keeps the lockout
cyl inders from oscillating unless the turntable is centered
forward.
For the CE Units with Dual Axis Controllers, the axle
oscillating lockout valve is replaced with four two way
solenoid operated poppet cartridge valves installed in the
ports of the lockout cylinders.
The area definition potentiometer in the electrical swivel
energizes and de-energizes the axle oscillation relay.
MAI N TE NAN C E
REMOVAL.
1. Tag and disconnect the electrical connectors to the
valve.
2. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the
valve. Cap or plug the l ines and ports.
3. Remove the two nuts and screws securing the valve
to the frame bracket. Remove the valve.
2-8-44
RT700E
When the superstructure is more than 6 degrees left or
right of directly over the front, the axle oscillation relay
is de-energized .
When the axle oscillation relay's contacts are open, the
normally closed solenoid valves are de-energized and
isolate the lockout cyl inders from hydraulic oil supply.
This keeps the cylinders from oscillating (moving up and
down to damp axle movement) because hydraulic oil
cannot leave the cylinders. Instead, the cylinders remain
fuI l of hydraulic oil and more rigid.
When the axle oscil lation relay 's contacts are closed, the
solenoid val ves are energized and open . This aIlows
hydraulic oil in and out of the cylinders, allowing them to
osciIlate.
INSTALLATION.
1. Secure the valve to the crane with the nuts and
screws.
2. Connect the hydraulic hoses to the ports on the
val ve as tagged during removal.
3. Connect the electrical connectors to the valve as
tagged during removal.
4. Verify proper operation. Refer to PROPER OPERA­
TION OF AXLE OSCILLATION LOCKOUTS in
the Operator's and Safety Handbook.
5. Check valve and hoses for leaks. Make repairs as
needed.
GROVE
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM

e
:--------------l

B� _�-+---i ---
I

(A) Port
(B) Port
A

I
o
L______________�
I I

Valve Hydraulic Schematic (C) Port

Axle Oscil lation Lockout Valve

GROVE 2-8-45
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700 E

H igh S peed B oost Se lector Va lve

D E S C R I PTION

The high speed boost selector valve is located on port #6
of the hydraulic swivel spool. Output from pump number
1 , section 2 passes through the high speed boost selector
valve. When the valve is de-energized, the oil flows to
the outrigger/rear steer valve. When the valve is ener­
gized, the oil is combined with the output of pump num­
ber 1 , section 1 to provide additional oil capacity to the
main crane functions. With the valve in the energized
position, the rear steer and outriggers are inoperative.
The high speed boost selector valve consists of a valve
body, one normally open two-way, two position solenoid
valve, and a pilot to close poppet check valve.

MAI NTE NAN C E

REMOVAL. INSTALLATION.
1. Tag and disconnect the electrical connectors to the
valve. 1. Install the valve to the #6 port of the hydraulic
swivel spool and tighten the fitting.
2. Tag and disconnect the hydraul ic hoses from the
valve. Cap or plug the lines and ports. 2. Connect the hydraulic hoses to the ports on the
valve as tagged during removal.
3. Remove the hydraulic fitting securing the valve to
the #6 port of the hydraulic swivel spool . Remove 3. Connect the electrical connectors to the valve as
the valve. tagged during removal.

4. Start the engine and check valve and hoses for leaks.
Make repairs as needed.

8
1-----
I
1I

I I
I I
--
(8) Port
POPPET
'�HECK
I
: P2

I I
I
(P1 )
Port
I I I
I
r - - - - �

OU T L E T 1 I
I

I I
�
I

----- ,>- _ _ _ _ ..1

P1
_ -1 _ _ _ _ _ _ L.... _

, ITrrp:¡±n
rrIT,I= (P2) Po rt
Valve Hydraulic Schematic

High Speed Boost Selector Valve

2-8-46 GROVE
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM

Service B ra ke a n d AIC P rio rity F low Control Va lve

D E S C R I PTION

The priority flow control valve is located inside the right receives the excess flow. Hydraulic pump number 1 sec­
frame rail at the center of the frame. The purpose of the tion 3 supplies the priority flow control valve which pro­
valve is to insure the brake circuit gets the priority flow vides 3 7 .85 l/m in ( 1 0 gpm) to port 8 on the swive l and
and the hydraulic air conditioner (optional) circuit then to the dual accumulator charge valve.

MA I NTE NAN C E

NOTE INSTALLATION.
Maintenance procedures are limited 1. Place the priority flow control valve on the mount­
to the removal and replacement of the ing plate and secure it with two bolts, lockwashers
valve. and nuts.

REMOVAL. 2. Connect the hydraulic lines t o the valve as tagged

during removal .
1. Tag and d isconnect the hydraul ic lines atlached to
the valve. Cap or plug the lines and ports.
3. Start the crane and apply the service brake several
times. Verify the service brake works properly.
2. Remove the two bolts, lockwashers and nuts secur­
ing the valve to the valve mounting plate and
remove the valve. 4. Check for leaks. Make repairs as needed.

(EF) Port (CF) Port

( r- = = =- -l
\�,( I� = = = -"Í \

j
I I

�_ I
I I
L _ _ _ J l_ _ _ _ J

EF cr
LJ

�=r
Tank

� �-í� �t� iT p
Valve Hydraulic Schematic �l1 , - - - -,
(
/
)=- = = = -ci ./
�

(P ) Port
Service Brake and AlC Priority Flow Valve

GROVE 2-8-47
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

O i l C ooler Fan Motor P rio rity F l ow C o ntrol Va lve

D E SC R I PT I O N

The priority flow control valve is located inside the left
frame rail at the center of the frame. The purpose of the
valve is to insure the oil cooler fan motor gets the priority
flow and the integrated outrigger/rear steer valve circuit
receives the excess flow. Hydraulic pump number 1 sec­
tion 2 supplies the priority flow control valve which pro-
vides 1 7.0 l/min (4.5 gpm) to the hydraulic oil cooler fan
motor and the excess flow to the integrated outrigger/rear
steer val ve unless the high speed boost selector valve is
energized and then the oil is combined with the output of
pump 1, section 1 to provide add itional oil capacity to the
section 1 functions.

MAI NTE NAN C E

NOTE INSTALLATION.
Maintenance procedures are limited 1. Place the priority flow control valve on the mount­
to the removal and replacement of the ing plate and secure it with two bolts, lockwashers
valve. and nuts.

REMOVAL. 2. Connect the hydraulic lines t o the valve a s tagged

1. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines atlached to
the valve. Cap or plug the lines and ports.
2. Remove the two bolts, lockwashers and nuts secur­
ing the valve to the valve mounting plate and
remove the valve.
during removal.
3. Start the crane and energize the high speed boost
and operate the crane several times. Verify the
hydraulic oil cooler fan motor works properly.
4. Check for leaks. Make repairs as needed.

(EF) Port (CF) Port

r- = = = -=i
I�-�\� i \ ���
' I 1 I I
J I I I I i
L � L J --¡-"

I�J� U
'.¡----fii
_ _ _ _ _ _

r 1 I I

EF S;I_
� . 1'__0

J-, I I
LJ
__

Tank
! �]--� -� T '1
_

11 -

L_ _ _ � I \�
l
p
,---,
Valve Hydraulic Schematic
1
i (
/
F = = = -c.\
'-----'����-

(P) Port
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan M otor Priority Flow Control Valve

2-8-48 GROVE
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM

C ross A x l e D ifferential L o c k Va lve

D E SC R I PT I O N

The cross axle differential lock valve (optional) is located
on the front side of the rear center frame cross member.
The valve is a three-way, two position solenoid valve.
The val ve is used to control the application of the crane's
hydraulically applied and released cross axle differential
lock actuators.
Positioning the AXLE DIFF switch to LOCK shifts the
three-way, two-position solenoid valve so hydraulic oil
can flow to the engage port of the cross axle differential
lock actuators, extending them. When the actuators
extend, they engage the splines on the differential case
and the axle shafts to lock the d ifferential assemblies
together.
Positioning the AXLE DIFF switch to UNLOCK shifts
the three-way, two-position solenoid valve so hydraulic
oil can flow to the disengage port of the actuators,
retracting them . As the actuators retract, they unlock the
axles.

MA I NTENANCE

REMOVAL. 2. Connect the hydraulic lines t o the valve as tagged

during removal .
l. Tag and disconnect the electrical connector from the
valve.
3. Connect the electrical connector to the valve as
2. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines attached to tagged during removal .
the valve. Cap or plug l ines and ports.
4. Apply and release the cross axle differential lock
3. Remove the two bolts and washers securing the several times. Verify the cross axle differential lock
valve to the frame. Remove the valve. holds the axle from moving when applied so there is
INSTALLATION. no d ifferential action between the wheels.
l. Secure the valve to the frame with the two bolts and
washers. 5. Check for leaks. Make repairs as needed.

I (B) Port
B 1------l T L _

11 I
- -,

(P) Port
I
r -

I
(A) Port
L �� _P_I
Valve Hydraulic Schematic (T) Port
Cross Axle Diffe rential Lock Valve

GROVE 2-8-49
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

CYLlNDERS

G E N E RAL

This subsection provides descriptive information for all For information on how the cyl inder functions in the
the hydraulic cylinders used on this crane. The descrip­ individual circuits, refer to the Description and Operation
tion of the cyl inder given here is for the cylinder itself. of that circuit.

MA I NTENA N C E

GENERAL. on the component. The resulting value is the number of

degrees each wear ring gap is to be located with respect
to each other.
There must be a gap between the ends of each wear ring
when it is installed onto the piston (as applicable) or
head. In addition, each wear ring gap is to be located as The approximate wear ring gaps are as follows :
follows : Divide 3 60 degrees by the number of wear rings

WEAR RING GAP

Head (or Piston) Size Wear Ring Gap

Ineh mm Ineh mm

1 to 4.75 25.4 to 1 20.7 0. 1 25 3.1 8

5 to 1 0.0 1 27.0 to 254.0 0. 1 87 4.75

greater than 1 0.0 greater than 254.0 0.250 6.3 5

LEAKAGE CHECK. age. If leakage is observed, the seals in the cylinder

must be replaced .
A hydraulic cyl inder should not be disassembled unless it
is essential. The following checks will provide a means 3. Fully retract the cylinder rod. Remove the extend
of determining if a cylinder has a faulty or leaking piston hose from the cylinder. Cap the extend hose.
seal .
DANGER
1. Extend the rod to its maximum stroke. Remove the
retract hose from the cylinder. Cap the retract hose. ENSURE PRESSURE IS APPLlED TO
THE RETRACT (ROD) SIDE OF THE
DANGER CYLlNDER ONLy AND THAT THE
EXTEND HOSE IS CAPPED.
ENSURE PRESSURE IS APPLlED TO
THE PISTON SIDE OF THE CYLlNDER 4. Apply hydraulic pressure to the retract (rod) side of
ONLy AND THE RETRACT HOSE IS the cylinder and observe the open cylinder port for
CAPPED. leakage. If leakage is observed, the seals in the cyl­
inder must be replaced.
2. Apply hydraulic pressure to the piston si de of the
cylinder and observe the open cylinder port for leak- 5. Reconnect all cyl inder ports.

2-8-50 GROYlE
RT700E
TEMPERATURE EFFECTS ON HYDRAULlC CYLlN­
DERS
Hydraulic oil expands when heated and contracts when
cooled. This is a natural phenomena that happens to all
liquids. The coefficient of expansion for API Group 1
hydraulic oil is approximately 0.00043 cubic inches per
cubic inch of volume for 1 °F of temperature change.
T hermal contraction will allow a cylinder to retract as
the hydraulic fluid which is trapped in the cylinder
cools. The change in the length of a cylinder is propor­
tional to the extended length of the cylinder and to the
change in temperature of the oil in the cylinder. For
example, a cylinder extended 25 feet in which the oil
cools 60°F would retract approximately 7 3/4 inches (see
chart below). A cylinder extended 5 feet in which the oil
cools 60°F would only retract approximately 1 1 /2
inches. The rate at which the oil cools depends on many
factors and will be more noticeable with a larger differ­
en ce in oil temperature verses the ambient temperature.
Thermal contraction coupled with improper lubrication
or improper wear pad adjustments m ay, under certain
conditions, cause a "stick-sl ip" condition in the boom.
This "stick-sl ip" condition could result in the load not
moving smoothly. Proper boom lubrication and wear pad
adjustment is important to permit the boom sections to
slide freely. Slow movement, of the boom may be unde­
tected by the operator unless a load is suspended for a
long period of time.
If a load and the boom is al lowed to remain stationary for
a period of time and the am bient temperature is cooler
BOOM DRIFT CHART (Cylinder length change in inches)
Length change in i nches = Stroke (Ft.) X Tem perature C hange ( ° F) X C oeff. (i n 3/in 3/ ° F) X 1 2 i n/ft
Temperatu re Effects on Hydraulic Cylinders
GROVE
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM
than the trapped oil temperature, the trapped oil i n the
cylinders will cool . The load will lower as the telescope
cylinder(s) retracts allowing the boom to come in. AIso,
the boom angle will decrease as the lift cylinder(s)
retracts causing an increase in radius and a decrease in
load height.
This situation will also occur in reverse. If a crane i s set
up in the morning with cool oil and the daytime ambient
temperature heats the oil, the cylinders will extend in
similar proportions.
The chart below has been prepared to assist you in deter­
mining the approximate amount of retraction/extension
that may be expected from a hydraulic cylinder as a result
of change in the temperature of the hydraulic oil inside
the cylinder. The chart is for dry rod cylinders. If the cyl­
inder rod is filled with hydraul ic oil, the contraction rate
is somewhat greater.
NOTE
Operators and service personnel
must be aware that load movement,
as a result of this phenomena, can be
easily mistaken as leaking cylinder
seals or faulty holding valves. If leak­
ing seals or faulty holding valves are
suspected to be the problem, refer to
Service Bulletin 98-036 dealing with
testing telescope cylinders.
2-8-5 1
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

Lift Cy l i nder

D E SC R I PT I O N

The RT700E lift cylinder has a bore of 30.48 cm ( 1 2 . 0 foreign material from entering the cy l indero O-rings and
inches). The retracted length ofthe cylinder from the cen­ other seals prevent internal and external leakage.
ter of the barrel bushing to the center of the rod bushing
is 294.6 cm ( 1 1 6.0 inches). The extended length of the The RT700E cyl inder weighs approximately 742.5 kg
cylinder from the center of the barrel bushing to the cen­ ( 1 63 7 lb).
ter of the rod bushing is 522.2 cm (205 .6 in ches ). Its
stroke is 227.6 cm (89.6 inches). A wiper ring prevents

MAI NTE NAN C E

DISASSEMBLY. 5. Remove the rod and atlached parts from the barrel.

NOTE NOTE
Any maintenanee requiring disassem­ Cover the barrel opening to avoid
bly of the eylinders should inelude eontamination.
replaeement of all seals and rings. A CAUTION
seal kit will supply the required items.
1. Disconnect the tube assembly from the holding
WHEN REMOVING SEALS ANO
valve.
RINGS, AVOIO SCRATCHING THE
GROOVEO ANO GLANO SURFACES.
2. Remove the four bolts and washers securing the 6. Remove the two hydrolock seals from the outside of
holding valve and remove the holding valve from the piston.
the cylinder barrel .

3. Remove the two socket head cap screws securing

NOTE
the head retainer ring to the head. Arranging disearded seals and rings
in the order of disassembly will aid in
4. Using a spanner wrench or chain wrench, unscrew installation of new seals and rings.
the head retainer ring from the barrel. Pay attention to how eaeh seal and
ring is installed to avoid installing
DANGER replaeement seals and rings improp­
erly.
DO NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO 7. Remove the setscrew securing the piston to the rod.
REMOVE THE ROO. USE ONLY A
SOURCE OF CONTROLLED HYDRAU­ 8. Unscrew the piston from the rod.
L1C OIL PRESSURE IF THE ROD IS
HARD TO MOVE. 9. Remove the O-ring and two backup rings from the
i nside of the piston.
CAUTION 1 0. Remove the head from the rod. Remove the O-ring
and the backup rin g from the outside of the head.
EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN Remove the wear rmgs, the buffer seal, the deep Z
rod seal, backup ring, and the wiper ring from the
HANDLING OR SETTING DOWN THE inside of the head.
ROO. DAMAGE TO THE ROO SUR­
FACE MAY CAUSE UNNECESSARY 1 1 . Remove and d iscard the two threaded inserts from
MAINTENANCE ANO EXPENSE. the head.

2-8-52
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM

1 2. Remove the head retainer ring from the rod. CAUTION

INSPECTION. BEFORE INSTALLlNG NEW SEALS
ANO RINGS, CLEAN ALL SURFACES
1. Clean aH parts with solvent and dry with com­ ANO CAREFULLY REMOVE BURRS
pressed airo Inspect aH parts for serviceability. ANO NICKS. PARTS DISPLAYING
EXCESSIV E WEAR OR OAMAGE
2. Inspect the barrel carefuHy for scoring. If barrel i s SHOULO BE REPLACEO.
scored, i t must b e repaired o r replaced.

5. Stone out minor blemishes and polish with a fine

3. Check piston for damage. I f piston is damaged,
determine if it can be repaired or must be replaced. crocus cloth.

4. Inspect rod for straightness. Determine if it can be 6. Clean with solvent and dry with compressed air any
straightened or must be replaced. parts that have been stoned and po1ished.

1. Barrel
2. Piston
3. Set Screw
4. Hydrolock Seal
5. O-Ring 4
6. Backup Rings
7. Rod
8. Head
9. Wear Ring
1 0. O-Ring
11. Backup Ring
1 2. Buffer Seal
1 3. Deep Z Rod Seal
1 4. Wiper Ring
1 5. Holding Va lve
1 6. P l ugs
1 7. Tube Assembly
1 8. Backup Ring
1 9. Head Reta iner Ring 14
20. Socket Head Cap Screw

Lift Cylinder

GROVE 2-8-53
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

ASSEMBLY.
Hydrolock Piston Seals
CAUTION
WHEN INSTALLlNG NEW SEALS AND
RINGS, AVOID STRETCHING SEALS
OR SCRATCHING THE GROOVEO OR
GLAND SURFACES. MAKE SURE
PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE AND
DURING ASSEMBLY. MAKE SURE
SEALS ANO RI' �GS ARE INS' {ALLED 9. Install the replacement hydrolock seals on the out­
IN THE PROPE' � ORDER. side of the piston . Make sure the "vees" on the two
hydrolock seals point at each other.
NOTE
1 0. Lubricate all parts freely with clean hydraulic oil.
Lubricate seals and rings with clean
hydraulic oil. CAUTION
l. Install head retainer ring on rod. EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN
HANDLING THE ROD. DAMAGE TO
2. Install two new threaded inserts into head. THE ROD SURFACE MAY CAUSE
UNNECESSARY MAINTENANCE AND
EXPENSE. ALSO, TAKE CARE TO
AVOID DAMAGING GROOVED OR
GLAND SURFACES OR RINGS OR
SEALS DURING ROD INSERTION.
1 1 . Remove the cover from the barrel. Insert the rod and
atlached parts into the barrel with a slight twisting
motion.

Deep Z Rod Seal

1 2 . Install new gasket material to the cylinder head
retainer ring flange as follows.

a. Clean the barrel and retainer ring with Loctite

3. Install the replacement wear rings, buffer seal, deep
Z rod seal, backup ring, and wiper ring in the inside
of the head . Make sure the buffer seal's step is closer
to the deep Z rod seal . Make sure the deep Z rod
seal 's rim groove is closer to the buffer seal.
4. Install the replacement O-ring and the backup ring
on the outside of the head.
5. Install the replacement O-ring and backup rings in
the inside of the piston .
cleaning solvent 7070 or similar non- chlorinated
solvent.
b. Apply a light coating of Loctite primer N7649
to both surfaces. Allow primer to dry for one to two
minutes. Primer must be dry. Mating of parts should
occur within five minutes.
c. Apply gasket material Loctite Master Gasket
5 1 8 to one surface. Partial cure is obtained in four
hours, with ful l cure in 48 hours.

6. Lubricate the rod with clean hydraulic oil . 1 3 . Screw the head retainer ring into the barrel and align
holes in retainer ring with holes in head. Install two
socket head cap screws.
7. Slide the head, wiper ring end first, onto the rod.
1 4. Using a spanner wrench or chain wrench, continue
8. Screw the piston onto the rod tightly. Secure the pis­ to screw the retainer ring/head into place in the bar­
ton with the set screw. rel.

2-8-54 GROVE
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM

CAUTION 1 5 . Position the holding valve on the cylinder barrel and

DO NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO
CYCLE OR PRESSURIZE THE CYLlN­
DER.
secure with four bolts and washers. Connect tubing
to holding valve.
1 6. Pressurize and cycle the cylinder with hydraul ic oil
pressure. Test the cyl inder at 4 1 ,3 70 kPa (4 1 4 bar)
(6000 psi). Check for proper operation and any leak­
age. Make repairs as needed.

GROVE 2-8-55
HYDRA U LI C SYSTEM RT700 E

Lowe r Telescope C y l i n d e r

D E S C R I PTI ON

The boom lower telescope cylinder has a 1 52mm (6 in)
bore, a 1 27 cm (5 in) hollow rod, and is internally ported .
Oil from the telescope control valve is routed to the cyl­
inder by external lines. Oil is routed to the upper tele­
scope cylinder by a 50.8 mm (2 in) hollow rod inside the
1 27 mm (5 in) rod . F oreign material is prevented from
entering the cylinder rod during retraction by a wiper ring
in the head. O-ring seals prevent internal and external
leakage. The retracted length of the cylinder from the
center of the support block to the center of the cylinder
mounting pin is 895.9 cm (3 52.72 in). The cylinder has a
stroke of 7 5 8 . 7 cm (298.69 in) which gives an extended
length of 1 654.6 cm (65 1 .4 1 in).
The cylinder weighs 93 7 kg (2066 lb).

MAI NTENANCE

DISASSEMBLY. 4. Remove the guide lock ring from the piston to gain
access to the setscrew.
NOTE 5. Remove the setscrew and unscrew the piston from
Replace all seals and o-rings any time the rod.
the cylinder is disassembled. 6. Remove the remaining guide lock ring, the
hydrolock seals, and wear rings from the outside of
1. Remove the bolts and washers securing the rod the piston . Remove the o-ring and two backup rings
retaining plate to the barrel . from the inside of the piston.
2. Remove the bolt and washer that secures the rod
retaining plate to the inner rod end. 7. Remove the spacer from the rod and the wear rings
from the spacer.
DANGER 8. Remove the cylinder head from the rod .
DO NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO
REMOVE THE CYLlNDER ROD. USE 9. Remove the wear rings, buffer seal assembly, deep Z
ONLY CONTROLLED HYDRAULlC rod seal, and back-up ring from the inside of the
PRESSURE. head.

1 0. Remove the low temperature o-ring and backup ring

CAUTION from the outside of the cylinder head.

DO NOT DAMAGE THE CYLlNDER 1 1 . Sl ide the inner rod out from the outer rod . The seal
ROO CHROME SURFACE. retainer will slide out with the inner rod. Remove
the guide lock ring from the inner rod end.
NOTE
1 2 . Remove the seal retainer from the inner rod.
Align the old seals in order of removal
to facilitate installation of new seals. 1 3 . Remove the wear rings and deep Z rod seals from
the inside of the se al retainer.
3. Using a chain wrench, unscrew the cyl inder head
from the barrel . Remove the rod from the barrel and 1 4. Remove the low temperature o-ring and backup ring
cover the opening in the barrel to keep contaminates from the outside of the seal retainer.
out of the barrel.
INSPECTION.
CAUTION
1. Clean all parts with solvent and dry with com­
DO NOT SCRATCH OR DAMAGE THE pressed airo Inspect for damaged or worn parts and
GROOVED ANO GLAND SURFACES. replace as required .

2-8-56 GROVE
RT700E HYDRAU LIC SYSTEM

1 5. I n ner Rod
1 6. Back u p Ring
1 7. Deep Z Rod Seal
1. Rod End Bolt ( I n ner Rod)
1 8. Buffer Seal Assembly
2. Reta i n i n g Plate Bolt
1 9. Wear Ring
3. Backup Ring
20. Low Temperature O-Ring
4. Low Temperature O-Ring
21 . Backup Ring
5. Setscrew (0.375 x 0.5 Self-Iocking Soft-tip)
22. P iston Wear Ring
6. Gu ide Lock Ring
23. Piston Hyd rolock Seal Assembly
7. Wear Ring
Deep Z Rod Seals
24. P iston Wear Ring
8. 25. Backup Ring
9. Backup Rings
26. Low Temperature O-Ring
1 0. Low Temperature O- Ring
27. R o d E n d ( I n ne r Rod)
11. Barrel
28. Rod Reta i n i n g Plate ( I n ne r Rod)
1 2. Wiper Ring
29. Piston
1 3. G u ide Lock Ring
30. Cylinder Head
1 4. Outer Rod
31 . Spacer
32. Seal Retai n e r

Lower Telescope Cyl inder

GROVE 2-8-57
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

CAUTION 4. I nstall the guide lock ring onto the inner rod and
slide the inner rod and seal retainer into the outer
CLEAN ALL SURFACES ANO rod.
REMOVE ALL BURRS ANO NICKS 5. Install the wiper ring, backup ring, deep Z rod seal,
BEFORE INSTALLlNG NEW SEALS buffer seal assembly, and wear rings into the inside
ANO RINGS. REPLACE ALL DAM­ of the cylinder head.
AGEO OR WORN PARTS.
2. Stone out m inor blemishes and polish with fine cro­
cus cloth.

3. Clean all with solvent all parts that have been pol­
ished.
Deep Z Seal Back-Up Ring
4. Inspect the barrel for scoring.

ASSEMBLY.
6. Slide the spacer and cylinder head onto the outer
NOTE rod .

Lubricate new seals and rings with 7. Instal l the low temperature o-rings and backup rings
clean hydraulic oil. Orient wear ring on the inside of the piston.
gaps 1800 aparto NOTE
CAUTION Use a new self-Iocking soft-tip set­
screw.
IMPROPER SEAL INSTALLATION
CAN CAUSE FAULTY CYLlNDER 8. Screw the piston onto the outer rod and secure with
OPERATION. a new 0.375 x 0.5 self-Iocking soft-tip setscrew.

1. If removed, install the holding valve. Refer to 9. Install the guide lock rings, piston hydrolock seal
HOLDING VALVES in this section . assemblies, and piston wear rings to the outside of
the piston.
CAUTION
00 NOT SCRATCH THE GROOVEO
ANO GLANO SURFACES OR DAM­
AGE THE SEALS ANO O-RINGS.
2. Install the low temperature o-ring and backup rings
Set Screw Guide Lock Ring
to the outside of the se al retainer and the deep Z rod
seals and wear rings to the inside of the seal retainer.

1 0. Instal l the wear ring to the outside of the spacer.

1 1 . Install the low temperature o-ring and backup ring

to the outside of the cylinder head.

1 2. Instal l the backup ring and low temperature o-ring

to the outside of the inner rod end .

1 3 . Clean all oil from the threads of the cylinder head

3. Slide the seal retainer onto the inner rod. and apply Loctite #290 to the threads.

2-8-58 GROVE
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTE M

1 4. S lide the rod assembly into the cylinder barrel and DANGER
screw the cylinder head into the barrel.
DO NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO
1 5 . Coat the threads of the 5/8 in. bolt with Loctite CYCLE THE CYLlNDER. USE ONLY
#290. Instal l the rod end plate and bolt the plate to CONTROLLED HYDRAULlC PRES­
the inner rod end with the 5/8 in. bolt and washer. SURE.
Torque the bolt to 1 95 - 2 1 1 Nm ( 1 44 - 1 5 6 ft-Ib).
1 7. Pressurize and cycle the cyl inder with hydraul ic oil
1 6 . Bolt the rod retaining plate to the cyl inder barre 1 pressure. Test the cylinder at 36, 1 99 kPa (3 62 bar)
with the three 7/1 6 in. bolts and washers. Torque the (5250 psi). Check for proper operation and any leak­
bo lts to 65 - 7 O N m (48 - 52 ft- lb). age. Make repairs as needed.

GR09E 2-8-59
HYDRA ULIC SYSTEM RT700E

U p per Te lescope C y l i n d e r

D E SC R I PTI ON

The upper boom telescope cylinder has a 1 5 .2 cm (6 in) (347.75 in) and an extended length of 1 642.0 cm (646.44
bore and is internally ported (rod ported). Gil from the in) from the end of the barrel to the center of the cylinder
telescope control valve is routed to the cyl inder by exter­ block.
nal l ines. F oreign material is prevented from entering the
cylinder during rod retraction by a wiper ring in the head The cyl inder weighs 756 kg ( 1 667 lb).
and o-ring seals prevent internal and external leakage.
The retracted length of the telescope cylinder is 8 83 .3 cm

MAI NTENA N C E

17

13
1. Set Screw (0.375 x 0.5 Self-Locking Soft-Tip)
2. Piston Wear Ring
3. Backup Ring
4. Low Temperature O-Ring
5. Barrel
6. Piston Wear Rings
7. Tru n n ion
8. Wear Rings
9. Wiper Ring
1 0. Deep Z Rod Seal
11. Buffer Seal
1 2. Backup Ring
1 3. Low Temperature O-Ring
14. Guide Lock Ring
1 5. Piston Hydrolock Sea l
1 6. Piston
1 7. Support Block
1 8. Back-Up Ring (Nylatron)
1 9. Spacer
20. Head

U pper Telescope Cylinder

2-8-60 GROYlE
RT700E HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

OISASSEMBLY. 9. Remove the spacer from the rod and the wear rings
from the spacer.
NOTE 1 0. Remove the cylinder head from the rod.
Replace all cylinder seals and o-rings 1 1 . Remove the o-ring and backup ring from the outside
with new ones anytime the cylinder is of the cyl inder head.
disassembled.
1 2. Remove the wear rings, buffer seal, backup ring,
1. Using a chain wrench, unscrew the cyl inder head deep Z rod seal, and the wiper ring from the inside
from the cylinder barrel . of the head.

DANGER INSPECTION.
00 NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO 1. Clean all parts with solvent and dry with com­
REMOVE THE CYLlNDER ROO. USE pressed airo Inspect all parts for serviceability.
ONLY CONTROLLEO HYORAULlC
PRESSURE. CAUTION
CAUTION CLEAN ALL SURFACES ANO
DO NOT OAMAGE THE CYLlNDER REMOVE ALL BURRS ANO NICKS.
ROO CHROME SURFACE. REPLACE ALL DAMAGEO OR WORN
PARTS.
2. Remove the cylinder rod assembly from the cylinder 2. Stone out minor blemishes and polish with fine cro­
barrel and cover the barrel to avoid contamination. cus cloth.

CAUTION 3. Clean with solvent and dry with compressed aIr

parts that have been stoned and pol ished.
DO NOT SCRATCH THE GROOVEO
ANO GLANO SURFACES. 4. I nspect the barrel for scoring.

NOTE ASSEMBLY.
Align old seals in order of removal to 1. If removed, install the holding valve. Refer to
facilitate installation of new seals. VALVES in this section.

3. Remove the guide lock ring at the top of the piston CAUTION
to gain access to the setscrew securing the piston to
the cylinder rod. 00 NOT SCRATCH THE GROOVED
ANO GLANO SURFACES OR OAM­
4. Remove the set screw and d iscard. AGE THE SEALS ANO O-RINGS.
5. Unscrew the piston from the rod. NOTE
6. Remove the remaining guide lock ring, the Lubricate new seals and rings with
hydrolock seal assembly, and the wear rings from clean hydraulic oil. Orient wear ring
the outside of the piston. gaps 1800 aparto
7. Remove the low temperature o-ring and backup ring 2. Install the wiper ring and wear rings on the inside of
from the inside of the piston . the cylinder head.

GROVE 2-8-6 1
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

3. Install the buffer se al assembly and nylatron backup 1 0. Install the guide lock rings, hydrolock seals and
ring on the in si de of the cy linder head. wear rings onto the outside of the piston . Refer to
the figure titled.
4. Install the deep Z rod seal inside the head. Make
sure the seals are properly assembled and installed
i n the correct direction.

Backup Ring

Set Screw

1 1 . Install the wear rings on the outside of the spacer.

Deep Z Rod Seal

CAUTION
5. Install the low temperature o-ring and backup rings DO NOT SCRATCH THE GROOVED
onto the outside of the head. AND GLAND SURFACES OR DAM­
AGE THE SEALS ANO O-RINGS.
6. Install the cylinder head onto the cyl inder rod.
1 2 . C lean all oil from the threads of the cylinder head
7. Install the spacer onto the cylinder rod. and apply Loctite #290 to the threads.

1 3 . Lubricate the piston seals and cylinder head o-ring

CAUTION with clean hydraulic oil and install the rod assembly
into the cylinder barrel with a slight twisting motion.
IMPROPER SEAL INSTALLATION
COULD CAUSE FAULTY CYLlNDER 1 4. Using a chain wrench, secure the cyl inder head to
OPERATION. the cylinder barrel.

8. Install the low temperature o-ring and backup rings DANGER

into the inside of the piston.
NOTE
Use a new self-Iocking soft-tip set­
screw.
9. Screw the piston onto cylinder rod and secure with a
new 0.375 " x 0.5" setscrew (self-Iocking, soft-tip).
DO NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO
CYCLE THE CYLlNDER. USE ONLY
CONTROLLED HYDRAULlC PRES­
SURE.
1 5 . Pressurize and cycle the cylinder with hydraul ic oil
pressure. Test the cylinder at 36, 1 99 kPa (3 62 bar)
(5250 psi). Check for proper operation and any leak­
age. Make repairs as needed.

2-8-62 GRO'VE
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM

Axle Osc i l lation Lockout C y l i nder

DESC R I PT I O N

The two oscillation lockout cylinders each have 1 2 .7 cm
(5 inch) diameter bores. The retracted length of each cyl­
inder is 48.9 cm ( 1 9.25 inches) from the center of the lug
holes to the center of the barrel bushing. The extended
length of each cylinder from the center ofthe lug holes to
the center of the barrel bushing is 65 .7 cm (25 .9 in ches ).
Its stroke is 1 6 .8 cm (6.62 inches). A wiper ring prevents
foreign material from entering each cylinder. O-rings and
other seals prevent internal and external leakage.
The cylinder weighs approximately 40 kg (88 lb).

MAI NTENAN C E

OISASSEMBLY. CAUTION
NOTE WHEN REMOVING SEALS ANO
RINGS, AVOIO SCRATCHING THE
GROOVEO ANO GLANO SURFACES.
Any maintenance requiring disassem­
bly of the cylinder should inelude 3. Remove the hydrolock seals from the outside o f the
replacement of all cylinder seals. piston.

NOTE
1. U sing a chain wrench, unscrew the head from the
barrel. Arranging discarded seals and rings
in the order of disassembly will aid in
DANGER installation of new seals and rings.
Pay attention to how each seal and
ring is installed to avoid installing
DO NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO replacement seals and rings improp­
REMOVE THE ROO. USE ONLY A erly.
SOURCE OF CONTROLLEO HYORAU­
LlC OIL PRESSURE IF THE ROO IS 4. Remove the head from the rod. Remove the O-ring
HARO TO REMOVE. and the backup ring from the outside of the head.
Remove the wear ring, the buffer seal, the deep Z
rod seal, and wiper ring from the inside of the head.
CAUTION
INSPECTION.
EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN
HANDLING OR SETTING OOWN THE 1. Clean all parts with solvent and dry with com­
ROO. 00 NOT OAMAGE THE pressed airo Inspect all parts for serviceability.
CHROME SURFACE.
2. Inspect the barrel carefully for scoring. If barrel is
scored, it must be repaired or replaced.
2. Remove the rod and atlached parts from the barrel .
3. Check rod's piston area for damage. I f it i s dam­
NOTE aged, determine if it can be repaired or must be
replaced.

Cover the barrel opening to avoid 4. Inspect rod for straightness. Detenn ine i f it can be
eontamination. straightened or must be replaced.

GROVE 2-8-63
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

CAUTION
BEFORE INSTALLlNG NEW SEALS
AND RINGS, CLEAN ALL SURFACES
AND CAREFULLY REMOVE BURRS
AND NICKS. PARTS DISPLAYING
EXCESSIVE WEAR OR DAMAGE
SHOULD BE REPLACED.
Stone out minor blemishes and polish with a fine
5.
crocus cloth.
6. Clean with solvent and dry with compressed air any
parts that have been stoned and polished.
ASSEMBLY.
CAUTION
WHEN INSTALLlNG NEW SEALS AND
RINGS, AVOID STRETCHING SEALS
OR SCRATCHING THE GROOVED OR
GLAND SURFACES. MAKE SURE
PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE AND
DURING ASSEMBLY. MAKE SURE
SEALS AND RINGS ARE INSTALLED
IN THE PROPER ORDER.
NOTE
Lubricate seals and rings with clean
hydraulic oil.

13
1. Barrel
2. Rod
3. Hydrolock Seal
4. Piston
5. Guidelock Ring
6. Head
7. O-Ring
8. Backup Ring
9. Wear Ring
1 0. Buffer Seal
11 . Deep Z Rod Seal
1 2. Wiper Ring
1 3. Grease Fitting
1 4. Cap

Axle Oscillation Lockout Cylinder

2-8-64 GRO'VE
RT700E HYD RAULIC SYSTEM

5. S lide the head, smaller O D end first, onto the rod.

6. Lubricate freely a l l parts with clean hydraulic oil.

CAUTION
EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN
HANDLING THE ROO. DAMAGE TO
Deep Z Rod Seal
THE ROO SURFACE MAY CAUSE
UNNECESSARY MAINTENANCE ANO
EXPENSE. ALSO, TAKE CARE TO
1. Install the replacement wiper ring, wear ring, buffer AVOID DAMAGING GROOVED OR
seal, and deep Z rod seal in the inside of the head. GLAND SURFACES OR RINGS OR
Make sure the buffer seal's step is away from the SEALS DURING ROO INSERTION.
wear ringo Make sure the deep Z rod seal 's rim
groove is closer to the wear ringo
7. Remove the cover from the barrel . Insert the rod and
atlached parts into the barrel with a slight twisting
2. Install the replacement O-ring and the backup ring motion .
on the outside of the head.
8. Clean al l oil from the threads of the head. Coat the
3. Lubricate the rod with clean hydraulic oil. threads with an anti-seize compound (ex: Never­
Seez paste lubricant or similar lubricant). Screw the
head into place on the barrel tightIy so it holds the
head 's larger OD end flush with the end of the bar­
Hydrolock Piston Seals rel .

CAUTION
DO NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO
CYCLE OR PRESSURIZE THE CYLlN­
G uide Lock Ring DER.
9. Pressurize and cycle the cylinder with hydraulic oil
4. Install the replacement hydrolock seals on the out­ pressure. Test the cylinder at 25,856 kPa (259 bar)
side of the piston. Make sure the "vees" on the two (3 750 psi). Check for proper operation and any leak­
hydrolock seals point at each other. age. Make repairs as needed.

GROVE 2-8-65
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

Steer C y l i n d e r

DESC R I PT I O N

The steer cylinders are mounted on the axles, two cylin­
ders on each axle. The front and rear steer cylinders each
have 8 . 89 cm (3 .5 inch) diameter bores. The front and
rear steer cylinders each have a retracted length of 72. 1
cm (28 .3 8 inches) from bushing center to bushing center.
The front and rear steer cylinders each have an extended
length of 93 .3 cm (3 6.75 inches) from bushing center to
bushing center. Each cyl inder has a stroke of 2 1 .3 cm
(8.3 8 inches). A wiper ring prevents foreign material
from entering each cylinder. O-rings and other seals pre­
vent internal and external leakage.
The cylinder weighs approximately 40 kg (88 lb).

MA I NTENAN C E

DISASSEMBLY. CAUTION
NOTE WHEN REMOVING SEALS AND
RINGS, AVOID SCRATCHING THE
Any maintenanee requiring disassem­ GROOVED AND GLAND SURFACES.
bly of the eylinders should inelude
replaeement of all seals and rings. A 4. Remove the seal, o-ring, and two wear rings from
seal kit will supply the required items. the outside of the piston.

1. Extend the rod until the piston is approximately 1 0.2 NOTE

cm (4 in) from fully extended.
Arranging disearded seals and rings
2. Using a spanner wrench o r chain wrench, unscrew in the order of disassembly will aid in
the head from the cylinder barrel. installation of new seals and rings.
Pay attention to how eaeh seal and
DANGER ring is installed to avoid installing
replaeement seals and rings improp­
DO NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO erly.
REMOVE THE ROD. USE ONLY A
SOURCE OF CONTROLLED HYDRAU­ 5. Loosen and remove the nut securing the piston.
LlC OIL PRESSURE IF THE ROD IS Remove the piston from the rod.
HARD TO MOVE.
6. Remove the O-ring from the inside o f the piston.
CAUTION
7. Remove the head from the rod. Remove the O-ring
EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN and the backup ring, and O-ring seal from the out­
HANDLING OR SETTING DOWN THE side of the head . Remove the snap ring and wear
ROD. DAMAGE TO THE ROD SUR­ ring from the inside of the head. Remove the wiper
FACE MAY CAUSE UNNECESSARY ring and the U-cup seal from the inside of the head.
MAINTENANCE AND EXPENSE.
INSPECTION.
3. Remove rod and atlached parts from the barrel .
1. Clean all parts with solvent and dry with com­
NOTE pressed airo Inspect all parts for serviceability.

Cover the barrel opening to avoid 2. Inspect the barrel carefully for scoring. If barrel is
eontamination. scored, it must be repaired or replaced.

2-8-66
RT700E HYDRA U L I C SYSTE M

3. Check piston for damage. I f piston i s damaged, 6. Clean with solvent and dry with compressed air any
determine if it can be repaired or must be replaced. parts that have been stoned and polished.

4. Inspect rod for straightness. Determine if it can be ASSEMBLY.

straightened or must be replaced.

CAUTION CAUTION
BEFORE INSTALLlNG NEW SEALS WHEN INSTALLlNG NEW SEALS AND
AND RINGS, CLEAN ALL SURFACES RINGS, AVOID STRETCHING SEALS
AND CAREFULLY REMOVE BURRS OR SCRATCHING THE GROOVED OR
AND NICKS. PARTS OISPLAYING GLAND SURFACES. MAKE SURE
EXCESSIVE WEAR OR DAMAGE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE ANO
SHOULD BE REPLACED. DURING ASSEMBLY. MAKE SURE
SEALS AND RINGS ARE INSTALLEO
IN THE PROPER ORDER.
5. Stone out minor blemishes and polish with a fine
crocus cloth.

1. Rad
2. Lacknut
3. Pistan
4. Wear Ring
5. Pistan Seal
6. O-Ring 14
7. O-Ring
8. Barrel
9. Head
1 0. Snap Ring
11. O-Ring
12. Backup Ring
1 3. U-Cup Seal
1 4. Wiper Ring
1 5. Wear Ring
1 6. O-Ring
1 7. Grease Fitting

Steer Cyli nder

NOTE 1. Install the replacement wiper ring in the head.

Lubricate seals and rings with clean

hydraulic oil.

GROVE 2-8-67
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

2. Install the replacement U-cup rod seal in the inside CAUTION

of the head. Make sure the l ips of the se al face the
piston. EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN
HANDLING THE ROO. DAMAGE TO
3. Install the replacement wear ring i n the inside of the THE ROO SURFACE MAY CAUSE
head and secure with the snap ringo UNNECESSARY MAINTENANCE ANO
EXPENSE. ALSO, TAKE CARE TO
4. Install the replacement O-ring and the backup ring AVOID DAMAGING GROOVED OR
on the outside of the head. GLAND SURFACES OR RINGS OR
SEALS DURING ROO INSERTION.
5. Install the replacement O-ring seal on the outside of
the head. 1 2. Remove the cover from the barrel . Insert the rod and
atlached parts into the barrel with a slight twisting
6. Install the replacement O-ring in the inside of the motion .
piston.
1 3 . Thread the head into the barrel and using a spanner
wrench or chain wrench, tighten the head to 1 3 6 Nm
7. Lubricate the rod with clean hydraulic oil.
( 1 00 ft-lb).

8. Slide the head, larger OD end first, onto the rod.
9. Install the piston onto the rod. Secure the piston with
the nut. Lubricate the threads and torque the nut to
6 1 0 to 678 Nm (450 to 500 ft-lb).
1 0. Install the replacement piston seal, o-ring, and two
wear rings on the outside of the piston.
1 1 . Lubricate all parts freely with clean hydraulic oil.
CAUTION
DO NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO
CYCLE OR PRESSURIZE THE CYLlN­
DER.
1 4 . Pressurize and cycle the cylinder with hydraulic oil
pressure. Test the cylinder at 27,5 80 kPa (276 bar)
(4000 psi). Check for proper operation and any leak­
age. Make repairs as needed.

2-8-68 GROVE
RT700E HYDRAU LIC SYSTEM

Outrigger Exte n s i o n C y l i n de r

DESC R I PT I O N

The four extension cylinders have 6.4 cm (2.5-inch)
diameter bores. Each cylinder has a retracted length of
23 1 .4 cm (9 1 . 1 2 in ches ) from the center of the rod bush­
ing to the center of the barrel bushing. Each cylinder's
extended length is 428.3 cm ( 1 68.6 inches). The stroke of
each cyl inder is 1 96.9 cm (77.5 inches). A wiper ring
prevents foreign material from entering each cylinder. 0-
rings and other seals prevent internal and external leak­
age.
The cylinder weighs approximately 45 kg ( 1 00 lb).

MAI NTE NAN C E

DISASSEMBLY. CAUTION
NOTE WHEN REMOVING SEALS AND
RINGS, AVOID SCRATCHING THE
Any maintenanee requiring disassem­ GROOVED AND GLAND SURFACES.
bly of the eylinders should inelude 3. Remove the two hydrolock seals from the outside of
replaeement of all seals and rings. A the piston.
seal kit will supply the required items.
l. U sing a screwdriver, pry out one end of the retainer
NOTE
wire from the groove in the barreI. U sing a second
screwdriver, rotate it around the wire to free the wire Arranging disearded seals and rings
from the groove. Remove the retainer wire from the in the order of disassembly will aid in
rod. installation of new seals and rings.
Pay attention to how eaeh seal and
OANGER ring is installed to avoid installing
replaeement seals and rings improp­
DO NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO erly.
REMOVE THE ROD. USE ONLY A 4. Remove the head from the rod. Remove the O-ring
SOURCE OF CONTROLLED HYDRAU­ and the backup ring from the outside of the head.
L1C OIL PRESSURE IF THE ROO IS Remove the wear ring, the buffer seal, the deep Z
HARO TO MOVE. rod seal, and the wiper ring from the inside of the
head.
CAUTION
EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN INSPECTION.
HANDLING OR SETTING DOWN THE 1. Clean aIl parts with solvent and dry with com­
ROD. OAMAGE TO THE ROO SUR­ pressed airo Inspect aH parts for serviceability.
FACE MAY CAUSE UNNECESSARY
MAINTENANCE AND EXPENSE. 2. Inspect the barrel carefuIly for scoring. If barrel is
scored, it must be repaired or replaced.
2. Rapidly puIl the rod against the head to free it.
Remove rod and attached parts from the barreI. 3. Check rod 's piston area for damage. If it i s dam­
aged, determine if it can be repaired or must be
NOTE replaced.

Cover the barrel opening to avoid 4. Inspect rod for straightness. Determine if it can be
eontamination. straightened or must be replaced.

GROVE 2-8-69
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM RT700E

CAUTION
BEFORE INSTALLlNG NEW SEALS
AND RINGS, CLEAN ALL SURFACES
AND CAREFULLY REMOVE BURRS
AND NICKS. PARTS DISPLAYING
EXCESSIVE WEAR OR DAMAGE
SHOULD BE REPLACED.
5. Stone out m inor blemishes and polish with a fine
crocus cloth.
6. C lean with solvent and dry with compressed air any
parts that have been stoned and polished.
ASSEMBLY.
CAUTION
WHEN INSTALLlNG NEW SEALS AND
RINGS, AVOID STRETCHING SEALS
OR SCRATCHING THE GROOVED OR
GLAND SURFACES. MAKE SURE
PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE AND
DURING ASSEMBLY. MAKE SURE
SEALS AND RINGS ARE INSTALLED
IN THE PROPER ORDER.
NOTE
Lubricate seals and rings with clean
hydraulic oil.

1. Barrel
2. O-Ring Plug
3. Hyd rolock Seal
4. Cylinder Rod
5. O-Ring
6. Back-Up Ring
7. Wear Ring
8. Buffer Seal Assembly
9. Cylinder Head Assembly
1 0. Deep Z Rod Seal
11. Retaining Wire
1 2. Wiper Ring
1 3. Piston

Outrigger Extension Cylinder

2-8-70
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM

5. Install the replacement hydrolock seals o n the out­

side of the piston. Make sure the "vees" on the two
hydrolock seals point at each other.

6. Lubricate all parts freely with clean hydraulic oil.

CAUTION
EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN
Deep Z Rod Seal HANDLING THE ROO. DAMAGE TO
THE ROO SURFACE MAY CAUSE
l. Install the replacement wear ring, buffer seal, deep Z
UNNECESSARY MAINTENANCE ANO
rod seal, and wiper ring in the inside of the head.
EXPENSE. ALSO, TAKE CARE TO
Make sure the buffer seal 's step is away from the AVOID DAMAGING GROOVED OR
wear ringo Make sure the deep Z rod seal 's rim GLAND SURFACES OR RINGS OR
groove is closer to the wear ringo SEALS DURING ROO INSERTION.
2. Install the replacement O-ring and the backup ring 7. Remove the cover from the barrel. I nsert the rod and
on the outside of the head. atlached parts into the barrel with a slight twisting
motion.
3. Lubricate the rod with clean hydraulic oil.
8. Push the head into the barrel. Instal l the retaining
wire over the rod. Compress the retainer wire and
4. Slide the head, wear ring end first, onto the rod. push it into the groove in the barrel

CAUTION
Hydrolock Piston Seals
DO NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO
CYCLE OR PRESSURIZE THE CYLlN­
DER.
9. Pressurize and cycle the cyl inder with hydraulic oil
pressure. Test the cyl inder at 20,700 kPa (270 bar)
(3 000 psi). Check for proper operation and any leak­
age. Make repairs as needed.

GROVE 2-8-7 1
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM RT700 E

Outri g g e r Sta b i l izer C y l i n d e r

D E SC R I PT I O N

The four outrigger stabilizer cylinders each have a hol­
low rod for internal porting. Each cylinder has a 1 1 .4 cm
(4 .5 inch) diameter bore. A port block is welded to the
rod of each cylinder and a pilot operated check valve is
threaded into each port block. The retracted length of the
cylinder from the end of the barrel to the center of the
rod 's port block rod bushing is 1 22.0 cm (48. 1 2 inches).
The extended length of the cylinder from the end of the
barrel to the center of the rod 's port block rod bushing is
1 85 .7 cm (73 . 1 2 inches). Its stroke is 63 .5 cm (25 .0
inches). A wiper ring prevents foreign material from
entering the cylinder. O-rings and other seals prevent
internal and external leakage.
The cyl inder weighs approximately 86 kg ( 1 90 lb).

MAI NTENAN C E

OISASSEMBLY. CAUTION
NOTE WHEN REMOVING SEALS ANO
RINGS, AVOIO SCRATCHING THE
Any maintenanee requiring disassem­ GROOVEO ANO GLANO SURFACES.
bly of the eylinders should inelude
replaeement of all seals and rings. A 4. Remove a hydrolock seal from the outside of the
seal kit will supply the required items. piston to gain access to the set screw.

1. Remove the check valve from the port block. NOTE

2. Loosen the head 's set screw. Using a chain wrench,
unscrew the head from the barrel .
Arranging disearded seals and rings
in the order of disassembly will aid in
OANGER installation of new seals and rings.
Pay attention to how eaeh seal and
00 NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO ring is installed to avoid installing
REMOVE THE ROO. USE ONLY A replaeement seals and rings improp­
SOURCE OF CONTROLLEO HYORAU­ erly.
LlC OIL PRESSURE IF THE ROO IS 5. Loosen the piston 's set screw. Unscrew the piston
HARO TO MOVE. from the rod .
CAUTION
6. Remove the other hydrolock seal from the outside of
EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN the piston.
HANDLING OR SETTING DOWN THE
ROO. DAMAGE TO THE ROO SUR­ 7. Remove the O-ring and the two backup rings from
FACE MAY CAUSE UNNECESSARY the inside of the p iston.
MAINTENANCE ANO EXPENSE.
8. Remove the spacer from the rod.
3. Remove the rod and attached parts from the barrel.
9. Remove the head from the rod. Remove the O-ring
NOTE and the backup ring from the outside of the head.
Remove the two wear rings, the buffer seal, the deep
Cover the barrel opening to avoid Z rod seal, and the wiper ring from the inside of the
eontamination. head.

2-8-72 GROVE
RT700E HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM

INSPECTION. CAUTION
1. Clean aH parts with solvent and dry with com­ BEFORE INSTALLlNG NEW SEALS
pressed airo I nspect all parts for serviceability. ANO RINGS, CLEAN ALL SURFACES
ANO CAREFULLY REMOVE BURRS
2. Inspect the barrel carefuHy for scoring. If barrel is ANO NICKS. PARTS OISPLAYING
scored, it must be repaired or replaced. EXCESSIVE WEAR OR OAMAGE
SHOULO BE REPLACEO.
3. Check piston for damage. I f piston i s damaged,
determine if it can be repaired or must be replaced. 5. Stone out m inor blemishes and polish with a fine
crocus cloth.
4. Inspect rod for straightness. Determine if it can be
straightened or must be replaced. Verify internal 6. Clean with solvent and dry with compressed air any
passages and ports are clean and undamaged. parts that have been stoned and polished.

17

1. Cylinder Barrel
2. Cylinder Rod
3. Check Valve
4. Cyli nder Head
5. Wiper Ring
6. Deep Z Rod Seal
7. Buffer Seal
8. Set Screw
9. Wear Ring
1 0. Back-Up Ring
11. O-Ring
12. Spacer
1 3. Back-Up Ring
14. O-Ring
1 5. Hydrolock Seal
1 6. Piston
1 7. O-Ring Plug

Outrigger Stabilizer Cylinder

GROVE 2-8-73
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM
ASSEMBLY.
CAUTION
WHEN INSTALLlNG NEW SEALS ANO
RINGS, AVOIO STRETCHING SEALS
OR SCRATCHING THE GROOVED OR
GLANO SURFACES. MAKE SURE
PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE ANO
OURING ASSEMBLY. MAKE SURE
SEALS ANO RINGS ARE INSTALLEO
IN THE PROPER OROER.
NOTE
Lubricate seals and rings with clean
hydraulic oil.
NOTE
Make sure the gaps of the two wear
rings are 180 degrees aparto
Deep Z Rod Seal
l. Install the replacement wear rings, buffer seal, rod
seal, and wiper ring in the inside of the head. Make
sure the buffer seal 's step is away from the wear
rings. Make sure the deep Z rod seal 's rim groove is
closer to the wear rings.
2. Install the replacement O-ring and the backup ring
on the outside of the head.
3. Install the replacement O-ring and backup rings in
the inside of the piston .
2-8-74
RT700E
Hydrolock Piston Seals
4. Install one replacement hydrolock seal on the out­
side of the piston. Leave the other hydrolock seal off
for now so there is still access to the piston 's set
screw hole o
5. Lubricate the rod with clean hydraulic oil.
6. S lide the head, larger OD end first, onto the rod.
7. S lide the spacer onto the rod.
8. Screw the piston onto the rod until i t can g o no far­
ther. Hold the piston in place with the set screw.
9. Install the other replacement hydrolock seal on the
outside of the piston over the set screw. Make sure
the "vees" on the two hydrolock seals point at each
other.
1 0. Lubricate all parts freely with clean hydraulic oil.
CAUTION
EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN
HANDLING THE ROO. DAMAGE TO
THE ROO SURFACE MAY CAUSE
UNNECESSARY MAINTENANCE ANO
EXPENSE. ALSO, TAKE CARE TO
AVOID DAMAGING GROOVEO OR
GLANO SURFACES OR RINGS OR
SEALS DURING ROO INSERTION.
1 1 . Remove the cover from the barrel . Insert the rod and
atiached parts into the barrel with a slight twisting
motion.
1 2. C lean all oil from the threads of the head. Coat the
threads with an anti-seize compound (Never-Seez
paste lubricant or similar lubricant). Using a chain
wrench, screw the head into place on the barrel so its
larger OD end is flush with the end of the barrel .
GROYE
RT700E HYDRAULIC SYSTE M

13. Retract the cyl inder. Adjust the head as needed until PROBABLY BEEN DAMAGED BY A
the center of the rod's port block bushing is 16.99 SHARP EDGE OF A PORT.
cm (6.69 inches) from the head 's close flat end .
Hold the head in place with the set screw. NOTE
14. Check the inside of the port block for any sharp The check valve should turn by hand
edges or burrs and remove as necessary with emery
cloth. until compression of the O-rings
begins.
1 5. Install new O-rings onto the check valve.
1 7. Carefully install the check valve into the port block
16. Lubricate the check valve and O-rings with clean until fully seated.
hydraulic oil .
CAUTION
CAUTION
DO NOT USE AIR PRESSURE TO
DO NOT DAMAGE THE O-RINGS CYCLE OR PRESSURIZE THE CYLlN­
DURING INSTALLATION OF THE DER.
CHECK VALVE. IF THE CHECK VALVE
TURNS FREELY THEN GETS HARD 1 8. Pressurize and cycle the cyl inder with hydraulic oil
TO TURN, THEN EASY TO TURN, pressure. Test the cyl inder at36,199 kPa (362 bar)
REMOVE THE CHECK VALVE AND (5250 psi). Check for proper operation and any leak­
CHECK THE O-RINGS. THEY HAVE age. Make repairs as needed.

GROVE 2-8-75
HYDRA U LIC SYSTEM RT700E

Pa rk B ra ke C y l i n d e r

D E S C R I PTI ON

The park brake cylinder, mounted on the front axle,
releases and appl ies the park brake. The park brake cylin­
der consists of a hydraul ic cyl inder and a lever. When the
operator positions the PARK BRAKE switch to ON, the
park brake solenoid valve de-energizes and closes the
valve, removing hydraulic force from the cylinder's p is­
ton . This allows the cyl inder's spring to extend, retract-
ing the cylinder lever, and applying the park brake to
hold the crane in place. When the operator positions the
PARK BRAKE switch to OFF, the park brake solenoid
valve energizes and opens the valve to apply hydraulic
force to the cyl inder's piston . This allows the piston to
compress the spring, extend the cylinder lever, and
release the park brake .

2-8-76 GROVE
RT700E PRES S U RE SETTI NG P ROC E D U RES

S E CTI O N 9
P R ESS U RE S ETT I N G P ROC E DU R ES

OBJECTIVE
To assist personnel in properly checking, adjusting and setting the hydraulic systems pressures.
EQUIPMENT
Required; pressure gauge (1) three dial gauge 0-5000 psi (0-34.5 MPa), Accumulator charging and gauging
assembly for 3000 psi (20.7 M pa).
PROC ED U RE I N DEX

Page
A. To Check Main Directional Control Valve Reliefs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9-3
B. To Check Main Directional Control Valve Pilot Supply Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9-4
C. To Check/Set Swing Brake Pilot Supply Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9-5
D. To Check Service Brake & Air Conditioning Circuit Relief Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9-5
(For units equipped with pump disconnect, this procedure is to be used to set air conditioning only)
E. To Check Service Brake Dual Accumulator Charge Valve Pressure Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9-6
F. To Check Accumulator Pre-Charge Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9-6

G. To Set Accumulator Pre-Charge Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9-7

1. To Check Swing/Steer Directional Control Valve Work Port Relief's Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9-8
J. To Check Front Steer Circuit Relief Valve Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9-8
K. To Check Outrigger/Rear Steer Relief Valve Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9-9
L. To Check Charge Air Cooler Flow Divider Control Valve Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9-9

NOTE NOTE
When checking the directional control When checking the outrigger relief
valve relief settings, start with the valve setting, start with the engine at
engine at idle RPM and move the con­ idle RPM and activate and hold the
troller to it's fully stroked position. extend switch. Then slowly accelerate
Then slowly accelerate the engine to the engine to the specified RPM. Read
the specified RPM. Read gauge and gauge and make adjustment as
make adjustment to specified setting. required.

GROVE 2-9-1
PRESS URE SETTI NG PROC E D U RES
DANGER
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO lOOSEN THE
FITTINGS IN PRESSURIZEO UNES
OR WHllE THE HYORAUUC PUMPS
ARE IN OPERATION.
CAUTION
DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN THE
ADJUSTMENT SCREW OR lOCKNUT.
CAUTION
DO NOT HOlO THE REUEF VAlVE
OPEN FOR MORE THAN ONE MINUTE
AT A TIME.
NOTE
Use an accurate O to 34.5 MPa (345
bar) (O to 5000 psi) pressure gauge
when adjusting relief valves. For most
circuits, utilize the gauge ports on the
circuit valves or pumps. On a circuit
without a gauge port, locate a suitable
pressure test port elsewhere in the
circuit.
2-9-2
RT700E
NOTE
To adjust a relief valve, turn the
adjustment screw (in to increase or
out to decrease) until the proper set­
ting is reached.
NOTE
Release the control lever after taking
each reading and while making
adjustments. When the proper pres­
sure setting has been attained,
tighten the adjustment screw locknut
and recheck the pressure. It is possi­
ble that the setting may change while
tightening the locknut.
NOTE
It is only necessary to hold hydraulic
pressure long enough (usually a few
seconds) in the circuit to gain an
accurate reading. 00 not overload the
hydraulic circuits for long periods of
time.
NOTE
If a question arises concerning pres­
sure setting valves, always refer to
the crane hydraulic schematic sup­
plied.
GROYlE
RT700E PRESS U R E S ETTING PROC E D U RES

Valve Pressure Setting Table

ReservOlr
· 01· I tempera t ure tO b e 1 400 -
1 600 F
VALVE TO BE SET PRESSURE SETTING TOLERANCE ADJUSTMENT LOCATION
PSI (MPa) PSI ( MPa)
Load Sense Relief * 4000 (27.6 ) ± 50 (0.4 ) Main Control Valve Inlet Gauge Port
Lift Down Relief 2000 (1 3.8 ) +700/ -O (+4.8 /-0) See Note #8
Tele Retract Relief 3500 (24. 1 ) ± 50 (0.4 ) Main Control Valve Tele Retract Port
Tele Extend Relief 2700 ( 1 8.6 ) ± 50 (0.4 ) Main Control Valve Tele Extend Port
Hoist Raise 3500 (24. 1 ) ± 50 (0.4 ) Main Control Valve Hoist Raise Port
Hoist Lower 3500 (24. 1 ) ± 50 (0.4 ) Main Control Valve Hoist Lower Port
Pilot Pressure Supply 325 to 450 (2 .2 to 3. 1 ) See Ran�e Main Control Valve Inlet
Swing Brake Pilot Supply 250 ( 1 .7 ) +50/-0 (+.4/-0) Pressure Reducing Valve
Fr. Steer Relief Valve 3000 (20.7 ) ± 50 (0.4 ) SwinglSteer Control Valve
Swing "Left" Relief 2200 ( 1 5.2 ) ± 50 (0.4 ) Swing/Steer Control Valve
Swing "Right" Relief 2200 ( 1 5.2) ± 50 (0.4 ) Swing/Steer Control Valve
OutriggerlRear Steer Reli ef 2500 ( 1 7.2 ) ± 50 (0.4 ) Outrigger/Rear Steer Valve Inlet
Service Brake & A/C Relief 3000 (20.7 ) ± 50 (0.4 ) Service Brake & A/C Pump
Service Brake High Charge Limit 2750 ( 1 9 ) +50/-0 (+.4/-0) Dual Accumulator Charge Valve
Service Brake Low Charge Limit 2200-2350 (1 5.2-1 6.2) See Range Dual Accumulator Charge Valve
Accumulator Pre-charge 1 200 (8.3 ) +50/-0 (+.4/-0) Accumulator
Charge Air Cooler Flow Divider 2500 (20.7) ± 50 (0.4 ) Charge Air Cooler Flow D ivider
Control Valve Control Valve
* This setting is for Boom Lift "UP" circuito
A. Procedure for C h ec king Main Control Valve Reliefs (see Figu res 1 & 2 ).
1. Remove cap and install pressure gauge on the Main Directional Control Valve I nlet Gauge Port (Fig 2).
2. Completely EXTEND Lift Cyl inder (or cap hose from "A" port to the lift cyl inder), attempt to LIFT UP with engine
running at ful l RPM. Adjust the Load Sense Reliefto 4000 ± 50 PSI (27.6 ± .4 MPa).
3. Remove pressure gauge and reinstall plug.
4. Remove cap and install pressure gauge on the Main Directional Control Valve Load Sense Relief Test POli (Fig 2).

Disconnect
Hoist Brake
Release

/1
Une

/,/ o !

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
--o-:::::::�::,.=:"="====,"""::":::5--

Figure 1 : MAIN H OIST (Right Side View)

5. D isconnect & cap t h e h ose running from t h e M a i n Directional Control V a l v e t o t h e Hoist(s) port "A"
of the Hoist Motor Control Valve. Disconnect the Hoist Brake Release l ine at the Hoist, cap fitting & plug hose.

6. With the Boost Switch ON, attempt to Hoist UP with the Engine running @ FULL RPM, adj ust the Main Directional
Control Valve Hoist "B" port reliefto 3500 ± 5 0 P S I (24 . 1 ± .4 M Pa) .

7. With the Boost Switch ON, attempt to Hoist DOWN with the Engine running @ FULL RPM . Adj ust the M ain
Directional Control Valve Hoist A port rel ief to 3 500 ± 50 P S I (24. 1 ± .4 M Pa).
" "

GROVE 2-9-3
PRES S U R E S ETTI NG PROC EDURES RT700E

Main Hoist Down Aux.

Port
Hoist Down
Relief
Teleseope Extend
Port Relief
Port Relief

Load Sense Relief

Inlet Gauge Port 6437-2

Pilot Supply Test

Pressure Redueing
Cartridge Lift Down
Main Hoist u p ______ ��IO� rt-'-t::::� f�� ----
Port Relief
Port Relief
Aux. Hoist Up Teleseope Retraet
Port Relief Port Relief
Figure 2: MAIN DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE

8. If Aux . Hoist is installed REPEAT S teps 2, 3 & 4 for the Aux. Hois t.

9. Recon ne ct hose t o port "A" o f the Hoist Motor Control Valve & reconnect Hoist Brake Release l ine o n the hoist.

1 0. Completely RETRACT Lift Cylinder. Attempt to Lift Down wi th the Engine Running at FULL RPM. Gauge s hould
read 2000 +700/-0 PSI ( 1 3 . 8 +4.8/-0 MPa). Tbis Relief Valve is Non-Adjustable.

1 1 . Completely RETRACT the boom, attempt to telesc ope IN with engi ne ru n ni n g at full RPM. Adjust the Main
Directional Control Valv e Tel e scope "B" port relief to 3500 ± 50 PSI (24. 1 ± .4 MPa).

1 2. Completely EXTEND boom, attempt to telescope OUT with en gin e running at full RPM. Adjust the main direc ti on al
control valve TELESCOPE "A" port relief to 2700 ± 50 PSI ( 1 8 .6 ± .4 MPa).

1 3. Remove pressure gauge from the Load sense Test Port & re-install cap.

B. Proced u re F o r C h e c ki n g M a i n D i rection a l Con trol V a lve Pilot S u pply Pressu re (see F i g u re 1 & 2).
1 . Remove cap and install pressure gauge on Pilot Supply Test Port (see Figure 2).

2. Disconnect the Hoist Brake Release line at the Main Hoist (See Figure 1 ). Cap fitting & plug hose.

3 . While attempting to Hoist Down with the Engine running @ Full RPM, check the Pilot Supply Pressure.

4. Adjust the pressure reducing cartridge located in the inlet of the HoistlLift/Telescope directional control valve
to 325 to 450psi (2.2 to 3.1 MPa). Turn adjustment clockwise to increase or cunterclockwise to decrease the
pressure setting.

5. Remove pressure gauge from the Pilot Supply Test Port & reinstall cap.

6. Reconnect the Hoist Brake Release l ine on the H oist.

2-9-4 GROVE
RT700 E PRESS U RE SETTI NG PROC E D U RES

C. Procedure For Checking Swing Brake Pilot Supply Pressure (see Figure 3).
1. Remove cap and install pressure gauge on S wing Brake Pilot Supply Valve Test Port.

2. Adjust Pressure Reducing Valve C artridge t o 250 +50/-0 PSI. ( 1 .7 +.4/-0 MPa )

3. Remove pressure gauge from the Test Port & reinstall cap.

2 REG 1
o O

@ @ G�
REG
T ES T PORT

DR P

PRESSURE REDUC I NG VAL VE

Figure 3: Swing Brake Pilot Supply Valve

D. Procedure for checldng Sen'ice B ra){e &Air Cond itioni n g C i rcuit Relief Pressure (see Figure 4).

1. Disconnect pressure hose at the Service Brake Dual Accumulatar Charge Valve "P" port (see Figure 5) and attach a
pressure gauge.

2. Run the engine @ idle (950 RPM), for only 5 - 1 0 secon d s sínce the flow will be "Hot Looped". Check the pressure.
The Gauge should read 3000 PSI +/- 50 PSI (20.7 ± 0.4 MPa). If not the flow divider located on the right hand side of
frame in the swivel area. Should be shim adjusted. (Add shim to increase PSI, Remove shim to decrease PSI) If this step
needs to be repeated make sure pump is N ot Hot to the touch. If it is, leave cool befare proceeding.

EF Cf'

TANK

REL I EF AS
SH I M ADJUST

REOU I RED 6437-3

I NLET

Figure 4: SERVICE BRAKE & FRONT STEER CIRCUIT

GROVE 2-9-5
PRESS U RE SETTING PROC E D U RES RT700E

E. Procedure for checking Brake Dual Accumulator Charge Valve Pressure Limits (see Figu re 5).

1. With the engine off, discharge a11 oil stored i n the accumulators by pushing the service brake pedal.

2. Install a pressure gauge at the Service Brake Dual Accumulator Charge Valve "A l " Pressure Test Port (See Figure 5).

3. Start the engine, the valve will start to charge the accumulators. Watch the pressure gauge. The High Charge Limit
should be 2750 +50/-0 PSI ( 1 9 +.4/-0 MPa) when the valve stops charging. If adjustment is required, then go to step 6.

4. With the engine running, bleed off the hydraulic pressure stored in the accumulators by pushing the service brake pedal
until the gauge reads about 2400 PSI ( 1 6 . 5 MPa). Listen to hear when the Service Brake Dual Accumulator Charge
Valve starts to recharge. Push the service brake pedal once more, the valve should start to recharge. Watch the pressure
gauge, the Low Charge Limit should be 2200-2350 PSI ( 1 5 . 2 - 1 6.2 MPa) when the valve starts to recharge. If adjustment
is required, then go to step 7.

5. Turn the engine off, remove a11 ofthe fittings i n the Tank port o n the Service Brake Dual Accumulator Charge Valve
and plug the tee.
For A d ju stment
6. Using a wrench, turn the socket head screw inside the Tank port c10ckwise to raise the Charge Limits o r counter­
c10ckwise to lower. Turning the screw a full tum will change both limits by approximately 250 PSI ( 1 .7 MPa).

7. Adjust the pressure until the High Charge Limit is 2750 +50/-0 PSI ( 1 9 +.4/-0 MPa) and the Low Charge Limit is within
2200-2350 PSI ( 1 5 .2-16.2 MPa) as stated in step 4 .

8. Turn engine off, remove the pressure gauge, re-cap the test port tee, and reinstall fittings i n the Tank port o n the Service
Brake Dual Accumulator Charge Valve.

rrn..----
lllJ
Accumulator Pressure
P ress u re "P" Port Adjust Socket Head
Test Port Screw Inside Here

"A1" Port
View A-A
Figure 5: Service Bra ke Dual Accu m u lator Charge V a lve

F. Procedu re for checking Accu mu) ator Pre-Charge Pressure (see Figure 6).

1. With the engine off, discharge a11 oil stored i n the accumulators by pushing the service brake pedal several times.
Remove the gas valve guard and gas valve cap on the accumulator (see Figure 6).

2. Before attaching charging assembly (see Figure 7 ) to the accumulator gas valve, back the gas chuck "T" handle a11 the
way out (counter-c1ockwise).

3. Close the charging assembly bleed valve. Attach the swivel nut to the gas valve and tighten ( 10- 1 5 in. lb).

2-9-6 GROllE
RT700E PRESSU RE SETTI NG P ROC E D U RES

4. Turn the gas chuck "T" handle a11 the way down (clockwise) which will depress the core in the gas valve.

5. Check the pre-charge pressure. The pre-charge pressure should b e 1 200 +50/-0 PSI (8.3 +.4/-0 MPa).

6. If the pressure is 1 200 +50/-0 PSI (8 . 3 +.4/-0 MPa), then remove charging assembly by turning "T" handle a11 the way
out on gas chuck and then open bleed valve (see Figure 7).

7. Hold gas valve from turning, loo sen swivel nut, and remove charging assembly. Replace gas valve cap and guardo

IGAUGE

(GAs"!
�

IBLEED VALVE
r=, r=1
rl fl1

Figure 6: ACCUMULATOR Figure 7: CHARGING ASSEMBLY

G. Procedure for Pre-Ch arging Accumulator (see Figu re 6).

1. With the engine off, discharge a11 oil stored in the accumulators by pushing the service brake pedal several times.
Remove the gas valve guard and gas valve cap on the accumulator (see Figure 6 ).

2. Check that the nitrogen supply bottle valve is shut off, then attach charging assembly hose to nitrogen bottle.

3. Before attaching charging assembly (see Figure 7) t o the accumulator gas valve, back the gas chuck "T" handle a11 the
way out (counter-clockwise).

4. Close the charging assembly bleed valve. Without looping or twisting the hose, attach the swivel nut to the accumulator
gas valve and tighten ( 10- 1 5 #/in.).

5. Turn the gas chuck "T" handle a11 the way down (clockwise) which will depress the core i n the gas valve.

6. Crack open the nitrogen bottle valve and slowly fill the accumulator. Shut off the valve when the pre-charge pressure is
1 200 +50/-0 PSI (8. 3 +.4/-0 MPa).

7. If the pre-charge pressure is higher than 1 200 +50/-0 PSI (8.3 +.4/-0 MPa), then close the nitrogen bottle valve and
slowly open the bleed valve on the charging assembly (see Figure 7) until the pre-charge pressure is correct.

8. Remove charging assembly by turning "T" handle a11 the way out (counter-clockwise) on gas chuck and then open
bleed valve.

9. Hold gas valve from turning, loosen swivel nut, and remove charging assembly. Replace gas valve cap and guardo

GROVE 2-9-7
PRESS U RE SETTING PROC EDURES RT700E

Swing "A" Steer Priority

Port Relief Flow Divider

Swing Inlet
Test Port
Outlet ---_1

Swing " B "

Port Relief ____ �

I Figure 8: Swing Steer Di rectional Control Valve

1. Procedure For Checking Swing Valve Work Poli Reliefs Pressure (see Figure 8).
1. Remove cap and install pressure gauge on Swing Valve Test Port.

2. With the Swing Brake O N and the Engine running @ FULL RPM swing LEFT & adjust "A" port swing Relief to
2200 ± 50 PSI ( 1 5. 2 ± .4 MPa).

3. With the Swing Brake ON and the Engine running @ FULL RPM swing RIGHT & adjust "B" port swing Relief to
2200 ± 50 PSI ( 1 5 .2 ± .4 MPa).

J. Procedure for checking Front Steer Relief Valve Pressure (see Figu re 9).

1. With the Pressure Gauge remaining installed from Procedure 1 (above) on Swing Valve Test Port:

2. Run the engine @ full RPM, steer full right or full left and hold. Check the pressure and adjust the Relief Valve (see
Figure 9) to 3000 ±50 PSI (20.7 ± .4 MPa).

3. Remove the pressure gauge from the swing test port & reinstall cap.

R E L I E F VA L V E
AD J U S TM E N T

H Y D RA U L I C
SW I V E L

-- P O R T #5

Figure 9 : SERVICE BRAKE & FRONT S TEER CIRCUIT RELIEF I

2-9-8 GROVE
RT700E PRESSU RE SETTI NG PROCEDU RES

K. Procedure For Checking Outrigger Rear Steer Valve Relief (see Figure 10).

1. Remove pIug and install pressure gauge on Outrigger Rear Steer VaIve Pressure Check Port.

2. With the Boost Switch OFF and the Engine running @ FULL RPM, press the Extend Switch & adjust the Outrigger Rear
S teer Relief VaIve to 2500 ± 50 PSI ( 1 7.2 ± .4 MPa).

3. Remove pressure gauge from the Pressure Check Port & reinstall pIug.

Outrigger and Rear Steer

Adjustable Relief: Remove
cap, loosen jam nut and turn
stem in "CW" to increase or

r
out "CWW" to decrease
Pressure pressure.
Check Point
/!

�"
Right Hand End View
Figure 10: OUTRIGGER REAR STEER VALVE

L. Procedure for checldng Charge Air Cooler Flow Divider Control Valve (See Figure 1 1).
1. Disconnect pressure hose a t CF port charge air cooler flow divider control valve (Figure 1 1 ) add reducer adapter a t CF
port and attach a pressure gauge.

2. Remove wires from Oil Cooler Solenoid Valve located in Oil Cooler Area. (Figure 1 2)

3. Run the engine @ idle Full RPM, for only 5 - 1 0 seconds since the flow will b e "Hot Looped" . Check the pressure.
The gauge should read 3000 PSI ± 50 PSI (20. 7 ± 0 . 4 MPa). If not the flow divider located on the Left hand side of
frame in the swivel area. Should be shim adjusted. (ADD shim to increase PSI, REMOVE shim to decrease PSI) . If this
step needs to be repeated make sure pump is Not Bot to touch. If it is leave cool before proceeding.

GROVE 2-9-9
PRESS U RE S ETTI NG PROC E D U RES RT700E

4. Remove pressure gauge and reconnect the pressure lineo

EF CF

SHI ... AOJUST

TANK

REL I EF AS
REOU I RED

I NLET

Figure 1 1 : CHARGE AIR COOLE R FLOW DIVIDER CONTROL VALVE

Disconnect
from harness

Figure 12: OIL COOLER SOLENOID VALVE

2-9-1 0 GROVE
RT700E SWI NG SYSTEM

S ECTI O N 1 0
SWI N G SYS T E M
TABLE O F CONTENTS

Page
SWING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Oescription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
. . . . . . . . . 2-10-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-5

.

Swing Orive . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Swing Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . 2-10-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . ... ..
. . . . . . . . 2-10-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .
. . . . . . . . 2-10-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SWING MOTOR . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-10
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Oescription . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . 2-10-10
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-10
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-10
.

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-10
Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-10
SWING GEARBOX ANO BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-11
Oescription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-11
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-11
Swing Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-11
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-11
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-11
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-11
Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-11
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-11
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-12
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-12
Checking the Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-12
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-12
.

SWING BEARING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-13

Oescription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-13
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-13
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-13
Torquing Turntable Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-13
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-13
Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-14
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-14
Inner Race Torquing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-14
Outer Race Torquing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-14
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-15
.

Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-17
GROVE 2-1 0-1
SWI N G SYSTEM RT700E

TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-17
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-18
. . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIST OF F I G U RES

Title Page
Inner and Outer Race Bolt Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-14
. . . . . . . . . .

Special Turntable Bolt Torquing Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-15

. . . . . . . .

Backlash Adjusting Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-17

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DAN G E R NOTE S U M MA RY
Page
DANGER
2-10-13
FAILURE TO MAINTAIN PROPER TORQUE OF
THE TURNTABLE BEARING ATTACHING
BOLTS WILL RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE
CRANE ANO POSSIBLE INJURY TO PERSON­
NEL.
DANGER
2-10-13
IT IS MANDATORY THAT BEARING ATTACH­
ING BOLTS ARE INSPECTED FOR LACK OF
TORQUE ANO RETORQUED, AS REQUIRED,
AFTER THE FIRST 300 HOURS OF CRANE
OPERATION. THE BOLTS MAY LOOSEN IN
SERVICE DUE TO VIBRATION, SHOCK­
LOADS, ANO TEMPERATURE CHANGES,
THEREFORE PERIODIC INSPECTION
SHOULO BE ACCOMPUSHED EVERY 500
HOURS THEREAFTER, ENSURING THE
BOLTS ARE PROPERLY TORQUEO.
DANGER
2-10-16
ENSURE THE UFTING DEVICE IS CAPABLE
OF FULLY SUPPORTING THE WEIGHT OF
THE SUPERSTRUCTURE. ENSURE THE
SUPERSTRUCTURE WILL NOT TILT OR
SUDE OURING UFTING ANO MOVING. FAIL­
URE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN DEATH OR
INJURY TO PERSONNEL ANO DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
2-1 0-2 GROVE
RT700E SWI NG SYSTEM

DANGER NOTE SUMMARY (CONTI N U E D)

Page
DANGER
2-10-16
ENSURE THE SUPERSTRUCTURE IS FULLY
SUPPORTED BEFORE PROCEEDING.
DANGER
2-10-16
ENSURE THAT ANY BLOCKING MATERIAL
USED 18 CAPABLE OF FULLY 8UPPORTING
THE WEIGHT OF THE SUPERSTRUCTURE
AND WILL NOT ALLOW IT TO TILT OR SHIFT.
FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN DEATH
OR INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
DANGER
2-10-17
ANYTIME A GRADE 8 TURNTABLE BOLT
HAS BE EN REMOVED, IT MUST BE
REPLACED WITH A NEW GRADE 8 BOLT.

GROVE 2-1 0-3

SWI N G SYSTEM RT700E

NOTES __________________________________________________

2-1 0-4 GROYE

RT700E SWI NG SYSTEM

SWI N G SYSTEM

D E S C R I PT I O N

The purpose of the swing system is to allow the crane
superstructure to rotate atop the carrier frame. The super­
structure swing system provides full 360 degree rotation
in both directions and is equipped with free swing capa­
bilities. The term free swing means that, with the SWING
BRAKE switch in the OFF position, the superstructure
will swing freely after the SWING control lever is
released until it coasts to a stop or the glide swing brake
pedal is depressed.
rpm . Braking is accomplished b y depressing a glide
swing brake pedal which is a proportionate control valve
that provides a controlled braking of the swing motion.
The swing system consists of a hydraulic remote control­
ler, a directional control valve, the swing drive, the swing
brake assembly, the brake pedal and power brake valve,
and a swing brake release solenoid valve.

Swing is activated using the control lever in the cabo
When the swing lever is actuated, hydraulic pressure is
routed to the swing motor to drive the gearbox in the
appropriate direction. As the gearbox rotates, the pinion
gear meshes with the teeth on the swing bearing and
rotates the superstructure. The maximum rotation is
The crane is equipped with a pin type swing lock as stan­
dard and an optional degree positive swing lock. The
360
360 degree positive swing lock meshes with the swing
gear teeth at any point of rotation. The pin type swing
lock will only lock the turntable in a straight ahead posi­
2.5 tion. Both swing locks are operated from the cabo

TH EORY OF O P E RATI O N

SWING ORIVE. SWING BRAKE.

The hydraulic power for the swing drive is supplied by
the engine driven hydraulic pump . Oil f10ws from the
pump to the hydraulic swivel. Flow from the swivel is
routed to the service brake dual accumulator charge
valve. Bypass f10w from the dual accumulator charge
valve is routed to the front steering f10w divider valve in
the swing directional control valve. Bypass f10w from the
f10w divider valve is used to supply the swing directional
control valve.
When the hydraulic remote control is positioned to select
right or left swing, the f10w through the control valve is
directed to the swing motor. If the SWING BRAKE
selector switch is in the OFF position, the superstructure
will rotate in the desired direction. Shifting the control to
neutral and depressing the brake pedal wil l stop the
swing.
The hydraulic power for the swing brake is supplied by
the pressure reducing/sequence valve in the swing brake
and armrest lockout manifold . With the SWING BRAKE
selector switch positioned to ON, the swing brake release
valve blocks the regulated f10w to the brake release port
and spring pressure in the swing brake applies the brake.
When the SWING BRAKE selector switch is positioned
to OFF, the regulated f10w is directed from the pressure
reducing/sequence valve to the brake release port, over­
com ing the brake spring pressure and releasing the swing
brake. Regulated f10w from the pressure reducing/
sequence valve is also provided to the power brake valve
where it is available for the activation of the swing brake
when the pedal is depressed.

MAI NTENAN C E

TROUBLESHOOTING.
S YMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION

1. Boom swing operation erratic a. Damaged relief valve. a. Replace relief valve.
in either direction .
b. Swing brake dragging (not b. Readjust and/or replace neces­
releasing properly). sary parts.

GROVE 2-1 0-5

SWI N G SYSTEM RT700E

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE S OLUTION

1. Boom swing operation erratic c. Low engine rpm . c. Increase engine rpm t o obtain
in either direction (continued). smooth swing operation.
d. Low hydraulic oil . d. Replenish hydraul ic o i l to
proper level.
e. Improper movement of control e. Feather controls to neutral to
to neutral . maintain smooth stopping
action.
f. Insufficient lubricant on swing f. Lubricate bearing properly.
bearing. Refer to Section 1 6 - LUBRI-
CATION.
g. Crane not level. g. Level crane using outriggers.
h. Damaged swing motor. h. Repair or replace swing motor.
1. Excessive overload. 1. Reduce load . Refer t o load
capacity chart.
J. Restricted or partly clogged J. Replace hose or fittings.
hydraulic hose or fittings.
k. Pump cavitation in swing sec- k. Tighten suction hose or replace
tion. any damaged fitting. Check
hydraulic tank leve1.
1. Improperly torqued turntable 1. Torque tumtable bolts evenly.
bolts.
m. Excessive preload on upper and m. Adjust as necessary.
lower pinion shaft bearing.
n. Improperly torqued swing n. Torque swing motor attach-
motor attachment bolts. ment bolts.
o. Malfunction of the swing box. o. Remove swing box and make
necessary repairs.
p. Worn or damaged pump. p. Repair or replace damaged
pump .
q. Damaged swing directional q. Repair or replace swing direc-
control valve. tional control valve.
r. Damaged swing pinion. r. Replace pinion .
S. Damaged turntable bearing. S. Replace turntable bearing.
2. Boom swing operation erratic a. Crane not leve1. a. Level crane using outriggers.
in one d irection only.
b. Turntable bearing binding due b. Rotate machine 360 degrees in
to continuous limited swing. both directions several times
(Example: concrete pourer.) and lubricate bearing.
C. Restricted hose or fitting. C. Replace hose or fitting.
d. Damaged swing directional d. Replace swing d irectional con-
control valve. trol valve.

2-1 0-6 GROVE

RT700E SWI NG SYSTEM

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE S OLUTION

2. Boom swing operation erratic e. Damaged swing p in ion. e. Replace pinion .

i n one d irection only (contin-
ued).
f. Damaged turntable bearing. f. Replace turntable bearing.
3. Boom will not swing i n either a. Damaged relief valve. a. Remove, clean, and repair or
direction. replace relief valve.
b. Damaged swing motor. b. Repair or replace swing motor.
c. Swing brake not releasing prop- c. . Repair as necessary.
erIy.
d. Damaged hydraulic remote d. Replace hydraulic remote con-
control valve. trol valve.
e. Internal damage to swing box. e. Remove swing box and repair.
f. Worn or damaged hydraulic f. Replace pump section.
pump.
g. Damaged swing directional g. Replace swing d irectional con-
control valve. trol valve.
h. Damaged swing pinion. h. Replace pinion .
1. Damaged turntable bearing. 1. Replace turntable bearing.
J. Excessive overIoad. j. Reduce load. Refer to load
capacity chart.
4. Swing operation slow in either a. Damaged relief valve. a. Adjust, repair or replace valve.
direction.
b. ImproperIy adjusted swing b. Readj ust.
brake.
c. Damaged hydraulic remote c. Replace hydraulic remote con-
control valve. trol valve.
d. ImproperIy lubricated swing d. Lubricate bearing per recom-
bearing. mendations.
e. Improper size hose and/or fit- e. Refer to the Parts Manual.
tings installed.
f. Clogged or restricted hydraulic f. Clean or replace damaged parts.
hoses or fittings.
g. Worn or damaged output shaft g. Replace bearings.
bearings
h. Worn or damaged swing motor. h. Repair or replace motor.
1. Worn o r damaged hydraulic 1. Repair or replace pump.
pump.
J. Crane not level. J. Level crane.
k. Damaged swing directional k. Replace swing directional con-
control valve. trol valve.

GROllE 2-1 0-7

SWI N G SYSTEM RT700E

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE S OLUTION

5. Swing operation slow i n one a. Crane not level. a. Level crane.

direction only.
b. Damaged hydraulic remote b. Replace hydraulic remote con-
control valve. trol valve.
c. Damaged swing directional c. Replace the swing d irectional
control valve. control valve.
d. Clogged or restricted hose. d. Replace hose or fitting.
e. Improperly torqued turntable e. Torque turntable bearing.
bearing.
6. Swing brake operation erratic. a. Improper brake adjustment. a. Adj ust brake.
b. Air in swing brake system . b. Bleed brake system.
c. Brake pedal not fully retracted. c. Check brake pedal return
spring; repair or replace spring.
d. Dirty or glazed brake d isco d. Clean or replace disco
e. Malfunction of the glide swing e. Repair or replace glide swing
power brake valve. power brake valve.
f. Kinked or bent l ines and/or f. Straighten or replace as
hoses and fittings. required .
7. Swing brake system will not a. Damaged swing brake release a. Replace release valve.
operate. valve.
b. Damaged glide swing power b. Repair or replace glide swing
brake valve. power brake valve.
C. Internal damage to the swing C. Repair or replace affected parts.
brake assembly.
d. Loose or restricted brake lines d. Tighten or replace lines and fit-
or fittings. tings.
8. Swing brake pedal is spongy. a. Damaged gl ide swing power a. Repair or replace the glide
brake valve. swing power brake valve.
b. Loose or restricted brake lines b. Tighten or replace brake lines
or fittings. and fittings.
9. Swing brake drags. a. Damaged glide swing power a. Repair or replace the glide
brake valve. swing power brake valve.
b. Damaged swing brake release b. Replace release valve.
valve.
C. Internal damage to the swing C. Repair or replace affected parts.
brake assembly.
d. Loose or restricted brake l ines d. Tighten or replace brake lines
or fittings. and fittings.

2-1 0-8 GROVE

RT700E SWI N G SYSTEM

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE S OLUTION

1 0. Boom swings slowly. a. Insufficient hydraulic volume. a. Check delivery of hydraulic

pump. Ensure sufficient fluid is
available to pump. Check
pump drive speed.
b. Damaged rel ief valve. b. Adj ust, repair, or replace valve.
c. Damaged swing motor. c. Repair or replace motor.
1 1. Swing motor continues to oper- a. Hydraulic remote control valve a. Repair or replace valve.
ate when swing control is in sticking or valve otherwise
neutral. damaged.
b. Control valve sticking or valve b. Repair or replace valve.
otherwise damaged .
12. Swing motor turning in wrong a. Improper port connections. a. Reverse port connection.
direction.
13. Swing motor noisy. a. Air in system. a. Refer to Section - HYDRAU-
8
LIC SYSTEM, for removal of
air from the system .
b. Motor binding. b. Repair or replace motor.

GROVE 2-1 0-9

SWI N G SYSTEM RT700E

SWING MOTOR

D E SC R I PT I O N

The swing motor is mounted on the swing brake housing moving parts, the commutator valve, the drive, and the
and drives the swing gearbox through the brake assem­ gerotor star. The motor has two ports for connection to
bly. The swing motor is a hydraulic gerotor type with low the hydraulic system.
speed and high torque characteristics. It has only three

MAI N TE NAN C E

REMOVAL. INSTALLATION.
1. Ensure the swing brake and swing lock are engaged. CAUTION
2. Clean the port area around the motor. Tag and dis­ USE CARE WHEN ENGAGING THE
connect the hydraulic hoses from the motor assem­ SWING MOTOR ORIVE GEAR, DO
bly. Cap or plug all openings. NOT FORCE THE SHAFT TO
CAUTION ENGAGE.
l. I nstall a new o-ring in the groove of the swing
PULL STRAIGHT UP ON THE MOTOR brake. Position the swing motor on the swing brake,
ASSEMBLY TO AVOIO OAMAGING engaging the shaft with the brake input shaft.
THE SPLlNEO SHAFT.
2. Install the capscrews and lockwashers securing the
3. Remove the capscrews and lockwashers securing motor to the brake housing. Torque the capscrews to
the motor and lift the swing motor free. Remove and 1 1 0 Nm (80 ft-Ib). Apply Loctite 242 to the cap­
discard the o-ring from the groove in the swing screw threads.
brake.
3. Connect the hydraulic l ines to the swing motor as
tagged during removal .

TEST.
1. Test swing of superstructure in each direction. Stop
and start swing several times.

2. Inspect for hydraulic leaks and repair as necessary.

2-1 0-1 0 GROVE

RT700E
SWING GEARBOX ANO BRAKE
D E S C R I PTION
The swing gearbox and brake, used in conjunction with
the swing motor, rotates and stops the superstructure. A
pedal on the cab floor is used to activate the swing brake.
The swing gearbox is bolted to the superstructure base
plate, and its pinion gear meshes with the ring gear of the
turntable bearing to rotate the tumtable.
MA I NTENANCE
NOTE
The swing brake can be removed and
disassembled independently of the
swing gearbox.
SWING BRAKE.
Removal.
1. Engage the turntable lock pino
2. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic l ines connected to
the s� ing motor and the brake. Cap and/or plug all
openmgs.
3. Remove the swing motor from the swing brake
according to the procedures found in this Section
under SWING MOTOR - REMOVAL.
4. Remove the bolts and washers securing the brake to
the gearbox. Remove the brake assembly.
5. Remove and discard the O-ring from the brake
housing.
6. Cover the opening of the swing gearbox to ensure
no dirt, dust, etc., gets into the gearbox.
Installatio n.
1. Install a new o-ring onto the brake housing and
insert the brake assembly into the gearbox. Secure
with the eight socket head capscrews.
2. Install the swing motor into the swing brake accord­
ing to the procedures found in this Section under
SWING MOTOR - INSTALLATION.
GROVE
SWI NG SYSTEM
The swing gearbox utilizes double reduction planetary
gearing. The multi-disc swing brake assembly is an inte­
gral part of the swing gearbox and is located between the
swing motor and the swing gearbox. The brake m echa­
n ism is a d isc pack that is hydraulically released and
spring applied.
3. Connect the hydraul ic l ines to the motor and brake.
4. B leed all air from the brake assembly.
Testing.
1 . With the SWING BRAKE switch in the ON posi­
tion, position the swing control lever in both d irec­
tions. Superstructure rotation should not occur.
2. Position the SWING BRAKE switch t o OFF and
swing the superstructure in both directions. Use the
swing brake pedal to stop rotation .
3. Check for hydraulic leaks and repair as necessary.
GEARBOX.
Removal.
1. Engage the turntable lock pino
2. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the
swing motor and swing brake. Cap and/or plug all
openings.
3. Remove the three bolts attaching the pinion gear to
the output shaft and remove the pinion gear.
NOTE
The complete gearbox assembly with
motor weighs approximately 120 kg
(265 lb).
4. Attach a suitable lifting device to the swing gearbox.
Remove the four bolts, washers and bushings secur­
ing the gearbox to the mounting plateo
2-1 0-1 1
SWI NG SYSTEM RT700 E

5. Remove the swing gearbox. periodic check of mounting boIt torque values. Lubrica­
tion consists of maintain ing the gearbox oil level. Oil in a
6. If necessary, remove the swing motor according to new gearbox should be drained and flushed out after
the procedures found in this Section under SWING approximately 250 hours of operation, and replaced with

�f op.erat � on or ea?� year, whichever occurs first. Opera­

MOTOR REMOVAL. premium quality S SGL-5 after approximately 500 hours

tlOn m hlgh humldlty or polluted air areas will require

7. If necessary, remove the swing brake according to
more frequent changes to minimize moisture or contami­
the procedures found in this Section under SWING
nate accumulation. Change the oil as follows.
BRAKE REMOVAL.

8. Cover the opening o f the swing gearbox to ensure 1. R� move the drai � plug; allow ap p roximately three
no dirt, dust, etc., gets into the gearbox. m mutes for the slde walls to dram, after oiI stops
flowing from the drain port.
Installation. 2. Flush the case with a light flushing oil.

1. If removed, instal l the swing brake according to the NOTE

procedures found in this Section under SWING
BRAKE INSTALLATION.
2. If removed, install the swing motor according t o the
procedures found in this Section under SWING
MOTOR INSTALLATION.
3. Attach a suitable lifting device to the swing gearbox
and lift and position the swing gearbox in place on
the mounting plateo
Cleaning of the gearbox with a sol­
vent is recommended to prevent an
accumulation of grit and grime. Avoid
steam cleaning where moisture and
dirt might be driven into the vent of
the swing bearing.
3. Install the drain plug and refill the case with oil.

4. Install the four boIts, washers and bushings. Torque C H E C KI N G THE OI L LEVE L.
48 l to 522 Nm (3 55 to 3 85 ft-lb).
1. Check the level in the sight gauge on the swing
5. Install the pinion gear on the output shaft and secure
gearbox. Sight gauge should be full of oil.
with three boIts. Torque to 42 Nm (3 1 ft-lb).

6. Connect the hydraulic l ines to the swing brake.
7. Connect the hydraulic lines to the swing motor.
8. Service the gearbox as indicated under SERVIC­
ING.
Servicing.
A � with all highly stressed mechanisms, reasonable oper­
atmg procedures are always required. Normal mainte­
nance should only consist of proper lubrication and a
2. If no oil is visible in sight gauge, remove ventlfill
plug on bottom of brake housing and add S SGL-5
weight oil unti l the sight gauge is full of oil.
3. Replace the ventlfill plug i n the brake housing.
Testing.
1. Test swing of superstructure in each direction. Stop
and start swing several times.
2. Inspect for hydraulic leaks and repair as necessary.

2-1 0-1 2 GROVE

RT700E SWI NG SYSTEM

SWING BEARING

D E S C R I PTI O N

The swing bearing is a n anti-friction roller bearing that
mates the Superstructure to the Carrier. The bearing inner
race is bolted to the Superstructure and the outer race is
bolted to the Carrier. The inner race contains two grease
fittings for lubrication of the bearing which are hosed to
two fittings at the front of the turntable center section.
The outer race also contains two grease fittings and
incorporates gear teeth that mesh with the pinion gear of
the swing gearbox to provide rotation.

MAI NTE NAN C E

GENERAL. ing a high strength heat-treated tempered component and

the bolt must be installed according to specificatians.
Special attention should be given to the existence of
The swing bearing is the most critical maintenance point lubricant and plating that will cause variation from dry
of the crane. It is here, at the centerline of rotation, that torque values. When a h igh strength balt is removed, or
stresses of loads are concentrated. In addition, the bear­ un-torqued, the bolt must be replaced with a new bolt of
ing provides the only attachment between the superstruc­ the same classification.
ture and carrier. Therefore, proper care af the bearing and
periodic maintenance of the turntable-to-bearing attach
bolts -I S A MUST -to ensure safe and efficient operation. OANGER
TORQUING TURNTABLE BOLTS. IT IS MANOATORY THAT BEARING
ATTACHING BOLTS BE INSPECTED
General. FOR LACK OF TORQUE ANO
RETORQUEO, AS REQUIREO, AFTER
THE FIRST 300 HOURS OF CRANE
DANGER OPERATION. THE BOLTS MAY
LOOSEN IN SERVICE OUE TO VIBRA­
FAILURE TO MAINTAIN PROPER TION, SHOCK-LOAOS, ANO TEMPER­
TORQUE OF THE TURNTABLE BEAR­ ATURE CHANGES, THEREFORE,
ING ATTACHING BOLTS WILL PERIOOIC INSPECTION SHOULO BE
RESULT IN OAMAGE TO THE CRANE ACCOMPLlSHEO EVERY 500 HOURS
ANO POSSIBLE INJURY TO PERSON­ THEREAFTER, ENSURING THE
NEL. BOLTS ARE PROPERLY TORQUEO.
Maintaining proper torque value for bolts is extremely KNOW YOUR TORQUE WRENCH ! Flexible beam
important for structural strength, performance, and reli­ type wrenches, even though they might have a pre-set
ability of the crane. Variations in torque can cause distor­ feature, must be pulled at right angle and the force must
tion, binding, or complete separation of the be applied at the center of the handle. Force value read­
superstructure from the carrier. ings must be made while the tool is in motion. Rigid han­
dIe type, with torque l im iting devices that can be pre-set
to required values, eliminate dial readings and provide
CAUTION more reliable, less variable readings.

REPEATEO RE-TORQUING MAY NOTE

CAUSE BOLTS TO STRETCH. IF If multipliers and/or special tools are
BOLTS KEEP WORKING LOOSE, used to reach hard to get at areas,
THEY MUST BE REPLACED WITH ensure torque readings are accurate.
NEW BOLTS OF THE PROPER
GRADE ANO SIZ E. Torque wrenches are precision instruments and must be
handled with careo To ensure accuracy, calibrations must
Proper identification of bolt grade is important. When be made on a scheduled basis. Whenever there is a possi­
marked as a high strength bolt (grade 8), the serviceman bil ity that a torque wrench may have been either over­
must be aware of bolt classifications and that he is install- stressed or damaged, it should immediately be removed

GROVE 2-1 0-1 3

SWI NG SYSTEM RT700 E

from service until recalibrated. When using a torque Using the to multiplier and no step wrenches, set the
4 1
wrench, any erratic or jerking motion can result in the torque wrench for Nm 346 ft-lb).(255
application of excessive or improper torque. ALWAYS
use a slow, even movement and STOP when the predeter­ Tools Required.
m ined value has been reached.

If it is reported by the crane operator or suspected that the The figure titled Special Tumtable Bolt Torquing Tools
crane has been overloaded beyond the capacities speci­ illustrates and lists the complete set of special tools
fied aboye the bold line on the cranes' capacity chart, required to torque the tumtable bolts.
then all turntable bolts must be inspected for loo senes s
and retorqued to specifications. Inner Race Torquing.
Tumtable bolts should be torqued according to the proce­
dures outlined in this section. 1 . Extend and set the outriggers. Fully elevate the
boom .
When using step wrenches, calculated wrench settings
are valid only when the fol lowing conditions are met. 2. Torque eight bolts t o to Nm
930 1008 to ft­
(686 743
lb) using the following sequence pattem; 1, 23, 12,
and
34, 9, 28, 19, 42. Tools used are the socket, mul­
1. Torque wrenches must be those specified and forces tiplier, backlash adapter, necessary extensions, and
must be applied at the handle grip. The use of handle torque wrench.
extensions will change applied torque to the bolt.

2. AH handles must b e parallel to the step wrench dur­ 3. Retum to bolt and torque all bolts sequentially i n a
1
ing final tightening. Multipl ier reaction bars may be clockwise direction to the final torque of to
1 162
misaligned no more than 30 degrees without causing 1260 Nm to
(857 929ft-lb). The same tools are used
serious error in torque. as in step l .

3. Multiplier bar handles must be propped or sup­ Outer Race Torquing.

ported within the outer 1/4 of the handle length, or
serious under or over tightening will occur.
l. Extend and set the outriggers. Fully elevate the
boom.
The inner race of the bearing is secured to the tumtable
by 44,one-inch Grade bolts. The outer race of the bear­
8
ing is secured to the carrier frame by one-inch, Grade
40, 2. Torque eight bolts t o to Nm
930 1008 to ft­
(686 743
8 bolts. lb) using the following sequence pattern; 1, 21, 1 1,
3 1, 6, 26, 16,and Tools used are the socket, mul­
36.
Torque Values. tiplier, backlash adapter, necessary extensions, and
torque wrench.
Torque aH tumtable bolts to a final torque of 1 162 to
1260 Nm (857 to 929 ft-lb).
I N N ER RACE OUTER RACE

I nner and Outer Race Solt Pattern

2- 1 0- 1 4 GROVE
RT700E SWI NG SYSTEM

Description Grove Part N u m ber Quantity Required

1.
Orders for special tools
1 1 /2 " Socket 3/4" Orive 9-999-1 001 43 1
shall be referred to:
2. 4 to 1 Torque M u ltiplier ( 1 /2" Input 3/4" Qutput) 9-999-1 001 34 1
G rove U .S L.L.C. 3. Backlash Adapter 9-999-1 00 1 41 1
C ustomer Support 4. 1 /2" Orive Torque Wrench 9-999-1 001 36 1
1 565 Buchanan Tra i l East 5. 1 0" Extension 3/4" Orive 9-999-1 001 38 AlR
Shady Grove, PA 1 7256 6. 1 3" Extension 3/4" Orive 9-999-1 001 37 AlR
Phone: (71 7) 597-81 21 7. Tool Box (Qptional) 9-999-1 001 46 1
Fax: (71 7) 593-5929

6633

Special Tu rntable Solt Torq uing Tools

3. Return to bolt and torque all bolts sequentialIy i n a

1 5. Remove the boom and l i ft cylinder folIowing the
clockwise direction to to Nm (857 to
1 162 1260 929 procedures outlined in Section 10, BOOM.
ft-lb). The same tools are used as in step 1 .
NOTE
REMOVAL.
The counterweight weighs approxi­
1. Fully extend and set the outriggers enough to take
mately 5103 kg (11250 lb).
up the slack in the pads.
6. Attach an adequate lifting device to the counter­
weight. Take up the slack to relieve the weight from
NOTE the pins. Remove the clip pins and pins securing the
counterweight to the turntable and set it aside.
Do not raise the machine on the out­
�ottom of the swivel . Cap or plug all l ines and open­
riggers. 7. Tag and disconnect a l I water and oil l ines from the

mgs.
2. Ensure the boom is in the travel position and the
tumtable lock pin is engaged. 8. Locate the connectors and ground wire that joins the
swivel wiring harness to the receptacles and ground
stud on the carrier.
3. Elevate the boom slightly and shut down the engine.
9. Disconnect the swivel wlnng harness connectors
4. Tag and d isconnect the battery cables from the hat­ from the carrier wiring receptacles. Remove the
teries. ground wire from the ground stud.

GROVE 2-1 0-1 5

SWI N G SYSTEM RT700E

10. Remove the clamp securing the swivel wiring har­
ness to the retainer plate on the bottom of the
hydraulic swivel assembly.
1 1. Coil the wiring han1ess and secure it to the swivel to
prevent damage to the harness during turntable
removal.
12. On the bottom of the hydraulic swivel, bend the
retainer tabs away from the bolt heads. Remove the
eight bolts and four bolt retainers securing the two
retainer plates to the spool. Remove the retainer
plates from the spool and the lugs on the carrier
frame.
NOTE
The swivel assembly will be removed
with the turntable.
DANGER
ENSURE THE UFTING DEVICE 15
CAPABLE OF FULLY SUPPORTING
THE WEIGHT OF THE SUPERSTRUC­
TURE. ENSURE THE SUPERSTRUC­
TURE WILL NOT TILT OR SUDE
OURING UFTING ANO MOVING. FAIL­
URE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN
DEATH OR INJURY TO PERSONNEL
ANO DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
NOTE
If a lifting device capable of lifting the
entire superstructure is not available,
superstructure weight may be
reduced by removing various compo­
nents such as the hoist(s).
13. Attach a suitable lifting device to the four super­
structure lifting lugs (two at the boom pivot shaft
bushings and two at the lower lift cyl inder pivot
shaft bushings). Take in cable or chain to remove
slack. Do not pull up on the superstructure.
OANGER
ENSURE THE SUPERSTRUCTURE 1 5
FULLY SUPPORTED BEFORE PRO­
CEEDING.
NOTE
It will be necessary to rotate the
superstructure while attached to the
lifting device. Outer race bolts can
only be removed from the front or
from under the cabo
14. Remove the 40 bolts and washers securing the turn­
table bearing outer race to the carrier.
OANGER
ENSURE THAT ANY BLOCKING
MATERIA L USED 15 CAPABLE OF
FULLY SUPPORTING THE WEIGHT
OF THE SUPERSTRUCTURE ANO
WILL NOT ALLOW IT TO TILT OR
SHIFT. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY
RESULT IN DEATH OR INJURY TO
PERSONNEL.
1 5. Carefully lift the superstructure, using care not to
damage the swivel assembly, and set it on blocking
that will not allow the superstructure to tilt or shift,
or rest on the swivel . Leave the lifting device
attached .
NOTE
If the same bearing is to be used
again, mark the position of the bear­
ing on the superstructure so it can be
installed in the exact position it was
before removal.
NOTE
The bearing weighs between 585 kg
(1290 lb) and 642 kg (1415 lb) depend­
ing on the bearing used. Ensure the
bearing lifting device is capable of
supporting the weight.
20. Place an adequate lifting device under the bearing
and remove the 44 bolts and washers securing the
turntable bearing to the superstructure.
21. U sing the l ifting device, remove the turntable bear­
ing from under the superstructure.

2-1 0-1 6 GROVE

RT700E
INSPECTION.
Check the bearing teeth for chipping or cracking. If any
evidence of these is found, replace the bearing. Ensure
the boIt holes are free of dirt, oil, or foreign material .
INSTALLATION.
DANGER
ANYTIME A GRADE 8 TURNTABLE
BOLT HAS BEEN REMOVED, IT MUST
BE REPLACED WITH A NEW GRADE
8 BOLT.
NOTE
If the same bearing is to be used
again, align the marked teeth on the
pinion shaft and the marked teeth on
the bearing.
NOTE
Installation is in the travel position.
Ensure the swing lock is disengaged
before attempting to mate the bearing
to the superstructure.
l. Using an appropriate lifting device, posltlon the
turntable bearing under the superstructure. If the
same bearing is being used, position it as marked
prior to removal .
2. Install44 new boIts and washers securing the bear­
ing to the superstructure. Refer to Inner Race Torqu­
ing in this Sub-Section.
3. Using an appropriate lifting device, align the super­
structure over the carrier in the travel position and
carefulIy lower the superstructure, being careful not
to damage the swivel assembly, into position on the
carrier bearing plateo
NOTE
It will be necessary to rotate the
superstructure while attached to the
lifting device. Outer race bolts can
only be installed from the front or
from under the cabo
GROVE
SWI NG SYSTEM
4. Install 40 new bolts and washers. Refer to Outer
Race Torqu ing in this Sub-Section.
NOTE
If a new bearing is being installed, a
new pinion gear must also be used.
Align the high point (maximum eccen­
tricity) on the bearing with the new
pinion gear high point.
MAXIMUM
ECCENTRICITY
TOOTH
SHI
PINION
Backlash Adjusting S h i m
5. Install the gearbox pinion aligning the high point
(maximum eccentricity) on the turntable bearing.
Using a 0 .203 mm (0.008 in) thick sh im, check the
backlash (see figure). Ifthe pinion must be moved to
achieve proper backlash, contact your local dealer.
6. Position the two retainer plates on the bottom of
hydraulic swivel spool, engaging the lugs on the car­
rier frame, and secure them to the spool with four
boIt retainers and eight boIts. Torque the bolts to 1 22
Nm (90 ft-lb). Bend all the retainer tabs to make
contact with the boIt heads.
7. Plug the swivel wiring hamess connectors into the
carrier receptacles. Secure the ground wire to the
ground stud using a washer, lockwasher, and nut.
8. Install the clamp securing the swivel wiring harness
to the retainer plate on the bottom of the hydraulic
swivel.
9. Connect all water and hydraulic l ines to the ports on
the bottom of the swivel as tagged during removal .
1 0 . Install the boom and lift cylinder following the pro­
cedures outlined in Section 1 0, BOOM.
2-1 0-1 7
SWI N G SYSTEM RT700E

NOTE 13. Check the slew potentiometer in the electrical

swivel for proper orientation. Refer to Section
13 -
The counterweight weighs approxi­ S WIVELS.
mately 5103 kg (11250 lb). TESTING.
1 1. Attach an adequate lifting device to the counter­
weight. Position the counterweight under the turnta­ Activate the crane and check for proper function.
ble aligning the pin holes. Install the pins and clip
pins securing the counterweight to the tumtable. NOTE
12. Reconnect the batteries. If the superstructure does not turn
freely after bearing and pinion
replacement, contact your local
dealer.

2-10-18 GROVE
RT700E BOOM

S ECTI O N 1 1
BOOM
TABLE O F CONTENTS

Page
BOOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-7

.

Boom Extension . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Boom Retraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-7

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-10
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-10
.

Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-11
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Boom Nose Sheaves . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-14

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . . . . ..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-14
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-14
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-15
.

Installation . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-19
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Functional Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-20

Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-20
Boom Alignment and Servicing . . . . . . .. . 2-11-20
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cam Operated Check Valve Adjustment . . . 2-11-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Guide Block Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-21

BOOM EXTENSION ANO RETRACTION CABLE . . 2-11-22
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-22
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-22
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-22
TELESCOPE CIRCUIT . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . 2-11-24
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Oescription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-24
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-24

.

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . 2-11-24
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 2-11-24
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-27

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Oisassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . 2-11-27

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIFT CIRCUIT . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 2-11-28

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Oescription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-28
Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-28
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 2-11-28
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-28
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-30
Disassembly and Assembly . . . . .
. . . . . . 2-11-31
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-31
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

GROVE 2-1 1 -1
BOOM RT700E

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTI N U ED)

Page
SWINGAWAY BOOM EXTENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-32
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-32
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-32
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-32
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-38
Boom Extension Alignment Device Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-40
Swingaway Mounting Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-40
. .

HOOKBLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-42
.

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-42
.

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-42
. . .

Periodic Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-42

. .

LIST OF FIGU RES

Title Page
Boom Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-8
.

Lift Cylinder Pivot Shaft Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-31

Boom Disengage Stop Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-32
.

Removing and Installing the Swingaway Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-33

Boom Disengage Stop Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-39
. .

DAN G E R N OTE S U M MARY

Page
DANGER
2-11-10
BOOM ASSEMBLY MUST BE ROTATED 1800
UPSIDE DOWN BEFORE PERFORMING ANY
ASSEMBLY OR DISASSEMBLY PROCE­
DURES.
DANGER
2-11-10
A ROLLOVER FIXTURE WITH WEBBING IS
RECOMMENDED TO ROTATE BOOM ANO
SECTIONS. CHAINS ARE NOT RECOM­
MENDEO. IF A ROLLOVER FIXTURE IS NOT
AVAILABLE, ROTA TE SECTIONS USING
ADEQUATE SUPPORT WITH WEBBING VERY
CAREFULLY.

2-1 1 -2 GROVE
RT700E BOOM

DANGER SAFETY S U M MARY (CONTI N U ED)

Page
DANGER
2-11-11
WEAR GLOVES WHEN HANDLING WIRE
ROPE.
DANGER
2-11-11
ENSURE BLOCKING AND LlFTING DEVICES
ARE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING BOOM
ASSEMBLY.
DANGER
2-11-11
ENSURE THE BOOM LlFT CYLlNDER IS
PROPERLY SUPPORTED BEFORE DISCON­
NECTING IT FROM THE BOOM.
DANGER
2-11-11
SHUT DOWN THE CRANE BEFORE PRO­
CEEDING.
DANGER
2-11-13
ENSURE THE TELESCOPE CYLlNDERS ARE
SECURELY BLOCKED AND SOME MEANS
USED TO HOLD THEM TOGETHER TO PRE­
VENT ANY ACCIDENTAL MOVEMENT.
SEVERE INJURY CAN OCCUR IF THE CYLlN­
DERS DROP.
DANGER
2-11-15
BOOM ASSEMBLY MUST BE ROTATED 1800
UPSIDE DOWN BEFORE PERFORMING ANY
ASSEMBLy OR DISASSEMBLy PROCE­
DURES.
DANGER
2-11-15
A ROLLOVER FIXTURE WITH WEBBING IS
RECOMMENDED TO ROTATE BOOM AND
SECTIONS. CHAINS ARE NOT RECOM­
MENDED. IF A ROLLOVER FIXTURE IS NOT
AVAILABLE, ROTATE SECTIONS USING
ADEQUATE SUPPORT WITH WEBBING VERY
CAREFULLY.

GROVE 2-1 1 -3
BOOM RT700E

DAN G E R SAFETY S U M MARY (CONTI N U E D)

Page
OANGER
2-11-16
ENSURE THE TELESCOPE CYUNOERS ARE
SECURELY BLOCKED ANO SOME MEANS
USE O TO HOlO THEM TOGETHER TO PRE­
VENT ANY ACCIDENTAL MOVEMENT.
SEVERE INJURY CAN OCCUR IF THE CYUN­
DERS DROP.
DANGER
2-11-19
ENSURE BLOCKING ANO UFTING DEVICES
ARE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING THE BOOM
ASSEMBLY.
DANGER
2-11-19
BLOCK THE BOOM BEFORE DOING ANY
WORK UNDER THE BOOM.
DANGER
2-11-19
FAILURE TO PROPERLY SUPPORT THE
BOOM UFT CYUNDER MAY RESULT IN
DEATH OR INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
DANGER
2-11-20
IF THE HYDRAUUC SYSTEM MUST BE ACTI­
VATED TO EXTEND OR RETRACT THE UFT
CYUNOER, ENSURE THE ROD END IS PROP­
ERLY AUGNED WITH THE UFT CYUNOER
ATTACH FITTING.
DANGER
2-11-22
NEVER HANDLE WIRE ROPE WITH BARE
HANOS.

2-1 1 -4 GROYfE
RT700E BOOM

DANGER SAFETY S U MMARY (CONTIN U ED)

Page
DANGER
2-11-30
ENSURE ANY BLOCKING OR CRIBBING
USEO IS CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING THE
BOOM . .
OANGER
2-11-30
ENSURE THE LlFTING/SUPPORTING OEVICE
IS CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING THE LlFT
CYLlNDER.

OANGER
2-11-32
BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO ERECT OR STOW
THE SWINGAWAY, REAO ANO STRICTLY
AOHERE TO ALL OANGER OECALS
INSTALLEO ON THE SWINGAWAY ANO
STOWAGE BRACKETS.
OANGER
2-11-38
WHEN ERECTING THE BOOM EXTENSION,
ENSURE THAT ALL PERSONNEL ANO
EQUIPMENT ARE KEPT CLEAR OF THE
SWING PATH.
DANGER
2-11-38
00 NOT MOOIFY THE ATTACHMENT POINTS
TO PERMIT THE INSTALLATION OF THE
ATTACHMENT PINS.
OANGER
2-11-39
WHEN STOWING THE BOOM EXTENSION,
ENSURE THAT ALL PERSONNEL ANO
EQUIPMENT ARE KEPT CLEAR OF THE
SWING PATH.
GROVE 2-1 1 -5
BOOM RT700E

DAN G ER NOTE S U M MA RY (CONTI N U E D)

Page
DANGER
2-11-39
DURING DISENGAGEMENT OF THE STOP
BLOCK, EXTEND THE BOOM ONLY ENOUGH
TO FREE THE BLOCK. EXTENDING THE
BOOM TOO FAR WILL CAUSE THE SWING­
AWAY TO SUDE OFF THE GUIDE RAMPS
AND ALLOW THE EXTENSION TO SWING.
DANGER
2-11-40
FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE PROPER
CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE SWINGAWAY
ANCHOR FITTINGS AND THE BOOM NOSE
ATTACH FITTINGS COULD CAUSE THESE
FITTINGS TO CONTACT EACH OTHER DUR­
ING OPERATION OF THE BOOM.

2-1 1 -6 GROYE
 RT700E
BOOM
DESC R I PT I O N
A four section 1 1 to m
33.5 (35.6to 1 1 0 ft), full power,
sequenced, and synchronized boom is installed on this
crane.
The boom utilizes two telescope cylinders to extend and
retract the inner mid and outer mid sections with a syn­
chronized cable system to extend and retract the fly sec­
tion. The telescoping sections are supported on graphite
impregnated nylatron wear pads. Side wear pads prevent
metal to metal contact between the sections.
Boom assembly lift is provi ded by one lift cylinder.
Boom elevation is from to 78 degrees.
-3
TH E O RY O F O P E RATION
� BOOM EXTENSION.
Boom extension and retraction is accomplished with two
telescope cylinders, four extension cables, and two
retraction cables. The lower telescope cylinder rod is
secured to the rear of the boom base section and the bar­
rel is secured to the inner mid boom section by a trun­
n ion. The upper telescope cylinder rod is secured to the
rear of the inner mid boom section and the barre 1 is
secured to the outer mid boom section by a trunn ion. The
extension cables are secured to the back of the fly section
and run around extension sheaves on the front of the
upper telescope cylinder to the rear of the inner m ido
The hydraulic fluid in both lower and upper telescope
cylinders is routed through the rods so that the barreIs can
extend . There are two cam operated check valves which
control flow to the telescope cylinders. With both cylin­
ders retracted, the check valve for the lower telescope
cyl inder is open and the check valve for the upper cyl in-
GROVE
BOOM
An optional auxiliary boom nose (rooster sheave) is
available for the boom to simplify single part cable
usage. The rooster sheave is installed on the main boom
nose and is secured by pins that pass through the rooster
sheave and main boom nose.
A 1 0. 1 m(33 ft) fixed offsetable or a 1 0. 1 to 1 7 .07 m
(33
to 56 ft) folding offsetable swingaway boom extension is
provided to obtain additional boom reach. Optional
inserts are available for additional reach.
The B i-fold boom extension mounts directly to the boom
nose utilizing a four point atlachment. In add ition, the bi­
fold extension base section and/or fly section can be
stowed on the right side of the boom base section.
der is closed allowing the lower cylinder to extend. When
the lower cylinder is fully extended, the check valve for
the upper cyl inder opens allowing the upper cylinder to
extend. The check valve for the lower cylinder closes
after the upper cylinder starts to extend and shuts off the
flow to the lower cylinder. As the upper telescope cylin­
der barrel extends, the extend cables around the extend
sheaves on the end of the cylinder barre1 push on the
extend cables to pul l the fly section out at the same time
the outer mid is extending.
BOOM RETRACTION.
The upper telescope cyl inder retracts the outer-mid and
two retract cables pull the fly section in at the same time.
When the upper cylinder is fully retracted, the check
valve for the lower telescope cylinder is opened and the
lower cyl inder starts to retract. The check valve for the
upper cylinder is closed as the lower cylinder starts to
retract.
2-1 1 -7
BOOM RT700E

NOTE:MUSTBOOMBE ASSEMBLY
ROTATED
1800 BEFORE
PERFORMINGOR WEAR

ASSEMBLY
DISASSEMBLY
PROCEDURES.
lIIustrations
upright shown infor
position
documentation
clarity.
BASE SECTION
PORT A

TRIGGER WELO

GREASE U N E

N OTE � I /""'- PORT B

I N N ER MIO EXTEN O CABLE ANCHOR

PLATE N OT SHOWN FOR C LARITY.

Boom Assembly (Sheet 3 of 3)

MAI NTE NAN C E

REMOVAL.
DANGER
BOOM ASSEMBLY MUST BE
ROTATED 1800 UPSIDE DOWN
BEFORE PERFORMING ANY ASSEM­
BLy OR DISASSEMBLy PROCE­
DURES.
DANGER
A ROLLOVER FIXTURE WITH WEB­
BING IS RECOMMENDED TO ROTATE
BOOM AND SECTIONS. CHAINS ARE
NOT RECOMMENDED. IF A ROLL­
OVER FIXTURE IS NOT AVAILABLE,
ROTATE SECTIONS USING ADE­
QUATE SUPPORT WITH WEBBING
VERY CAREFULLY.
NOTE
The boom may be disassembled with
the base section left on the crane if
repair of the base section is not nec­
essary.
NOTE
The boom weighs approximately 8212
kg (18,105 lb). Removal of the swing­
away boom extension will simplify
boom removal, therefore, the above
weight is for the boom without the
swingaway boom extension attached.
1. Extend and set the outriggers to level the crane and
ensure the boom is fulIy retracted and in a horizontal
position over the front of the crane.
2. If equi pped, remove the swingaway boom extension
accordmg to the removal procedures in this section.

2-1 1 � 1 0 GRO'VE
RT700E BOOM

DANGER fittings from the p ivot shaft. Remove the boom p ivot
shaft.
WEAR GLOVES WHEN HANDLING 14. Raise the boom clear of the crane and lower to
WIRE ROPE. ground level, set cribbing under base section to level
boom for service.
3. Remove the hook block or headache ball and wind
all the wire rope onto the hoist drum. DISASSEMBLY.
4. Elevate the boom slightly to allow for withdrawal of
the l ift cyl inder rod end from the l ift cylinder attach l. Remove the boom in accordance with the
fitting on the bottom of the boom. REMOVAL procedures outlined in thi s section.

DANGER 2. If necessary, on the left side o f the boom remove the

two bolts and washers securing the LMI cable angle
brackets to the base, inner mid, and outer mido
ENSURE BLOCKING AND LlFTING
DEVICES ARE CAPABLE OF SUP­ 3. On the top front of the base section, remove the cot­
PORTING THE BOOM ASSEMBLY. ter p ins, four spacers, shaft, and eight cable rol lers.

4. Repeat step 3 on the inner mid, removing seven rol l­

5. Attach a lifting device to the boom to provide for ers.
equal weight dIstribution.
5. Repeat step 3 on the outer m id, removing six rol lers.
6. Disconnect any electrical wiring from the boom.
6. Through the access hole on the left side of the base
7. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines to the tele­
scope cylinder. Cap the lines and openings. section, remove the bolt, two nuts, and the trigger
weld from the brackets.
DANGER 7. Remove the clamp halves securing the two hydrau­
l ic tubes to the rear of the base section. Tag and dis­
ENSURE THE BOOM LlFT CYLlNDER connect the two hydraulic tubes from the lower
IS PROPERLY SUPPORTED BEFORE telescope cylinder. Cap or plug all openings.
DISCONNECTING IT FROM THE 8. Remove the five bolts and hardened washers secur­
BOOM. ing each lower telescope cylinder rod mounting
plate to the rear of the base section .
8. B lock the l i ft cylinder.
NOTE
9. Remove the bolts, washers, and stop plate securing
the upper lift cylinder shaft to the slde of the attach The combined weight of the boom
fitting on the boom.
inner mid, outer mid, and fly sections,
10. Remove the upper lift cylinder shaft and two thrust including the telescope cylinders, is
washers. approximately 6292 kg (13,871 lb).
11. Activate the hydraulic system and withdraw the lift 9. S lide the assembly out of the base part way.
cylinder rod enough to clear the attach fitting. For
removal of the lift cylinder from the crane refer to
the removal procedures outlined in LIFT CIRCUIT 10. Remove the four bolts and hardened washers secur­
- Removal in this section. ing the guide block to the inner top of the base sec­
tion. Remove the guide block ano shim(s), noting
quantity of shims.
DANGER
1 1. Remove the four bolts, hardened washers, and nuts
SHUT DOWN THE CRANE BEFORE securing each top wear pad keeper plate to the base
PROCEEDING. section. Remove the keeper plates.

12. Remove four bolts and washers securing anti rota­

12. Take u p the slack on the boom lifting device. tion guide block to front top of base section.
Remove g uide block and shims, noting quantity and
13. Remove the bolt, lockwasher, nut, and retaining pin size of shlms.
securing the boom pivot shaft. Remove the grease

GROVE 2-1 1 -1 1
BOOM
13. Remove the eight boIts and hardened washers secur­
ing the bottom and side wear pad keeper plates to
the base section. Remove the keeper plates.
14. Remove the four boIts and hardened washers secur­
ing each front top wear pad to the base section.
Remove the wear pads and shims, noting quantity,
size, and location of shims.
15. Lift up on the front of the inner mid and remove the
bottom and side wear pads and shims from the base
section, noting quantity, size, and location of shims.
16. Continue to pull the assembly from the base section
removing the top rear wear pads from the inner mid
section as they clear the base section. Support
remaining assembly on cribbing.
17. Remove the two flat headed screws securing the rear
side wear pads to the inner mid section. Remove the
wear pads and shims, noting quantity and size of
shims.
1 8. Remove the mounting plates from the lugs on the
lower cylinder rod.
19. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hoses and tubes
from the telescope cylinders and the two cam
valves. Cap or plug all openings.
20. Remove the three bolts, hardened washers, and nuts
(nuts on earIy models only) securing each cam valve
to its mounting plate and remove the valves.
21. Place blocking under the lower cylinder barrel .
22. Remove the four boIts and hardened washer secur­
ing each lower cylinder barrel mounting plate to the
inner mido
23. Remove the five bolts and hardened washers secur­
ing each upper cylinder rod mounting plate to the
inner mido
24. Remove the nuts and hardened washers from the
four extend cable threaded ends. Remove them from
the mounting bracket. Tape or tie-wrap the ends of
the cables to the telescope cyl inder to prevent dam­
age to the cables.
25. O n the left side o f the inner m id, remove the valve
pusher rod from the tube.
26. On the right side of the inner mid, remove the valve
pusher rod. Disassemble as necessary.
NOTE
Together the boom outer mid and fly
sections, and telescope cylinders
weigh approximately 4861 kg (10,717
lb).
2-1 1 -1 2
RT700E
27. S lide the assembly out of the inner mid part way.
28. Remove the four bolts and hardened washers secur­
ing the guide block to the inner top of the inner mid
section. Remove the guide block and shim(s), noting
quantity of shims.
29. Remove the four boIts and hardened washers secur­
ing each top wear pad keeper plate to the inner mido
Remove the keeper plates.
30. Remove the seven bolts and hardened washers
securing the bottom and side wear pad keeper plates
to the inner mido Remove the keeper plates.
31. Remove the four boIts, hardened washers, and nuts
securing each front top wear pad to the inner mido
Remove the wear pads and sfiims, noting quantity,
size, and location of shims.
32. Remove the four bolts and washers securing the anti
rotation guide block to the front top of the inner-mid
section. Remove guide block and shims, noting
quantity and size of shims.
33. L i ft u p o n the front of the outer mid and remove the
bottom and side wear pads and shims from the inner
mid, noting quantity, Slze, and location of shims.
34. Continue to pull the assembly from the inner mid,
removing the top rear wear pads from the outer mid
as they clear the inner mido Support remaining
assembly on cribbing.
35. Remove the two flat headed screws securing the rear
side wear pads to the outer mid section. Remove the
wear pads and shims, noting quantity and size of
shims.
36. Remove the two boIts and hardened washers secur­
ing the bottom wear pad to the inner m id and
remove the wear pad.
37. If necessary, remove both grease fittings, connec­
tors, and grease lines from tile rear of the inner mido
38. Remove the mounting plates from the lugs on the
lower cylinder barre I and from the upper cylinder
rod.
39. Remove four boIts and hardened washers securing
each retract cable sheave mount in the rear of the
outer mido Lay the sheave mounts in the rear of the
fly section.
40. Place blocking under the lower and upper cylinder
barrel.
41 . Remove the four bolts and hardened washer secur­
ing each upper cylinder barrel mounting plate to the
outer mido
GRO'VE
RT700E
NOTE
Together the boom fly section and
telescope cylinders weigh approxi­
mately 3225 kg (7110 lb).
42. S lide the assembly out of the outer mid part way.
43. Remove the four bolts and hardened washers secur­
ing the guide block to the inner top of the outer mid
section. Remove the guide block and shim(s), noting
quantity of shims.
44. Remove the four bolts, hardened washers, and nuts
securing each top wear pad keeper plate to the outer
mido Remove the keeper plates.
45. Remove the seven bolts and hardened washers
securing the bottom and si de wear pad keeper plates
to the outer mido Remove the keeper plates.
46. Remove the four bolts and hardened washers secur­
ing each front top wear pad to the outer mido
Remove the wear pads and shims, noting quantity,
size, and location of shims.
47. Remove the four bolts and hardened washers secur­
ing the guide block to the bracket on the bottom
front of the outer mid section.
48. Remove the four bolts and washers securing the anti
rotation guide block t� the front top of t�e outer �id
section. Remove gmde block and shlms, notmg
quantity and size of shims.
49. Lift up on the front of the tly section and remove the
bottom and side wear pads and shims from the outer
mid, noting quantity, size, and location of shims.
50. Continue t o pull the assembly from the outer �id,
removing the top rear wear pads from the tly sectlon
as they clear the inner mido
51. Remove the two tlat headed screws securing the rear
side wear pads to the tly section. Remove the wear
pads and shims, noting quantity and size of shims.
5 2 . Remove the two bolts and hardened washers secur­
ing the bottom wear pad to the outer mid and
remove the wear pad.
53. If necessary, remove both grease fittings, connec­
tors, and grease lines from the rear of the outer mido
54. Remove the retract cable sheave mounts from the
rear of the tly section.
GROVE
BOOM
55. Remove the mounting plates from the upper cylin­
der barrel mounting lugs.
DANGER
ENSURE THE TELESCOPE CYLlN­
DERS ARE SECURELy BLOCKED
AND SO ME MEANS USED TO HOlD
THEM TOGETHER TO PREVENT ANY
ACCIDENTAL MOVEMENT. SEVERE
INJURY CAN OCCUR IF THE CYLlN­
DERS DROP.
56. S lide the telescope cyl inder assembly out the rear of
the fly until access to the wear pad holders on each
side of the upper telescope cylinder support foot is
obtained. Remove the two bolts and haraened wash­
ers securing each holder and remove the holders.
NOTE
The telescope cylinder assembly
weighs approximately 1864 kg (4110
lb).
57. If necessary, remove the two screws securing the
wear pad to each holder and remove the wear pad.
58. Remove the two bolts and hardened washers secur­
ing the extend cable keeper plate to the rear of the
tly. Remove the keeper plate and remove the four
extend cable ends from die slots in the tly.
59. Continue to slide the telescope cylinder assembly
out of the tly section. Lowering the rear of the tly
section and raising the rod end of the cylinders will
aid in removal .
60. Remove the retract cable lug ends from the slot on
each side of the lower telescope cylinder mount.
61. At each retract cable sheave mount, remove the
grease fitting from the shaft. Remove the two bolts
and hardened washers securing the shaft and remove
the shaft, sheave, and two thrust washers from each
mount. Remove the retract cable from each mount.
62. Remove the four bolts and hardened washers secur­
ing the upper telescope cylinder support to the lower
telescope cylinder mount. Remove the cylinder sup­
port from the upper cylinder.
63. If necessary, remove the flat headed screws securing
each wear pad to the cylinder support and remove
the wear paas.
2-1 1 - 1 3
BOOM
NOTE 77.
The upper telescope cylinder weighs
approximately 885 kg (1950 lb) and 78.
the lower telescope cylinder weighs
approximately 980 kg (2160 lb).
64. Using an adequate lifting device, remove the upper BOOM NOSE SHEAVES.
cylinder from the lower cylinder.
REMOVAL.
65. On the front of the fly section, remove the two nuts
and a hardened washer from the end of each retract
cable and remove the retract cables from the tly sec­ 1.
tion.
66. Remove the four bolts and hardened washers secur­
ing the guide block to the bracket on the bottom 2.
front of the tly section.
67. Remove the two tlat headed screws securing the rear
bottom wear pad on the tly section and remove the
wear pad.
68. If necessary, remove both grease fittings, connec­
tors, and grease l ines from the rear ofthe tly section.
69. On the lower telescope cylinder mount, remove the
two bolts and hardened washers securing plates that 3.
secure the shaft. Remove the plates, shaft, and
mount from the lower telescope cylinder.
70. If necessary, remove four tlat headed screws secur­ 4.
ing the skid pad to the cylinder mount and remove
the skid pad .
5.
71 . Remove the two bolts and lockwashers securing the
extend cable retainer plate to the front of the upper
telescope cyl inder. Remove the retainer plateo I N S TALLATION.
72 . Remove the four extend cables from the sheave
assembly.
73 . Remove the grease fitting from the shaft. Remove
the two bolts and hardened washers securing each
plate to the sheave mounting assembly. Remove the
sheave shaft and the sheave assembly from the
mounting assembly.
74. Remove the four bolts and hardened washers secur­
ing the sheave mounting assembly to the support
foo1.
75. Remove the four bolts and hardened washers secur­
ing the sheave mounting assembly and the support
foot to the front of the telescope cylinder. Remove
the sheave mounting assembly and the support foo1.
1.
76. If necessary, remove the two screws securing each
wear pad to the support foot and remove the wear
pads.
2-1 1-14
RT700E
If removal of the boom nose sheaves are required,
refer to BOOM NOSE SHEAVES - Removal In this
section.
Refer to BOOM EXTENSION AND RETRAC­
TION CABLE MAINTENANCE in this section for
cable inspection.
Remove the clip pins from the cable retainer pins
and remove the cable retainer pins from the upper
and lower part of the boom nose.
Remove the bolt, washer, and nut securing the upper
boom nose sheave shaft. Remove the collar.
NOTE
The boom nose sheave shafts weigh
approximately 63 kg (138 lb) each.
The boom nose sheaves weigh
approximately 13 kg (28 lb) apiece.
Carefully pull the upper boom nose sheave shaft
from the boom nose, removing the spacers, shims,
and boom nose sheaves. Note location of each.
Repeat steps and 3 and remove the lower boom
2
nose sheave shaft.
Remove the shim, keyed washer, washer, and lock­
nut from both sheave shafts.
CAUTION
DO NOT INSTALL THE BOOM NOSE
SHEAVES OVER THE THREADED
END OF THE BOOM NOSE SHEAVE
SHAFT.
NOTE
The boom nose sheave shafts weigh
approximately 63 kg (138 lb) each.
The boom nose sheaves weigh
approximately 13 kg (28 lb) apiece.
Install the spacers and sheaves onto the sheave shaft
whi le installing the sheave shafts into the boom
nose. Ensure that top spacer and sheaves are in
proper orientation to lower sheaves and grease fit­
tings point outward.
GROYlE
RT700E BOOM

NOTE CAUTION
The lockwasher can be used more WHEN AOJUSTING CABLES, HOLO
than once but must be replaced if not THE CABLE ENO ANO TURN THE
in good condition. NUT. DO NOT TURN CABLE. TURN­
ING CABLE WHILE AOJUSTING WILL
NOTE RESULT IN OAMAGE OR FAILURE OF
CABLE.
Install the lockwasher onto the CAUTION
sheave shaft with the tabs facing out.
2. Install the locknut, washer, keyed washer, and shims INSTALL CABLES IN THEIR NATU­
(if necessary) onto the boom nose sheave shaft with RAL UNTWISTEO CONOITION. DO
the chamfer side out. Install the collar onto the NOT TWIST CABLE. TWISTING OF
opposite end ofthe sheave shafts and secure in place CABLE WILL RESULT IN OAMAGE
with the bolt, washer, and nut.
OR FAILURE OF CABLE.
NOTE NOTE
If more than one shim is required, Apply Loctite 242 to the threads of all
install an equal amount on each side attaching hardware except cable ends
of the boom nose. and cable lock nuts.
3. Tighten the locknut until the play in the entire
assembly is within 0.79 mm (0.03in) total. Install NOTE
shims as necessary to achieve the correct dimensiono
Bend the lockwasher tabs to secure the locknut in
place.
Apply multipurpose grease (MPG ) to
all wear surfaces.
4. Install the cable retainer pins into the upper and
lower part ofthe boom nose and secure in place with NOTE
the clip pins.

ASSEMBLY. Use standard Grade 5 and/or 8 torque

values specified in Section 1-2 of this
DANGER Manual unless otherwise specified.
1. Install wear pads on the bottom of the upper tele­
BOOM ASSEMBLY MUST BE scope cylinder support foot using two screws each.
ROTATEO 1800 UPSIOE DOWN 2. Install the support foot and the sheave mounting
BEFORE PERFORMING ANY ASSEM­ assembly on the front of the upper telescope cylin­
BLY OR DISASSEMBLy PROCE­ der assembly, with four bolts and hardened washers.
DURES. Attach the support foot and the sheave mounting
assembly together using four bolts and hardened
DANGER washers.

A ROLLOVER FIXTURE WITH WEB­ NOTE

BING IS RECOMMENOEO TO ROTATE
BOOM ANO SECTIONS. CHAINS ARE
NOT RECOMMENDEO. IF A ROLL­
OVER FIXTURE IS NOT AVAILABLE,
ROTATE SECTIONS USING AOE­
QUATE SUPPORT WITH WEBBING
VERY CAREFULLY.
The sheave shaft should be installed
with grease fitting hole to the left
side.
3. Using the sheave shaft, install the sheave assembly
in the sheave mounting assembly. Secure the shaft
with a plate and two bolts and hardened washers on
each side of the sheave mounting assembly. Install
grease fitting in shaft and apply grease.

GROVE 2-1 1 -1 5
BOOM
4. Route the lug end of the four extension cables up
and around the upper telesco}Je cylinder sheaves
about one foot on to cyl inder. To aid in assembly,
secure the cables to the end of the cylinder by wrap­
p ing tape around the cylinder.
5. Position the cable retainer plate o n the front of the
sheave mounting assembly and secure with two
bolts and lockwashers.
6. Install the skid pad to the bottom of the lower tele­
scope cyl inder mount with four flat head screws.
7. Install the cylinder mount to the lugs on the front of
the lower telescope cyl inder using the shaft. Secure
the shaft with a plate and two bolts and hardened
washers on each side of the cylinder mount.
8. Turn the lower telescope cylinder rod so the trun­
n ion is vertical .
9. A t the rear o f the fl y section, install the upper wear
pad grease line, connector and grease fitting on each
side.
NOTE
The grease lines are designed to be
used only on one side or the other
(i.e. RH or lH).
1 0. Install the bottom rear wear pad on the fly section
with two flat headed screws.
11. Position the guide block on the bracket at the bottom
front of the fly section. Secure with four bolts and
hardened washers. Do not tighten bolts at this time.
12. Route the two retract cables (threaded ends) through
the fly section to the front. Insert the threaded ends
through the holes on the front of the fly section and
install a hardened washer and two nuts on each
cable end .
DANGER
ENSURE THE TElESCOPE CYLlN­
DERS ARE SECUREly BlOCKED
AND SOME MEANS USED TO HOlD
THEM TOGETHER TO PREVENT ANY
ACCIDENTAL MOVEMENT. SEVERE
INJURY CAN OCCUR IF THE CYLlN­
DERS DROP.
13. Using an adequate lifting device, position the upper
telescope cylinder onto the lower telescope cylinder.
14. Install two wear pads in the upper telescope cylinder
support using two flat headed screws each .
2-1 1 -1 6
RT700E
1 5. Position the cylinder support over the upper tele­
scope cylinder and secure to the lower telescope cyl­
inder mount with four bolts and hardened washers.
1 6. Position the sheave end of the telescope cylinder
assembly at the rear of the fly section.
17. Lay the retract cable sheave mounts out behind the
fly section as they will be installed in the outer mido
Route the lug end of the retract cables through the
sheave mounts (top to bottom) so the lug end will
come off the bottom of the sheave. Place the retract
sheave, with one thrust washer on each side, in the
mount and secure with the shaft. Secure each shaft
with two bolts and hardened washers. Install grease
fitting in each shaft and apply grease.
1 8. Install the lug end of each retract cable in the slots
on each side of the lower telescope cylinder mount.
19. Slide telescope cylinder assembly into the rear of
the fly section until foot support clears the gussets at
the rear of the fly section. Lowering the rear of the
fly and raising the rod end of the cylinders will aid
in sliding these together.
20. Place the four extend cable lug ends in the slots at
the top of the fly section and secure them with the
keeper plate and two bolts and hardened washers.
21 . Install a wear pad on the two upper telescope cyl in­
der wear pad holders using two flat headed screws.
22. Position the wear pad holders on each si de of the
upper telescope cylinder support foot and secure
each with two bolts and hardened washers.
23. Slide the telescope cylinder assembly all the way in.
Place blocking under the rear of the telescope cylin­
ders to aid in assembly.
24. Place the mounting plates on the upper telescope
cylinder barrel mounting lugs.
25. Using tape o r ty-wraps, fasten the extend cable ends
to the telescope cylinder to aid in assembly.
26. Place the retract cable sheave mounts in the rear of
the fly section to aid in assembly.
27. At the rear of the outer mid section, install the upper
wear pad grease line, connector and grease fitting on
each side.
NOTE
The grease lines are designed to be
used only on one side or the other
(i.e. RH or lH).
GRO"E
RT700E
28. Install the bottom rear wear pad on the outer mid
section with two bolts and hardened washers.
29. Position the front end of the outer mid at the rear of
the tly/telescope cylinder assembly.
30. S lide the tly/telescope cyl inder assembly into the
outer mid section installing top rear wear pads in
pockets of tly section (cutout should align with
grease line). Stop and instal l rear side wear pads and
shims on tly section with two tlat headed screws
each.
NOTE
Use shims as necessary to adjust
wear pad so it is within 2mm (0.078 in)
of the outer mid section side plate.
Use equal number of shims on each
side.
31. Continue to slide together being careful not to dam­
age cables.
32. Lift up on the front of the tly and install the bottom
and sIde front wear pads in the outer mido Install
shims as necessary.
33. Position the guide block on the bracket at the bottom
front ofthe outer mid section. Secure with four bolts
and hardened washers. Do not tighten bolts at this
time.
34. I nstall outer mid front top wear pads and shims as
noted during disassembly. Secure with four bolts
and hardenea washers each.
NOTE
Use shims as necessary to adjust
wear pad so that the wear pad is just
touching or is within 2 mm (0.078 in)
of the fly section side plate at both the
top and side surfaces of the top
radius.
35. Install bottom and side wear pad keeper plate on
each side of the outer mid and secure with seven
bolts and hardened washers each.
36. Install top wear pad keeper plate on each side of the
outer mld and secure with four bolts, hardened
washers, and nuts each.
37. Position the guide block and shims as noted during
disassembly In the top inside of the outer mid sec­
tion. Secure with four bolts and hardened washers.
GROVE
BOOM
Do not tighten bolts at this time.
NOTE
Use shims as necessary to adjust
guide block so that the guide block is
within 3 to 5 mm (0.118 to 0.197 in) of
the top of the fly section.
38. Install the anti rotation guide block, shims (as noted
during disassembly), four bolts and washers on the
front of the outer mid section. Insert guide block 90°
to obtain mm
2 (.08 in) clearance to block on the tly
section.
39. Continue to completely slide together.
40. Lift up on end of the upper cylinder to align barrel
mounting plate holes wlth holes in outer mido Secure
each with four bolts and hardened washers.
41. Remove any blocking under cylinder.
42. Remove the retract cable sheave mounts from the
tly section and attach them to the rear of the outer
m id with four bolts and hardened washers each.
43. Ensure upper cylinder rod is tumed so holding valve
is on topo
44. Place the mounting plates on the lower cylinder bar­
rel mounting lugs.
45. Place the mounting plates o n the upper cylinder rod
mounting lugs, three holes facing the rearo
46. At the rear of the inner mid section, instal l the upper
wear pad grease line, connector and grease fitting on
each side.
NOTE
The grease lines are designed to be
used only on one side or the other
(Le. RH or LH).
47. Install the bottom rear wear pad on the inner m id
section with two bolts and haraened washers.
48. Position the front end of the inner m id at the rear of
the outer m id/tly/telescope cyl inder assembly.
49. S lide the outer mid/tly/telescope cylinder assembly
into the inner mid section install ing top rear wear
pads in pockets of outer mid section (cutout should
align wlth grease line). Stop and instal l rear side
wear pads and shims on outer mid section with two
tlat headed screws each.
2-1 1 -1 7
BOOM
NOTE
Use shims as necessary to adjust
wear pad so it is within 2mm (0.078 in)
of the inner mid section side plate.
Use equal number of shims on each
side.
50. Continue to slide together being careful not to dam-
age cables.
5I. Lift up on the front of the outer m}d and . install t�e
bottom and side front wear pads In the mner mld.
Install shims as necessary.
52 . Install inner mid front top wear pads and shims as
noted during disassembly. Secure with four bolts
and hardened washers each.
NOTE
Use shims as necessary to adjust
wear pad so that the wear pad is just
touching or is within 2mm (0.078 in)
of the outer mid section side plate at
both the top and side suñaces of the
top radius.
53. Install botiom and side wear pad keeper . plate on
each side of the inner m id ano secure wlth seven
bolts and hardened washers each.
h 68.
54. Install top wear pad keepe� late on each side of the
inner mld and secure Wlt four bolts, hardened
washers, and nuts each.
NOTE
Use shims as necessary to adjust
guide block so that the guide block is
within 3 to 5 mm (0.118 to 0.197 in) of
the top of the outer mid section.
55. Install anti rotation guide block, shims (as noted
during disassembly), four bolts and washers on the
front of the inner mld section. Insert guide block 90°
to obtain mm 2 (.08in) clearance to block on the
base section .
56. Continue to completely slide together.
h
57 . Install bolt, nut, and hardened washer in right side
valve ta ped pusher rod. Install the rod assembly
through ole on right side of inner mido
58 . Install left side valve pusher rod in tube on outer left
side of inner mido
2-1 1 -1 8
RT700E
59. Insert the threaded ends of the four extend cables
through the holes in the mounting bracket on the
rear of the inner mido Ensure the cables are not
crossed . I nstall a hardened washer and two nuts on
each cable end.
60. Align upp er cylinder rod mounting plates holes with
holes in mner mido Secure each w ith five bolts and
hardened washers.
�
6 I . Lift up on end of the l?wer cylipd.er to al�gn barrel
mountin plate holes wIth holes m mner mld. Secure
each wit four bolts and hardened washers.
62 . Remove any blocking under cylinder.
�
63. Instal l the cam valves on the mountin plates on
each side of the inner mid using three olts, hard-
ened washers, and nuts (nuts on earIy models only)
each.
64. If removed, install hydraulic fittings in the ports of
the valves and the cylinders as tagged during disas-
sembly.
65 . Connect the hydraul ic hoses and tubing to the valves
and cylinders as tagged during disassembly.
66. Place the mounting plates on the lower cylinder rod
mounting lugs, three holes facing the rearo
67. Position the front end of the base at the rear of the
inner mid/outer mid/fly/telescope cylinder assem-
bly.
Slide the inner mid/outer mid/fly/telescope cylinder
g
assembly into the base section installing top rear
!
wear ads in pockets of inner mid section (cutout
shoul align with re�se l ine). Stop �nd ins.tall r�ar
side wear pads an shlms on mner mld sectlOn wlth
two flat headed screws each.
NOTE
Use shims as necessary to adjust
wear pad so it is within 2mm (0.078 in)
of the base section side plate. Use
equal number of shims on each side.
h
69. Position the guide block . an� shims as noted du�ing
disassembl In the top Inslde of the base sectlOn.
Secure wit four bolts and hardened washers. Do
not tighten bolts at this time.
NOTE
Use shims as necessary to adjust
guide block so that the guide block is
within 3 to 5 mm (0.118 to 0.197 in) of
the top of the inner mid section.
GROVE
RT700E BOOM

70. Continue to slide together.
71. Lift up on the front of the inner mid and install the
bottom and side front wear pads in the base section.
Install shims as necessary.
72. Install base section front top wear pads and shims as
noted during disassembIy. Secure with four bolts
and hardened washers each.
NOTE
81. Repeat step 78 on the inner mid using seven rollers.
82. Repeat step 78 on the outer mid using six rollers.
83 . On the left side only, install a LMI cable angle
bracket on the base, inner m id, and outer mid using
two bolts and washers each.
84. Instal l the boom in accordance with the BOOM
IN STALLATION procedures outlined in this sec­
tion.

Use shims as necessary to adjust INSTALLATION.

wear pad so that the wear pad is just
touching or is within 2mm (0.078 in)
of the inner mid section side plate at
both the top and side surfaces of the
top radius.
73 . Install bottom and side wear pad keeper pIate on
each side of the base section and secure with eight
bolts and hardened washers each .
74. Install top wear pad keeper plate on each side of the
base section and secure with four bolts, hardened
washers, and nuts each.
7 5 . Install anti rotation guide block, shims (as noted
during disassembly), four bolts and washers on the
front of the outer mid section. Insert guide block 90°
to obtain mm
2 (.08 in) clearance to block on the
inner mid section.
NOTE
The following procedure applies to a
boom totally removed from the crane.
DANGER
ENSURE BLOCKING AND LlFTING
DEVICES ARE CAPABLE OF SUP­
PORTING THE BOOM ASSEMBLY.
1. Attach an adequate lifting device to the boom and
suspend the boom over the machine.
2. Lower the boom into position and align the boom
pivot shaft mounting holes for installation of the
pivot shaft to the superstructure assembly.

76. Continue to completely slide together. 3. Lubricate and install the boom pivot shaft. Secure in
place with the retaining pin, bolt, lockwasher, and
77. Align lower cylinder rod mounting plates holes with nut. Install the grease fitting in each end of the shaft.
holes in base section. Secure each with five bolts
and hardened washers. DANGER
78. Connect hydraulic tubes to the lower cylinder as
tagged during disassembly. Install tubes in clamps BLOCK THE BOOM BEFORE DOING
on rear of base section . The clamps are larger than ANY WORK UNDER THE BOOM.
the tubes and only support the tubes vertically
allowing the tubes to slide up and down with any 4. Block the boom in place.
movement of the lower cylinder.
5. Attach a suitable lifting device to the lift cylinder.
79. Through the access hole on the left side of the base
section, install the bolt, two nuts, and the trigger DANGER
weld in the brackets. One nut goes on each side of
the trigger weld. See CAM OPERATED VALVE
ADJUSTMENT in this section . FAILURE TO PROPERLY SUPPORT
THE BOOM LlFT CYLlNDER MAY
80. On the top front of the base section, install eight RESULT IN DEATH OR INJURY TO
cable rollers using a shaft, four spacers, and two cot­ PERSONNEL.
ter pins. One spacers goes on each side of the
mounting bracket.

GROVE 2-1 1 -1 9
BOOM RT700E

6. Using the lifting device attached to the boom, lower 4. Ensure all electrical components d isconnected dur­
the boom onto the lift cylinder rod end and extend ing removal are operating properly.
the lift cyl inder as necessary to align rod with attach
fitting on boom. INSPECTION.
DANGER Visually inspect telescoping sections for adequate lubri­
cation of all wear surfaces. Observe extended sections for
IF THE HYDRAULlC SYSTEM MUST evidence of cracks, warping, or other damage. Periodi­
BE ACTIVATED TO EXTEND OR cally check security of boom wear pads. Check boom
RETRACT THE L1FT CYLlNDER, nose sheaves for security and freedom of movement.
ENSURE THE ROD END IS PROP­ Should boom chatter or rubbing noises in the boom
ERLY ALlGNED WITH THE L1FT CYL­ occur, it will be necessary to lubricate the telescope cyl­
INDER ATTACH FITTING. inder wear pads. Refer to Section 1 6 - LUBRICATION.
7. Lubricate and install the upper lift cylinder shaft.
Install a thrust washer on each side of the l ift cyl in­ BOOM ALlGNMENT AND SERVICING.
der rod end. Secure in place with the stop plate, two
bolts, and two washers. Refer to Section 1 6 - LUBRICATION for the proper
lubricant.
8. Remove the boom lifting device.

9. Activate the hydraulic system and remove the boom Boom alignment is achieved as the boom sections are
and lift cyl inder blocking devices. Lower the boom being assembled into one another. A check of fine
to horizontal . Shut down the crane. adjustment is as follows.

1 0. Connect the hydraul ic l ines to the telescope cylinder l. Fully extend the boom horizontally.
as tagged prior to removal.
2. Lubricate the boom bottom channels and top cor­
1 1 . Connect any electrical wires as tagged prior to ners.
removal.
3. Shim the front top wear pads such that wear pad is
CAUTION just touching or IS no more than mm 2 in)
(0. 0 78
from contacting the next section both at the top and
IF REMOVED, ENSURE THE LARGE side surfaces of the top radius.
ACCESS COVERS ON EACH SIDE OF CAUTION
THE BOOM BASE SECTION ARE
INSTALLED BEFORE EXTENDING WHEN EXTENDING AND RETRACT­
THE BOOM. ING THE BOOM DURING ALlGN­
1 2. Refer to BOOM EXTENSION AND RETRAC­ MENT, MOVEMENT SHOULD BE
TION CABLE ADJU STMENT in this section for STOPPED IF A RESTRICTION IS
cable adjustments. ENCOUNTERED, AND WEAR PADS
1 3 . Refer to CAM OPERATED CHECK VALVE
ADJUSTED AS NECESSARY TO PRO­
VIDE FREE TRAVEL OF THE
ADJUSTMENT in this section for valve adjustment. AFFECTED BOOM SECTION (S ) .
FUNCTIONAL CHECK. 4. Retract and extend the boom; check for the high
point where the boom has brushed the wear pads at
1. Activate the hydraulic system and check for proper the widest point.
operation and any leaks.
5. Retract the boom sections to align the high point on
2. Ensure the boom will extend and retract properly. the boom section with the adjacent wear pads.
3. Ensure the lift cyl inder will not allow the boom to
drift down until the operator lowers it.

2-1 1 -20 GROVE

RT700E
6. Add or subtract shims as necessary.
7. Atlach a weight and extend the boom full length.
Check for side deflection.
CAM OPERATED CHECK VALVE ADJUSTMENT.
There are two cam operated check valves mounted on the
back of the inner mid boom section. When the boom is
ful ly retracted or the inner mid is fully extended, the
valve on the right side of the boom is he Id open to supply
flow to the lower telescope cyl inder. When the inner mid
boom section is ful ly extended, the valve on the left side
of the boom opens to supply flow to the upper telescope
cylinder. For a short period of time, both valves are open
because the botlom cylinder is fully extended before the
upper cylinder starts to extended. As the outer m id starts
to extend, the valve on the right side closes to shut off the
flow to the lower telescope cylinder.
1. Ensure the extend and retract cables are adjusted.
2. Extend the boom until the inner mid section is fully
extended and the outer m id section is against the
stop block of the inner m id section.
3. Access the check valves through the hole on each
side of the base section.
4. Left side valve: on the left side of the base section,
adjust the nuts on the adjusting bolt to move the trig­
ger weld causing the pusher bar to just contact the
valve stem. Continue to adjust the nuts unti l the
pusher bar depresses the val ve stem approximately
1 0 mm (0.3 9in). Tighten the nuts.
GROVE
BOOM
5. Right side valve: through the access hole in the base
section on the right rear of the inner mid, loosen the
lock nut and adjust the bolt until it just contacts the
valve stem. Continue to adjust the bolt until it
depresses the valve stem approximately 1 0 mm
(0 .39 in). Tighten the lock nut.
GUIDE BLOCK ADJUSTMENT.
1. Align and service the boom per paragraph titled
BOOM ALIGNMENT AND SERVICING.
2. Rotate the guide block at the top of the base section,
inner mid section, and outer m ld section so that the
guide block is within O to 2 mm (O to 0.078 in) of
the welded block on the top of the next section.
NOTE
The guide block hole pattern is so
designed that the guide block has
tour mounting positions which pro­
vide 3.175 m (0.125 in) incremental
settings.
3. After obtaining proper clearance, tighten the four
bolts.
4. Rotate the guide block at the botlom of the fly sec­
tion and die outer mid section so that the guide
block is within O to 2 mm (O to 0.078 in) of the
welded guide rail on the front of the next section.
These guide blocks are the same as the ones used on
topo After obtaining proper clearance, tighten the
four bolts.
2-1 1 -2 1
BOOM
BOOM EXTENSION ANO RETRACTION CABLE
MAI N TE NAN C E
NOTE
For more detailed information con­
cerning maintenance of the extension
and retraction cables, refer to WIRE
ROPE in Chapter 1 Section 2 GEN­ -
ERAL MAINTENANCE.
INSPECTION.
DANGER
NEVER HANOLE WIRE ROPE WITH
BARE HANOS.
The following information is taken from a National Con­
sensus standard as referenced by Federal Government
Agencies.
All wire rope will eventually deteriorate to a point where
it is no longer usable. Wire rope shall be taken out of ser­
vice when any of the following cond itions exist.
1. In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken
wires in one lay or three broken wires in one strand
in one layo
2. Wear o f one-third the original diameter o f outside
individual wires. Kinking, crushing, bird caging, or
any other damage resulting in distortion of the rope
structure.
3. Evidence of any heat damage from any cause.
4. Reductions from nominal diameter of more than :
• 0.4 mm (0. 0 1 6-in) for diameters up to and
including 8 mm (0.3 1 25-in).
0.79 mm (0.03 1 -in) for diameters 1 0 and 1 3 mm
(0.375 and O.S-in) inclusive.
• 1 . 1 9 mm (0.047-in) for diameters 1 4 to 1 9 mm
(0.5625 to 0.75-in) inclusive.
1 . 59 mm (0.063-in) for diameters 22 to 29 mm
(0. 875 to 1 . 1 25 in) inclusive.
2.3 8 mm (0.094-in) for diameters 32 to 38 mm
( 1 .25 to 1 .5 in) inclusive.
2-1 1 -22
RT700E
5. I n standing ropes, more than two broken wires in
one lay in sectlons beyond end connections or more
than one broken wire at an end connection.
AOJUSTMENT.
At near ful ly extended boom length, during sudden
extension after retracting the boom sorne d istance, and
with high telescoping speeds, the extension cables may
slap the inside of the boom section. This will make a
somewhat audible noise, however this will not cause any
damage and is acceptable. If the cables do not make a
slapping noise under these conditions, it is an indication
that the extension cables may be too tight and should be
readjusted . Be aware that there may also be a similar
noise made by the telescope cylinder rod mount at the
rear of the base section, and confusion between the two
could be experienced.
CAUTION
WHEN AOJUSTING CABLES, HOLO
THE CABLE ENO ANO TURN THE
NUT. DO NOT TURN CABLE. TURN­
ING CABLE WHILE AOJUSTING WILL
RESULT IN DAMAGE OR FAILURE OF
CABLE.
NOTE
The extension cables must be
adjusted properly before the retract
cables can be adjusted.
1. Extend and set the outriggers, ensuring the crane is
level.
2. Ensure the boom is over the front and at a horizontal
position (boom angle elevation O degrees).
3. With inner mid extended and the outer m id
retracted, extend the boom approximately 1 5 cm (6
in). This will cause a slack condition in the retract
cables.
4. Tighten the retract cable adjusting nuts at the front
of the fiy section to approximately 1 .4 Nm ( 1 .0 ft­
lb).
5. Extend the boom approximately 1 5 cm (6 in) and
then retract the boom completely. This will create
the loosest condition for the extension cables.
GROVE
RT700E BOOM

6. Using the adjusting nuts o n extension cable ends, there is gap between the outer mid section 's stop
adjust the cables so they are approximately 1 5 mm block and the fly section, tighten the retract cable
(0.56 in) off the top of the telescope cylinder. slightly.

NOTE
Step 6 should be performed with the
boom horizontal and by visually look­
ing through the back of the base sec­
tion or through the access holes on
the base section.
7. Lock the adjustments with the jam nuts.
NOTE
Ouring retract cable adjustments, the
inner mid section must remain fully
extended.
8. Extend the boom until the outer mid/fly extends sev­
eral cm (in).
9. Retract the boom until either the fly section just con­
tacts the outer mid stop block or the outer m id sec­
tion just contacts the inner m id stop block.
1 0. Check the gap between the stop blocks and the
boom sections. If there is a gap between the inner
m id section 's stop block and the outer mid of more
than 3 mm (0. 1 25 in), loosen the retract cable. If
CAUTION
OVER TIGHTENING OF THE
RETRACT CABLE WILL OAMAGE
THE CABLE. TAKE CARE WHEN
RETRACTING THE BOOM FULLY,
WHILE AOJUSTING THE CABLE, TO
AVOIO FULL BOOM RETRACTION IF
THE FLY SECTION CONTACTS ITS
STOP BLOCK MORE THAN 3 MM
(0.125 IN) BEFORE THE OUTER MIO
SECTION CONTACTS ITS STOP
BLOCK ON THE INNER MIO.
1 1 . Extend the boom approximately 1 .5 cm (6 in).
Retract the boom again until one of the stop blocks
just contacts its boom section.
1 2. Again check the gap as in step 1 0 and if necessary,
make further adj ustments.
1 3 . Repeat steps 1 1 and 1 2 until there i s a 3 mm (0. 1 25
in) gap at the outer mid section 's stop block when
the fly section 's stop block has just made contact.
1 4. Lock the retract cable adjustments with the jam nut.

GROVE 2-1 1 -2 3
BOOM RT700E

TELESCOPE C IRC U IT

D E S C R I PT I O N

The boom telescope circuit consists of the telescope
hydraulic remote controller, telescope directional control
val ve, holding valve, and the upper and lower telescope
cylinders.
NOTE
Both boom telescope cylinders have a 1 5 .2 cm (6.0 in)
bore. Foreign material is prevented from entering the cyl­
inder by a wiper se al during rod retraction. O-ring seals
prevent internal and external leakage. Refer to CYLIN­
DERS in Section 8 for a complete description of the tele­
scope cylinder.

If the crane is equipped with an auxil­
iary hoist, the telescope function is
controlled by a foot pedal instead of a
controller.
The telescope control valve is the closed spool type and
is described under VALVES in Section 8.
Refer to VALVES in Section 8 for a complete descrip­
tion of the hydraul ic remote controller.
A holding valve is threaded into a port block on the rod
end of the upper telescope cyl inder. A holding valve is
threaded into the port block on the barrel end of the lower
telescope cyl inder. The holding valves function during
the retraction, extension, or holding operation . When
holding the boom section at a given length, oil is trapped
in the cylinder by the holding valve. Refer to VALVES
in Section 8 for a complete description of the holding
valve.

TH E O RY OF O P E RATI O N

Flow from the pump travels to the telescope directional sages in the control valve to route oil to the telescope cyl­
control valve. Movement of the control lever for tele­ inders.
scope functions from neutral sends a pilot pressure signal
to the directional control valve to shift the spool in the Also refer to BOOM - THEORY OF OPEATION in this
directional control valve. This al igns the appropriate pas- Section.

MAI NTENA N C E

TROUBLESHOOTING.
SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION

1. Erratic operation of extending a. Low hydraulic oil level . a. Replenish hydraulic oil to
telescoping cylindero proper level .
b. Damaged rel ief valves. b. Repair o r replace rel ief valves.
c. Air in telescope cyl inder. c. Bleed by lowering telescope
cylinder below horizontal.
d. Low engine rpm . d. Increase engine rpm to recom­
mended setting.
e. Lack of lubrication on boom e. Properly lubricate all boom sec­
sections. tions.

2-1 1 -24 GRO"E

RT700E BOOM

S YMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE S OLUTION

l. Erratic operation of extending f. Extremely tight boom extension f. Inspect and properly lubricate
telescoping cylinder (contin- sheaves. boom extension sheaves.
ued).
g. Improper boom alignment g. Reduce and properly hoist load.
caused from side load ing.
h. Worn boom wear pads. h. Replace wear pads and properly
lubricate.
1. Distorted boom section. 1. Replace distorted section.

J. Damaged telescope cylinder. J. Repair or replace cylinder.

k. Clogged, broken, or loose k. Clean, tighten, or replace lines
hydraulic lines or fittings. or fittings.
1. Damaged control valve. 1. Repair o r replace control valve .
2. Erratic operation o f retracting a. Low hydraulic oil leve1. a. Replenish hydraulic oil to
telescoping cylinder. proper level.
b. Damaged relief valve. b. Repair or replace relief valve.
c. Air in cylinder. c. Bleed by lowering telescoping
cylinder below horizontal and
cycle telescope cyl inder.
d. Low engine rpm . d. Increase engine rpm to recom-
mended setting.
e. Lack of lubrication . e. Properly lubricate all boom sec-
tions.
f. Check valve malfunctioning. f. Repair or replace check valve.
g. Improper boom alignment g. Reduce and properly hoist load.
caused from side loading.
h. Extremely tight boom retraction h. Inspect and properly lubricate.
sheave.
1. Distorted boom section . 1. Replace distorted section.

J. Worn boom wear pads. J. Replace wear pads and properly

lubricate.
k. Bent cyl inder rod(s). k. Replace cyl inder rod(s) and all
cyl inder seals.
1. Scored cylinder barre1 . 1. Repair o r replace cylinder bar-
rel .
m. Damaged piston seals. m. Replace all cylinder seals.
n. Loose or damaged pistones). n. Replace all seals and re-torque
or replace pistones).

GROVE 2-1 1 -25

BOOM RT700E

S YMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE S OLUTION

3. Telescope cyl inder will not a. Low hydraulic oil level. a. Replenish oil to proper level .
extend.
b. Relief valve malfunctioning. b. Repair or replace relief valve.
c. Excessive load. c. Reduce load.
d. Clogged hose and fittings. d. Replace hose or fittings. (Refer
to Parts Manual).
e. Broken valve spool. e. Replace valve.
f. Damaged piston seals. f. Replace all cylinder seals.
g. Damaged pistones). g. Replace pistones) and all cylin-
der seals.
h. Bent boom section(s). h. Replace damaged boom sec-
tion(s).
1. Broken hydraulic pump cou- 1. Replace broken hydraulic pump
pling. coupling.

J. Worn o r damaged hydraulic j. Repair o r replace pump section.

pump section.
4. Telescope cylinder will not a. Low hydraulic oil leve1. a. Replenish oil to proper level.
retract.
b. Relief valve damaged. b. Repair or replace relief valve.
c. Excessive load. c. Reduce load. (Refer to load
chart).
d. Inoperative check valve. d. Replace check valve.
e. Clogged hose and fittings. e. Replace hose or fittings. (Refer
to Parts Manual).
f. Broken valve spoo1. f. Replace valve section.
g. Broken pistones). g. Replace pistones) and all cyl in-
der seals.
h. Damaged piston seals. h. Replace all cylinder seals.
1. Bent boom section(s). 1. Replace damaged boom sec-
tion(s).
j. Broken hydraulic pump cou- J. Replace broken hydraulic
pling. .pump coupling.
k. Worn or damaged hydraulic k. Repair or replace pump.
pump.
1. Broken hydraulic pump shaft. 1. Replace pump shaft.
5. I nner m id will not extend. a. Right side check valve blocked. a. Readj ust, repair, or replace
valve.

2-1 1 -26 GRO'lE

RT700E BOOM

S YMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION

6. Inner m id will not retract. a. Right side check valve closed. a. Readjust valve.
7. Outer mid will not extend. a. Left side check valve is closed. a. Readj ust valve.
8. Inner mid retracts before outer a. Right side check valve is open a. Instal l hoses properly.
mido or hosed backwards.
9. Outer mid extends only a short a. Left check valve is open or a. Instal l hose s properly.
distance then stops. hosed backwards.

REMOVAL ANO INSTALLATION. OISASSEMBLY ANO ASSEMBLY.

Removal and installation of the telescope cylinder from Disassembly and assembly procedures of the telescope
the boom is described under disassembly and assembly cylinder and control valve are provided in Section 8
of the boom . Refer to BOOM MAINTENANCE in this under CYLINDERS and VALVES respectively.
Section.

GROVE 2-1 1 -27

BOOM RT700E

LIFT C I RC U IT

D E SC R I PT I O N

The boom lift circuit consists of the lift hydraulic remote
controller, lift directional control valve, holding valve,
and the l ift cylinder. These components enable the boom
to be raised or lowered to various degrees of elevation
ranging from -3 to +78 degrees from horizontal.
The lift directional control valve is the closed spool type
and is described under VALVES in Section 8 -
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
Refer to VALVES in Section 8 for a complete descrip­
tion of the hydraul ic remote controller.
The RT700E lift cyl inder has a 27.94 cm ( 1 1 .0 in) bore
and the RT760E lift cylinder has a 30.48 cm ( 1 2 .0 in)
bore. Both are the double acting type. Dirt and other for­
eign material is prevented from entering the cylinder and
causing internal damage by a wiper seal during rod
retraction. Oil Seals on both the piston and cylinder head
prevent internal and external hydraulic oil leakage. Refer
to CYLINDERS in Section 8 for a complete description
of the l ift cyl inder.
The holding valve is a balanced poppet type hydraulic
valve. It is threaded into the port block which is an inte­
gral portion of the lift cylinder barrel . The holding valve
functions when booming up (cylinder rod extended),
booming down (cylinder rod retracted), or holding (cylin­
der rod stationary).

TH E O RY OF O P E RATI O N

The d irectional control valve bank housing the lift con­
trol valve is supplied by flow from the hydraulic pump.
When booming up, oil unseats the poppet (check) val ve
in the holding valve, letting oil flow to the piston side of
When booming down, oil enters the retract port of the
port block and flows to the cylinder rod side. When pilot
pressure reaches a pre-determ ined value, the main poppet
unseats and oil flows from the piston side of the cylinder
to the reservoir.

Al ! retum flow from the control valve goes to the re ser­

the cylinder. Pressure is appl ied to the piston, forcing the
rod to extend, raising the boom .
VOlr.

MAI NTENANCE

TROUBLESHOOTING.
S YMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION

l. Boom raises erratically. a. Low hydraulic oil. a. Replenish hydraulic oil to

proper level.
b. Low engine rpm . b. Increase engine rpm to recom-
mended setting.
c. Main relief valve damaged. c. Replace relief valve.
d. Air in cylinder rod. d. Bleed cylinder rod.
e. Bent boom p ivot shaft. e. Replace pivot shaft.
2. Boom lowers erratically. a. Low hydraulic oil. a. Replenish hydraulic oil to
proper oil level .
b. Low engine rpm . b. Increase engine rpm to recom-
mended level .

2-1 1 -28 GROYfE

RT700E BOOM

S YMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION

2. Boom lowers erratically (con- c. Circuit and/or relief valve inop- c. Repair or replace relief valve.
tinued). erative.
d. Air in hydraulic cyl inder. d. Bleed air from cylinder.
e. Damaged hydraulic pump sec- e. Repair or replace pump section.
tion.
3. Boom raises slowly. a. Low hydraulic oil level. a. Replenish hydraul ic oil to
proper level.
b. Low engine rpm . b. Increase and maintain engine
rpm.
c. Damaged relief valve. c. Repair or replace relief valve.
d. Extremely cold hydraulic oil . d. Operate unit to bring oil to
operating temperature.
e. Improper hose or fittings, e. Replace hose or fittings. (Refer
installed. to Parts Manual).
f. Operating two functions with in f. Feather controls to obtain
the same control valve bank desired speed of both functions.
assembly.
g. Restriction in return hose. g. Replace return hose.
h. Cylinder piston seals leak ing. h. Replace all cyl inder seals.
1. Scored cyl inder barrel . 1. Hon� o r replace barrel .

J. Worn hydraulic pump section. J. Repair o r replace pump section .

4. Boom lowers slowly. a. Low hydraul ic oil level. a. Replenish hydraulic oil to
proper level .
b. Low engine rpm . b. Increase rpm to recommended
level.
c. Damaged relief valve. c. Repair or replace rel ief valve.
d. Operating two functions within d. Feather controls to obtain
the same control valve bank desired speed of both functions.
assembly.
e. Extremely cold hydraulic oil. e. Operate unit to bring oil to
operating temperature.
f. Improper hose or fittings f. Replace hose or fittings. (Refer
installed. to Parts Manual).
g. Restriction in return hose. g. Replace retum hose.
h. Cylinder piston seals worn. h. Replace all cylinder seals.
1. Scored cyl inder barrel. 1. Hone or replace barrel .
j. Wom hydraulic pump section. J. Repair or replace pump section.

GROVlE 2-1 1 -29

BOOM RT700E

S YMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION

4. Boom lowers slowly (contin- k. Piston rod broken (loose from k. Replace piston rod and all cyl-
ued). piston). inder seals.
5. Boom will not raise. a. Low hydraul ic oi!. a. Replenish hydraul ic oil to
proper leve!.
b. Main relief valve or circuit b. Repair or replace relief valve.
rel ief valve damaged.
c. Excessive load. c. Reduce load as required.
d. Worn or damaged hydraulic d. Repair or replace pump section.
pump section.
e. Broken pump shaft. e. Replace pump shaft and seals.
f. Broken pump drive coupling. f. Replace drive coupling.
g. Broken control valve spool . g. Replace control valve.
6. Boom will not lower. a. Low hydraulic oil. a. Replenish hydraulic oil to
proper level.
b. Main relief valve or circuit b. Repair or replace relief valve.
rel ief valve damaged.
c. Worn or damaged hydraulic c. Repair or replace pump section.
pump section .
d. Broken pump shaft. d. Replace pump shaft and seals.
e. Broken pump drive coupling. e. Replace drive coupling.
f. Broken control valve spool . f. Replace control valve.

NOTE DANGER
Refer to Section 8 for lift cylinder Dis­ ENSURE ANY BLOCKING OR CRIB­
assembly and Assembly procedures. BING USED IS CAPABLE OF SUP­
Maintenance not requiring removal of PORTING THE BOOM.
the cylinder barreis, such as packing,
may be peñormed without removing 3. Ensure the boom i s fully supported by placing
the cylinders from the turntable. How­ blocking or cribbing under the boom. Rest the boom
ever, al! disassembly and assembly on the blocking or cribbing.
should be conducted in a clean dust­ 4. Remove the bolts, washers, and stop plate securing
free area. the lift cylinder upper p ivot shaft to the boom.

REMOVAL. 5. Remove the bolt and locknut securing the l ift cylin­
der lower pivot shaft to the turntable.
1 . Extend and set the outriggers and level the crane. DANGER
2. Elevate the boom slightly s o that the l i ft cyl inder is
extended approximately 0.3 m (1 ft). ENSURE THE LlFTING/SUPPORTING
DEVICE IS CAPABLE OF SUPPORT­
ING THE LlFT CYLlNDER.

2-1 1 -30
RT700E BOOM

6. Attach an adequate lifting/supporting device to the 2. Lower the l ift cyl inder into the attach fitting s on the
l ift cylinder. turntable and ahgn the lift cyIinder bushing with the
attach fitting holes.
7. Remove the upper pivot shaft. Activate the hydrau­
lic system and retract the lift cyl inder enough to NOTE
clear the upper attach point.

8. Tag and d isconnect aIl the hydraulic lines to the cyl­
inder. Cap or plug aIl openings with high pressure
fittings.
9. PuI l the lower l ift cylinder pivot shaft out far enough
to remove the cylinder.
1 0. Move the lift cylinder to a clean work area.
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.
Disassembly and assembly procedures of the l ift cylinder
holding valve, and control valve are provided in Section
8 under CYLINDERS and VALVES respectively.
INSTALLATION.
1 . Attach an adequate lifting device to the l ift cylinder
and position the cyl inder over the attach fitting on
the turntable.
Install pivot shaft with tapped hole on
the right side, side opposite the cabo
3. Instal l the lift cyl inder lower p ivot shaft and secure
with the bolt and locknut.
4. Connect the extend and retract hoses to the lift cyl­
inder.
5. Activate the crane's hydraulic system and align the
l ift cylinder rod end with the attach point on the
boom. Install the upper pivot shaft through the cyl­
inder and boom attach points. Shut down the engine.
6. Secure the upper p ivot shaft with the stop plate, two
bolts and two washers.
7. Remove the l ifting and supporting devices from the
boom and l ift cyhnders. Activate the hydrau l ic sys­
tem and check the lift cylinders for proper operatlOn
and any leaks.
8. Lubricate the pivot shafts using grease fittings.

BOLTS, WAS H E RS : : �� ;) r=::::r::=J::: : 1:

-'--1.
1
A N O STOP PLATE ...."-""

==�==

i
:\ i L--_==--_---'

,�) \
'\,---------------------
RETA I N I N G BOLT

DETAlL B DETAlL A PIVOT SHAFT

PIVOT SHAFT

Lift Cylinder P ivot Shaft I nstal lation

GROVE 2-1 1 -3 1
BOOM RT700E

SWI NGAWAY BOOM EXTEN S I O N

D E SC R I PT I O N

A 1 0. 1 m (33 ft) fixed offsetable or a 1 0. 1 to 1 7. 1 m (33 to
56 ft) folding offsetable swingaway boom extension is
provided to obtain additional boom reach.
The boom extension mounts directly to the boom nose
utilizing a four point attachment. In addition, the swing­
away can be stowed on the right side of the boom base
section.
Removing the attach p ins from the attach points on the
left side of the boom nose allows the swingaway to be
rotated and stowed on the right side of the boom base
section.
The fixed swingaway weighs approximately 774 kg
( 1 706 lb) and the folding swingaway weighs approxi­
mately 1 1 02 kg (2430 lb).

MAI NTENANC E

DANGER NOTE

BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO ERECT OR When the boom retracts, the rubber hook
STOW THE SWINGAWAY, REAO ANO wi l l be released allowing the stop block to
STRICTLY AOHERE TO ALL DAN­ engage when the boom is extended.
GER OECALS INSTALLEO ON THE
SWINGAWAY ANO STOWAGE
BRACKETS.
I! !I
REMOVAL.
�II 11
NOTE
If an adequate lifting device is avail­
- -- �t=�··---1==] P
able, the swingaway boom extension
can be dismounted directly from the
side of the boom.
1. Ful ly extend and set the outriggers. U U

2. Position the boom over the front.

3. If extended, ful ly retract all the boom sections and
lower the boom to minimum elevation to permit
ease of installation of pins and access to the boom
nose.
NOTE
The auxiliary boom nose ( rooster sheave)
does not have to be removed.
Boom Disengage Stop B lock
6. Remove the retainer clips from the attachment pins
stowed in the base of the boom extension and insert
the attachment pins through the attachment and
anchor fittings on the right side of the boom nose.
Install the retainer clips in the attachment pins.
CAU TION

IF BOOM EXTENSION FLY SECTION

4. Extend the boom enough to disengage the spring
(STINGER) IS N O T TO BE REMOVED, IT
loaded boom stop block.
SHOULD REMAIN ON THE S TOWAGE
5. Pull down o n the rubber hook to disengage the B RAC KETS ON THE SI DE OF THE BOOM.
spring loaded boom stop block. Place the end of the S HO U LD REMAI N ON THE S TOWAGE
rubber hook in the retainer plateo Fully retract the B RAC K E TS O N THE S I DE OF TH E BOOM.
boom.

2-1 1 -32 GROVE

RT700E BOOM

1. Base To Fly AUach ment Pins

2. Boom Extension Base Section
3. Boom Extension Fly Section
4. Fly Rear Stowage Bracket
5. Stinger Section Front Stowage Bracket
6. Front Stowage Bracket
7. Swingaway Base Sheave
8. Mast Assembly
9. Boom Nose To Boom Extension Attachment Anchor Fittings
1 0. Boom Nose To Boom Extension Attachment P ins
11 . Offset Links
1 2. Offset P ivot Point
1 3. Stinger Sheave
6056

Removing and I nstalling the Swingaway Boom Extension (Sheet 1 of 5)

GROVE 2-1 1 -33

BOOM RT700E

1. Boom Extension Base Section

2. Adjusting Bolt
3. U pper Hanger
4. Main Hanger
5. Lower S u pport
6. Lock Hitch Pin
7. Adapter

DETAl L A

1 . Boom Extension Fly Section

2. Adjusting Bolt
3. Adjusting Bolts
4. Front Mount 5
5. H anger

D ETAl L B

6058

Removing and I n stalling the Swingaway Boom Extension (Sheet 2 of 5)

2-1 1 -34 GROVE

RT700E BOOM

1. Boom Extension Base Section

2. Boom Extension Fly Section
3. Shock Wear Pad a n d Shim
4. R a m p Wear Pad a n d S h i m

DETA l L e

1. Boom Extension Base Section

2. Boom Extension Fly Section
3. Fly Attach ment Pin and Hitch Pin
4. Adj usti ng Bolts
5. Pin Stowage Lug
6. Upper Su pport 4
7. Lower Mou nt Ramp
8. Wear Pad

D ETAl L D

Removing and I nstalling the Swingaway Boom Extension (Sheet 3 of 5)

GROVE 2-1 1 -35

BOOM RT700E

1. Boom Extension Base Section

2. Boom Extension Fly Section
3. F ly Sheave
4. Cable Retainer Pins
5. Latch H ook
6. Spring
7. Latch Bar

1
D ETAl L E

1. Boom Nose Upper Sheaves

2. M ast Assembly
3. Offset Li n ks
4. Offset Pivot Points
5. Offset Link Pins Stowage Lugs
6. M ast Assembly Pin
7. Boom Nose Lower Sheaves
8. Boom Extension Attach ment Pins
9. Boom Extension AUachment P i ns Stowag e Lugs
1 0. Offset Link Pins
11. Zera Deg ree Offset H oles

NOTE

OFFSET
TO SHOWN
OBTAIN 45 AT 25 OEGREES.
OEGREE OFFSET,
REMOVE
IN LUG. PIN (ITEM 10) ANO STOW
Removing and I n stalling the Swingaway Boom Extension (Sheet 4 of 5)

2-1 1 -36 GROVE

RT700E BOOM

WO RKI N G POSITI O N
©

1 2

1. Pusher Bar
2. Collar Clamp
3. Adjustment Bar
4. Push Bar Assembly
5. H itch Pin
6. Clip Pin

6053

Removing and Installing the Swingaway Boom Extension (Sheet 5 of 5)

NOTE 9. Ensure the fly attachment pm attaching the fly

If removi ng the boom extension fly sec­
tion with the boom extension base section
skip to step 1 1 . If not rem oving the exten­
sion fly section perform steps 7 thru 1 0
and skip step 1 1 .
7. Remove retainer clip from �ase to fly attac�ment
p in and remove attachment pm from base sectlon to
fly section attachment fittings.
8. Stow the pin in the opposite attachment fitting or the
stowage lug.
extension section to the boom base section rear
stowage bracket (see detail D) is in place.
1 0. At fly section sheave end (see detail E) push in on
spring loaded latch hook to release latch, allowing
the base to separate from the fly.
1 1 . Remove the pin attaching the fly extension section
to the boom base section rear storage bracket (see
detai l D).

GROVE 2-1 1 -37

BOOM
1 2 . Remove lock hitch pin securing the extension base
to the front stowage bracket (see detai l A). Stow
lock hitch pin in lug provided.
1 3 . Attach a length of rope to the extension base section
tip to aid in swinging the extension into place ahead
of the boom nose.
CAUTION
IF THE F LY SECTION REMAINS ON T H E
EXTENSION BAS E, D O NOT EXTENO T H E
EXTENSION ASSEMBLy T O FAR AS TH E
N OS E OF THE FLY S ECTION COULO
CONTACT THE FRONT STOWAG E
B RAC KET ANO CAUSE OAMAGE.
1 4. Raise the boom to horizontal and extend the boom
just enough to clear the extension stowage lugs from
the guide ramps and stowage pins on the front and
rear stowage brackets.
NOTE
It may not be necessary to install the
lower attachment pino If so, skip steps
15 and 18.
1 5 . Remove the hitch pin and clip pin securing the
boom extension al ignment device in the stowed
position. Pull the push bar assembly out to the work­
mg position and secure it in place with the hitch pin
ano clip pin o
OANG E R
WHEN ERECTING THE BOOM EXTEN­
SION, ENSURE THAT ALL PERSON N E L
AN O EQU I PMENT A R E KEPT C LEAR O F
T H E SWI NG PATH.
1 6 . SlightIy raise and/or lower the boom to help control
the extension. Using the rope attached to the tip of
the extension, swing the extension into place ahead
of the boom nose, engaging the anchor fittings with
the attachment fittings on the left side of the boom
nose.
OANG E R
DO N OT MOOIFY THE ATTACH POI NTS
TO PERMIT THE I NSTALLATION OF THE
ATTAC H M ENT PINS.
1 7 . Install the attachment pin into the upper anchor and
attachment fittin g on the left side of the boom nose.
Install retainer clIp in attachment pino
2-1 1 -38
RT700E
1 8 . Fully retract the boom until the bottom extension
anchor fitting is against the boom extension align­
ment device and mstall the attachment pin in the
lower anchor and attachment fittings on the left side
of the boom nose. Install the retainer clip in the
attachment pino
1 9. Extend and lower the boom until blocking can be
placed under the extension base. Remove the rope
from the tip of the extension base.
20. Lower the extension onto the cribbing. Remove and
stow the pins securing the extension to the boom
nose.
2 1 . Retract the boom, freeing the extension from the
boom nose.
INSTALLATION.
1. Position the crane so the boom extension lies in
front of the crane with the extension base facing the
crane. Fully extend and set the outriggers.
2. Extend and lower the boom to engage the anchor
and attachment fittings on the extension base.
3. Install the attachment pins and retainer clips to
secure the extension base to the boom nose. Raise
the boom, lifting the extension base from the crib­
bing on which it was resting.
NOTE
It may not be necessary to install the
lower leg attachment pino If so, skip to
step 4.
4. Remove the pin and clip pin securing the boom
extension alignment device in the stowed position.
Pull the push bar assembly out to the workmg posi­
tion and secure it in place with the pin and clip pino
5. Lower the boom to minimum elevation.
6. Attach a length o f rope to the extension base tipo
7. Raise the boom to horizontal.
8. Remove the retainer cl ips and attachment pins from
the anchor and attachment fittings on the left side of
the boom nose and stow them in the base of the
extension.
9. Extend the boom enough so that the extension base
and fly stowage lugs will l ine up in front of the
guide ramps and pins on the stowage brackets when
the swingaway is positioned to the side of the boom.
GROVE
RT700E BOOM

DA N G E R

WHEN STOWI NG T H E EXTENSION,

ENSURE THAT ALL PERSO N N EL A N D
Iii
lit:: J
I l: i! !! !!!i
�
:I�- ----� �
EQUIPMENT A R E KEPT C LEAR OF T H E

{f::�A W: E�: ::j:if-J

SWING PATH. _____ 1 1 1 1

CAUTION I
J

DO NOT ALLOW THE EXTENSION U U

ASS EMBLy TO SLAM I NTO THE STOW­
AGE BRAC KETS WH EN SWINGING I NTO
THE STOWED POSITION.
Boom Disengaged Stop B lock
1 0. Raise and/or lower the boom to help control the
1 4. Ensure that all the stowage lugs on the base and fly
extension and using the rope attached to the tip of are fully engaged with the pins on the stowage
the extension, swing the swingaway to the side of brackets.
the boom.
1 5 . Insert lock hitch pino Instal l the pin securing the
1 1. Elevate the boom and push in on the extension to extension base to the front stowage bracket (see
align the stowage lugs on the extension with the detail A). Ensure the lock hitch pin IS pushed all the
guide ramps and pins on the stowage brackets and way in.
fully retract the boom.
1 6. Install the pin attaching the f1y section to the boom
DAN G E R base section stowage bracket (see detai l D).

DURI N G DISE NGAG EMENT O F THE STOP
BLOCK, EXTEND THE BOOM O N LY
ENOUGH TO FREE THE B LOCK. EXTEND­
ING THE BOOM TOO FAR WI LL CAUS E
THE SWI NGAWAY T O S U D E OFF T H E
G U I D E RAMPS AND ALLOW T H E EXTEN­
SION TO SWI NG.
1 2. Lower the boom and extend the boom only enough
to disengage the spring loaded boom extension stop
block.
13. Pull down on the ru bber hook to disengage the
spring loaded boom stop block. Place the end of the
rubber hook in the retainer plateo Fully retract the
boom.
NOTE
NOTE
If the extension fly section remained
on the boom stowage brackets, per­
form steps 17 thru 20.
17. Remove retainer clip and attachm ent pin from the
bushing on base sectlOn.
1 8. Insert the attachment pin into the base section to fly
s�ction attachment fittings and install the retainer
pIn.
1 9. Ensure the spring loaded latch hook is engaged on
fly section sl1eave end (see detail E).
20. Ensure the pin attaching the fly section to the boom
base section stowage bracket (see detail D) is in
place.ment

2 1 . Remove the retainer clips and attach pins from the

When the boom retracts, the rubber
hook will be released allowing the
stop block to engage when the boom
is extended.
anchor and attach fittings on the rignt side of the
boom nose and stow them in the base of the swing­
away.
22. Remove the clip p in and pin securing the boom
extension push bar assembly. Place the boom exten­
sion alignment device in the stowed position and
secure it in place with the pin and clip pino

GROVE 2-1 1 -39

BOOM
OAN G E R
FAI LURE T O MAI NTAIN THE PROPER
C LEARANCE BETWEEN THE SWI NG­
AWAY ANCHOR FITTINGS ANO THE
BOOM NOSE ATTAC H FITTINGS COU LO
CAUS E THESE FITTI N G S TO CONTACT
EAC H OTH ER OURING OPERATION OF
T H E BOOM.
23 . Extend the boom enough to engage the boom stop
block.
24. Rig the boom nose and hoist cable as desired and
operate the crane using normal operating proce­
dures.
BOOM EXTENSION ALlGNMENT DEVICE
ADJUSTMENT.
1. Ensure the boom extension and retraction cables are
properly adjusted. If necessary, adj ust the cables.
2. Ful ly retract the boom .
3. Following the boom installation procedures, install
the pins into the boom attachment lugs on the right
side of the boom nose and secure in place with the
retainer clips.
4. Following the boom installation procedures, swing
the boom extension around and instal l the pin in the
upper left boom extension lug and secure in place
with the clip pino
5. Ifthe pin cannot be installed in step 4 because of lat­
eral misalignment, adjust the upper cross strut
adjustment screw on the swingaway adapter to align
the holes.
6. Extend the boom approximately 1 5 cm (6 in).
7. Remove the pin securing the push bar assembly in
the stowed position and slide the push bar to the for­
ward position. Secure the push bar in place with the
pin and clip pino
8. Retract the boom fully. Adjust the pusher bar, using
the adjustment boIt, until the holes in the lower left
lug of the boom extension align with the boom nose
shaft holes. Install the attachment pin in the exten­
sion lug and secure the pin with the retainer clip.
9. If the attachment pin cannot be installed in step 8
because of lateral misalignment, adjust the lower
2-1 1 -40
RT700E
cross strut adjustment screw on the extension
adapter to align the holes.
1 0. Secure the adjustment bolt in place by tightening the
collar clamp.
1 1 . When the boom extension is not in use, the boom
extension alignment device should be placed in the
stowed position.
SWINGAWAY MOUNTING ADJUSTMENT.
The following procedures may be used to adj ust the
existing installation or for installing a new swingaway
and/or stinger. For the referenced details, refer to the fig­
ure titIed Removing and Installing the Swingaway Boom
Extension.
1. With the swingaway base laying on the ground or
cribbing, use an adequate l ifting device to place the
stinger on the side of the base and install the one
attach pino
2. Raise the sheave end of the stinger until the attach
pin installed in step 1 is loose. Install the ramp wear
pad (see detail C) on the bottom of the stinger and
shim to provide a clearance of 1 2 mm (0.5 in)
between wear pad and ramp on swingaway base.
3. Install the shock wear pad (see detail C) on the
extension base bracket. Shim the wear pad to pro­
vide a clearance of 3 mm (0 . 1 25 in) between shock
wear pad and ramp wear pad instal led in step 2.
4. With the stin ger supported on the base ramp wear
pad and held tIght against the shock wear pad, adjust
the stinger latch hook (see detail E) so tnat a 4 mm
(0. 1 5 6 in) clearance is maintained between the hook
and the latch bar.
5. Remove the stinger from the side of the extension
base.
6. Disengage the boom stop and fully retract the boom.
7. Mount the extension base o f the right si de on the
boom base and install the pins attaching the exten­
sion base to the boom nose.
8. Loosen the front and rear stowage bracket attaching
hardware.
9. Lift the sheave end of the extension base until the
attachment pins installed in step 7 are loose. Refer to
detail D (rear stowage bracket) and adjust the lower
mount and the pin mount to maintain a loose condi­
tion of the attachment pins. Tighten all rear stowage
bracket attaching hardware.
RT700E
1 0. Refer to detail A (front stowage bracket) and adjust
the main hanger, upper hanger, and lower support to
maintain a loose condition of the attachment pins.
1 1 . Move the extension base away from the boom base
and mount the stinger on the extension base using
one attach pino Posltion extension base on stowage
brackets on side of boom.
1 2. Lift up on sheave end of stinger until attachment pin
i s loose and stinger is 3 mm (0. 1 25 in) from shock
wear pad at the ramp (see detail C).
1 3 . Refer to detail B (stinger front stowage bracket) and
adjust the front mount and hanger to maintain the
GROVE
BOOM
attachment pin in a loose condition.
1 4. Refer to detail D (rear stowage bracket) and adjust
the stinger upper hanger and lower hanger to main­
tain the attachment pin in a loose conditlOn.
1 5 . Sorne final adjustment of the stinger latch may be
required. With the extension base and stinger in the
final stowed position on the stowage brackets,
f
ensure there is approximately a 3 mm (0. 1 25 in)
clearance between the shock wear ad and the ramp
wear pad on the stinger (see detai C). In add ition,
the stmger latch must be free (approximately a 1 . 5
mm (0 .059 in) clearance between the surfaces of the
latch hook and the latch bar.
2-1 1 -4 1
BOOM RT700E

HOOK BLOCK

D ESC R I PTI ON

A 55 metric ton (60 ton) hook block, a 45 metric ton (50 equipped with a safety latch. Both hook blocks are the
ton) hook block, and a 8 .3 metric ton (7 .5 ton) headache quick reeve designo Grease fittings are provi ded to ensure
top swivel ball are available for the crane. The hook lubrication of all moving parts.
blocks uti lizes a one-piece p ivot block and the hook is

MAI NTENAN C E

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE.
It is recommended that the hook block and/or headache
ball be inspected every 50 hours. A complete disassem­
bly inspection should be conducted every quarter or 5 00
hours in the area of the hook, hex nut, and threaded areas
for corrosion and proper fit. After assembly of the hook,
a liberal coating of muItipurpose grease should be
applied to the nut and threaded areas by brush or hand to
prevent corrosion.
For hook blocks and other load handling devices not
manufactured by Grove Worldwide; follow the manufac­
turer's inspection and testing recommendations to assure
an adequate preventative maintenance program is estab­
lished.

2-1 1 -42 GROVE

RT700E HOISTS

S E CTI O N 1 2
H O I STS
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
HOISTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .. . . .
. . . . . . . . . 2-12-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Theory of Operation . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-5

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-5
.

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-7
Functional Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-7
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-7
HOIST TO BOOM ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-8
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-8
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-8
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-8
VANE TYPE MOTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-10
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-10
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-10
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-10
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-10
IDLER DRUM AND CABLE FOLLOWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-11
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-11
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-11
Idler Drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-11
Removal and Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-11
Cleaning and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-11
Assembly and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-11
Cable Follower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-11
Removal and Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-11
Cleaning and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-12
Assembly and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-12
Complete Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-12
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-12
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-12
HOIST DRUM ROTATION INDICATOR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-14
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-14
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-14
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-14
Rotation Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-14
Drum Rotation Indicator Control Module (CPU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-14
Thumb Thumper Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-14
GROVE 2-1 2-1
H OISTS RT700E

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTI N U ED)

Page
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-14
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Green LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . 2-12-14
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Red LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-15

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Yellow LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-15

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

HOIST CONTROL VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-17

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-17
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hoist Motor Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-17

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hoist Directional Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-17

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FIXED COUNTERWEIGHT . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . 2-12-18
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-18
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-18
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-18
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-19
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

REMOVAL COUNTERWEIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-20

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-20
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-20
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

THIRD WRAP INDICATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-22

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-20
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-22
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-22
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-23
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIST OF F I G U RES

Title Page
Hoist Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12-6
Hoist to Boom Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12-8
Idler Drum and Cable Follower Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-13
Hoist Rotation Indicator System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-16
Counterweight Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-21
Third Wrap Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-22
2-1 2-2 GROVE
RT700E HOISTS

DAN G E R N OTE S U M MARY

Page
DANGER
2-12-14
DISCONNECT THE BATTERIES BEFORE
PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE ON THIS
SYSTEM. SERIOUS BURNS MAY RESULT
FROM ACCIDENTAL SHORTING OR
GROUNDING OF UVE CIRCUITS.
DANGER
2-12-18
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY COULD
RESULT FROM BEING CRUSHED BY A FALL­
ING COUNTERWEIGHT.
DANGER
2-12-20
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY COULD
RESULT FROM BEING CRUSHED BY A FALL­
ING COUNTERWEIGHT.
DANGER
2-12-20
ENSURE THAT ALL MOUNTING PINS ARE
PROPERLY INSTALLED AND LOCKED, DUR­
ING, AND AFTER OPERATING THE COUN­
TERWEIGHT REMOVAL SYSTEM.
DANGER
2-12-20
TRAVEL IS NOT PERMITTED WITH THE
REMOVABLE COUNTERWEIGHT ON THE
CARRIER DECK.

GROVE 2-1 2-3

HOISTS RT700E

NOTES ______________________________________________

2-1 2-4
RT700E
HOISTS
D ESC R I PTION
One standard hoist is available for both the main and aux­
i l iary, the Grove H03 0G- 1 6G. As an option, the main
hoist is replaced with an H03 0-26G. The hoist uses two
vane motors to drive the reduction units within the hoists.
An overrunning clutch will allow the hoist to be raised
without releasing the brake whi le holding the load until
there is sufficient pressure to release the brake when
hoisting down.
The hoist motors control speed and torque of the hoist.
There are two methods of driving the hoist which are
controlled by the hoist motor control valve which is con­
trolled by the hoist speed switch on the armrest.
TH EORY O F O P E RATI O N
Flow from section one o f pump number one is routed
through the swivel to the directional control valve bank.
When the main hoist control lever in the cab is moved
from neutral, it sends a pilot pressure signal to the main
hoist directional control val ve to shift the valve spool to
route hydraulic flow to the hoist motor control valve. The
hoist motor control valve internally routes the hydraulic
flow to the hoist motors in a series or parallel hydraul ic
circuit as selected by the operator.
MAI NTENA N C E
REMOVAL.
1. Remove all cable from the hoist drum.
2. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic l ines to the hoist.
Cap or plug all lines and openings.
3. Tag and disconnect the electrical wires to the hoist
rotation indicator sensor box.
4. Tag and disconnect the electrical wires to the hoist
control valve.
GROVE
HOISTS
One method is high speed. The pilot solenoid valve shifts
the selector valve which shifts to provi de a series circuit.
The circuit allows oil to flow to the first motor through
the motor and continues through the circuit to the second
motor, through the motor and returns to tank. The series
circuit provides high speed and low torque.
The second method is low speed. The pilot solenoid
valve shifts the selector valve which shifts to provide a
parallel circuit. This circuit allows oil to flow to both
motors simultaneously. The flow is divided between both
motors and retums to tank. The parallel circuit provi des
low speed high torque.
When the auxiliary hoist control lever in the cab is
moved from neutral, it sends a pilot pressure signal to the
auxiliary hoist directional control valve to shift the valve
spool to route hydraulic flow to the hoist motor control
valve. The hoist motor control valve internally routes the
hydraulic flow to the hoist motors in a series or parallel
hydrau l ic circuit as selected by the operator.
Additional flow (high speed boost) is obtained by using
the HYDRAULIC BOOST SWITCH . Positioning the
switch to HI allows the flow from section two of pump
number one to combine with flow from section one.
5. Remove the hoist mounting nuts, bolts, washers, and
shims (if shims are used, mark their location).
NOTE
The H030-16G hoist assembly, less
the cable, weighs approximately 840
kg (1852 lb). The H030-26G hoist
assembly, less the cable, weighs
approximately 945 kg (2083 lb).
6. Using an adequate lifting device, remove the hoist
from the crane.
2-1 2-5
HOISTS RT700E

10
4

1. Main H oist
2. Auxiliary H oist
3. Cable Follower
4. Idler D ru m
5. S h i ms
6. Bolt
7. Nut
8. Washer
9. IPO Counterweight
1 0. Cou nterweight

MA I N H O I ST O N LY IN STAL LATIO N

Hoist I n stal lation

2-1 2-6 GROVE

RT700E HOISTS

INSTALLATION. 9. Remove the l ifting device from the hoist.

1. Ensure the mounting plate and hoist pads are clean 1 0. Connect the hydraulic l ines to the hoist ensuring the
and free from debris and the hoist has not been dam­ proper l ines are connected to the correct ports as
aged during handling. marked during removal.

Wit? the hoist supported by a suitable lifting device,

1 1 . Connect the electrical wires to the hoist control
2.
valve as marked during removal.
posltlon the hoist on the mount.

1 2. Connect the electrical w ires to the hoist rotation

3. Check the hoist to boom alignment according to the indicator sensor box as tagged during removal .
HOIST TO BOOM ALIGNMENT procedure in this
section.
1 3 . Install the cable, fol lowing the procedures outlined
under INSTALLING CABLE ON THE HOI ST, in
4. Place a level between the boom pivot shaft bush­ the Operator's and Safety Handbook.
ings.

5. Place a level across the top of the hoist drum and

FUNCTIONAL CHECK.
determine if the hoist is sitting in the same plane in
relation to the level positioned between the boom 1. Attach a test weight to the hook and raise and lower
pivot shaft bushings. the load several times.

6. With the hoist level, check to determine if all the 2. Check the hoist for smooth operation of the hoist
hoist mounting pads are in contact with the mount­ motor and brake system.
ing plate by rocking the hoist.
3. Ensure the hydraul ic connections are secure and free
from leaks.
7. Keeping the hoist level, use a feeler gauge t o deter­
m ine the amount of gap existing between the pads
and the mounting plateo SERVICING.
8. Add shims to satisfy any existing gaps. Altering the Remove the fill/check plug from the side of the final
shim thickness to fit a tapering gap is acceptable. drive assembly. Fill with 90 weight EPGL gear lubricant
Install the bolts, washers, and nuts and torque 1 42 8 until oil starts to flow out the plug holeo Check every 5 00
t o 1 547 Nm ( 1 053 to 1 1 4 1 ft-Ib). hours or 1 2 months.

GROVE 2-1 2-7

HOISTS RT700E

HOIST TO BOOM ALlGNMENT

PREPARATION.
Boom alignment must be completed before attempting
hoist alignment. If the hoist is not properIy aligned, the
cable can be damaged or fine control could be affected.
The crane must be set on outriggers fully extended and
the crane must be leveled. The boom must be over the
rear on TM/TMS models and over the front on RT/Indus­
trial models.
TOOLS REQUIRED.
• two foot square
ward to align the hoist with the boom sheave for cranes
that have the hoist mounted either d irectly to the boom or
on a mount attached to the boom. It may be necessary to
shim under one side of the hoist to make it level.
The hoist must be checked in two directions, one at O
degree and the other is aboye 45 degrees boom angle on
any crane that the hoist is not mounted d irectly to the
boom, stationary mounted.
Check the hoist at O degree to see ifthe hoist is al igned to
the boom nose sheave. The main hoist is aligned to the
right hand sheave and the auxiliary hoist is aligned to the
center sheave.

Mason cord or cat gut fishing line NOTE

chalk The hoist cable will have gaps in it
during spooling if the alignment is not
protractor correct.
PROCEDURE. NOTE
The hoist mounting location wi ll determ ine the alignment The hoist is not level if the cable is
procedure used. Shift one side of the hoist back or for- piling up on one side of the drum.

MAIN
HANDHOIST IS ALlGNED TO THE RIGHT
SHEAVE
LOCATING CENTERLlNE
WITH SQUARE

AUXILlARY HOIST IS ALlGNED TO THE

CENTER SHEAVE
601 9

Hoist to Boom Alig nment

2-1 2-8 GROVE

RT700E HOISTS

1. The boom must be extended one half of ful I exten­ 4. Using a protractor, lay it on the vertical l ine on the
sion on alI hoist alignments. This length is used hoist drum so the string line is in the center of the
because when the main hoist cable is positioned on protractor. The string l ine will be at the 90 degree
the top right hand boom nose sheave, the cable must mark on the protractor if the hoist is straight with the
leave the center of the drum at a 90 degree angle. boom nose sheave. If it is not at the 90 degree mark,
The boom has the ability to extend, retract, and the hoist mounting bolts will have to be loosened
change the angle of departure from the drum. and the hoist moved so it is.
Extend the boom half way to provide a center point
of adj ustment to check the fleet angle of the cable.
NOTE
2. All the cable must be removed from the hoist drum
to check the fleet angle. Using mason cord or cat gut This test is for cable leaving gaps
fishing l ine you will be able to pulI the l ine tight to while spooling.
make an accurate measurement of the fleet angle.
F ind the centerline of the hoist drum by using a
square and drawing a line horizontal on the drum . CAUTION
Put a l ine vertical to the horizontal line in the abso­
lute center of the drum by using a tape measure. 00 NOT ALTER HOlES OR STOP
With the boom at O degree, tie the line tight to the BlOCKS ON THE CRANE MOUNTING
boom nose and have it in the center of the right hand PlATE, AS VERY SMAll AOJUST­
boom nose sheave. MENTS RESUlT IN lARGE ANGULAR
NOTE CHANGES. EXTREME CARE SHOULO
BE TAKEN TO AVOIO OVER-COR­
If this special equipment is not avail­ RECTION.
able, sufficient accuracy in locating a 5. Elevate the boom aboye 45 degrees boom angle to
centerline may be obtained by using a check if the hoist is level . Reposition the hoist drum
steel square against the machine's and tighten the cord so you can have the cord in the
inner surfaces of both fla nges. It is center of the protractor at the 90 degree mark. If the
advisable to avoid using any cast sur­ cord is not at the 90 degree mark, the hoist will have
faces in this procedure unless a to be shimmed unti l the cord is at the 90 degree
check from both flanges indicates mark.
that the resultant line is straight.
3. Tie the l ine around the hoist drum so that the l ine is
NOTE
very tight and the line is crossing the absolute center
of the drum at the centerline mark you put on the This test is for cable piling up on one
drum . side of the hoist drum.

GROVE 2-1 2-9

HOISTS RT700E

VANE TYPE MOTORS

D E S C R I PTI O N

The hoist is equipped with vane motors. The vane motors

are mounted to the hoist and are geared directly to the
hoist planetary gears.

MAI NTE NAN C E

REMOVAL. INSTALLATION.
1. Drain the oil from the drum by removing the plugs. 1 . Using a new gasket, position the motors and gaskets
to the end cover. Secure the motors and gaskets in
place with the two bolts. Torque the bolts 121 to 132
2. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic line from the Nm (89 to 97 ft-Ib).
motors and the hoist motor control valve. Cap or
plug all lines and openings. 2. Connect the hydraulic l ines as tagged during
removal .
3. Remove the two hex head bolts securing the motors
to the end cover; remove the motors and discard the 3. Fill the drum with oi l . Refer to Section 15 - LUBRI­
motor gaskets. CATION in this manual .

2-1 2-1 0 GROlfE

RT700E
IOLER ORUM ANO CABLE FOLLOWER
D E SC R I PT I O N
The main and auxiliary hoists are equipped with an idler
drum on the forward side of the hoist. The main hoist
idler drum is used to keep the hoist cable from coming in
contact with the boom. When the crane is also equipped
with an auxiliary hoist, the idler drum on the auxiliary
hoist is used to keep the hoist cable from coming in con-
MAI NTE NAN C E
IOLER DRUM.
Removal and Oisassembly.
1. Remove the bolt and end cap from the right side of
the idler rol ler.
2. Support the idler roller and withdraw the shaft from
the left side. Take care not to lose the shim(s) on
each end.
3. Remove the roller from between the side plates.
Cleaning and Inspection.
1. Clean all rust and dirt from the shaft.
2, Inspect the shaft and roller for cracks, scoring, or
grooving. Replace if necessary.
Assembly and Installation.
1. Position the roller between the side plates with a
least one shim on each end.
2. Install the shaft through the left side plate and the
roller and shims. Ensure the flat on the shaft end
aligns with the stop welded on the side plate,
3. Secure the shaft to the right side plate with a bolt
and end cap. Apply Loctite 242 to the bolt threads.
GROVE
HOISTS
tact with the main hoist. The cable follower is mounted
on the forward side of it's respective hoi st. The cable fol­
lower applies a downward spring pressure against the
cable onto the hoist drum, to ensure that the cable will be
uniformly wound onto the hoist drum, and also prevent
cable from jumping under abnormal l ine cond itions.
CABLE FOLLOWER.
Removal and Oisassembly.
1. Loosen the adjusting nuts and remove the tension
spring and adjusting rod from both si des ofthe hoist.
2. Remove the tack welds from the bolt heads securing
the arm to the cable follower roller.
3. Support the cable follower roller and remove the
bolts and washers securing the arms to the angles on
each end of the roller. Remove the cable fol lower
roller.
4. Disassemble the cable fol lower rol ler as follows.
a. Remove the two bolts and washers securing the
angle to the right side of the shaft.
b. Remove the shims and roller from the shaft.
c. If necessary, remove the bearing and bearing
housing from both ends of the roller.
5. Remove the bolt and locknut securing the arm to the
spring attaching lever on each side of the hoist.
Remove arms and levers from the si de plates.
NOTE
Be sure to mark each arm and lever
as to what side (Ieft or right) they
were removed from. This will be help­
fui during installation.
6. Remove the grease fittings from the bushing on each
side plateo
2-1 2-1 1
HOISTS
Cleaning and Inspection.
1. Clean all grease from the shaft, bearing, and rol ler.
2. Check the shaft, roller, and bearings for cracks,
scoring, or grooving. Replace if necessary.
3. Check the spring tension. I f the springs wiIl not pro­
vide sufficient tension when adjusted, replace them.
Assembly and Installation.
1. Install a grease fitting in the bushing on each side
plate.
2. Install the left arm through the bushing o n the left
side plate. Instal l left spring attaching lever on the
arm and secure with a bolt and locknut. Apply Loc­
tite 242 to the bolt threads.
3. Repeat step 2 o n the right side.
4. Assemble the cable follower roller as follows.
a. Apply high strength retaining compound Loctite
680 to the bearing housings and the bearings. Install
them in both ends of the roller.
b. Install the shaft into the roller with a least one
shim on each end.
c. Position the angle on the right side of the shaft
and secure with two bolts and washers. Apply Loc­
tite 242 to the bolt threads.
5. Position the cable follower roller on the arms and
secure with four bolts and washers. Center the roller
between the hoist drum flanges and tighten the bolts.
Tack weld the bolt heads.
6. Attach one end of the tension springs to the levers
on each side. Install the adjusting rod through the
lug on each side plate and connect to the other end
of the spring. Instal l the adjusting nuts on each rod
and tighten enough to take the slack out of the
springs.
2-1 2-1 2
RT700E
7. Using a grease gun, apply grease to the fittings on
each side plate bushing.
8. Adjust the roller as fol lows.
a. With one layer of cable on the hoist drum, adj ust
the bolts on the front of each side plate (that push
against each arm) so the roller applies pressure on
the layer of cable, and does not interfere with fi ller/
riser protrusions on the hoist drum flanges. Tighten
jam nuts to secure setting.
b. With a full drum of cable, the adj usting spring
length from eye to eye should not exceed 25 .7 cm
( 1 0. 1 2 in). Adjust rods as necessary and tighten jam
nuts to secure this setting.
COMPLETE ASSEMBLY.
Removal.
1. Remove all tension from the springs on each side by
loosening the nuts and jam nuts.
2. Support the weight of the assembly and remove the
two bolts and washers securing each si de plate to the
hoist. Remove the idler drum and cable follower
assembly from the hoist.
3. I f necessary to completely disassemble or remove
any part of the assembly, refer to the applicable
paragraphs in th is Sub-section.
Installation.
1. Position the idler drum and cable roller assembly on
the hoist and secure each si de plate to the hoist with
two bolts and washers.
2. Adjust the tension on the cable follower. Refer to
instructions in paragraph titIed CABLE FOL­
LOWER - Assembly and Installation in this Sub­
Section.
GROVE
RT700E H OISTS

2
1
1. Grease Fitting
2. Washer
3. Follower Roller
4. Arm
5. Spring
6. Spring Adjusting Rod
7. Lever
8. Idler Roller
9. N ut
1 0. Jam Nut
11. Id ler Shaft Weld
1 2. Follower Shaft Weld
1 3. Kicker Assembly

6064

4
4
12 3

Id ler Drum a nd Cable Follower Assembly

GROVE 2-1 2-1 3

HOISTS RT700E

HOIST DRUM ROTATION INDICATOR SYSTEM

D E S C R I PT I O N

The hoist drum rotation indicator system is an electricalIy
operated system that provides the operator with a touch
indication of drum rotation so he will know if and at what
speed the hoist drum is rotating, even under the most dis­
tracting conditions.
The rotation indicator system consists of three separate
electrical components; the rotation indicator sensor, drum
rotation indicator control module (CPU), and thumb
thumper solenoid. The rotation sensor and control mod­
ule (CPU) are located on the hoist. The pulsing thumb
thumper solenoid is located in the applicable hoist con­
trol lever handle.

MAI NTE NAN C E

GENERAL. Thumb Thumper Solenoid.

DANGER The thumb thumper solenoid provides feedback propor­
tional to the hoist l ine speed by pulsing the rubber burton
on top of the hoist control lever.
DISCONNECT THE BATTERIES
BEFORE PERFORMING ANY MAINTE­ TROUBLESHOOTING.
NANCE ON THIS SYSTEM. SERIOUS
BURNS MAY RESULT FROM ACCI­ To troubleshoot the system, u s e the three diagnostic
DENTAL SHORTING OR GROUNDING LED's located on the control module (CPU). Under nor­
OF UVE CIRCUITS. mal operating conditions (hoist drum rotating) the diag­
nostic LED 's function as shown in the Table below.
Proper circuit operation can be checked for each individ-
ual electrical component. If a malfunction occurs within
the system, repairs should be limited to finding and LED OPERATION DEFINITION
replacing the faulty componentes). To detennine which
component is at fault, use the self diagnostic LED 's on Green On continuously Current applied to sen-
the CPU. If difficulty persists, contact your local dealer sor
for additional troubleshooting aid. Red Pulses on, varies Sensor signal received
with speed
Rotation Sensor. Yellow Pulses on, varies Solenoid pulse working
with speed
The rotation sensor is screwed into the hoist housing and
sen ses the rotation of the primary drive end driven gear. NOTE
When installing the sensor, ensure it contacts the top land
of a gear tooth and not between teeth (See figure titled
Hoist Rotation Indicator System). Screw the sensor in
The following paragraphs trouble­
until contact is made, then back out 1 /2 tum and tighten shoot the system using the diagnos­
lock nut. tic LED's . The hoist drum must be
rotating during all troubleshooting.
Drum Rotation Indicator Control Module (CPU). Green LEO.
The control module (CPU) is bracket mounted to the Turn the ignition switch on. Verify that the green LED is
upper hoist motor attach ing bolt. It provides LED 's for on . The LED should stay on as long as accessory power
checking proper circuit operation, as well as providing is on. If the green LED is not on, either the voltage did
power to the rotation sensor. It also sends a signal to the not arrive at the CPU, or the CPU is defective and needs
thumper solenoid proportional to the sensor. to be replaced. If the green LED repeatedly flashes once

2-1 2-1 4 GROYfE

RT700E
with the red and yellow LED's off, the solenoid circuit is
shorted. If the green LED repeatedly flashes two times
with the red and yellow LED 's off, the CPU is defective.
If the green LED repeatedly flashes three times with the
red and yelIow LED 's off, the CPU needs to be repro­
grammed. The fol lowing should be used only after using
the diagnostic LED 's.
1. Use a digital voItmeter or multimeter to measure if
voltage is present on wire 27 at circuit breaker or
fuse feed. Replace fuse, circuit breaker or wire if
necessary.
2. Make sure 12 voIts are measured across terminals A
(red wire) and B (black wire) of connector DT3 S . If
there is no voltage present, check wiring and circuit
breaker (fuse).
3. I f voltage i s present but green LED does not l ight,
replace the CPU.
Red LEO.
With the green LED on, and the hoist rotating, the red
' resistance does not measure correctly the solenoid is
LED should be pulsing on and off and should stop puls-
ing when the hoist stop s rotating. Ifthe red LED does not
pulse on and off, then either the CPU is defective or the
sensor is defective. The following should be used only
after using the diagnostic LED's.
1. Measure the sensor input voltage from + 1 OV termi­
nal 1 to ground terminal 3 on the DTM3 S connector.
Measure the pulsating return signal from +5V termi­
nal 2 to ground terminal 3 on the DTM3 S connector.
If the + 1 OV is applied to the sensor input and the
+5V pulsating signal is applied to the DTM3 S con­
nector terminal 2 and the red LED still does not pul­
sate, the CPU is defective and should be replaced.
2. If the +5V signal on terminal 2 does not osci llate,
the sensor is defective or the sensor adjustment air
GROVE
H OISTS
gap from the gear teeth is to wide. Adjust the sensor
position and retest. If oscillation does not occur, the
sensor should be replaced.
,Ve llow LEO.
With the green LED on continuously, and the red LED
pulsating (hoist is rotating), the yellow LED should also
be pulsating. If the yellow LED does not pulse on and
off, a defective CPU could be the problem . If the yellow
LED pulsates, but the thumb thumper solenoid does not,
then the thumper solenoid is defective and should be
replaced or there are broken or pinched wires in the sys­
temo The fol Iowing should be used only after using the
diagnostic LED's.
1. Using a digital voltmeter check to see if the CPU is
receiving 1 2 volts between terminals A (red wire)
and B (black wire) of connector DT3 S . If no voItage
is present, check wiring and circuit breaker (fuse).
2. Using a digital ohmmeter check to see if the
thumper solenoid resistance is 1 2 ± 2 ohm. If the
defective and should be replaced.
3. Using a digital voltmeter, measure the voltage on
solenoid white feed wire 27. The voltage should
measure 1 2V. If voltage is not within ± 10 percent,
check the voltage at the fu se or circuit breaker. Ifthe
voltage does not measure within ± 1 0 percent, trace
the hi or low voIts back to the source and repair the
defect. If the voltage does measure within ± 1 0 per­
cent the solenoid white feed wire 27 is pinched and
should be replaced.
4. After disconnecting both ends of wire 508/5 09,
measure the resistance of wire 508/5 09. If the resis­
tan ce measures more than 0.5 ohm, the wire is
defective and s1íoul d be replaced.
2-1 2-1 5
HOISTS RT700E

GROVE SENSOR
PART N UMBER

RIGHT

GROVE SENSOR
PART NUMBER

WRONG
TO TH U M B THUMPER

GREEN LEO
CONTROL --
-- ______ �
LEVER
HAN OLE

YELLOW LEO

REO LEO THUMB

THUMPER
ROTATION
GROVE C P U
I N O ICATOR
PART N U M B E R
SOLENIOO
1 2±2 0HMS

CONTROL MODULE - CPU SINGLE AXIS

CONTROLLER

Hoist Rotation I nd icator System

2- 1 2- 1 6 GRO'VE
RT700E HOISTS

HOIST CONTROL VALVES

D E S C R I PTION

NOTE HOIST MOTOR CONTROL VALVE.

For more detailed information, refer to The hoist motor control valve is mounted on the hoist and
VALVES in Section 8 HYDRAULlC
-
is designed to provide an even flow of oil to the hoist
SYSTEM. motors in both d irections.

HOIST DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE.

The hoist directional control valve is used to control the
operation of the hoist. It is a four-way, pilot operated
valve and is mounted on the right side of the turntable.

GROVE 2-1 2-1 7

 HOISTS RT700E

FIXED COUNTERWE I G HT

D E SC R I PT I O N

The counterweight is pinned to the rear of the turntable weight is bolted to the hoist mounting area in l ieu of the
and weighs 5 5 5 3 kg ( 1 2242 lb). For cranes without an auxiliary hoist.
auxiliary hoist, an additional 862 kg ( 1 900 lb) counter-

MA I NTE NAN C E

DANGER CAUTION
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY COULD WHEN LlFTING/HANDLlNG THE
RESULT FROM BEING CRUSHED BY COUNTERWEIGHT, KEEP THE
A FALLlNG COUNTERWEIGHT. CHAINS/STRAPS VERTICAL TO MINI­
MIZE SIDE PULL ON THE LlFTING
DANGER LUGS.
ENSURE THE RETAINER PIN IS NOTE
PROPERLY INSTALLED TO SECURE
THE COUNTERWEIGHT MOUNTING The counterweight weighs approxi­
PIN. mately 5553 kg (12242 lb).
REMOVAL. NOTE
l. Fully extend and set the outriggers. Use of a forklift to install or remove
the counterweight is not recom­
2. Rotate the superstructure so the counterweight is mended. Damage or misalignment of
over the front of the carrier to gain additional clear­ the counterweight can result if a fork­
ance. lift is used for installation or removal.
3. Attach an adequate lifting device to the counter­
weight.

4. Ensure the four counterweight leveling bolts are set

for maximum clearance with the turntable.

5. Take u p any slack on the lifting chains and raise the

counterweight j ust enough to remove any pressure
on the left and right counterweight mounting pins.

6. Remove the hitch pins and washers that secure the

counterweight mounting pins and remove the coun­
terweight mounting pins.

Counterweight 7. Lower the counterweight enough to clear the super­

Clip Pin structure and remove the counterweight from the
Mounting Pin crane.
Counterweight Leveling Bolts
Bolt On Counterweight Slab
l. Fully extend and set the outriggers.
INSTALLATION.

2-1 2-1 8 GROVE

RT700E H OISTS

2. Rotate the superstructure s o the counterweight will WEIGHT CAN RESULT IF A FORK
be over the front of the carrier to gain additional LlFT IS USED FOR INSTALLATION OR
c learance. REMOVAL.
CAUTION
WHEN LlFTING/HANDLlNG THE 3. Attach an adequate lifting device to the counter­
COUNTERWEIGHT, KEEP THE weight and l ift the counterweight into place on the
CHAINS/STRAPS VERTICAL TO MINI­ superstructure, aligning the mounting holes on the
MIZE SIDE PULL ON THE LlFTING counterweight to the holes in the superstructure.
LUGS.
4. Instal l the counterweight mounting pins and secure
NOTE them in place with the washers and h itch pins.

The counterweight weighs approxi­
mately 5553kg (12242 lb).
NOTE
USE OF A FORKLlFT TO INSTALL OR
REMOVE THE COUNTERWEIGHT IS
NOT RECOMMENDED. DAMAGE OR
MISALlGNMENT OF THE COUNTER-
5. Remove the l ifting device from the counterweight.
6. Using the four counterweight leveling bolts, level
the counterweight and eliminate any relative move­
ment between the counterweight and turntable.
Maximum height of counterweight shall not exceed
6.35 mm (0.25 in) out of level with the turntable
bearing when measured from either counterweight
outer edge.

GROVE 2-1 2-1 9

HOISTS
REMOVABLE COUNTERWEIGHT
DANGER
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY COULD
RESULT FROM BEING CRUSHED BY
A FALLlNG COUNTERWEIGHT.
DANGER
ENSURE THAT ALL MOUNTING PIN8
ARE PROPERLY INSTALLED AND
LOCKED, DURING, AND AFTER
OPERATING THE COUNTERWEIGHT
REMOVAL SYSTEM.
NOTE
The removable counterweight con­
sists of one standard box. The follow­
ing procedures are applicable for
removal and installation of any or all
pieces.
REMOVAL
1 . Position the crane on a finn level surface . FulIy
extend and set the outriggers.
2. Rotate the superstructure t o al ign the counterweight
with the support weld on the front outrigger box.
Engaging the pin type tun1table lock wilI aid align­
ment.
NOTE
It may be necessary to jog the coun­
terweight removal control levers to
remove the weight of the counter­
weight from the upper attach pins.
3. Using the counterweight removal control valve
levers, raise the counterweight cyl inders to relieve
weight on the upper attach pins.
2-1 2-20
RT700E
4 Push in, turn, and remove the upper attach pins from
the superstructure frame lugs and the counterweight
5 Stow the upper attach pins in the bushings on the
side of the superstructure.
6. Using the removal control levers, slowly lower the
counterweight onto the carrier stowage area.
7. Remove the attach pins from the counterweight lugs
and cylinder ends. Raise the cyl inders and stow the
attach pins in cyl inder and insert retainer clip pins.
DANGER
TRAVEL 18 NOT PERMITTED WITH
THE REMOVABLE COUNTERWEIGHT
ON THE CARRIER DECK.
NOTE
The counterweight weighs approxi­
mately 6042 kg (13300 pounds).
8. Remove counterweight from the support weld on
the front outrigger box before moving crane.
9. Using the crane's boom and hoist or other crane, l ift
counterweight from the carrier deck to the auxiliary
transport vehicle.
INSTALLATION
l. Position the crane on a firm level surface. Ful Iy
extend and set the outriggers.
2. Select the proper Without Counterweight operating
code on the LMI .
NOTE
The counterweight weighs approxi­
mately 6042 kg (13300 pounds).
3. Using the crane's boom and hoist or other crane, l ift
counterweight from the auxiliary transport vehicle
and position the counterweight.
GRO\YE
RT700E H OISTS

4. Rotate and align the rear of the superstructure aboye
the removable counterweight setting on the support
weld on the front outrigger box. Engaging the pin
type turntable lock will aid alignment.
5. Using the counterweight removal control valve
levers located on either side of the tumtable, lower
the counterweight cyl inders. Pin the cylinders to the
counterweight using the attach pins in the cylinders.
Insert the retaining pins in the attach pins.
7. Remove the upper attach pins from the stowage
bushings and install them into the upper counter­
weight and superstructure frame lugs.
9. Push in o n the pins and tum t o lock pin in the notch.
1 0. Adjust the four counterweight level ing bolts to elim­
inate any relative movement between the counter­
weight and the tumtable.

6. Using the control levers, raise the counterweight up

under the superstructure frame.

NOTE
It may be necessary to jog the coun­ 1 1 . The crane is now ready for operation with the coun­
terweight removal control levers to terweight installed.
install the upper attach pins.

1. Valve control levers

2. Removal cylinders
3. Cylinder attach pins
4. Cou nterweight attach pins
5. 6042 kg ( 1 3300 lb) cou nterweight
6. Leveling bolts (4 places)
7. Counterweight lifting lugs (4 places)

Cou nterweight Removal and I nstallation

GROVE 2-1 2-2 1

HOISTS RT700E

TH I RD WRAP I N DICATOR

DESC R I PT I O N

The third wrap indicator is installed to give the operator reeled out. In addition to the warning light in the cab, a
an indication that the wire rope is down to the last three lockout valve is actuated to stop hoist down operation.
wraps on the hoist drum and no more rope should be

Arm

Threaded Rod

Limit Switch

Washer

N ut Actuati ng Cam

Third Wrap I ndicator

MAI NTENAN C E

REMOVAL. 4. Loosen and back-off the nut securing the threaded

rod to the sensor shaft.
1. Remove the l im it switch cover and disconnect the
relay wires. 5. Unscrew the threaded rod from the sensor shaft.

2. Loosen and remove the outside nut and washer 6. While removing the nuts and remaining washer
securing the threaded rod to the hoist mounting. from the inside end of the threaded rod, pul l the
threaded rod out through the hoist housing.
3. Loosen and back-off the inside nut on the threaded
rod.

2-1 2-22 GROVE

RT700E
7. Remove the setscrews and slide the collar, actuating
cam, arm, spring and spring holder collar from the
sensor shaft.
8. Loosen and remove the capscrew and washer secur­
ing the sensor shaft to the hoist housing.
I NSTALLATION.
NOTE
AII fasteners must be treated with
Loctite Primer Grade T and Loctite
Adhesive Sealant Grade 242.
1. Install the capscrew and washer securing the sensor
shaft to the hoist housing. Torque the capscrew 1 1 7
to 1 27 Nm (86 to 94 ft-Ibs).
NOTE
Apply never seize grease to inside of
indicator arm before installing onto
sensor shaft.
NOTE
Position center of roller approxi­
mately 7.72 cm (3 in) from the inside
flange of the hoist drum such that the
roller drops to the drum after the
fourth wrap is unwound from the
drum.
GROVE
HOISTS
NOTE
Adjust actuating cam and/or Iimit
switch collar such that switch plunger
drops into notch when roller drops to
bare hoist drum.
NOTE
Adjust spring holder collar such that
spring applies ample pressure to armo
2. S l ide spring collar, spring, arm and rol ler, actuating
cam and switch col lar onto the sensor shaft. Secure
with the existing setscrews.
3. Install the threaded rod through the opening i n the
hoist housing and thread the washer and two nuts
onto the rod. Torque the nuts 1 1 7 to 1 27 Nm (86 to
94 ft-Ibs).
4. Screw the threaded rod into the sensor shaft.
5. Tighten the nut, securing the threaded rod to the sen­
sor shaft. Torque the nut 1 1 7 to 1 27 Nm (86 to 94 ft­
lbs).
6. Tighten the nut, securing the threaded rod to the
hoist housing. Torque the nut 1 1 7 to 1 27 Nm (86 to
94 ft-Ibs).
7. Install the remaining washer and nut onto the out­
side end of the threaded rod.
8. Repeat Step 6.
9. Reconnect the relay wires to the third wrap indicator
sensor and replace the cover.
2-1 2-23
H OISTS RT700E

NOTES, __________________________________________________

2-1 2-24 GRO'VE

RT700E OUTRIG G E RS

S E CTI O N 1 3
O UTRI G G E RS
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
OUTRIGGER CIRCUIT . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-3

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OUTRIGGER BEAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-7

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-7

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-8
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-8
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wear Pad Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-8

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

EXTENSION CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . 2-13-11
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
. . . . . . . . . 2-13-11
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-11
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-11
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-11
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Functional Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-11

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

STABILIZ ER CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . 2-13-12
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . ..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-12
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-12
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-12
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Insta lIation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-12

Functional Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-12
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OUTRIG GER CONTROL VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-13

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-13
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pilot Operated Check Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-13

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Integrated Outrigger/Rear Steer Valve . . . . . . . . . 2-13-13

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outrigger Control Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-13

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

GROVE 2-1 3-1

OUTRIGG ERS RT700E

LIST OF F I G U RES

Title Page
Outrigger Beam Assembly and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-9
. . .

Outrigger Beam Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-9

. . .

Wear Pad Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-10

. .

Extension Cylinder - Rod End Hydraulic Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13-11

. .

DAN G E R N OTE S U M MA RY

Page
DANGER
2-13-7
BE SURE ANY BLOCKING MATERIAL USED
IS CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING THE WEIGHT
OF THE OUTRIGGER BEAM. DO NOT ALLOW
IT TO TILT OR SUDE.
DANGER
2-13-7
BE SURE ANY BLOCKING MATERIAL USED
IS CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING THE WEIGHT
OF THE OUTRIGGER BEAM. DO NOT ALLOW
IT TO TILT OR SUDE.

2-1 3-2 GROVE

RT700E O UTRIGGERS

OUTRIG G E R C I RC U IT

D E SC R I PTION

The outrigger circuit consists of four extension cylinders,
four stabi lizer cylinders, an integrated outrigger/rear steer
valve, front and rear outrigger control manifolds, and
pilot operated check valves. The front two extension cyl­
inders are mounted in the front outrigger beams and the
rear two extension cyl inders are mounted in the rear out­
rigger beams. The front and rear outrigger beams are
mounted on their respective outrigger boxes; in tum the
stabilizer cylinders are mounted on the end of each out­
rigger beam . The integrated outrigger/rear steer valve is
mounted on the front face of the carrier frame front cross
member. The front and rear outrigger control manifolds
are mounted on the inside center of their respective out­
rigger box.
On CE units, the outrigger circuits are electrically inter­
locked to prevent extending or retracting more than one
beam at a time. However, more than one stabilizer may
be extended or retracted at a time.
The outrigger selector controls are located in the cab on
the front console. Both the integrated outrigger valve and
the manifold solenoid valves are electrically actuated
from these controls. The solenoid switches must be held
depressed to actuate the solenoi d valve. The integrated
outrigger valve switch is spring loaded to the off position.
The console is placarded with switch positions.
A sight bubble level is mounted on the left side of the cab
be the door latch plateo The sight bubble level provides
the operator with a visual indication of crane level atti­
tude.

TH EORY OF O P E RATI O N

The appropriate EXTEN SION/STABILIZER switch
must be depressed before the OUTRIGGER EXTEND/
RETRACT switch is depressed. Depressing one of the
outrigger selector switches causes that solenoid valve to
open. As the OUTRIGGER switch is moved, the inte­
grated outrigger valve spool shifts allowing flow to either
the extend or retract line as applicable. If the OUTRIG­
GER switch is in the EXTEND position, the flow contin­
ues through the open solenoid valve to the piston side of
the cylinder. If the stabil izer is to be extended, the flow
first unseats the cyl inder check valve then extends the
cylinder. The oil from the rod end flows through the inte­
grated outrigger valve, and then to the reservoir.
When the OUTRIGGER switch is in the RETRACT
position, the flow through the selector valve is directed to
the rod side of the cyl inder. The oil in the piston side
flows through the open solenoid back to the integrated
outrigger valve. If a stabilizer cyl inder is to be retracted,
then pilot pressure from the pressurized retract l ine
unseats the cyl inder check valve allow ing oil to flow
from the piston side through the open solenoid valve to
the integrated outrigger valve. The integrated outrigger
valve d irects the flow to the reservoir.
The integrated outrigger/rear steer valve contains three
rel ief valves. The main relief is set at 1 7,200 kPa ( 1 72
bar) (25 00 psi). Thermal relief protection is provided on
the extend side by a 20,700 kPa (207 bar) (3000 psi)
rel ief valve and the retract side by a 2070 kPa (20.7 bar)
(300 psi) relief valve.

MAI NTE NAN C E

TROUBLESHOOTING.
SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION

1. Slow or erratic operation of out- a. Damaged relief valve. a. Remove rel ief valve; clean or
rigger extension cyl inders. replace.
b. Low hydraulic oil. b. Replenish oil to proper level.
c. Sticking solenoid valve spool . c. Repair or replace valve spool.
d. Improper ground t o base of d. Ground properly.
solenoid.

GROVE 2-1 3-3

OUTRI GG ERS RT700E

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE S OLUTION

l. S low or erratic operation of out- e. Directional selector switch e. Clean or replace switch.
rigger extension cyl inders (con- sticking.
tinued).
f. Collector ring dirty or glazed. f. Clean and deglaze collector
rmg.
g. Damaged wiring to solenoid. g. Replace wiring.
h. Weak brush springs on collector h. Replace brush springs.
ringo
1. Damaged extension cyl inder 1. Remove extension c yl inder and
(internal parts). repair as necessary.
J. Bent cyl inder rods. j. Replace piston rods and seals.
k. Excessive material on outrig- k. Clean outrigger beams.
ger beams.
1. Binding outrigger beam. 1. Repair o r replace outrigger
beam .
m. Damaged outrigger valve. m. Repair or replace valve.
n. Damaged valve coil. n. Replace coil.
O. Main hydraulic pump cavita- O. Replace or tighten hose or fit-
tion. ting.
p. Partially shifted hydraul ic spool p. Disassemble, clean, and polish
in selector val ve or manifolds. spool and valve housing with
very fine emery cloth (water
paper).
q. Insufficient voltage for opera- q. Solenoids require a m inimum
tion of solenoid valve. of 9.5 volts to energize. Check
outrigger wiring and electrical
coupling collector rings.
r. Damaged piston seals. r. Replace all cyl inder seals.
S. Worn or damaged hydraulic S. Repair or replace pump section.
pump section.
t. Scored cylinder barrel. t. Repair or replace extension cyl-
inder.
U. Cracked o r damaged piston. U. Replace rod weld and all cyl in-
der seals.
2. Sticking spool. a. Dirt in the system . a. Change oil and flush system.
b. Distortion caused by tie bolts b. Retorque tie bolts.
being overtorqued.
C. Flow in excess of valve rating. C. Limit flow through valve to that
recommended. Check pump
output and cyl inder ratio.

2-1 3-4 GROVE

RT700E O UTRIGGERS

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE S OLUTION

2. Sticking spool (continued). d. Pressure i n excess of valve rat- d. Check rel ief valve setting or
mg. pump compensation with that
recommended.
e. Electrical failure. e. Check wiring and solenoids.
3. Extemal leakage. a. Damaged O-ring or quad rings. a. Check for chipped packings and
replace.
b. Loose tie bolts. b. Retorque tie bolts.
c. Damaged solenoid. c. Replace damaged parts.
4. Solenoid fai lure. a. No current. a. Check power source of at least
85% of coi l rating.
b. Damaged solenoid assembly. b. Replace solenoid.
c. Short in solenoid. c. Repl ace coil.
d. Loss of solenoid force. d. Decrease time of solenoid ener-
gization, decrease cycle rateo
5. Outrigger stabilizer cyl inder a. Low in hydraulic oil. a. Replenish oil to proper level .
slow or erratic.
b. Damaged main rel ief valve. b. Repair or replace valve.
C. Damaged holding valve seals. C. Replace holding valve seals.
d. Bent cyl inder rod. d. Replace cyl inder rod and seals.
e. Bent outrigger housing. e. Repair or replace outrigger
housing.
f. Excessive material on beams. f. Clean outrigger beams.
g. Sticking solenoid valve spool. g. Repair or replace valve spool.
h. Damaged wiring to solenoid. h. Repair or replace wiring.
1. Weak brush springs o n collector 1. Replace brush springs.
rings.
J. Collector ring d irty or glazed. J. Clean or deglaze collector ringo
k. Directional selector switch k. Clean or replace switch.
sticking.
1. Main hydraulic pump cavita- 1. Replace o r tighten hose and fit-
tion. tings.
m. Worn or damaged hydraulic m . Repair o r replace pump section.
pump section.
6. Outrigger stabi lizer cyl inder a. Damaged piston seals. a. Replace al l cyl inder seals.
retracts under load. b. Damaged holding valve seals. b. Replace seals.
C. Damaged holding valve. C. Replace valve assembly.
d. Scored cyl inder barrel . d. Repair or replace cylinder.
e. Cracked or damaged piston . e. Replace piston and all cylinder
seals .

GROVE 2-1 3-5

O UTRIGG ERS RT700E

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE S OLUTION

7. Outrigger stabi lizer cylinder a. Damaged piston seals. a. Replace all cyl inder seals.
extends whi le machine is trav- b. Scored cyl inder barrel . b. Replace jack cylinder.
eling.
c. Cracked or damaged piston. c. Replace piston and seals.
d Piston loose on cyl inder rod. d. Replace seal and retorque.
8. Outrigger system will not acti- a. Hydraulic oil low. a. Replenish system .
vate (from stowed or extended b. Loose or broken wire on switch. b. Repair or replace wiring.
and down position). c. Clogged, broken, or loose l ines c. Clean, tighten, or replace l ines
or fittings. or fittings.
d. Damaged rel ief valve or dam- d. Repair or replace valve.
aged control valve.
9. Outrigger system activates, but a. Clogged, broken, or loose a. Clean, tighten, or replace l ines
selected outrigger will not stow hydraul ic l ines or fittings. or fittings.
or extend and lower as desired. b. Loose or broken wire on control b. Repair or replace wiring.
switch or solenoid valve.
c. Damaged solenoid valve. c. Repair or replace valve.
d. Damaged control switch. d. Replace switch.
e. Damaged hydraulic cyl inder. e. Repair or replace cyl inder.
1 0. Outriggers will not set. a. Improper sequence of activa- a. Activate individual control
tion. switch; then activate system
control switch.
1 1 . Two outriggers activate from a. Damaged solenoid valves. a. Repair or replace.
single control switch.
12. One/two outriggers will not a. Hydraulic lock. a. Recycle individual outrigger(s).
stow.
1 3 . Individual outrigger will not set a. Damaged piston seals. a. Replace seals.
or stow. b. Damaged check val ve. b. Repair or replace valve.
c. Loosen or broken wire on con- c. Repair or replace wiring.
trol switch or solenoid valve.
d. Damaged solenoid valve. d. Repair or replace valve.

2-1 3-6 GROVE

RT700E OUTRIGG ERS

OUTRIGGER BEAM

DESC R I PTI ON

The outrigger beam assembly consists of an outrigger

beam, a stabilizer cylinder, a extension cylinder, and the
required hose s and mounting hardware.

T H E O RY OF O P E RAT I O N

When the outrigger extension is activated, it extends or The stabilizer cyl inder is mounted to the end of the beam
retracts the outrigger beam within the outrigger box. The and appl ies force to the outrigger beam vertically. This
outrigger beam can be extended to the m id-extend posi­ sequence of events provi des for l ifting and stabilizing the
tion by allowing the lock pin to ride on the top of the crane for operation.
beam whi le it's extending. The lock pin wil l automati­
cally drop into the hole when the beam reaches the m id­
extend position.

MA I NTE NAN C E

REMOVAL. NOTE
1. On the stabilizer cyl inder end of the beam, remove Do not allow the end of the outrigger
the set screw from the side adjustable wear pad and extension cylinder to fall when the
back off the wear pad from the outrigger box. cylinder mounting shaft is removed.
Use blocking to limit the drop or an
2. Remove the cover from the opposite end o f the out­ adequate soft support to cushion any
rigger box. Remove the setscrew from the side distance the rod will drop,
adjustable wear pad and back off the wear pad from
the beam. 7. Remove the cotter pin and clevis pin securing the
cyl inder barrel end of the extension cyl inder to the
3. Remove the setscrews from the bottom adjustable outrigger housing. Carefully extend the outrigger
wear pads and back off the wear pads leaving beam until the extension cyl inder is free of the hous­
approximately 3 .2 mm (0. 1 25 in) protruding ing and carefully lay the end of the cylinder on the
bottom of the outrigger beam or leave on blocking.
4. Extend the outrigger slight1y t o facilitate attaching a
l ifting device to the outrigger beam . 8. After attaching a suitable lifting device of straps or
belts instead of chains to prevent nicking the bottom
edges of the outrigger beam, pul l the outrigger beam
DANGER out of the outrigger box, re-adjusting the l ifting
attachment to prevent the extension cyl inder from
BE SURE ANY BLOCKING MATERIAL sliding out of the outrigger beam when the beam
USED IS CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING clears the outrigger box.
THE WEIGHT OF THE OUTRIGGER
BEAM. DO NOT ALLOW IT TO TILT DANGER
OR SUDE.
BE SURE ANY BLOCKING MATERIA L
5. Place blocking material under the outrigger beam . USED IS CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING
THE WEIGHT OF THE OUTRIGGER
6. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic l ines at the cyl in­ BEAM. DO NOT ALLOW IT TO TILT
der barrel end of the extension cylinder. Cap all l ines OR SUDE.
and fittings.

GROVE 2-1 3-7

OUTRIGG ERS RT700E

NOTE CAUTION
The outrigger beam assembly weighs DURING INITIAL START-UP AND
approximately 494 kg (1090 lb). CHECKING OF THE OUTRIGGER
OPERATION, EACH CONTROL
9. Position the outrigger beam on the blocking mate­ SWITCH MUST BE OPERATED
rial . BEFORE OPERATING THE SELEC­
TOR VALVE. IF HYDRAUUC UNES
INSPECTION. ARE REVERSED TO ONE OR MORE
CYLlNDERS, THIS WILL PREVENT
Inspect the outrigger beams for bends, evidence of DAMAGE TO THE CYLlNDERS
cracks, or other damage. Check the outrigger beam inter­
nally for hydraulic fluid, which may indicate a leaking 7. Connect the hydraul ic l ines as tagged prior to
cyl inder, loose connection, or damaged hydraul ic l ineo removal .
INSTALLATION. 8. Install the side adj ustable wear pad in the outrigger
box.
1. Apply grease (EPMPG) to the botlom of the outrig­
ger beam . 9. Adjust the wear pads, refer to WEAR PAD
ADJUSTMENT in this Sub- Section.
2. If removed, install the side adjustable wear pad in
the outrigger beam . 1 0. Install the end cover.
3. Install the botlom wear pads with approximately 3 .2 NOTE
mm (0. 1 25 in) protruding. This wil l prevent the
beam side plates from riding on the botlom of the
box. At installation, be sure that the outrig­
ger stabilizer cylinder hydraulic
4. Atlach a suitable lifting device of straps or belts hoses are not trapped against the out­
instead of chains to prevent nicking the botlom rigger box when the beam is fully
edges of the outrigger beam . retracted.
5. Sl ide the beam into the outrigger housing and al ign
the cylinder bushing with the mounting holeo WEAR PAD ADJUSTMENT.
6. Apply anti-seeze compound to the clevis pino Secure NOTE
the cylinder barrel to the housing with the clevis pin
and cotter pino
When adjusting wear pads, refer to
CAUTION figure titled Wear Pad Adjustment.
BE SURE THAT THE PISTON SIDE OF 1. Adjust the bottom wear pads (approximately 1 /4
ALL OUTRIGGER CYUNDERS ARE tum) until a gap of 1 .5 mm (0. 06 in) is obtained
CONNECTED TO THE SOLENOID between the top of the beam and the top of the out­
rigger box. Install and lock set screw against wear
VALVE BANK. REVERSAL OF PORT pad.
CONNECTION OF THE ROD AND PIS­
TON SIDES COULD RESULT IN 2. Adjust outrigger box sid e wear pad until a gap o f 1 .5
SEVERE DAMAGE TO THE CYLlN­ mm (0 .06 in) is obtained between beam and shims
DERS AS VERY HIGH PRESSURE welded in top and bottom of box. Install and lock set
INTENSIFICATION WILL OCCUR. screw against wear pad.

3. Adjust outrigger beam side wear pad until a gap of

1 . 5 mm (0.06 in) is obtained between shim welded
on beam and si de of box. Intall and lock set screw
against wear pad.

2-1 3-8 GROVE

RT700E O UTRIGGERS

RETA I N ER PIN & COTTER PIN

CLEVIS P I N & COTTER PIN

6065-1

OUTRIGGER BEA M ENO C OVER PLATE

STABILlZER CYLlN O ER RETA I N I N G N UT,
CAPSCREW, WAS HER,
& LOCKWASHER

Outrigger Beam Assembly a nd I nsta llation

REAR OUTRIGGERS SHOWN

NOTE : OUTRIGGER REMOVAL A N O

INSTALLATION SIMILA R F O R BOTH
FRONT ANO REAR OUTRIGGERS.

NOTE: LlFTING BELTS OR STRAPS

SHOULO B E USEO FOR LlFTING
PU RPOSES SO AS TO AVO I O
NICKING OR SCRATC H I N G TH E
BOTTOM EOGES OF T H E O UT­
RIGGER BEAM.

Typical Outrigger Beam Removal and I nstallation

GROVE 2-1 3-9

OUTRIGG ERS RT700E

SIDE WEAR PAD &

SEl SCREWS

S I D E WEAR PAD &

SEl SCREW

SIDE WEAR PAD

& SEl SCREWS

BOllOM WEAR
PA DS & S El
1 .5 M M (0 .06 IN GAP SC REWS 6065

Wea r Pad Adjustment

2-1 3-1 0 GROVE

RT700E OUTRIGG ERS

EXTENSION CYLlNDER

D ESC R I PTION

Two outrigger extension cyl inders are util ized within movement. The cyl inder weighs approximately 5 1 kg
each outrigger box assembly. The extension cyl inders ( 1 1 2 lb).
provide the force for the outrigger beam 's horizontal

MAI NTE NANC E

NOTE

�-:=-: - T[�1]
Refer to CYLlNDERS in Section 8 for
Disassembly and Assembly of the
cylinder.
---�, --�-,
REMOVAL. - _������-����--��__.____________ _-c :::-:-
o

, -:::----.:. -L
1
H

1
,
'_ _

1. Remove the outrigger beam . Refer to OUTRIG­ ... _ - - -

GER BEAM - REMOVAL in this section. - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - -- - - - _ ..

N OTE:
Keep hydraulic fittings and hoses close to angles shown &
2. Remove the cotter pin and clevis pin securing the as low as possible to prevent rubbing with the beam top
rod end of the extension cyl inder to the outrigger plate & side plate, and for proper tracking during beam ext­
beam . tension and retraction.

3. Pul l the extension cyl inder from the outrigger beam Extension Cyl inder - Rod End Hydra u l ic Connection s
until the hydraul ic hoses on the rod end of the cyl in­
der can be accessed. Tag and disconnect the hoses 2. Position the extension cyl inder s o the hydraulic
from the rod end of the cyl inder. Cap or plug all ports on the rod end of the cyl inder can be accessed.
openings. Connect the hydraul ic hoses to the ports as tagged
during removal .
4. Remove the cyl inder.
3. Push the cyl inder into the outrigger beam . Align the
INSTALLATION. cylinder rod with the clevis in the beam . Apply anti­
seeze to the clevis pin and secure in place with the
clevis pin and cotter pino
1. Place the cyl inder in the beam.
4. Install the outrigger beam . Refer to OUTRIGGER
NOTE BEAM - INSTALLATION in this section.

Keep hydraulic fittings and hoses FUNCTIONAL CHECK.

close to angles shown and as low as
possible to prevent rubbing with the 1.
beam top plate and side plate, and for
proper tracking during beam exten­
sion and retraction. 2.
Activate the hydraulic system; extend and retract the
outrigger.
Observe the operation of the outrigger beam.

3. Check the hydraulic connections for any evidence of

leakage.

GROVE 2-1 3-1 1

OUTRIGG ERS RT700E

STABILlZER CYLlNDER

D E SC R I PT I O N

Four stabi lizer cyl inders are used on the eran e, one at the vide the force for the outrigger beam 's vertical m ove­
end of each outrigger beam . The stabilizer cylinders pro- ment. The cylinder weighs approximately 86 kg ( 1 90 lb).

MAI NTENAN C E

NOTE INSTALLATION.
Refer to CYLlNDERS in Section 8 for 1. Apply grease (EPMPG) to the ID of the stabi lizer
Disassembly and Assembly of the cyl inder support tube.
cylinders.
2. If removed, install wear ring in groove in bottom of
REMOVAL. support tu be and in groove at top on stabi lizer cyl in­
der.
1. Extend the outrigger beam slightIy for improved
access to the stabilizer cyl inder; shut down the 3. Place a jack beneath the cyl inder tube on the outrig­
engine. ger beam. Using the same method as described
under REMOVAL, lower the stabilizer cylinder into
2. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hose s from the sta­ the cylinder tube on the outrigger beam until the
bilizer cylinder. Remove the fittings from the ports. retaining pin is j ust aboye the tube. Position the j ack
Cap or plug all openings. so that it will support the cyl inder in this position.
Remove the lifting device from the cylinder.
3. Remove the cyl inder cap.
4. Remove the retaining pin and cotter pins from the
cyl inder.
4. Place a jack capable of supporting the weight of the
stabilizer cyl inder at the base of the cylinder barrel.
Jack up the cyl inder just enough to relieve any pres­ 5. Lower the jack until the holes i n the cyl inder rod
align with the holes in the outrigger beam.
sure on the cyl inder retaining pino

5. Remove the cotter pins securing the cyl inder retain­ 6. Apply anti-seeze compound to the retain ing pino
ing pin and remove the cyl inder retaining pin and Secure the cylinder and cyl inder cap retaining
cy linder cap retaining bracket. bracket to the support tube with the retaining pin
and cotter pins.
6. Jack the stabilizer cyl inder up just enough to insert
the retaining pin back into the cylinder. Insert the 7. Install the cyl inder cap.
retaining pin into the lugs on the cylinder and secure
the pin in place with the cotter pins. 8. Install the fittings in the cylinder ports and connect
the hoses as tagged during removal .
CAUTION FUNCTIONAL CHECK.
USE A NYLON STRAP TO REMOVE
THE CYLlNDER. THIS WILL ENSURE 1. Activate the hydraulic system.
THE RETAINING PIN IS NOT DAM­
AGED. 2. Extend and retract the stabilizer cylinder.

7. Fasten a nylon strap onto the cyl inder retaining pin 3. Check for smooth operation of the cylinder.
and use an adequate l ifting device to lift the stabi­
l izer cylinder out of the tube on the beam assembly. 4. Check all hydraul ic connections and hoses for evi­
dence of leakage.

2-1 3-1 2 GROYfE

RT700E O UTRIGG ERS

OUTRIGGER CONTROL VALVES

D E SC R I PT I O N

There are four valve assemblies responsible for control­ functions; the first function is a holding valve, the second
ling the outrigger system, the integrated outrigger/rear function provides a thermal rel ief of the outrigger.
steer valve, the front and rear outrigger control m ani­
folds, and the pilot operated check valves. INTEGRATED OUTRIGGERlREAR STEER VALVE.
NOTE The integrated outrigger/rear steer valve is mounted on
the front face of the carrier frame front cross member.
For a more detailed DESCRIPTION The outrigger portion of the valve consists of a 4-way
and MAINTENANCE of the valves, two position solenoid valve. The inlet section contains
refer to VALVES in Section 8 -
the main rel ief valve.
HYDRAULlC SYSTEM.
OUTRIGGER CONTROL MANIFOLD.
PILOT OPERATED CHECK VALVE.
The front and rear outrigger control manifolds are located
The pilot operated check valves are located in the outrig­ inside the frame on the respective outrigger box. Each
ger stabilizer port blocks. The check valve provides two manifold consists of four 1 2 volt solenoid valves and an
assembly mounting kit.

GROVE 2-1 3-1 3

OUTRIGG ERS RT700E

NOTES __________________________________________________

2-1 3- 1 4 GROVE
RT700E SWIVEL

S E CTI O N 1 4
SWIVE LS
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
SWIVELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-3
.

Description . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 2-14-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

HYDRAULIC SWIVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-5

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-5
.

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-6
2 PORT WATER SWIVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-7
Description . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-14-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-7
Cleaning and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-7
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-7
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-8
ELECTRICAL SWIVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-9
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-9
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-9

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-9
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-9
Installation . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-10
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Preventative Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-10

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Slew Potentiometer Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-11

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIST OF FIGU RES

Title Page
Swivel lnstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14-4

GROVE 2-1 4-1

SWIVE L RT700E

DANG E R N OTE S U M MA RY

Page
DANGER
2-14-7
CLEANING SOLVENTS CAN BE TOXIC,
FLAMMABLE, AN IRRITANT TO THE SKIN,
OR GIVE OFF HARMFUL FUMES. AVOID
PROLONGED SKIN CONTACT, INHALATION
OF VAPORS, OR SMOKING. FAILURE TO
COMPLY CAN RESULT IN INJURY OR DEATH
TO PERSONNEL.
DANGER
2-14-9
DISCONNECT THE BATTERIES BEFORE
PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE ON THE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. SERIOUS BURNS
MAY RESULT FROM ACCIDENTAL SHORT­
ING OR GROUNDING OF UVE CIRCUITS.

2-1 4-2 GROVE

RT700E
SWIVELS
D E SC R I PTION
The swivel assemb ly consists of a 10 port hydraulic
swivel, a 2 port water swivel, and a conductor slip ring
15
electrical swivel. Solid connections cannot be used to
transfer oil, heater hot water and electricity between the
carrier and superstructure due to the continuous 3 60
degree swing. The use of swivels efficientIy accom­
plishes this function.
The barrel portion of the hydraulic swivel is attached to
the turntable base plate by four bolts, washers and bush­
ings, which connect to mounting lugs on the case. The
spool portion of the swivel rides upon a thrust ring at the
top of the swivel case. The spool portion is he Id station­
ary with the carrier by bolts, and bolt retainer plates
atlached to the swivel retainer plate which engages the
carrier frame Iugs with bolts and jam nuts. This allows
the spool to remain stationary with the carrier as the case
rotates with the superstructure.
GROVE
SWIVEL
The spooI portion of the water swiveI is attached to the
spooI of the hydraulic swivel by four bolts. The hydraul ic
and water swiveI spooIs remain stationary with the car­
rier as the superstructure rotates. The water swivel case
contains a Iug which is keyed to a corresponding lug on
the hydraul ic swivel case, causing the water swivel to
rotate with the superstructure.
The electrical swiveI center or col lector ring assembly i s
secured by setscrews t o a center post which is bolted to
the spool of the hydraul ic swivel . This allows the collec­
tor ring assembly to remain stationary with the carrier.
The outer portion or brush assembly is mounted on two
studs which are Iocated on the mounting pIate assembly
which is retained to the water swiveI barre I by a bolt.
This allows the orush assembly to rotate with the super­
structure around the stationary collector coreo
2-1 4-3
SWIVEL RT700E

N UT & WASHER

_,1,-,
____ __
____

-. -;Tl
ELECTRIC SWIVEL

� TU RNTABLE BASE PLATE

CAPSCREW & WAS H E R

. ' .

' �------
_ _ .
__ _ _
�_

}------�
.._

.y
C - - - --=:J
I
MOUNTING BOLTS SPACER BUSHING

h: : = : :j. ..
WATER SWIVEL
CARRIER TOP PLATE
. - - @- - -

.�----
____

,i -�-
��
I
t : , . " -) (' t
I

:
�... .
..

i I
� t
, ,
@1J
HYDRAULlC SWIVEL

i i
I
t---- - -- -
:H: I ==== ---=:J
�� ü a CARRIER BOTTOM PLATE
-

---- ----1
-----¡
- - �- - �--.

<r-
--�----- �-----

RETA I N E R PLATE

mp LOCKWASHER
FLATWASHER

�1,·"".,
BOLT
, O,

I TUBING C LA M P

_ _ _� _ _ ---..J

L_------
ELECTRIC SWIVEL HARNESS
6070

Swivel I nstallation

2-1 4-4 GROVE

RT700E SWIVEL

HYDRAULlC 5WIVEL

D ESC R I PTION

Each of the ports on the spool and case of the swivel is

stamped with the port number. The function of each port
is described below.

Test Pressure
Port # Function
kPa (/bar) (psi)
1 17000 (170) (2500) Brake-Front (Primary)
2 17000 (170) (2500) Brake-Rear (Secondary)
3 17000 (1 70) (2500) Throttle
4 3400 (34) (500) Dual Retum
5 24000 (240) (3500) Steer/Brakes/Swing
6 24000 (240) (3500) Ho i st/L i ft/Te e
1
7 17000 (170) (2500) Front Steer Left
8 17000 (170) (2500) Air Conditioner. (Option)
9 17000 (170) (2500) Front Steer Right
10 3400 (34) (500) Case Drain
A ----- Heater Supply (Coolant)
B ---- - Heater Retum (Coolant)

TH EORY OF O P E RATI O N

The hydraul ic swivel allows oil to flow from the pumps
to various crane functions on the superstructure. All oil is
routed into the spool portion of the swivel where, through
a series of internally drilled passages, oil is transferred to
circumferential channels on the spool exterior. These
channels correspond with a mating port on the outer case
of the swivel. Each channel is separated by a series of
nylon and O-ring seals that prevent transfer of oil and
pressure. Retum flow from the crane superstructure is
accomplished in the same manner through another set of
ports.

MA I NTE NAN C E

REMOVAL.
1 . Extend and set the outriggers. Ensure the crane is
level and the boom is over the front.
2. Elevate the boom and note at what boom angle, you
have the most clearance between the lift cyl inder
and the turntable side plateo Shut down the engine.
3. Measure the distance from the top ofthe lift cyl inder
to the base of the boom section where the lift cyl in­
der attaches. Cut two pieces of x cm x in)
10 10 (4 4
oak to fit.
NOTE
It might be necessary to raise the
boom slightly to allow installation of
the blocking.
NOTE
This blocking is to add extra support
for the boom. Any seepage or leakage
in the holding valves or internally in
the cylinders will allow the boom to
settle over a period of time.

GROVE 2-1 4-5

SWIVE L
4. Use the oak blocking to block between the barrel of
the l ift cyl inder and the boom base section.
5. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic l ines from the case
of th � hydraulic swivel . Cap or plug al l l ines and
openmgs.
6. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines and water
l ines from the spool of the hydraul ic swivel. Cap or
plug all lines and openings.
7. Tag and disconnect the water l ines from the case of
the water swivel . Cap or plug all l ines and openings.
8. Disconnect the swivel wlnng harness connectors
from the carrier receptacles and the yellow ground
wire from the connector mounting bracket on the
carrier frame. I f necessary, remove the electrical
swivel . Refer to ELECTRICAL SWIVEL in this
Section.
NOTE
The hydraulic swivel weighs approxi­
mately 175 kg (386 lb). The hydraulic,
water, and electrical swivel cornbined
weigh approxirnately 206 kg (454 lb).
9. On the bottom of the swivel, bend the retainer tabs
away from the bolt heads. Remove the eight bolts
and four bolt retainers securing the two retainer
plates to the spool . Remove the retainer plates from
the spool and the lugs on the carrier frame.
NOTE
It may be necessary to rernove sorne
drive line cornponents to rernove the
swivel.
1 0. Position a n adequate supporting device beneath the
swivel.
1 1 . Remove the four bolts, washers, and bush ings secur­
ing the swivel barrel to the turntable base plate and
lower the swivel to the ground.
2-1 4-6
RT700E
INSTALLATION.
NOTE
The hydraulic swivel weighs approxi­
mately 175 kg (386 lb). The hydraulic,
water, and electrical swivel combined
weigh approxirnately 206 kg (454 lb).
l. Raise the swivel into position.
2. Secure the hydraulic swivel t o the turntable base
plate with the bushings, bolts, and washers. Torque
the bolts to 760 to 8 1 4 Nm (560 to 600 ft-Ib).
3. Position the two retainer plates on the hydraulic
swivel spool ensuring they engage the lugs on the
carrier frame. Secure the retainer plates with eight
bolts and four bolt retainers. Apply Loctite 27 1 to
the bolt threads. Torque the bolts to 1 22 Nm (90 ft­
lb). Bend all the retainer tabs to make contact with
the bolt heads. Sung the four retainer plate bolts
against the lugs on the carrier frame and tighten the
locking nuts.
4. I f removed, install the electrical swivel . Refer to
ELECTRICAL SWI VEL in this Section . Connect
the swivel wiring harness connectors to the carrier
receptacles and the yellow ground wire to the
mounting bracket on the carrier frame. Use the bolt
and star washers taken of at removal and refer to
Grove Engineering Specification A-829- 1 003 86 for
proper electrical termination of grounds.
5. Instal l the clamp, lockwasher, flat washer and hex
head bolt to the bottom of the swivel retainer plate
securing the wiring harness.
6. Connect the hydraul ic l ines to the spool of the
hydraulic swivel as tagged during removal.
7. Connect the hydraul ic l ines to the hydraulic swivel
case as tagged during removal.
8. Connect the water l ines to the water swivel case as
tagged during removal .
9. Remove the blocking material from the l ift cylinder.
1 0. Activate all systems; cycle all functions and observe
for proper operation and any leakage.
GROVE
RT700E
2 PORT WATER SWIVEL
D E SC R I PT I O N
The 2 port water swivel allows engine coolant to flow
from the carrier-mounted engine to the hot water heater
in the operator's cabo Through an internally dri lled pas­
sage in the 1 0 port hydraulic swivel spool, coolant is
transferred to a circumferential groove on the water spool
exterior. This groove corresponds with a mating port on
MAI NTENANCE
REMOVAL.
1. Perform steps 1 thru 4 of HYDRAULIC SWIVEL -
REMOVAL in this section.
2. Remove the electrical swivel . Refer to ELECTRI­
CAL SWIVEL - REMOVAL in this section .
3. Tag and disconnect the l ines from the case o f the
water swivel . Cap or plug all l ines and openings.
4. Remove the bolt and shim(s) from the water/hydrau­
l ic swivel keying lugs.
5. Remove the four bolts and washers securing the
water swivel and electrical swivel center post to the
hydraulic swivel. Remove the water swivel and cen­
ter post.
DISASSEMBLY.
NOTE
Any maintenanee requiring disassem­
bly of the water swivel should inelude
replaeement of all seals and rings.
1. Withdraw the spool from the case.
2. Place the spool o n a clean work surface i n a dust­
free area and block the spool to prevent movement
during disassembly.
CAUTION
WHEN REMOVING SEALS ANO
RINGS, AVOIO SCRATCHING
GROOVED ANO GLANO SURFACES.
GROVE
SWIVEL
the outer case of the water swivel. The spool grooves are
separated by a quad ring/telflon bronze ring seal. The l ip
seal prevents coolant from leaking externally. Retum
engine coolant flow from the hot water heater is accom­
plished in the same manner through the opposite port of
the water swivel.
NOTE
Aligning disearded seals and rings in
the order of disassembly will assist
with installation of new seals and
rings.
3. Remove the seals and rings from the spool.
CLEANING ANO INSPECTION.
DANGER
CLEANING SOLVENTS CAN BE
TOXIC, FLAMMABLE, AN IRRITANT
TO THE SKIN, OR GIVE OFF HARM­
FUL FUMES. AVOID PROLONGED
SKIN CONTACT, INHALATION OF
VAPORS, OR SMOKING. FAILURE TO
COMPLY CAN RESULT IN INJURY OR
OEATH TO PERSONNEL.
1. Clean the spool and case with a suitable solution and
dry with compressed airo Plug all ports with plastic
caps.
2. Check the spool and inside of the case for scratches,
grooves, scoring, etc. If any grooves have devel­
oped with a depth of 0. 1 27 mm (0.005 in) the unit
should be replaced.
ASSEMBLY.
NOTE
Lubrieate the interior of the swivel to
prevent rusting from eondensation.
1. Lubricate the spool, seals, and rings.
2-1 4-7
SWIVE L
CAUTION
WHEN INSTALLlNG SEALS ANO
RINGS, AVOIO STRETCHING SEALS
OR SCRATCHING GROOVEO OR
GLANO SURFACES.
2. Install new seals and rings on the spool.
CAUTION
PROPER ALlGNMENT WHEN INSERT­
ING THE SPOOL IS REQUIREO. 00
NOT FORCE THE SPOOL INTO THE
CASE.
3. Insert the spool into the barrel .
2-1 4-8
RT700E
INSTALLATION.
1. Install the water swivel on top of the hydraul ic
swivel al igning the keyed lug on the water swivel
w ith the lug on the hydraul ic swivel. Secure the
water swivel and the electrical swivel center post
with the four bolts and washers.
2. Install the shim(s) on the keying lug to provide a
snug fit and secure with a bolt.
3. Connect the l ines to the swivel case as tagged during
removal .
4. Instal l the electrical swivel . Refer t o ELECTRICAL
SWIVEL - INSTALLATION in this Section.
5. Perform steps 8 and 9 o f HYDRAULIC SWIVEL -
INSTALLATION in this Section.
6. Activate all systems, cycle all functions, and
observe for proper operation and any leakage.
GROVE
RT700E
ELECTRICAL SWIVEL
DESC R I PT I O N
The swivel assembly consists of a 15 conductor slip ring
and cover assembly.
Each brush set incorporates two brushes, leads, and clips
which are attached to a brush holder assembly. The brush
set leads are formed into harnesses which are routed
through the mounting plate on the swivel. The collector
ring leads are formed into one hamess which is routed
downward through the center of the hydraulic swivel.
Extending from the base of the hydraul ic swivel, the col-
TH EORY OF O P E RAT I O N
The electrical swivel is located on top of the water swivel
and transfers electricity between the carrier and super-
MAI NTE NAN C E
REMOVAL.
1. Perform steps 1 through 4 of HYDRAULIC
SWIVEL - REMOVAL in this section.
DANGER
DISCONNECT THE BATTERIES
BEFORE PERFORMING ANY MAINTE­
NANCE ON THE ELECTRICAL SYS­
TEM. SERIOUS BURNS MAY RESULT
FROM ACCIDENTAL SHORTING OR
GROUNDING OF UVE CIRCUITS.
2. Disconnect the batteries. (Refer t o the ELECTRI­
CAL SYSTEM - Section 1 5 .
3. Locate the connectors which join the collector ring
hamess to the receptacles for the carrier.
4. Tag the connectors and their receptacles with num­
bers. Disconnect the connectors from the chassis
wiring receptacles.
NOTE
The connectors are too large to go
through the center of the hydraulic
swivel. They must be removed.
GROVE
SWIVEL
lector ring leads are also formed into connectors which
plug into receptacles from the chassis power supply.
The swivel cover is secured with a seal and bolts
The electrical swivel also incorporates a slew potentiom­
eter. The potentiometer controls functions in the load
moment indicating, working area definition, and rear axle
oscillation lockout systems.
structure. Wiring harnesses transmit the electricity
between the carrier and superstructure.
5. Remove the clamp securing the wiring hamess to
the retainer plate on the bottom of the hydraul ic
swivel assembly.
6. Tag each wire on each of the connectors. Using the
appropriate pin removal tools, remove the pins, with
wires stil l attached, and mark each wire with the pin
socket number in the connector. Collect the wires
and secure into one bundle. Mark the bundle with
the connector number. For a list of the appropriate
pin removal tools, refer to the ELECTRICAL SYS­
TEM - Section 1 5 .
7. Secure the connectors and wires from each o f the
numbered connectors so the hamess can be with­
drawn through the center of the hydraulic swivel.
8. Tag and d isconnect the connectors from the recepta­
cles on the cab bulkhead mounting plate.
9. Remove the nuts and washers, and remove the cover
from the electrical swivel.
1 0. Loosen the setscrews securing the electrical swivel
mounting tube to the center post on the water
swivel .
1 1 . Remove the bolt and nut securing the electrical
swivel case to the bracket on the case of the water
swivel .
2- 1 4-9
SWIVEL RT700 E

CAUTION 4. Apply Loctite to the set screws securing the electri­

WHEN WITHDRAWING THE WIRING
HARNESS THROUGH THE CENTER
OF THE HYDRAULlC AND WATER
SWIVELS, ENSURE THE WIRES DO
NOT GET CAUGHT AND DAMAGED.
1 2. Remove the swivel and wiring harness from the
crane. If necessary, remove the spacer bushing from
the center post.
INSTALLATION.
cal swivel to the center post and tighten them 5 to 6
Nm (45 to 5 5 in-lb)
5. InstaIl the swivel cover and secure with two nuts
and washers.
5. Connect the wiring harness connectors to the recep­
tacIes on the cab bulkhead mounting plate as tagged
during removaI .
6. Unbundle the wires of the colIector core wiring har­
ness. InstaIl the pins, with wire attached, to the con­
nector as tagged during removaI.

1. If removed, instaIl the spacer bushing on the center
post. Route the coIlector core wiring harness
through the center of the hydraulic and water swiv­
els.
Note
The boom should be centered directly
over the front of the crane before
adjustment is made to the slew poten­
tiometer.
7. Plug the connector into the carrier wiring receptacIe,
connect the wires as tag during removaI. InstaIl the
yelIow ground wire to the connector mounting
bracket on the carrier frame using the boIt and star
washers taken of at removal and refer to Grove
Engineering Specification A-829- 1 003 86 for proper
electrical term ination of grounds.
8. InstaIl the clamp securing the harness to the retainer
plate on the bottom of the hydraul ic swivel assem­
bly.

2. Slide the electrical swivel mounting shaft onto the 9. Connect the batteries.
center post.
CAUTION
3. Ensure the threaded hole on the bottom of the elec­
tri cal swivel base is aligned with the mounting hole IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT THE SLEW
in the bracket on the water swivel case. InstaIl the POTENTIOMETER BE ADJUSTED
boIt through the hole in the bracket and instaIl the ANYTIME WORK IS DONE TO THE
nut. Screw the boIt into the hole in the electrical ELECTRICAL SWIVEL.
swivel base unti l the boIt head is approximately 6.4
mm (0.25 in) from the bracket. Tighten the nut
against the electricaI swiveI . Refer to figure below. 1 0. Activate aIl systems, cycle aIl functions, and
observe for proper operation . Adjust the slew poten­
tiometer in accordance with SLEW POTNETIOM­
ETER ADJUSTMENT procedures in this Sub­
Section.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE.

i
( It is recommended that a normal inspection of the electri­
cal swivel coIlector ring and brush assembly be estab­
lished. An example of this could be at approximately 1 00
¡--::)--�, to 1 5 0 engine operating hours. When this time l im it is
reached, perform the foIlowing.
�--l
,
I

i :
Solt and
S h ims 1. Check the coIlector ring and brush assembly for any
corrosion, pitting, arcing, and wear.

i j� FoRwARD i
i

2-1 4-1 0 GROVE

RT700E SWIVEL

2. Check the collector ring setscrews and ensure they 5. Loosen the three screws that secure the slew potenti­
are tight. ometer to the mounting plateo

3. Check the brush and arm assembly springs. Ensure
they are holding the brushes firmly against the col­
lector rings.
5LEW POTENTIOMETER AOJUSTMENT.
1. Rotate the superstructure over the front and engage
the house lock pino
2. Set the LMI console to read slewing angle as fol­
lows:
NOTE
Refer to the PAT Load Moment Indica­
tor 05350/1319 Operator's Handbook
for detailed instructions.
Complete the LMI console setup according to the
crane's current operating configuration.
Press l imits LIM.
6. Rotate the body o f the slew potentiometer until the
slew angle indicates 0.6 ± 0. 1 degree.
NOTE
The slew angle indication in step 6
may not be obtainable due to limited
wire length on the potentiometer, or
the electrical terminals interference
with one of the three mounting
screws. If this occurs, reposition the
collar set screwed to the potentiome­
ter shaft and repeat steps 4 thru 6.
7. Tighten the three screws that secure the slew poten­
tiometer to the mounting plateo Install the electrical
swivel cover.
8. Disengage the house lock p i n and swing approxi­
mately 1 0 degrees to the left (counterclockwise).
Slowly swing back to the right and engage the house
lock pino

Press 4 for slew angle/work area definition lim­

its.
Press 1 for slew angle.
Press 2 or 3 to display slewing angle.
3. Remove the electrical swivel cover.
CAUTION
00 NOT ATTEMPT TO ROTATE THE
SLOTTEO 5HAFT IN THE CENTER OF
THE 5LEW POTENTIOMETER.
4. Disengage the house lock pin and swing the super­
structure approximately 1 0 degrees to the right
(c1ockwise). Slowly swing back to the left and
engage the house lock pino
NOTE
If the superstructure swings past the
house lock pin engaged position,
step 4 must be repeated.
NOTE
If the superstructure swings past the
house lock pin engaged position,
step 8 must be repeated.
9. Ifthe angle indicated o n the console does not exceed
± 1 .0 degree, proceed to step 1 0. If the indicated
angle exceeds ± 1 .0 degree, retum to step 4.
1 0. Disengage the house lock pin and swing approxi­
mately 1 0 degrees to the right (clockwise). Slowly
swing back to the left and engage the house lock pino
NOTE
If the superstructure swings past the
house lock pin engaged position,
step 10 must be repeated.
1 1 . Ifthe angle indicated on the console does not exceed
± 1 .0 degree, proceed to step 1 2 . If the indicated
angle exceeds ± 1 .0 degree, return to step 3 .
1 2 . Disengage the house lock pin and swing approxi­
mately 1 0 degrees to the left (counterc1ockwise).
S lowly swing back to the right and engage the house
lock pino

GROVE 2-1 4-1 1

SWIVEL RT700E

NOTE 1 3 . VerifY the angle indicated on the console does not

exceed ± 1 .0 degree. If the indicated angle exceeds
If the superstructure swings past the ± 1 .0 degree, retum to step 3 .
house lock pin engaged position,
step 12 must be repeated.

2-1 4-1 2 GROVE

RT700E ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

S E CTI O N 1 5
E L ECTRICA L SYS T E M
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . 2-15-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Description . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CE Units . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 2-15-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-5
.

Battery Disconnect (CE Units) . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Relay Panel and Fuse Panel . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 2-15-5

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . 2-15-9
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 2-15-9
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-9

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting Engine Starting Problems . . . . . 2-15-9

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting Engine Charging Problems . . . 2-15-10

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15-11

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting Swivel-Caused Electrical Problems . 2-15-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Connector Troubleshooting . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .2-15-11

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15-13

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting Gauges and Meters .. . . . . .

. . . . . . 2-15-13
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting Alarms, Indicators, and Emergency Components 2-15-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting Crane Components and Accessories . . . 2-15-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Control Module Diagnostic Light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15-16

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Alternator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-17

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15-17
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .2-15-17
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .2-15-17
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Starter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15-17

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-17
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .2-15-17
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . 2-15-18
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Battery Replacement . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15-18
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .2-15-18
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .
. . . . . 2-15-18
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Relay Panel Component Replacement . . . . . . . . 2-15-18

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessory Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15-18

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Buzzer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-18

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Instrument Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . 2-15-19
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-19
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

GROVE 2-1 5-1

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM RT700E

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTI N U ED)

Page
Inspection . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-19
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . 2-15-19
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-19
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-19

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rocker Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . . . . . 2-15-19
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-19
.

Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .
. . . . . 2-15-19
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-20
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-20
.

Ignition and Fan Switch . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . ..
. . . . 2-15-20
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-20
.

Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . 2-15-20
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-20
. .

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-20
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Windshield Wiper Assembly Replacement . . . . . . 2-15-20

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . 2-15-20
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-21
.

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-21
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Check . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-22
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Windshield Washer Assembly Replacement . . . 2-15-22

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-22
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inspection . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-22
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-22
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Check . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-22
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Skylight Wiper Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . 2-15-22

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-22
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inspection .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-23
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-23

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Check . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-23
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .
. . . . . . 2-15-23
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIST OF F I G U RES

Title Page
Circuit Protection Panel Decal . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Battery Box Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-7

.

Relay Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-8

.

Superstructure and Carrier Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . 2-15-11
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front Console Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-16
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Battery Connection Decal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .
. . . . 2-15-18
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Windshield Wiper Installation .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-21

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1 5-2 GROVE

RT700E ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

LIST OF TABLES
Title Page
Deutsch Extraction Tool Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-13
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deutsch Crimping Tool Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15-13

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DANGER N OTE S U M MA RY

Page
DANGER
2-15-9
IF IT IS NECESSARY TO PERFORM ELECTRI­
CAL MAINTENANCE ON UVE OR HOT CIR­
CUITS, REMOVE ALL RINGS, WATCHES,
ANO OTHER JEWELRY BEFORE PERFORM­
ING MAINTENANCE AS SERIOUS BURNS
RESULT FROM ACCIDENTAL GROUNDING
OR SHORTING CIRCUITS.
OANGER
2-15-9
ENSURE THE BATTERY IS DISCONNECTED
BEFORE PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE
ON AN ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT WHICH IS NOT
FUSED.
DANGER
2-15-9
MANY STEPS IN THE TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEOURES REQUIRE TESTING UVE
(ENERGIZ ED) COMPONENTS. PERFORM
THESE STEPS OBSERVING GOOD SAFETY
PRACTICES TO AVOIO ELECTRICAL SHOCK
INJURY.

GROVE 2-1 5-3

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM RT700E

NOTES __________________________________________________

2-1 5-4 GROVE

RT700E
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
DESC R I PT I O N
GENERAL.
The electrical system is 1 2-volt operation with 1 2-volt
starting, consisting of an alternator and two lead-acid bat­
tery. The system is the single wire ground return type,
using the machine's structure as ground.
Electrical power is transferred to and from the carrier and
superstructure through the electrical swivel via CAN
BUSS system. The superstructure control module is
located behind the front console and the carrier control
module is located behind the hydraul ic oil tank on fender.
For more detailed information on the electrical swivel,
refer to Section 1 4 - SWIVELS.
CE UNITS.
A surge protection device has been added and connected
in parallel to the fol lowing solenoid valve coils.
Crane Function
Main and Auxiliary Hoist Speed
All Lockouts
Swing Brake Release
Rear Axle Oscil lation Lockout
Hydraul ic Boost
ALTERNATOR.
The alternator is mounted on the engine and is belt
driven. It is a 1 45 ampere alternator with an integral
transfonner - rectifier unit. When the engine is running,
and the alternator is turning, the alternator's 1 2-volt out­
put terminal supplies the crane's electrical circuits. The
output terminal also supplies the voltage to recharge the
battery and maintains it at a full state of charge. The
hourmeter is also powered from the R term inal of the
alternator.
GROVE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
BATTERY.
The batteries are located in a box on the left side of the
crane behind the oil cooler. The battery is the mainte­
nance free type and is completely sealed except for a
small vent hole in the side. The vent hole allows what
small amount of gases that are produced in the battery to
escape. On sorne batteries, a test indicator located on the
top of the battery is used to determine if the battery can
be tested in case of a starting problem .
BATTERY OISCONNECT (CE UNITS).
The crane is equipped with a battery d isconnect. To oper­
ate the disconnect, push in on the d isconnect handle and
twist the handle out of the receptacle. When the handle is
out, the battery ground, insert the handle, push and twist
it into place.
RELAY PANEL ANO FUSE PANEL.
Most electrical circuits are protected by the components
of the relay panel assembly and the circuit breaker panel .
The relay panel assembly contains 2 relays, a terminal
block with 3 diodes, and a buzzer. It is located in front of
the front console in the cabo Access is gained by remov­
ing the front console cover.
For CE units, the relay panel assembly contains 1 2
relays, a timer, a flasher, and a buzzer. It i s located in
front of the front console in the cabo Access is gained by
removing the front console cover.
The fu se panel is located in front of the pin type swing
lock control tee handle and contains 20 fuses. To gain
access to the fu ses, remove the snap on cover. A decal in
the cover identities each fu se and it's function, and if auto
reset (A) or manual reset (M). Fuses 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and
8 are energized when the battery is connected. When the
battery is connected and the ignition switch is in the igni­
tion (run) or accessory power position, fuses 9- 1 2 & 20
are energized through ACC relay # 1 and 1 3- 1 9 are ener­
gized through ACC relay #2 .
2-1 5-5
E LECTRICAL SYSTEM RT700E

Fuse 9 protects the windshield wiper/washer/

beacon/drive select switch/park brake.

POWER PAN EL COM PONENT Fuse 1 0 not used.

I DENTIFICATION
COMPONENTS
F1 F5 F9 F1 3 F1 7 Fuse 1 1 protects the circulating fan and skylight
CID � CID ([ID (]ID
I(]ID aQA) M �
10A M
F2 F6
wiper.

1<L0 GID ([@ GQ!) @

5A 5A
F3 F7 F1 1 F15
Fuse 1 2 protects the defroster.
loo 1 C5AJ (5M) (t5A) (3OA)
25A
F8 F12 F16 F20
5A

F1 . - Work U
Fuse 1 3 protects the crane function switch, seat
Spotlight & Dome Lts
F2.
F3.
-
-
Spare (8A max)
switch, annrest switch, and swing brake switch.
Hazard Lts, & Switch LEDs
F4. - Headlights, Taillights, Brake Us, Turn Signal,

F5. - Spare
F6. - Superstructure Control Module Fuse 14 protects the indicator l ights and gauge
Ignition, Start & Accessories circuits and the outrigger controls.
F7. - Boom Lts (option)
F8. -

Park Brake, & Windshield Wiper I Washer.

F9. - Beacon Lt, Drive Select, Differential Lock,

Cab Circulation Fan & Skylight Wiper

F10. - Hose Reel Sois (RT800E/9000E)
F1 1 . - Fuse 1 5 protects the ACC outlet.
F1 2. - Oefroster Fan

Brake Release, & Hyd Boost (RT700E2)

F13. - Swing Speed Sol (RT800E/9000E), Swing

F14. - Indicator Lamps, Buzzer, Gages, Orive

Enable (RT800E/9000E), Outriggers, Rear
Fuse 1 6 protects the LMI circuit, the LMI lock­
Steer, Luffing Jib (option-RT800E/9000E)
1 2V Power Outlet (8A max)
out circuits, and the rear axle oscillate lockout
F15. -
F16. - LMI CPU Power circuit.
F1 7. - LMI CPU Power, Hose Reel Sois (RT800E)

Heater & A/C Fan

F18. - Hoist Rotation Indicators
F1 9. -
F20. - AlC Condensers 7376102467 Fuse 1 7 protects the optional LMI 3 rd wrap
indicator circuit.
Circuit Protection Panel Decal
Fuse 1 8 protects the main and aux hoist rotation
The fol lowing fuse assignments apply: indicators.

Fuse 1 protects the work l ight circuit. Fuse 1 9 protects the heater and optional A/C fan
motors.
Fuse 2 spare the ( l OA max).
Fuse 20 protects the optional A/C condenser
Fuse 3 protects dome/spot l ight. fans.

Fuse 4 protects the headlights, tail lights, marker Fuses 5 1 , 52 and 53 are inside the battery box
l ights circuits, turn signal, panel lights, and compartment located behind the fuel tank on the
switch lights. left side of the crane. These fuses protect the
electrical power system
Fuse 5 protects the spare.
Fuses 54 and 55 are on the right front side of the
engine hood. These protect the engine grid heat­
Fuse 6 protects the ECM power. ers.

Fuse 7 protects the boom lights, and boom flood Fuses 5 6, 57, 5 8, 59 and 60 are located inside
l ights. battery box compartment located behind the oil
cooler on the left side of crane protects Cum­
Fuse 8 protects the ignition and start. m ins ECM.

2-1 5-6 GROVE

RT700E ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Fuse 52
-- / --� --- -- � -- --'Ir-- --

�c.�'=';{T ",-",�,,= ,=,J Battery

-j----'Ir-- --r- - - - -+-
: Fuse 51 Fuse 53
,;'�I! ! ! !
-
(100A)

�'� �l�;::�-- , ¡111 : '�' -, r1Y :::e Mounting

o
(100A) (100A)
f- ¡¡ / �-
- ---1
I

:
1

:
v

:
�-----

tr�::;:;:---��
1
,

I \ : :. :

1 1,
1 1 11 "

\
1

Bracket ' 1

_
1

)1' r1��Fuse)60 57
,- = = = = = = = = = = =

I i ----- -- - i I�
i t �
:����
1

i
J/!,1: I:!�� ' :
I ¡
o

I li 1, I: t:
:
�
=v ru�' - ____
=
1

_r_ -- =I=I=
: -= f==
: W--_ �
1
"

-------- �!
�:�, :
-
(7.5A)
1 1 I: : Ii ¡ ¡ rU--
kJ E 59:-c (7.5A)
,

'1
:

' ,_ I i
=c

f::
u,]_J_J
11
-
"
,
1 Fuse 58
� ::
o
1 '
1

� �=�� � �� ' :
- ,

L _LLJ L r7�;: )
- - -- - -, -
- ==--- == -,,�- - -

- ---

� �� 56
5 ) �
i
___

Hydraulic/Transmission Battery Disconnect Fuse 61

Oil Cooler Switch (10A) 6071

Battery Box Fuses

RELAYS. when the transmISSlon is in neutral and the ignition

switch is at START (2) position.

The eran e has 5 relays which control many of its func­ The coil of the accessory relays (K 1 and K2) are ener­
tions. Relays K 1 and K2, the accessory power relays, gized when the ignition switch is at the RUN ( l ) or ACC
are located in the cab under the front console cover on the (3) position.
relay panel assembly. Relays K60 1 , K602, and K3 0 1 are
located under the engine hood on right side of machine
on frame rail . For CE units, the crane has 1 5 relays instead of only 1 1 .
In addition to those mentioned, K 1 1 2 through K 1 1 5 are
the outrigger control interlocking relays and are ener­
For any relay coil to energize, the battery must b e con­ gized when their respective outrigger selector switch is
nected. rhe coil of the start relay (K3 0 1 ) is energized positioned to EXTENSIONS.

GROVE 2-1 5-7

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM RT700E

Remote Crank Hourmeter

(Optional)
Grid Heater Relay #2
(K602)
Grid Heater Relay #1
(K601)

I
¡
� _______

�
L

\
________ _

: 1 00 I
Grid Heater Fuse 54 Engine Coolant
Grid Healer Fuse 55 Level Sensor
Relay Mounting Panel
Relay Panel Engine Harness
Harness Engine Relay Panel 6072

Note Diode
Polarity
-rr--'I,------J) ACC Relay #2
���Í$���� \ (K2)

ACC Relay #1
(K1)

Cab Relays
6072

Relay Location

2-1 5-8 GROVE

RT700E
MA I NTE NAN C E
GENERAL.
Electrical system maintenance includes troubleshooting
and replacement of damaged components. Observe stan­
dard wiring practices when replacing components.
DANGER
IF IT IS NECESSARY TO PERFORM
ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE ON
UVE OR HOT CIRCUITS, REMOVE
ALL RINGS, WATCHES, ANO OTHER
JEWELRY BEFORE PERFORMING
MAINTENANCE AS SERIOUS BURNS
RESULT FROM ACCIDENTAL
GROUNOING OR SHORTING CIR­
CUITS.
DANGER
ENSURE THE BATTERY IS DISCON­
NECTED BEFORE PERFORMING ANY
MAINTENANCE ON AN ELECTRICAL
CIRCUIT WHICH IS NOT FUSED.
CAUTION
NEVER REPLACE ORIGINAL WIRING
WITH WIRING OF A SMALLER SIZ E
(GAUGE).
GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING.
DANGER
MANY STEPS IN THE TROUBLE­
SHOOTING PROCEDURES REQUIRE
TESTING UVE (ENERGIZEO) COMPO­
NENTS. PERFORM THESE STEPS
OBSERVING GOOO SAFETY PRAC­
TICES TO AVOIO ELECTRICAL
SHOCK INJURY.
NOTE
Make voltage checks at terminations
when components are installed and
operating. Make continuity checks
when components are isolated or
GROVE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
removed. Troubleshoot per the fol­
lowing guidelines:
1. First, use reported symptoms to i dentify a problem
or a suspect component.
2. Test the suspect component per instructions i n this
section . The instructions identify the fuses and com­
ponents and guide you from the easiest and m ost
l ikely problems to the hardest and least l ikely prob­
lems.
3. Using a multimeter, test the circu it for continuity i f
you suspect a broken circuit o r for voltage i f you
suspect a power problem. Check the electrical sche­
matic and wiring diagram for most accurate wiring
information.
4. If the component proves fau lty, replace it with a
known working component. I f wiring proves fau lty,
replace it with wiring of egual diameter.
5. After troubleshooting, test and repair the repaired
circuit. Verify the circuit works properly.
TROUBLESHOOTING ENGINE STARTING
PROBLEMS.
1 . Verify the battery terminals are connected and clean,
the transmission is in neutral, and the machine is
fueled.
2. Try t o tum o n the head l ights, tail l ights, marker
lights, dome light, work l ight, or gauge lights and
panel lights to verify the battery has at least sorne
charge. If none of these l ights comes on, suspect the
battery. Charge battery as needed, or replace the bat­
tery if you can jump-start the crane from another
crane.
3. I f you hear the starter relay clicking repeatedly,
power is reaching the starter, but not enough. Sus­
pect the battery. Charge battery as needed, or replace
the battery if you can j ump-start the crane from
another crane.
4. Check fuse # 5 3 ( l OO amp) inside battery box. I f
blown, replace.
5. Turn the ignition switch to RUN ( 1 ). Check the volt­
meter. If it doesn 't move (but the head lights, tail
l ights, marker lights, dome light, work light, or
2-1 5-9
ELECTRICA L SYSTEM
gauge lights and panel lights will come on), suspect
the ignition switch and the power circuit to it start­
ing at the ignition switch fuse (Fuse 8). Repair or
replace circuit, switch, or fuse as needed.
6. If the battery, fu ses, ignition switch, and power cir­
cuit to the ignition switch check out, do one of the
following:
a. If you hear no noise when you try to turn the
starter, troubleshoot the start circuit (ignition
switch, electric shifter, and wiring from ignition
switch to superstructure control module (con­
nector A). From carrier control module (connec­
tor A) to starter relay make repairs as needed.
b. If the engine stil l won 't start, and you h ear no
noise or just a single click, suspect the starter.
Troubleshoot the start circuit from the starter
relay through the starter solenoid to the starter
motor and ground. Make repairs as needed. If
the starter solenoid or the starter motor is faulty,
replace the starter.
c. If the starter engages but can 't turn the engine
(and the lights dim, signaling power drain dur­
ing start attempt), check the starter's feed circu it
from the batteries for resistance. If the resis­
tance is h igh, make repairs. If the circuit checks
out, replace the starter. If the engine stil l won 't
start, suspect a seized engine.
d. If the starter tums the engine, but it stil l won 't
start, check fuses 5 6, 5 7, 5 8, 59, and 60 in the
battery box. Replace if required. Ensure fuel
system can draw fuel from the tank and pump it
to the engine; make repairs as needed.
7. Refer to the engine manual for further instructions.
NOTE
If the starter won't disengage during
running, verify the starter is mounted
properly so its gear won't mesh with
2-1 5-1 0
RT700E
the engine's flywheel when not trying
to start engine. Troubleshoot the
starter relay and ignition switch for
closed contacts. If these components
check out, replace the starter.
TROUBLESHOOTING ENGINE CHARGING
PROBLEMS.
l. Verify battery terminals are connected and clean and
all wires in the charging system are in good repair
and are connected properly.
2. Verify the alternator belt is properly installed and is
under proper tension.
3. Verify the battery puts out 12 volts mmlmum.
Charge battery as needed so the battery can supply a
minimum excitation voltage to the engine's charging
system.
4. Verify there is a m inimum o f 1 2 volts at the alterna­
tor from the battery, and that the alternator is prop­
erly grounded.
5. Replace the alternator i f the other conditions check
out.
6. Refer to the engine manual for further instructions.
NOTE
If the alternator runs noisily, check
belt tension. If problem persists,
replace alternator.
NOTE
If the alternator overcharges (voltme­
ter reads high, light bulbs burn out
quickly), look for a ground where one
shouldn't exist. If external wiring
checks out, replace alternator. (The
alternator probably has an internal
ground or a faulty internal voltage
regulator.)
GROVE
RT700E
TROUBLESHOOTING ACCESSORIES.
Ifthe crane's engine starts and charges properIy, but none
of its components except the horn or lights work, the
accessory circuitry may be faulty. Check as fol lows:
l. Tum the ignition switch to the ACC (3 ) position.
Try to turn on the cab circulating fan, the heater fan,
the defroster fan, or the windshield wipers or
washer. If none of these come on (but the head
l ights, tail l ights, marker lights, dome l ight, work
light, or gauge lights and panel l ights will come on),
there is an accessory circuitry problem.
2. Check the primary power circuit to the accessory
relays K l and K2 . Make circuit repairs as needed.
3. I f the problem remains, check the ignition switch
and the accessory control circuit from the ignition
switch through the coi l of the accessory relays K
and K2 to ground. Tum the ignition switch to the
ACC (3 ) position and listen for audible click of
relays K l and K2 . If neither relay clicks, then there
is no power through the switch when it is in the
ACC (3 ) position . Replace ignition switch if there is
no power through it when in the ACC (3 ) position. If
one relay clicks and the other does not, check conti­
nuity of the coil of the relay that does not click . I f
there is no continuity through its coil, replace the
relay. Make circuit repairs to accessory control cir­
cuit as needed.
4. If the problem remains, check the accessory relay
K 1 or K2 contacts and the accessory power circuit.
Replace relay if its contacts stay open when the coi l
is energized. Make circuit repairs as needed.
Front Console
Harness
Superstructure
Control Module
' <: �
�J
Control Module /
!'
<' 1
\
Mounting Panel
Cab Relay panel /
S u perstructure and Carrier Con nections (Sheet 1 of 2)
GROVE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
TROUBLESHOOTING SWIVEL-CAUSED
ELECTRICAL PROBLEMS.
Many crane component electrical troubles can be traced
to the electrical swivel . Troubles comm on to the swivel
are improper mounting, foreign material between the
brushes and slip rings, incorrect wiring from the swivel
to the components, incorrect wire size, worn brushes,
improper spring tension on the brush assembly, and loose
setscrews on the slip ring assembly. Refer to the electrical
schematic and wiring diagram for slip ring connections
and amperages.
CONNECTOR TROUBLESHOOTING.
The cause of an electricaI problem may be a loose or cor­
roded connection in the pin or socket connectors. Check
the connectors to ensure that the pins and sockets are
properIy seated and engaged . If the pins and sockets
show any signs of corrosion, use a good quality electrical
contact cleaner or fine sandpaper to clean them . When
the pins or sockets show signs of arcing or buming, it
1 will probably be necessary to replace them.
Refer to the following tables listing tools necessary for
connector maintenance.
Because the pins and sockets are crimped to the wires, it
is not possible to remove them. Using the proper extrac­
tion tool, remove the pin(s) or socket(s) from the plug or
receptacle. Cut the wire as close to the pin or socket as
possible. After cutting the pin or socket off, the wire will
most likely be too short. Using a wire that is too short
will allow pressure to be applied to the pin or socket and
wire where they are crimped when the pin or socket is
inserted in the plug or receptacle. Add a short length of
the same size wire to the short wire by crimp splice or
solder. Use heat shrinkable tubing or other suitable mate­
rial to insulate the splice.
Superstructure
Control Module
o
View A-A
Superstructu re Control Mod u le Connection
6073
2-1 5-1 1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM RT700E

UnderConnector
LocatedService
J1939 Panel
ehicle Data With
(����--- VConnection Link
Dust Cover
r----
i
11!
Superstructure
\ (,=) li .b1 //Rear View of
Cab //F�\ H arness 1:1
Mounting
�-_\-
--- �
D-�_
, /�,/

:c�
e Bra Con-
nHarness
tJ sr-:: ::�:
,

¡ ,, e-
. -
Seat to Console
Connection Harness Console ��� and . Consoleell · ·
Harness HarnessWires J

Fuse Location Harness Connector Ground

Bracket

BraCk� �
Console, S/S and Swivel Connection 6073

Mount ing Swivenel 6NoPass

t u Connector
sed
SS---\ __
__

__
L-_--
Hydraulic Tank
_� _

Carrier Frame
Carrier 1', Battery Box
¡
Harness
L
__

________________ _ J
Vehicle
Connection Link
Data With
Swivel To Carrier Connection Dust Cover
Module Control
Carrier

Carrier Harness Diagnostic Con nector

Carrier Control Mod u le Con nection 6073

S u perstructu re and Carrier Con nections (Sheet 2 of 2)

2-1 5-1 2 GRO'UE

RT700E ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Deutsch Extraction Tool Table

Description Deutsch Part Number Grove Part Number

1 2 gauge wire 1 1 40 1 0 9-999- 1 00 1 94

1 6 gauge wire 04 1 1 -204- 1 605 9-999- 1 00 1 95
8- 1 0 gauge wire 1 1 4008 7 -902-0000 1 2
4-6 gauge wire 1 1 4009 7 -902-000009

Oeutsch Crimping Tool Table

Description Deutsch Part Number Grove Part Number

1 2 gauge wire HDT- 1 2-00 9-999- 1 00 1 92

1 6 gauge wire HDT- 1 6-00 9-999- 1 00 1 93
8- 1 0 gauge wire CONSULT FACTORY CONSULT FACTORY
4-6 gauge wire CONSULT FACTORY CONSULT FACTORY

TROUBLESHOOTING LlGHTS. l ights switch if tum signal lights circuit func­

tions properly.
1. Check lamp first. Replace any defective lampo
Stop lights. Fuse 4, stop l ight switch, turn signal
switch, lamps (suspect stop circuit problem if
2. If all lamps in a circuit do not work, suspect circuit
tum signal or tail l ight function works),
breaker and switch . Reset circuit breaker if tripped.
grounds.
3. Check the switch and circuit for continuity problems
Work light. Fuse 1 , WORK l ight switch, l amp,
and other problems. Repair any faulty switch or
other component. Repair wiring if faulty. grounds.

The following circuit designs apply (connecting Dome light. Fuse 3, switch on dome l ight, lamp,
wiring and passage through swivel slip ring -- as grounds.
applicable -- is understood).
Spotlight. Fuse 3, switch on spotlight, lamp,
Head lights. Fuse 4, HEADLIGHTS switch, grounds.
lamps, grounds.
-- Boom flood l ights. Fuse 7, BOOM LI GHT
Tai l lights. Fuse 4, HEADLIGHTS switch, switch, lamps, grounds
lamps, grounds.
4. Repair is straightforward. Tum off light switch,
Marker l ights. Fuse 4, HEADLIGHTS switch, remove old light, install new light, turn on l ight
lamps, grounds. switch to test l ight.

Gauge and panel lights. Fuse 4, lamps/LED's,
grounds.
Tum signal l ights. Fuse 4, tum signal switch,
lamps, grounds. Suspect turn signal switch if
hazard l ight circuit functions properly.
Hazard l ights. Fuse 4, flasher, HAZARD lights
switch, lamps, grounds. Suspect HAZARD
TROUBLESHOOTING GAUGES ANO METERS.
1. Check all other gauges and meters (besides the sus­
pect). If none of them are working, reset Fuse 1 4 .
2. Check the gauge o r meter, its sensing component,
and circuit for continuity problems and other prob­
lems. A sender is probably at fau lt when it shows
infinite resistance, or resistance out of specifications

GROVE 2-1 5-1 3

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
for cond ition . Repair any faulty gauge, meter or
other component. Repair wiring if faulty.
The fol lowing circuit designs apply (connecting
wiring and passage through superstructure and car­
rier modules -- as appl icable -- is understood):
Voltmeter. Fuse 1 4, voltmeter, ground.
Fuel level gauge. Fuse 1 4, gauge. Gauge is
grounded. Branch from gauge to sending unit in
fuel tank to ground.
Transm ission oil temperature gauge. Fuse 1 4,
gauge. Gauge is grounded . Branch from gauge
to temperature sending unit to ground.
Engine oil pressure gauge. Fuse 1 4, gauge.
Gauge is grounded. Branch from gauge to oil
pressure sending unit to ground.
Engine coolant temperature gauge. Fuse 1 4,
gauge. Gauge is grounded. Branch from gauge
to coolant temperature sending unit to ground.
Tachometer. Fuse 1 4, tachometer. Meter is
grounded. Branch from tachometer to tachome­
ter sender to ground .
Hourmeter. branch from carrier control module,
hourmeter, ground.
3. Repair is straightforward. For a gauge o r meter,
remove gauge or meter, instal l new gauge or meter,
install new fu se, then test gauge or meter. F or a
sender, remove sender, install new sender, install
new fu se, then test sender and gauge or meter. See
INSTRUMENT REPLACEMENT in this section
for details on removing and installing gauges and
meters.
TROUBLESHOOTING ALARMS, INDICATORS, ANO
EMERGENCY COMPONENTS.
1. If an indicator won 't work when it is supposed to,
check its lamp first. Replace any defective lampo
Then check and replace fuse as applicable, espe­
cial ly if all other components downstream from the
fuse are not working.
2. If a n alarm o r a n emergency component won 't work
when it is supposed to, check and replace fuse, espe­
cial ly when all other components downstream from
the fuse are not working.
2-1 5- 1 4
RT700E
3. Check the alarm or indicator or emergency compo­
nent, its sensing component, and circuit for continu­
ity problems and other problems. Repair any faulty
alarm or indicator or emergency component or sens­
ing device (switch, sending unit). Repair wiring if
faulty.
The following circuit designs apply (connecting
wiring and passage through superstructure and car­
rier modules -- as appl icable -- is understood):
Backup light and backup alarmo Fuse 8, electric
shifter, then to backup alarm in parallel with
reverse solenoid; see electrical schematic for
carrier control module output for backup lights,
then from l ights and alarm to ground.
Park brake indicator. Fuse 9, indicator, normally
closed park brake pressure switch, ground.
Brake fai lure alarm l ight. Fuse 1 4, indicator
light alarm, brake pressure switch, ground.
Rear wheels not centered indicator. Fuse 1 4,
indicator, superstructure control module, to
ground, proximity switch (+) to carrier control
module.
Engine stop indicator (low oil level, high engine
coolant temperature) alarm (Fu se 8, ignition
switch) indicator and buzzer (Fuse 1 4, indica­
tor). Ground controlled by Cummins ECU.
Axle differential lock indicator. Fuse 9, indica­
tor, switch(s) on axle(s), ground.
Steering wheel hom . hom switch, ground .
Superstructure control module, horn, ground.
Swing brake on indicator. Fuse 1 3 , swing brake
release switch, indicator, ground.
Transmission service. (low oil pressure, high oil
temp) (Fuse 1 4, indicator) branch to oil pressure
switch to ground, branch to oil temperature to
ground.
4. Repair is straightforward.
a. ALARM: replace faulty alarm or faulty sensor
(switch, sending unit), instal l new alarm or sen­
sor, install new fuse, test alarm o
GRO'VE
RT700E
b. INDICATOR: remove faulty light or fau lty sen­
sor (switch, sending unit), instal l new l ight or
sensor, instal l new fuse, test indicator.
c. BACKUP LIGHT: remove fau lty light, or fau lty
sensor (electric shifter), instal l new light or sen­
sor, install new fu se, test l ights.
d. HORN: remove faulty horn or faulty trigger
(switch, relay), install new horn or trigger,
install new fuse, test horno
e. BUZZER: remove buzzer, install new buzzer,
install new fuse, test buzzer.
TROUBLESHOOTING CRANE COMPONENTS ANO
ACCESSORIES.
1. If a crane component or accessory won 't work when
it is supposed to, check and replace fuse. Also check
and replace its relay as needed.
2. Check the component or accessory, its control or
triggering component, and its circuit for continuity
problems and other problems. Repair any faulty
component or accessory or trigger. Repair wiring if
faulty.
The following circuit designs apply (connecting
wiring and passage through swivel slip ring per con­
trol module -- as applicable -- is understood):
Windshield wiper motor and windshield washer
pump motor. Fuse 9, wiper/washer switch,
motors in paral lel, grounds.
Heater or A/C fan . Fuse 1 9, FAN switch, fan
motor, ground.
Cab circulating fan. Fuse 1 1 , switch, motor,
ground.
Defroster fan. Fuse 1 2, switch, motor, ground.
Parallel circuit to LED indicator in switch to
ground.
Grid heaters. 1 25 amp fuses, relays K60 1 and
K602, grid heaters, ground (relays controlled by
Cummins ECU.
Transm ission gear shift function. Fuse 8, elec­
tric shifter, four solenoid val ves in parallel in
transmission, ground.
GROVE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Transmission drive select function. Fuse 9,
DRIVE AXLE select switch, 2WD solenoid
valve, ground. Parallel circuit to LED indicator
in switch to ground .
Outrigger extend/retract function. Fuse 1 4,
RETRACT/EXTEND switch, extend solenoid
valves C and E in parallel with retract solenoid
valves B and D in integrated valve, grounds.
Left front outrigger extension and stabilizer cyl­
inder functions. CB 1 4, selector switch for left
rear cylinders, parallel cyl inder solenoid valves,
grounds.
Other outrigger extension and stabilizer cyl inder
functions. Fuse 1 4, selector switch for left front,
right rear, and right front cyl inders, parallel cyl­
inder solenoid valves, grounds.
Crane function . Fuse 1 3 , CRANE FUNCTION
switch, seat switch, left armrest switch . Branch
in parallel from crane function switch to crane
function relay contacts to crane function sole­
noid val ve to ground. Parallel circuit to LED
indicator in switch to ground.
Main and auxiliary hoist rotation indicators.
Fuse 1 8, branch for each hoist (driver assembly,
sensor, driver assembly, ground). Parallel
branch through thumper to driver assembly.
Main hoist switch for hoist up, Fuse 1 6, LMI
CPU, main hoist switch, main hoist up solenoid,
ground. Parallel circuit to LED indicator in
switch to ground. For main hoist down, Fuse 1 7,
main hoist switch, main hoist down solenoid
val ve, ground. For main hoist hi speed up and
down, Fuse 1 7, main hoist switch, main hoist h i
speed solenoid valve, ground. Series circuit
through d iode to main hoist down solenoid
valve.
Auxiliary hoist switch. For two hoist up, Fuse
1 6, LMI CPU, aux hoist switch, up solenoid
valve, ground. Parallel circuit to LED indicator
in switch to ground . For aux hoist down, Fuse
1 7, aux hoist switch, aux hoist down solenoid
valve, ground. For aux hoist hi speed up and
down, Fuse 1 7, aux hoist switch aux hoist h i
speed solenoid valve, ground. Series circuit
through diode to aux hoist down solenoid valve.
Rear steer functions. Fuse 1 4, rear steer switch,
either rear steer right or rear steer left, solenoids,
ground.
2-1 5-1 5
E LECTRICAL SYSTEM RT700E

LMI. Fuse 1 6, LMI CPU and LMI crane compo­
nents, grounds.
Lockout function . Fuse 1 6, LMI CPU, three or
four lockout solenoid valves in parallel,
grounds.
Rear axle oscillation lockout function. Fuse 1 6,
two axle lockout solenoid valves in parallel,
grounds. The osci llation permit circuit (Fuse 1 6,
LMI CPU, area definition potentiometer, axl e
oscillation solenoids) must b e energized to pre­
vent oscillation.
CONTROL MODULE DIAGNOSTIC L1GHT
The front console indicator lights are located in the cab
on the center of the front console. The l ights are l inked to
various parts of the crane by the control module and
notify the operator when a certain condition occurs dur­
ing the operation of the crane. When the ignition key is
turned to the ACC or RUN position the indicator lights
go through all operations check to see if the lights are
working. This operation check takes about two seconds
in which all of the lights except for the Hoist Third Wrap
lights tum on and off allowing the operator to know that
the l ights are working. For more description on the front
console indicator l ight, refer to Section 2- 1 CAB .

Swing brake release function. Fuse 1 3 , SWING

B RAKE release switch, swing brake release
solenoid valve, ground.

Park brake release function. Fuse 9, PARK

BRAKE switch, park brake release solenoid ®
E NG I N E
(0
ENG I N E
(0
ENG I NE
(0
WA I T
valve, ground. S T OP WAR N I N G S E RV I C E TO
START

Axle differential lock function. Fuse 9, DRIVE

AXLE select switch, AXLE DIFF switch, axle
(0
WA T E R
®XMSN
®
LOW
(0
R EAR

NOT eNTRO
IN S E RV I C E BRAK E WH E E L S
differential lock solenoid valve, ground .

�
FUEL PRESS

Hydraul ic boost function. Fuse 1 3 , crane func­ O ®

ELE
®3RD
®LOW
tion switch, hydraul ic boost switch, hydraulic SYS WRAP STEER
boost solenoid valve, ground. D I AGN P R E SS

\
Skylight wiper motor. Fuse 1 1 , wiper switch (on System Diagnostic
motor), motor, grounds. Light

Front Console I nd icator Lights

3. Repair is straightforward.

a. MOTOR: Remove faulty motor or faulty trigger
(switch), install new motor or trigger, install
new fuse, test motor. For further information,
see the appl icable section in this manual.
b. SOLENOID VALVE: Remove faulty valve or
solenoid, install new valve or solenoid, install
new fuse, till fluid system, test valve.
c. LMI : Repair per LMI manual, instal l new fu se,
test per LMI manual .
d. ROTATION INDICATOR: Remove driver
assembly or sensor, install driver assembly or
sensor, install new fuse, test thumper. For fur­
ther information on rotation indicator, see Sec­
tion 1 1 - HOISTS or the applicable SM package.
The Control Module system diagnostic l ight is located in
the cab in the center of the front console. The light is
used for troubleshooting the superstructure and carrier
control modules. An amber indicator l ight i lluminates
giving the operator a signal that there is a problem with
the crane's operation which must be corrected . The sys­
tem diagnostic light can have three symptoms.
l. Lamp not on. Possible causes: Lamp fai led or no
power to superstructure control module. Refer to
trouble shooting chart.
2. Lamp o n solido Possible cause: Data l ink between
superstructure and carrier control modules is bro­
ken. If a break in the communication l ine occurs
between the superstructure and the carrier while the
crane is running, the engine defauIts to id le rpm for
ten minutes and shuts off. If the battery d isconnect

2-1 5-1 6 GROVE

RT700E ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

switch is d isconnected in that time, the machine will 3. Instal l the belt on all engine pulleys except the alter­
shut off. Refer to troubleshooting chart. nator pul ley for now.

3. Lamp flashes on and off. Cause: System fault. Refer 4. Tum the tensioner clockwise. Slip the belt onto the
to trouble shooting chart. altemator pul ley, then carefully retum the tensioner
to its normal position so it puts tension on the belt.
Make sure the belt is centered on the tensioner.
CAUTION
5. Check belt tension at the belt's longest span (longest
WHEN WELDING ON THE CRANE, distance between pulleys). At the center point of the
DISCONNECT BATTERY CABLES TO longest span, push in on the belt with your thumb.
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE CAN Verify you can deflect the belt no more than l O to 1 3
SYSTEM. m m (3/8 to 1 /2 inch) with your thumb. (Or, using a
belt tension gauge, verify there is 267 to 578 N (60
to 1 3 0 lb) of tension on the belt in the m iddle of its
When troubleshooting the control modules, a Laptop longest span.) Replace belt if it is too loose (over­
with the CAN l ink service tool software and a service stretched).
cable will be needed to access the CAN system by the
two Vehicle Data Link connections located in the cab and
6. Verify tensioner bolt is torqued t o 43 Nm (32 ft lb).
by the battery disconnect switch. When performing this
type of troubleshooting, the battery d isconnect switch
must not be deactivated so there is power for the service 7. Connect the electrical leads to the terminals as
too1 . For ordering the service tool software and service tagged during remova1 .
cable, contact Manitowoc CraneCARE.
8. Connect the battery. Close the engine compartment.
ALTERNATOR REPLACEMENT. Check.
Removal. l. Run engine. Verify reading of voltmeter on front
console is 1 2 volts or greater. Make repairs as
l. Disconnect the battery. needed.

2. Open the engine compartment. 2. Continue troubleshooting charging system as

needed if replacement of altemator did not correct
problem in charging system.
3. Tag and d isconnect the electrical leads from the ter­
minals on the alternator. STARTER REPLACEMENT.
4. Turn the tensioner aboye the alternator clockwise to
remove tension from the belt. Slip the belt off of the Removal.
alternator pulley, then let the tensioner return to its
normal position. l. Disconnect the battery.

5. Remove the two bolts attaching the alternator to the 2. Open the engine compartment.
mounting bracket. Remove the alternator.
3. Tag and disconnect the electrical leads from the ter­
Installation. m inals on the starter.

4. Remove the bolts holding the starter to the mounting

l. Inspect the belt. Verify it has no cracks or other pad. Remove the starter.
damage. Replace damaged belt as needed.
Installation.
2. Place the alternator o n the mounting bracket. Secure
the alternator with the bolts. Torque bottom bolt to l. Place the starter on its mounting pad. Secure the
24 Nm ( 1 8 ft lb). Torque top bolt to 43 Nm (3 2 ft starter with the bolts. Torque the bolts to 43 Nm
lb). (32 ft lb).

GROVE 2-1 5-1 7

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM RT700E

2. Connect the electrical leads to the terminals as 2. Install the hold down bracket s o i t can h o l d down
tagged during removal. the batteries. Secure the bracket (and batteries) to
the bracket hold down rods with nuts and washers.
3. Connect the battery. Close the engine compartment.
3. Connect leads to the battery terminals starting with
Check. the negative term inals.

1. Try to start the engine. Verify the starter starts the 4. Close the battery box cover.
engine.
5. Verify replacement batteries work by starting
2. Start engine again, and listen for starter noises. Ver­ crane's engine and operating various crane compo­
ify there is no abnormal noise indicating the starter's nents.
gear is meshing improperly with the flywheel, that
the starter 's gear hasn 't disengaged from the fly­ RELAY PANEL COMPONENT REPLACEMENT.
wheel after the ignition switch is in the ignition
(run) position, or some other problem . Install starter
properly as needed. Accessory Relay.
BATTERY REPLACEMENT. 1 . Disconnect the battery.
Removal. 2. Remove the hardware securing the console front
cover and remove the cover.
1 . Open the battery box cover. 3. Tag and disconnect the electrical leads from the sus­
pect relay.
2. Tag and disconnect leads from the battery terminals
starting with the positive terminals.
4. Remove the hardware securing the suspect relay to
the relay panel assembly. Remove suspect relay.
3. Remove the nuts and washers from the bracket hold
down rods. Remove the hold down bracket.
5. Install replacement relay on relay panel and secure it
with attach ing hardware.
4. Remove the batteries.
6. Connect the electrical leads to the relay as tagged
Installation. during removal .

7. Position the console front cover on the console and

�
secure with the attaching hardware.
.. BATTERY CONN ECTION ..
8. Connect the battery.
} STARTER
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
9. Verify proper installation b y operating a l l compo­
+ -

nents involved with the replacement relay or timer

} GROUND and verifying they all work.
Prevent damage to ECM's I ECU's and starting system by
consulting service manual and identifying cables before
disconnecting. Always disconnect positive cables first. "'''"''''
Buzzer Replacement.
1. Remove the hardware securing the console front
Battery Con nection Decal cover and remove the cover.

2. Tag and disconnect the electrical leads from the

1. Place the batteries in the battery box. buzzer.

2-1 5-1 8 GROVE

RT700E ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

3. Unscrew the plastic collar ring from under the panel 3. Position the console front cover on the console and
and remove the buzzer from the hole in the panel . secure with the attaching hardware.

4. Instal l replacement buzzer through the hole in panel 4. Connect the battery.
and secure with the plastic collar ringo
Check.
5. Connect the electrical leads to the buzzer as tagged
during removal. 1 . Start the engine and verify that the instrument
works. (Refer to Operator's and Safety Handbook.)
6. Position the console front cover on the console and
secure with the attaching hardware. 2. A s needed, troubleshoot further any system mal­
function not corrected by repair or replacement of
7. Verify proper operation by positioning the ignition the instrument or associated wiring.
switch to RUN ( 1 ). Buzzer should sound when
engine is not running. SWITCH REPLACEMENT.
INSTRUMENT REPLACEMENT. Rocker Switch.
Removal. REMOVAL.

1 . Disconnect the battery. 1. Disconnect the battery.

2. Remove the hardware securing the console front 2. Remove the hardware securing the console front
cover and remove the cover. cover and remove the cover.

3. Tag and disconnect the electrical wiring from the
instrument.
4. Remove the hardware securing the instrument to the
console panel . (Typically, remove nuts and lock­
washers, and then a bracket or clamp.) Pull the
instrument through the front of the console panel
and remove it.
Inspectio n.
1. Examine the instrument for cracked and broken
lenses. Check instrument terminals, bracket or
clamp, and mounting studs for damage. Replace
damaged instrument; repair or replace damaged
connecting hardware.
2. Check wiring for damaged insulation o r damaged
connectors. Make repairs as needed.
Installatio n.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector from the switch.
4. Depress the plastic tabs on top and bottom of switch
and pul l the switch through the front of the console
panel to remove it.
I N S P ECTION.
1. Visual ly check the switch for ev idence of cracks,
damaged connections, or other damage. Replace
damaged switch as needed.
2. Check wiring for damaged insulation or damaged
connectors. Repair as needed.
3. Perform the fol lowing check to determine switch
servi ceabi l ity.
a. Using an ohm m eter, check for continuity
between the switch terminals with switch at ON
or activated position(s). Ohmmeter should reg­
ister zero ohms (continuity).

1. Put the instrument in place on the console panel and b. Place switch at OFF or deactivated posltlOn.
secure it with the attaching hardware. Ohmmeter should register infinity (no continu­
ity).
2. Connect the electrical wiring t o the instrument as
marked during removal . c. Replace switch if it fails either part of the check.

GROVE 2-1 5-1 9

E LECTRICAL SYSTEM RT700E

I NSTALLATION. a. U sing an ohmmeter, check for continuity

between the switch terminals with switch at ON
1. Place the switch on the front console panel and or activated position(s). Ohmmeter should reg­
secure it by pushing the switch into the panel, until it i ster zero ohms (continuity).
snaps into place.)
b. Place switch at OFF or deactivated position.
Ohmmeter should register infinity (no continu­
2. Connect the electrical connector to the switch.
ity).
3. Position the console front cover on the console and
c. Replace switch if it fails either part of the check.
se cure with the attaching hardware.
I NSTALLATION.
4. Connect the battery.

C H EC K. 1. Place the switch through the hole in the front con­

1. Operate the switch per the Operator's and Safety
Handbook. Verify each of its functions works.
2. As needed, troubleshoot further any system o r cir­
cuit malfunction not corrected by repair or replace­
ment of the switch or associated wiring.
sole panel and secure to the front of the panel with
the nut. Install the knob on the fan switch.
2. Connect the electrical leads to the switch as tagged
during removal .
3. Position the console front cover o n the console and
secure with the attaching hardware.

Ignition and Fan Switch. 4. Connect the battery.

REMOVAL. C H E C K.

1. Disconnect the battery. 1. Operate the switch per the Operator's and Safety
Handbook. Verify each of its functions works.
2. Remove the hardware securing the console front
cover and remove the cover. 2. As needed, troubleshoot further any system o r cir­
cuit malfunction not corrected by repair or replace­
3. Tag and disconnect the electrical leads from the ment of the switch or associated w iring.
switch.
WINDSHIELD WIPER ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT.
4. On the front of the console panel, remove the nut
securing the switch to the panel. If removing the fan Removal.
switch, remove the knob from the switch first.
1. Disconnect the battery.
5. Remove the switch from the hole i n the panel.
2. Tag and disconnect the electrical leads from the
I NS PECTION. motor.

1. Visually check the switch for evidence of cracks, 3. Disconnect the washer hose on the wiper arm (also
damaged connections, or other damage. Replace called the pantograph arm assembly) from the
damaged switch as needed . washer nozzle fitting assembly.

2. Check wiring for damaged insulation o r damaged 4. Remove the cap nut and washer securing the wiper
connectors. Repair as needed. arm to the pantograph adapter kit. (The nut and
washer are part of the pantograph adapter kit.)
3. Perform the fol lowing check to determine switch Remove the cap nut, washer, and tapered sleeve
serviceability. securing the wiper arm to the pivot shaft kit. (The

2-1 5-20 GROVE

RT700E ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

nut, washer, and sleeve are part of the pivot shaft
kit.)
5. Remove the wiper arm from the pantograph adapter
kit and the pivot shaft kit.
2.
6. Remove the tlanged sleeve, nut, and two tlat wash­
ers from the pivot shaft kit. (The sleeve, nut, and
washers are part of the pivot shaft kit.)
ers and clip springs fasten the l ink to the pivot pins
on the crank and the pivot shaft. The pivot shaft's
pivot pin mounts in the hole nearest the end of the
pivot shaft's lever.)
Connect the wiper motor t o the motor bracket with
screws and washers. Connect the wiper motor's
shaft to the wiper motor kit crank with the nut and
washer.

7. Remove the two capscrews and lockwashers secur­

ing the pantograph adapter kit's adapter to the cab

WINDSHIELD
exterior. Remove the pantograph adapter kit's

/ WIPER ARM
adapter and gasket.

"'d�
8. Remove attaching hardware t o free the windsh ield
wiper motor bracket from the cab interior. Remove

( WASHER
the bracket, with motor and pivot shaft connected,

� \ � -----7 NUTS
from the cabo

�
��'. CSERRATED��rF� ,. tJJi-
NOTE \\ , /
��,\
OLLAR X WASHER
;;::: .
:::-/# . N /�� S REWS C
You may have to remove or move
other parts to get the bracket and MOUNTING
PLATE
::

�
�" .
/" --L / s �,' •
attached parts around the steering ./. I. ___ � /r

GASKET �
column. Take care not to damage any :p- �, /��,"'"

/' ��UNTING BRACKET

parts.

'\
\
9. Remove the nut to free the wiper motor's shaft from
the wiper motor kit crank. Remove the three screws
and washers to free the wiper motor from its
bracket. Remove the wiper motor from its bracket.
MOTOR / ' ;,/
3653

Leave the other parts attached to the bracket for Wi ndsh ield Wiper I nstallation
now.

Inspection. 3. Secure the adapter and the gasket o f the pantograph

1 . Visually check the motor housing for evidence of
cracks or other damage. Check for excessive shaft
end play indicating worn or damaged bearings.
Replace motor if damaged .
2. Inspect the wiper blade for serviceability. Replace
wiper blade when wom.
3. Inspect the wiper arm and parts of the linking com­
ponent kits (pantograph adapter kit, pivot shaft kit,
wiper motor kit l ink and crank, wiper motor bracket)
for damage. Replace as needed.
Installation.
1 . Verify the pivot shaft and the wiper motor kit link
and crank are in place on the motor bracket. (Wash-
adapter kit to the cab exterior with capscrews and
lockwashers.
4. Install the motor bracket and attached parts in the
cab interior with attaching hardware. Ensure the
pivot shaft sticks through the hole in the pantograph
adapter kit.
NOTE
Take care not to damage any parts
while moving the bracket and
attached parts around the steering
column.
5. Secure the pivot shaft to the pantograph adapter
with the pivot shaft kit's nut and washers. Install the
tlanged sleeve on the pivot shaft.

GROVE 2-1 5-2 1

E LECTRICAL SYSTEM RT700E

6. Install the wiper arm on the shafts of the pantograph 2. Inspect the container for leaking. Replace pump seal
adapter kit and the pivot shaft kit. Secure the wiper if it is leaking. Replace container if it is damaged
arm to the pantograph adapter kit shaft with the kit's and leaking.
own washer and cap nut. Secure the wiper arm to the
pivot shaft with the pivot shaft kit's own tapered 3. Inspect spray nozzle on the wiper armo As needed,
sleeve, washer, and cap nut. clean the nozzle with a fine piece of wire and com­
pressed airo
7. Connect the wiper arm ' s washer hose to the washer
nozzle fitting assembly. Installation.
8. Connect the electrical leads t o the wiper motor as
l. Instal l pump and pump seal on container.
marked before removal.
2. Install windshield washer container o n the cabo
9. Connect the battery.
Secure the container with four self tapping screws.
Check. 3. Attach the hose to the windshield washer pump.

l. Squirt sorne cleaning fluid onto the windshield with 4. Connect the pump's electrical lead and ground wire
the windshield washer. as tagged during removal .

2. Operate the windshield wiper. VerifY it works. 5. Connect the battery.

(Replace wiper blade as needed if it streaks or other­
wise wipes poorly.) 6. Fill the container with cleaning fluid.

WINDSHIELD WASHER ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT. Check.

Removal. 1. Squirt sorne cleaning fluid onto the windshield with
the windshield washer.
l. D isconnect the battery.
2. Make repairs ifwindshield washer doesn 't work.
2. Locate the windshield washer container and pump
on the left rear side of the cabo SKYLlGHT WIPER ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT.
3. Tag and disconnect the pump's electrical lead and Removal.
ground wire.
l. Disconnect the battery.
4. Disconnect the hose from the windshield washer
pump. Point it so it won 't spill cleaning fluid. Catch
cleaning fluid from the windshield washer container 2. Tag and disconnect the electrical leads from the
with a suitable container. motor.

5. Remove four self tapping screws securing the wind­ 3. Remove the wiper arm from the motor shaft.
shield washer container to the cabo Remove the
windshield washer container and pump. 4. Remove the nut, spacer, leather washer, and nylon
flat washer from the motor shaft outside the cab
6. Remove pump and pump seal from container. roof.

Inspection. 5. Remove the nut and lockwasher securing the motor

bracket to the cab roof and remove the motor from
the cab roof. Remove large nylon flat washer from
l. Visually check the pump for evidence of cracks, motor shaft and flat washer and smaller nylon flat
leaks, or other damage. Replace pump if damaged. washer from mounting screw.

2-1 5-22 GROVE

RT700E ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

6. Remove mounting screw and nylon flat washer from nyIon washer and flat washer on screw between
outside cab roof. mounting bracket and cab roof. S ecure with lock­
washer and nut.
7. C lean any sealing material from around holes in cab
roof. 4. Install nylon flat washer, leather washer, spacer, and
nut on motor shaft. Tighten nut.
Inspection.
5. Instal l wiper arm and blade on motor shaft.
1. Visually check the motor housing for evidence of
cracks or other damage. Check for excessive shaft 6. Connect the electrical leads to the wiper motor as
end play indicating worn or damaged bearings. marked before removal.
Replace motor if damaged.

2. Inspect the wiper blade for serviceabil ity. Replace 7. Connect the battery.
wiper blade when wom.
Check.
3. Inspect the wiper arm and parts for damage. Replace
as needed.
1. Operate the skylight wiper. Verify it works.
(Replace wiper blade as needed if it streaks or other­
Installation. wise wipes poorly.)

1 . I nstall sealant material around both holes In cab TRO U B LES H OOTI NG.
roof, both inside and outside.

2. Install screw with nylon flat washer (from outside) NOTE

through mounting hole in cab roof.
For troubleshooting support, refer to
3. Install flat nylon washer on motor shaft and insert the troubleshooting section of your
motor shaft through hole in cab roof. Position small CraneCARE Owner's CD.

GROVE 2-1 5-23

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM RT700E

NOTES, ________________________________
__________________

2-1 5-24 GROVE

RT700E LUBRICATION

S ECTI O N 1 6
L U B R I CATI O N
TABLE O F CONTENTS

Page
LUBRICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16-3
Arctic Conditions - Below -18°C (O°F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16-3
Lubrication Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16-3
Wire Rope Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16-10

LIST OF F I G U RES

Title Page
Lubrication Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16-5

2-1 6-1
L U B RICATION RT700E

NOTES _____________________________________________

2-1 6-2 GROVE

RT700E L U BR ICATION

L U B RICATION

G E N E RAL

Following the designated lubrication procedures is L U B RICATION POI NTS

important in ensuring maximum crane lifetime and util i­
zation. The procedures and lubrication charts in this sec­ A regular frequency of lubrication must be established
tion incIude information on the types of lubricants used,
for all lubrication points. NormaIly, this is based on com­
the location of the lubrication points, the frequency of
lubrication, and other information. ponent operating time. The most efficient method of
keeping track of lube requirements is to maintain a j ob
log indicating crane usage. The log must use the engine
The service intervals specified are for normal operation
where moderate temperature, humidity, and atmospheric hourmeter to ensure coverage of lube points that will
conditions prevail . In areas of extreme conditions, the receive attention based on their readings. Other lubrica­
service periods and lubrication specifications should be tion requirements must be made on a time basis, i .e.
altered to meet existing conditions. For information on weekly, monthly, etc.
extreme condition lubrication, contact your local Manito­
woc/Grove distributor or Manitowoc Crane Careo A l l oil levels are to be checked with the crane parked on a
level surface in transport position, and while the oil is
CAUTION cold, unless otherwise specified.
CHASSIS
MUST NOT GREASE
BE APPLlEDLUBRICANTS
WITLUBRI­
H AIR On plug type check points, the oil levels are to be at the
PRESSURE DEVICES AS THIS bottom edge of the check port.
CANT
TINGS. IS USED ON SEALED FIT­ On all hoists with a check plug in the drum, the fill plug
CAUTION shal l be directIy on top of the hoist, and the check plug
leveI.
THE MULTIPURPOSE
INSTALLED DURING GREASE
MANUFACTURE
ISNONCOMPATIBLE
OF A LlTHIUM BASE. USECOULD
OF A AIl grease fittings are SAE STANDARD unless other­
GREASE wise indicated. Grease non-sealed fittings until grease is
RESULT IN DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT. seen extruding from the fitting. One ounce(28 grams) of
EP-MPG equals one pump on a standard one pound (0.45
Arctic Conditions - Below -18°C (O°F). kg) grease gun.

In general, petroleum based fluids developed especially
for low temperature service may be used with satisfac­
tory results. However, certain fluids, such as halogenated
hydrocarbons, nitro hydrocarbons, and phosphate ester
hydraulic fluids, might not be compatible with hydraulic
system seals and wear bands. If you are in doubt about
the suitability of a specific fluid, check with your autho­
rized Manitowoc/Grove distributor or Manitowoc Crane
Careo
Regardless of temperature and oil viscosity, always use
suitable start-up procedures to ensure adequate lubrica­
tion during system warm-up.
Over lubrication on non-sealed fittings wiIl not harm the
fittings or components, but under lubrication wilI defi­
nitely lead to a shorter lifetime.
On sealed U-joints, care must be exercised to prevent
rupturing seals. FiIl only unti l expansion of the seals first
becomes visible.
Unless otherwise indicated, items not equipped with
grease fittings, such as l inkages, pins, levers, etc., should
be lubricated with oil once a week. Motor oil, appl ied
sparingly, wiI1 provide the necessary lubrication and help
prevent the formation of rust. An Anti-Seize compound
may be used if rust has not formed, otherwise the compo­
nent must be cleaned first.

GROVE 2-1 6-3

L U BRICATION RT700E

Grease fittings that are worn and will not hold the grease
gun, or those that have a stuck check ball, must be
replaced.
Where wear pads are used, cycle the components and
relubricate to ensure complete lubrication of the entire
wear area.
The fol lowing describe the lubrication points and gives
the lube type, lube interval, l ube amount, and appl ication
of each . Each lubrication point is numbered, and this
number corresponds to the index number shown on the
Lubrication Diagram .

LUBE SYMBOL CHART

Symbol Description Lube Specification

AFC-50/50 Blended Fully Formulated Antifreeze/Coolant - SAE 1 1 94 1 , Cummins Engine A6-829-003477

90T8-4.

EO- 1 5W/40 Engine Oil - SAE 1 5W-40, API Service Classification CI-4. A6829-003483

EP-MPG Extreme Pressure Multipurpose Grease - Lithium Soap Base, NLGI Grade No. 2 . A6-829-003477

HYDO Hydraulic Oil - Must meet John Deere Standard JDM-J20C (Antibrake chatter) A6-829-006444
and ISO 4406 level 1 7/ 1 4 upon delivery.

SSGL-5 Extended Service Interval - SAE Grade 80W-90, API Service Designation GL-5 . A6-829-0 1 2964

EPGL-5H Extreme Pressure Gear Lubricant -SAE Grade 80W- 1 40 A6-829-006240

EP-OGL Open Gear Lubricant, Fuchs CEPHATTYN 300 Spray, NLGI Class 1 -2. A6-829- 1 0297 1

2-1 6-4 GROVE

RT700E L U B RICATIO N

13

1. Hook Block Swivel Bea ring 1 5. Air Cleaner Filter 29. Coolant Strainer
2. Hook Block S heaves 1 6. Hoist Cable Follower Lever Arm 30. Orive Line Slip Joints
3. Telescope Cylinder Wear Pads 1 7. Upper Lift Cylinder Pivot Pin 31 . Outrigger Beams
4. Inner Mid Side Wea r Pads 1 8. Lower Lift Cylinder Pivot Pin 32. Jack Cylinder Support Tubes
5. Boom Section Upper Rear Wear Pads 1 9. Main Hoist 33. Steer Cylinder Pivot Pins
6. Boom Section Upper a n d Lower Wear Pads 20. Auxiliary H oist 34. Upper and Lower King Pins
7. Extend Cable S heaves 21. Tu rntable Gearbox 35. Fifth Wheel Pivots
8. Retract Cable Sheaves 22. Turntable Gear and Orive Pinion 36 . Lockout Cylinder Pivot Pins
9. Boom Pivot S haft 23. Turntable Bearing 37. Hydraulic Reservoir
1 0. Boom Extension Sheave 24. Differentials 38. Hydraulic Filter
11. Upper Boom Nose Sheave 25. Planetary H ubs and Wheel Bearings 39. Fuel Filter
1 2. Lower Boom Nose Sheave 26. Engine Cra nkcase
1 3. Auxilia ry Boom Nose Sheave 27. Transmission, Torque Converter, and Filter
1 4. Boom Extension Mast Sheave 28. Engine Cooling System

6044

Lubrication Chart (S heet 1 of 2)

GROVE 2-1 6-5

LUBRICATIO N RT700 E

1. Hook Block Swivel Bea ring 1 5. Air Cleaner Filter 29. Coolant Strainer
2. Hook Block Sheaves 1 6. Hoist Cable Follower Lever Arm 30. Orive Line Slip Joints
3. Telescope Cylinder Wear Pads 1 7. Upper Lift Cylinder Pivot Pin 31 . Outrigger Bea ms
4. In ner Mid Side Wear Pads 1 8. Lower Lift Cylinder Pivot Pin 32. Jack Cylinder Support Tubes
5. Boom Section U pper Rear Wear Pads 1 9. Main Hoist 33. Steer Cylinder Pivot Pins
6. Boom Section Upper and Lower Wear Pads 20. Auxiliary H oist 34. Upper and Lower King Pins
7. Extend Cable Sheaves 21 . Tu rntable Gearbox 35. Fifth Wheel Pivots
8. Retract Cable Sheaves 22. Turntable Gear and Orive Pinion 36. Lockout Cylinder Pivot Pins
9. Boom Pivot S h aft 23. Turntable Bearing 37. Hydra ulic Reservoi r
1 0. Boom Extension Sheave 24. Oifferentials 38. Hydra ulic Filter
11. Upper Boom Nose Sheave 25. Planetary H ubs and Wheel Bearings 39. Fuel Filter
1 2. Lower Boom Nose Sheave 26. Engine Cra nkcase
1 3. Auxiliary Boom Nose Sheave 27. Tra nsmission, Torq ue Converter, and Filter
1 4. Boom Extension Mast Sheave 28. Engine Cooling System

6045

Lubrication Chart (Sheet 2 of 2)

2-1 6-6 GROVE

RT700 E
CAUTION
THE FOLLOWING LUBE INTERVALS
ARE TO BE USED AS A GUIDELlNE
ONLY. ACTUAL LUBE INTERVALS
SHOULD BE FORMULATED BY THE
OPERATOR TO CORRESPOND
ACCORDINGLY TO CONDITIONS
SUCH AS CONTINUOUS DUTY
CYCLES AND/OR HAZARDOUS ENVI­
RONMENTS.
1. Hook Block Swivel Bearing.
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval - 250 hours or 3 months
Lube Amount - Until grease extrudes
Application - 1 grease fitting
2. Hook Block Sheaves.
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval - 250 hours or 3 months
Lube Amount - Until grease extrudes
Application - 1 grease fitting per sheave
(4 fittings total - 60 ton)
(3 fittings total - 50 ton)
3, Telescope Cylinder Wear Pads.
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval - Every boom teardown.
Lube Amount - Thoroughly coat all afeas the wear
pad moves on.
Application - By brush : 2 places.
NOTE
Should boom chatter or rubbing
noises in the boom occur, it will be
necessary to lubricate the telescope
cylinder wear pads. By adding an
extension adapter to a grease gun the
wear pads and wear areas can be
reached through the lubrication
access holes in the side of the boom
and through the access hole in the
boom nose between the sheaves.
4. Inner Mid Side Wear Pads.
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval 250 hours or 3 months
-
GROVE
L U B RICATION
Lube Amount - Thoroughly coat all areas the wear
pad moves on.
Application - By brush : 2 places; with boom in
extended position through access holes in base
section.
5. Boom Section Upper Rear Wear Pads.
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval - 50 hours or 1 week
Lube Amount - Unti l grease extrudes
Application - 6 grease fittings; with boom in
extended position through access holes.
6. Boom Section Upper and Lower Wear Pads.
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval - 50 hours or 1 week
Lube Amount - Thoroughly coat all areas the wear
pad moves on.
Application - By brush; 6 places; with boom in
extended position.
7. Extend Cable Sheaves.
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval - 250 hours or 3 months
Lube Amount - Until grease extrudes
Application - 1 grease fitting; extend boom for entry
through access holes in fly and outer mid sec­
tions.
8. Retract Cable Sheaves.
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval - 250 hours or 3 months
Lube Amount - Until grease extrudes
Application - 2 grease fittings; extend boom for
entry through access holes in front of inner mid
section.
9. Boom Pivot Shaft.
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval - 250 hours or 3 months
Lube Amount - Unti l grease extrudes
Application - 2 grease fittings, one on each side
10. Boom Extension Sheave.
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval 250 hours or 3 months
-
Lube Amount - Until grease extrudes
Application - 1 grease fitting
2-1 6-7
LUBRICATION
11. Upper Boom Nose Sheave.
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval - 250 hours or 3 months
Lube Amount - Until grease extrudes
Application - 1 grease fitting per sheave
12. Lower Boom N ose Sheave.
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval - 250 hours or 3 months
Lube Amount - Until grease extrudes
Application - 1 grease fitting per sheave
13. Auxiliary Boom Nose Sheave.
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval - 250 hours or 3 months
Lube Amount - Until grease extrudes
Application - 1 grease fitting
14. Boom Extension Mast Sheave.
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval - 5 00 hours or 12 months
Lube Amount - As N ecessary
Application - Disassemble sheave and repack bear-
ing.
1 5. Air Cleaner Filter.
Replace air cleaner filter element when indicator
shows red (25" H20).
1 6. Hoist Cable Follower Lever Arm.
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval - 250 hours or 3 months
Lube Amount - Until grease extrudes
Application - 2 grease fittings on each follower
assembly.
17. Upper Lift Cylinder Pivot Pino
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval - 500 hours or every 3 months
Lube Amount - Until grease extrudes
Application - 1 grease fitting
1 8. Lower Lift Cylinder Pivot Pino
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval - 5 00 hours or 3 months
Lube Amount - Until grease extrudes
Application - 2 grease fittings
2-1 6-8
RT700E
1 9. Main Hoist.
Lube Type - EPGL-5H
Lube Interval - Every 1 000 hours or 1 2 months
Lube Amount - Capacity - 1 1 .4 liters ( 1 2 quarts)
Appl ication - Fill until level with the check plug
opening.
20. Auxiliary Hoist (Optional).
Lube Type - EPGL-5H
Lube Interval - Every 1 000 hours or 1 2 months
Lube Amount - Capacity - 1 1 .4 l iters ( 1 2 quarts)
Appl ication - Fill until level with the check plug
openmg.
21. Turntable Gear Box.
Lube Type - S SGL-5
NOTE
Remove one valve to equalize the
pressure before checking the swing
gearbox oil level. This will keep the oil
from pushing out.
Lube Interval - Check and fill every 5 0 hours. Drain
and fill after first 250 hours and every 500 hours
or 1 2 months thereafter.
Lube Amount -
Tulsa Gearbox - Capacity - 1 .3 l iters (2.75 pints)
Application - Fill until oil appears in sight gauge.
SOM Gearbox - Capacity - 5 liters (5.28 quarts)
Application - Fill to mark on dipstick.
22. Turntable Gear and Drive Pinion.
Lube Type -EP-OGL
Lube Interval - 5 00 hours or 6 months
Lube Amount - Coat all teeth
Application - Brush on
23. Turntable Bearing.
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval - 5 00 hours or 6 months
Lube Amount - Until grease extrudes the whole
circumference of the bearing.
Application - 2 grease fittings at the front of the
turntable. Rotate the turntable 90° and apply
grease to fittings. Continue rotating 90° and
grease the fittings until the whole bearing is
greased .
GROVE
RT700E
24. Differentials.
Lube Type - SSGL-5
Lube Interval - Check lubricant level every 500
hours or 3 months and refill as necessary. Drain
and refill every 4000 hours or 2 years.
CAUTION
I F THE MAKE U P AMOUNT IS SU BSTAN­
TIALLY MORE THAN 0.5 PINT (0.23 LlTER)
C H E C K FOR LEAKS.
CAUTION
USE O F NON-SEMI-SYNTH ETIC LUBRI­
CANT MAY OAMAG E COMPONE NTS AN OI
OR INVALl OATE PU BLlSHEO LU BRICA­
TION I N TERVALS.
Lube Amount - Capacity - 1 8.9 l iters (40 pints)
Normal makeup - less than 0 .23 l iter (0 . 5 pint)
Application - Fill to bottom of hole in the housing
on the steer cyl inder side.
2 5. Planetary Hubs and Wheel Bearings.
Lube Type - SSGL-5
Lube Interval - Check fluid level every 500 hours or
3 months and refill as necessary. Drain and refil l
every 4000 hours o r 2 years.
CAUTION
USE O F N O N -S EMI-SYNTH ETIC LUBRI­
CANT MAY OAMAG E COMPONE NTS ANOI
OR I NVALl OATE PU BLlSHEO LU BRICA­
TION I NTE RVA LS.
Lube Amount - 3 .9 l iters (8 .0 pints)
Application - Fill to the bottom of the level hole in
the housing with the fill plug and the oil level
mark horizontal .
26. Engine Crankcase.
Lube Type - EO- 1 5 W40
Lube Interval - Check fluid level every 1 0 hours or
daily; drain, fill and replace fi lter every 5 00
hours.
Lube Amount - Capacity - 1 8 .9 liters (20 quarts)
Application - Fill to ful l mark on dipstick.
GROVE
L U BRICATION
2 7. Transmission, Torque Converter and Filter.
Lube Type - HYDO
Lube Interval - Check fluid level every 1 0 hours or
daily with the engine running at 800 rpm and the
oil at 82 to 93 oC ( 1 80 to 200°F); drain and refill
every 1 000 hours or 6 months with the oil at 65
to 93°C ( 1 50 to 200°F); change transmission fi l­
ter after the first 5 0 and 1 00 hours of service,
then every 5 00 hours thereafter.
To add fluid:
1 . Fill to FULL mark on dipstick.
2. Run engine at 800 rpm to prime torque con­
verter and l ines.
3. Check oil level with engine running at 800
rpm and oil at 82 to 93 oC ( 1 80 to 200°F). Add
oil to bring oil level to FULL m ark on dipstick.
NOTE
When c hecking the oil level, the oil tem­
perature m ust be stabil ized at 82 to 93°C
( 1 80 to 200°F) to properly check the oil
level . Do not attem pt a n oil level check
with cold o i l . To bri ng the oil tem perature
to this ra nge, it is necessary to either
work the crane or stall the converter. Con­
verter stall should be accom pl ished by
engag ing the shift lever in forward high
range with the brakes applied and then
accelerati ng the engine to half or three­
qua rter throttle. Hold the stall u nti l the
desi red converter tem perature is reached
and stabilized .
CAUTIO N
F U LL TH ROTTLE STALL SPEEOS FOR A N
EXC ESSIVE LENGTH OF TIME WI LL
OVE RH EAT THE CONVERTER ANO
CAUSE S E RIOUS OAMAG E.
Lube Amount - Capacity - Torque converter, l ines,
and transmission as a system - Approximately
3 7.9 l iters (40 quarts).
Application - Through fill pipe to FULL mark on
dipstick.
28. Engine Cooling System.
Lube Type - AFC-50/5 0 blended ful ly formulated,
extended life antifreeze/coolant.
Lube Interval - Check and fill coolant level every 1 0
hours or daily; drain and refil l cooling system
every 2000 hours or 1 2 months.
Lube Amount - Capacity - 3 7.9 l iters (40 quarts)
2-1 6-9
LUBRICATION RT700E

Application - Fill surge tank to bottom of fi ller neck 35. Fifth Wheel Pivots.
with m ixture of 500/0 AFC and 5 0% water. Run
engine through two (2) thermal cycles. Check Lube Type - EP-MPG
coolant level and refill as requ ired. Lube Interval - 5 00 hours or 3 months
Lube Amount - Until grease extrudes
29. Coolant Strainer (Cab Heater Supply). Application - 2 grease fittings

Close the shutoff valves. Unscrew the hex plug 36. Lockout Cylinder Pivot Pins.
and clean the strainer screen after first 1 00 hours
of use and every 2000 hours or 1 2 months there­ Lube Type - EP-MPG
after. Lube Interval - 5 00 hours or 3 months
Lube Amount - Until grease extrudes
30. Driveline - Slip Joints. Application - 4 fittings

Lube Type - EP-MPG 37. Hydraulic Reservoir.

Lube Interval - 500 hours or every 3 months
Lube Amount - Until grease extrudes Lube Type - HYDO
Application - 2 grease fittings Lube Interval - Check fluid level every 10 hours or
dai ly, using sight gauge on side of tank, with
31. Outrigger Beams. boom down and all outrigger cyl inders
retracted; drain and refill as necessary.
Lube Type - EP-OGL Lube Amount - 507 liters ( 1 34 gal.), to FULL mark
Lube Interval - 500 hours or 6 months on sight gauge.
Lube Amount -Spray lubricant on bottom of outrig­ Application - Fill through breather/fil l cap on top of
ger beams. tank. When tank is drained, clean the magnetic
Application - Spray on pipe plug.

32. Jack Cylinder Support Tubes. 38. Hydraulic Filter.

Lube Type - EP-OGL Change the fi lter when the indicator is red.
Lube Interval - 5 00 hours or 6 months
Lube Amount - Spray lubricant on ID of jack cylin­ 39. Fuel Filter.
der support tubes before installing jack cyl in­
ders. Drain water trap every 1 0 hours or daily and change
Application - Spray on fi lter every 5 00 hours or 6 months.

33. Steering Cylinder Pivot Pins. WI RE ROPE LU BRICATION

Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval - 5 00 hours or 3 months
Lube Amount - Until grease extrudes
Application - 8 grease fittings
34. Upper and Lower King Pins.
Lube Type - EP-MPG
Lube Interval - 5 00 hours or 3 months
Lube Amount - Until grease extrudes
Application - 8 grease fittings
Wire rope is lubricated during manufacturing so that the
strands, and individual wires in strands, may move as the
rope moves and bends. A wire rope cannot be l ubricated
sufficiently during manufacture to last its entire l ife.
Therefore, new lubricant must be added periodically
throughout the J ife of a rope to replace factory lubricant
which is used or lost. For more detailed information con­
cerning the lubrication and inspection of wire rope, refer
to WIRE ROPE in Chapter 1 , Section 2 - GENERAL
MAINTENANCE in the Service Manual.

2-1 6-1 0
CHAPTER TH REE

OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

3-0-1
NOTES __________________________________________________

3-0-2
RT700E OPTIONAL E Q U I P M E NT

S ECTI O N 1
O PTI O NA L E Q U I P M E NT
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
Pintle Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
Strobe Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
Spotlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
Boom Mounted Floodlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
Engine Block Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
Rear View Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
Auxiliary Hoist Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
Third Wrap Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
Air Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
Hydraulic Pump Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3

GROVE 3-1 -1
OPTIO NAL EQU I PM ENT RT700E

NOTES --------------------------------------____________

3- 1 -2
RT70 0 E
OPTIONAL EQU I PM ENT
DESCRIPTION
This section is provided to give a brief description of the
optional equipment available for the crane which is not
discussed elsewhere within this service manual .
PINTLE HOOK.
A conventional pintle hook with safety pinned latch can
be instal led on the front and/or back of the crane. It is
bolted onto a plate which is bolted onto the front or rear
center of the crane.
STROBE LlGHT.
The strobe l ight is installed on the outside of the cab on
the left rear comer. The l ight is illuminated anytime the
ignition switch is in the on position.
SPOTLlGHT.
The spotlight is installed on the right side of the cabo It
can be rotated 3 60 degrees and is illuminated by an on­
off switch located on the spotlight handle.
BOOM MOUNTED FLOODLlGHTS.
The boom l ight (WORK LIGHT) switch is located o n the
lower left side of the front console. The switch is an ON/
OFF toggle switch that i lluminates the l ight located on
the underside of the boom.
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER.
The pre-heater is an 1 20 volt immersion type heater. The
immersion heater is installed in the engine block to pre­
heat the coolant water. The immersion heater is provided
with a short power cord equipped with a three prong
ground plug. The heater is 1 5 00 watts.
GROVE
OPTIONAL E Q U I P M ENT
REAR VIEW MIRROR
The rear view m irror installation consists of a rear view
mirror mounted on the right side of the turntable. The
mirror can be adj usted as required for optimum v iew
from the cab whi le the boom is over the front of the
crane.
AUXILlARY HOIST MIRROR
The auxiliary hoist mirror installation consists of a mirror
mounted on the left side of the hoist. The m irror can be
adjusted as required for optimum view of the auxiliary
hoist from the cabo When adjusting the mirror, check so it
is not in the path of the hoist cable.
THIRD WRAP INDICATOR.
The third wrap indictor is installed to give the operator an
indication that the wire rope is down to the last three
wraps on the hoist drum and no more rope should be
reeled out. In addition to the warning light in the cab, a
lockout valve is actuated to stop hoist down operation.
AIR CONDITIONER.
A hydraulic air conditioner is installed on the left side of
the turntable. It consists of a compressor motor, a con­
denser unit, and a cab unit mounted under the operators
seat. It is turned on and off by a rocker switch mounted
on the front console, refer to AIR CONDITIONER CON­
TROL SWITCH (OPTIONAL) in the Service Manual in
Chapter 2, Section 1 -CAB . The air conditioning com­
pressor motor is driven by the No. 3 hydraulic pump. The
dual accumulator charge valve insures the brake circuit
gets the priority flow and the air conditioner circuit
receives the excess flow.
HYDRAULlC PUMP DISCONNECT
The hydraulic pump disconnect is the l ink between the
torque converter and hydraul ic pump NO. 1 . The purpose
of the disconnect is to provide a means of lessening the
load on the engine's starter when starting the engine cold
and also serves to disconnect the pump when traveling
over a distance thus preventing the pump from operating
needlessly. A remote crank switch is located on the right
side of the engine hood to assist in jogging the engine to
engage the pump disconnect.
3-1 -3
OPTIONAL EQU I PMENT RT700E

NOTES ------

3-1 -4